]> git.proxmox.com Git - systemd.git/blob - NEWS
Update upstream source from tag 'upstream/250_rc3'
[systemd.git] / NEWS
1 systemd System and Service Manager
2
3 CHANGES WITH 250 in spe:
4
5 * Support for encrypted and authenticated credentials has been added.
6 This extends the credential logic introduced with v247 to support
7 non-interactive symmetric encryption and authentication, based on a
8 key that is stored on the /var/ file system or in the TPM2 chip (if
9 available), or the combination of both (by default if a TPM2 chip
10 exists the combination is used, otherwise the /var/ key only). The
11 credentials are automatically decrypted at the moment a service is
12 started, and are made accessible to the service itself in unencrypted
13 form. A new tool 'systemd-creds' encrypts credentials for this
14 purpose, and two new service file settings LoadCredentialEncrypted=
15 and SetCredentialEncrypted= configure such credentials.
16
17 This feature is useful to store sensitive material such as SSL
18 certificates, passwords and similar securely at rest and only decrypt
19 them when needed, and in a way that is tied to the local OS
20 installation or hardware.
21
22 * systemd-gpt-auto-generator can now automatically set up discoverable
23 LUKS2 encrypted swap partitions.
24
25 * The GPT Discoverable Partitions Specification has been substantially
26 extended with support for root and /usr/ partitions for the majority
27 of architectures systemd supports. This includes platforms that do
28 not natively support UEFI, because even though GPT is specified under
29 UEFI umbrella, it is useful on other systems too. Specifically,
30 systemd-nspawn, systemd-sysext, systemd-gpt-auto-generator and
31 Portable Services use the concept without requiring UEFI.
32
33 * The GPT Discoverable Partitions Specifications has been extended with
34 a new set of partitions that may carry PKCS#7 signatures for Verity
35 partitions, encoded in a simple JSON format. This implements a simple
36 mechanism for building disk images that are fully authenticated and
37 can be tested against a set of cryptographic certificates. This is
38 now implemented for the various systemd tools that can operate with
39 disk images, such as systemd-nspawn, systemd-sysext, systemd-dissect,
40 Portable services/RootImage=, systemd-tmpfiles, and systemd-sysusers.
41 The PKCS#7 signatures are passed to the kernel (where they are
42 checked against certificates from the kernel keyring), or can be
43 verified against certificates provided in userspace (via a simple
44 drop-in file mechanism).
45
46 * systemd-dissect's inspection logic will now report for which uses a
47 disk image is intended. Specifically, it will display whether an
48 image is suitable for booting on UEFI or in a container (using
49 systemd-nspawn's --image= switch), whether it can be used as portable
50 service, or attached as system extension.
51
52 * The system-extension.d/ drop-in files now support a new field
53 SYSEXT_SCOPE= that may encode which purpose a system extension image
54 is for: one of "initrd", "system" or "portable". This is useful to
55 make images more self-descriptive, and to ensure system extensions
56 cannot be attached in the wrong contexts.
57
58 * The os-release file learnt a new PORTABLE_PREFIXES= field which may
59 be used in portable service images to indicate which unit prefixes
60 are supported.
61
62 * The GPT image dissection logic in systemd-nspawn/systemd-dissect/…
63 now is able to decode images for non-native architectures as well.
64 This allows systemd-nspawn to boot images of non-native architectures
65 if the corresponding user mode emulator is installed and
66 systemd-binfmtd is running.
67
68 * systemd-logind gained new settings HandlePowerKeyLongPress=,
69 HandleRebootKeyLongPress=, HandleSuspendKeyLongPress= and
70 HandleHibernateKeyLongPress= which may be used to configure actions
71 when the relevant keys are pressed for more than 5s. This is useful
72 on devices that only have hardware for a subset of these keys. By
73 default, if the reboot key is pressed long the poweroff operation is
74 now triggered, and when the suspend key is pressed long the hibernate
75 operation is triggered. Long pressing the other two keys currently
76 does not trigger any operation by default.
77
78 * When showing unit status updates on the console during boot and
79 shutdown, and a service is slow to start so that the cylon animation
80 is shown, the most recent sd_notify() STATUS= text is now shown as
81 well. Services may use this to make the boot/shutdown output easier
82 to understand, and to indicate what precisely a service that is slow
83 to start or stop is waiting for. In particular, the per-user service
84 manager instance now reports what it is doing and which service it is
85 waiting for this way to the system service manager.
86
87 * The service manager will now re-execute on reception of the
88 SIGRTMIN+25 signal. It previously already did that on SIGTERM — but
89 only when running as PID 1. There was no signal to request this when
90 running as per-user service manager, i.e. as any other PID than 1.
91 SIGRTMIN+25 works for both system and user managers.
92
93 * The hardware watchdog logic in PID 1 gained support for operating
94 with the default timeout configured in the hardware, instead of
95 insisting on re-configuring it. Set RuntimeWatchdogSec=default to
96 request this behavior.
97
98 * A new kernel command line option systemd.watchdog_sec= is now
99 understood which may be used to override the hardware watchdog
100 time-out for the boot.
101
102 * A new setting DefaultOOMScoreAdjust= is now supported in
103 /etc/systemd/system.conf + /etc/systemd/user.conf that may be used to
104 set the default process OOM score adjustment value for processes
105 forked off the service manager. For per-user service managers this
106 now defaults to 100, but for per-system service managers is left as
107 is. This means that by default now services forked off the user
108 service manager are more likely to be killed by the OOM killer than
109 system services or the managers themselves.
110
111 * A new per-service setting RestrictFileSystems= as been added that
112 restricts the file systems a service has access to by their type.
113 This is based on the new BPF LSM of the Linux kernel. It provides an
114 effective way to make certain API file systems unavailable to
115 services (and thus minimizing attack surface). A new command
116 "systemd-analyze filesystems" has been added that lists all known
117 file system types (and how they are grouped together under useful
118 group handles).
119
120 * Services now support a new setting RestrictNetworkInterfaces= for
121 restricting access to specific network interfaces.
122
123 * Service unit files gained new settings StartupAllowedCPUs= and
124 StartupAllowedMemoryNodes=. These are similar to their counterparts
125 without the "Startup" prefix and apply during the boot process
126 only. This is useful to improve boot-time behavior of the system and
127 assign resources differently during boot than during regular
128 runtime. This is similar to the preexisting StartupCPUWeight=
129 vs. CPUWeight.
130
131 * Related to this: the various StartupXYZ= settings
132 (i.e. StartupCPUWeight=, StartupAllowedCPUs=, …) are now also applied
133 during shutdown. The settings not prefixed with "Startup" hence apply
134 during regular runtime, and those that are prefixed like that apply
135 during boot and shutdown.
136
137 * A new per-unit set of conditions/asserts
138 [Condition|Assert][Memory|CPU|IO]Pressure= have been added to make a
139 unit skip/fail activation if the system's (or a slice's) memory/cpu/io
140 pressure is above the configured threshold, using the kernel PSI
141 feature. For more details see systemd.unit(5) and
142 https://www.kernel.org/doc/html/latest/accounting/psi.html
143
144 * The combination of ProcSubset=pid and ProtectKernelTunables=yes and/or
145 ProtectKernelLogs=yes can now be used.
146
147 * The default maximum numbers of inodes have been raised from 64k to 1M
148 for /dev, and from 400k to 1M for /tmp.
149
150 * The per-user service manager learnt support for communicating with
151 systemd-oomd to acquire OOM kill information.
152
153 * A new service setting ExecSearchPath= has been added that allows
154 changing the search path for executables for services. It affects
155 where we look for the binaries specified in ExecStart= and similar,
156 and the specified directories are also added the $PATH environment
157 variable passed to invoked processes.
158
159 * A new setting RuntimeRandomizedExtraSec= has been added for service
160 and scope units that allows extending the runtime time-out as
161 configured by RuntimeMaxSec= with a randomized amount.
162
163 * The syntax of the service unit settings RuntimeDirectory=,
164 StateDirectory=, CacheDirectory=, LogsDirectory= has been extended:
165 if the specified value is now suffixed with a colon, followed by
166 another filename, the latter will be created as symbolic link to the
167 specified directory. This allows creating these service directories
168 together with alias symlinks to make them available under multiple
169 names.
170
171 * Service unit files gained two new settings TTYRows=/TTYColumns= for
172 configuring rows/columns of the TTY device passed to
173 stdin/stdout/stderr of the service. This is useful to propagate TTY
174 dimensions to a virtual machine.
175
176 * A new service unit file setting ExitType= has been added that
177 specifies when to assume a service has exited. By default systemd
178 only watches the main process of a service. By setting
179 ExitType=cgroup it can be told to wait for the last process in a
180 cgroup instead.
181
182 * Automount unit files gained a new setting ExtraOptions= that can be
183 used to configure additional mount options to pass to the kernel when
184 mounting the autofs instance.
185
186 * "Urlification" (generation of ESC sequences that generate clickable
187 hyperlinks in modern terminals) may now be turned off altogether
188 during build-time.
189
190 * Path units gained new TriggerLimitBurst= and TriggerLimitIntervalSec=
191 settings that default to 200 and 2 s respectively. The ratelimit
192 ensures that a path unit cannot cause PID1 to busy-loop when it is
193 trying to trigger a service that is skipped because of a Condition*=
194 not being satisfied. This matches the configuration and behaviour of
195 socket units.
196
197 * The TPM2/FIDO2/PKCS11 support in systemd-cryptsetup is now also built
198 as a plug-in for cryptsetup. This means the plain cryptsetup command
199 may now be used to unlock volumes set up this way.
200
201 * The TPM2 logic in cryptsetup will now automatically detect systems
202 where the TPM2 chip advertises SHA256 PCR banks but the firmware only
203 updates the SHA1 banks. In such a case PCR policies will be
204 automatically bound to the latter, not the former. This makes the PCR
205 policies reliable, but of course do not provide the same level of
206 trust as SHA256 banks.
207
208 * The TPM2 logic in systemd-cryptsetup/systemd-cryptsetup now supports
209 RSA primary keys in addition to ECC, improving compatibility with
210 TPM2 chips that do not support ECC. RSA keys are much slower to use
211 than ECC, and hence are only used if ECC is not available.
212
213 * /etc/crypttab gained support for a new token-timeout= setting for
214 encrypted volumes that allows configuration of the maximum time to
215 wait for PKCS#11/FIDO2 tokens to be plugged in. If the time elapses
216 the logic will query the user for a regular passphrase/recovery key
217 instead.
218
219 * Support for activating dm-integrity volumes at boot via a new file
220 /etc/integritytab and the tool systemd-integritysetup have been
221 added. This is similar to /etc/crypttab and /etc/veritytab, but deals
222 with dm-integrity instead of dm-crypt/dm-verity.
223
224 * The systemd-veritysetup-generator now understands a new usrhash=
225 kernel command line option for specifying the Verity root hash for
226 the partition backing the /usr/ file system. A matching set of
227 systemd.verity_usr_* kernel command line options has been added as
228 well. These all work similar to the corresponding options for the
229 root partition.
230
231 * The sd-device API gained a new API call sd_device_get_diskseq() to
232 return the DISKSEQ property of a device structure. The "disk
233 sequence" concept is a new feature recently introduced to the Linux
234 kernel that allows detecting reuse cycles of block devices, i.e. can
235 be used to recognize when loopback block devices are reused for a
236 different purpose or CD-ROM drives get their media changed.
237
238 * A new unit systemd-boot-update.service has been added. If enabled
239 (the default) and the sd-boot loader is detected to be installed, it
240 is automatically updated to the newest version when out of date. This
241 is useful to ensure the boot loader remains up-to-date, and updates
242 automatically propagate from the OS tree in /usr/.
243
244 * sd-boot will now build with SBAT by default in order to facilitate
245 working with recent versions of Shim that require it to be present.
246
247 * sd-boot can now parse Microsoft Windows' Boot Configuration Data.
248 This is used to robustly generate boot entry titles for Windows.
249
250 * A new generic target unit factory-reset.target has been added. It is
251 hooked into systemd-logind similar in fashion to
252 reboot/poweroff/suspend/hibernate, and is supposed to be used to
253 initiate a factory reset operation. What precisely this operation
254 entails is up for the implementer to decide, the primary goal of the
255 new unit is provide a framework where to plug in the implementation
256 and how to trigger it.
257
258 * A new meson build-time option 'clock-valid-range-usec-max' has been
259 added which takes a time in µs and defaults to 15 years. If the RTC
260 time is noticed to be more than the specified time ahead of the
261 built-in epoch of systemd (which by default is the release timestamp
262 of systemd) it is assumed that the RTC is not working correctly, and
263 the RTC is reset to the epoch. (It already is reset to the epoch when
264 noticed to be before it.) This should increase the chance that time
265 doesn't accidentally jump too far ahead due to faulty hardware or
266 batteries.
267
268 * A new setting SaveIntervalSec= has been added to systemd-timesyncd,
269 which may be used to automatically save the current system time to
270 disk in regular intervals. This is useful to maintain a roughly
271 monotonic clock even without RTC hardware and with some robustness
272 against abnormal system shutdown.
273
274 * .network files gained a new UplinkInterface in the [IPv6SendRA]
275 section, for automatically propagating DNS settings from other
276 interfaces.
277
278 * The static lease DHCP server logic in systemd-networkd may now serve
279 IP addresses outside of the configured IP pool range for the server.
280
281 * CAN support in systemd-networkd gained four new settings Loopback=,
282 OneShot=, PresumeAck=, ClassicDataLengthCode= for tweaking CAN
283 control modes. It gained a number of further settings for tweaking
284 CAN timing quanta.
285
286 * The [CAN] section in .network file gained new TimeQuantaNSec=,
287 PropagationSegment=, PhaseBufferSegment1=, PhaseBufferSegment2=,
288 SyncJumpWidth=, DataTimeQuantaNSec=, DataPropagationSegment=,
289 DataPhaseBufferSegment1=, DataPhaseBufferSegment2=, and
290 DataSyncJumpWidth= settings to control bit-timing processed by the
291 CAN interface.
292
293 * DHCPv4 client support in systemd-networkd learnt a new Label= option
294 for configuring the address label to apply to configure IPv4
295 addresses.
296
297 * The various systemd-udevd "ethtool" buffer settings now understand
298 the special value "max" to configure the buffers to the maximum the
299 hardware supports.
300
301 * systemd-udevd's .link files may now configure a large variety of
302 NIC coalescing settings, plus more hardware offload settings.
303
304 * systemd-analyze verify gained support for a pair of new --image= +
305 --root= switches for verifying units below a specific root
306 directory/image instead of on the host.
307
308 * systemd-analyze verify gained support for verifying unit files under
309 an explicitly specified unit name, independently of what the filename
310 actually is.
311
312 * systemd-analyze verify gained a new switch --recursive-errors= which
313 controls whether to only fail on errors found in the specified units
314 or recursively any dependent units.
315
316 * systemd-analyze security now supports a new --offline mode for
317 analyzing unit files stored on disk instead of loaded units. It may
318 be combined with --root=/--image to analyze unit files under a root
319 directory or disk image. It also learnt a new --threshold= parameter
320 for specifying an exposure level threshold: if the exposure level
321 exceeds the specified value the call will fail. It also gained a new
322 --security-policy= switch for configuring security policies to
323 enforce on the units. A policy is a JSON file that lists which tests
324 shall be weighted how much to determine the overall exposure
325 level. Altogether these new features are useful for fully automatic
326 analysis and enforcement of security policies on unit files.
327
328 * systemd-analyze security gain a new --json= switch for JSON output.
329
330 * systemd-analyze learnt a new --quiet switch for reducing
331 non-essential output. It's honored by the "dot", "syscall-filter",
332 "filesystems" commands.
333
334 * systemd-analyze security gained a --profile option that can be used
335 to take into account a portable profile when analyzing portable
336 services, since a lot of the security-related settings are enabled
337 through them.
338
339 * systemd-analyze learnt a new inspect-elf verb that parses ELF core
340 files, binaries and executables and prints metadata information,
341 including the build-id and other info described on:
342 https://systemd.io/COREDUMP_PACKAGE_METADATA/
343
344 * The [IPv6AcceptRA] section of .network files gained support for a new
345 UseMTU= setting that may be used to control whether to apply the
346 announced MTU settings to the local interface.
347
348 * systemd-networkd now ships with new default .network files:
349 80-container-vb.network which matches host-side network bridge device
350 created by systemd-nspawn's --network-bridge or --network-zone
351 switch, and 80-6rd-tunnel.network which matches automatically created
352 sit tunnel with 6rd prefix when the DHCP 6RD option is received.
353
354 * systemd-networkd and systemd-udevd now support IP over InfiniBand
355 interfaces. The Kind= setting in .netdev file accepts "ipoib". And
356 systemd.netdev files gained the [IPoIB] section.
357
358 * systemd-networkd and systemd-udevd now support net.ifname-policy=
359 option on the kernel command-line. This is implemented through the
360 systemd-network-generator service that automatically generates
361 appropriate .link, .network, and .netdev files.
362
363 * systemd-networkd's handling of Endpoint= resolution for WireGuard
364 interfaces has been improved.
365
366 * systemd-networkd will now automatically configure routes to addresses
367 specified in AllowedIPs=. This feature can be controlled via RouteTable=
368 and RouteMetric= settings in [WireGuard] or [WireGuardPeer] sections.
369
370 * systemd-networkd will now once again automatically generate persistent
371 MAC addresses for batadv and bridge interfaces. Users can disable this
372 by using MACAddress=none in .netdev files.
373
374 * .link files gained a new WakeOnLanPassword= setting in the [Link]
375 section that allows to specify a WoL "SecureOn" password on hardware
376 that supports this.
377
378 * The [DHCPv4] section in .network file gained a new Use6RD= boolean
379 setting to control whether the DHCPv4 client request and process the
380 DHCP 6RD option.
381
382 * The [DHCPv6PrefixDelegation] section in .network file is renamed to
383 [DHCPPrefixDelegation], as now the prefix delegation is also supported
384 with DHCPv4 protocol by enabling the Use6RD= setting.
385
386 * The [DHCPPrefixDelegation] section in .network file gained a new
387 setting UplinkInterface= to specify the upstream interface.
388
389 * The [DHCPv6] section in .network file gained a new setting
390 UseDelegatedPrefix= to control whether the delegated prefixes will be
391 propagated to the downstream interfaces.
392
393 * The [IPv6AcceptRA] section of .network files now understands two new
394 settings UseGateway=/UseRoutePrefix= for explicitly configuring
395 whether to use the relevant fields from the IPv6 Router Advertisement
396 records.
397
398 * The ForceDHCPv6PDOtherInformation= setting in the [DHCPv6] section is
399 now deprecated. Please use the WithoutRA= and UseDelegatedPrefix=
400 settings in the [DHCPv6] section and the DHCPv6Client= setting in the
401 [IPv6AcceptRA] section to control when the DHCPv6 client is started
402 and how the delegated prefixes are handled by the DHCPv6 client.
403
404 * The [CAKE] section of .network files gained various new settings
405 AutoRateIngress=, CompensationMode=, FlowIsolationMode=, NAT=,
406 MPUBytes=, PriorityQueueingPreset=, FirewallMark=, Wash=, SplitGSO=,
407 and UseRawPacketSize= for configuring CAKE.
408
409 * The IPv6Token= section in the [Network] section is deprecated, and
410 the [IPv6AcceptRA] section gained the Token= setting for its
411 replacement. The [IPv6Prefix] section also gained the Token= setting.
412 The Token= setting gained 'eui64' mode to explicitly configure an
413 address with the EUI64 algorithm based on the interface MAC address.
414 The 'prefixstable' mode can now optionally take a secret key. The
415 Token= setting in the [DHCPPrefixDelegation] section now supports all
416 algorithms supported by the same settings in the other sections.
417
418 * The [RoutingPolicyRule] section of .network file gained a new
419 SuppressInterfaceGroup= setting.
420
421 * The IgnoreCarrierLoss= setting in the [Network] section of .network
422 files now allows a duration to be specified, controlling how long to
423 wait before reacting to carrier loss.
424
425 * The [DHCPServer] section of .network file gained a new Router=
426 setting to specify the router address.
427
428 * systemd-nspawn's --setenv= switch now supports an additional syntax:
429 if only a variable name is specified (i.e. without being suffixed by
430 a '=' character and a value) the current value of the environment
431 variable is propagated to the container. e.g. --setenv=FOO will
432 lookup the current value of $FOO in the environment, and pass it down
433 to the container. Similar behavior has been added to homectl's,
434 machinectl's and systemd-run's --setenv= switch.
435
436 * systemd-nspawn gained a new switch --suppress-sync= which may be used
437 to optionally suppress the effect of the sync()/fsync()/fdatasync()
438 system calls for the container payload. This is useful for build
439 system environments where safety against abnormal system shutdown is
440 not essential as all build artifacts can be regenerated any time, but
441 the performance win is beneficial.
442
443 * systemd-nspawn will now raise the RLIMIT_NOFILE hard limit to the
444 same value that PID 1 uses for most forked off processes.
445
446 * systemd-nspawn's --bind=/--bind-ro= switches now optionally take
447 uidmap/nouidmap options as last parameter. If "uidmap" is used the
448 bind mounts are created with UID mapping taking place that ensures
449 the host's file ownerships are mapped 1:1 to container file
450 ownerships, even if user namespacing is used. This way
451 files/directories bound into containers will no longer show up as
452 owned by the nobody user as they typically did if no special care was
453 taken to shift them manually.
454
455 * When discovering Windows installations sd-boot will now attempt to
456 show the Windows version.
457
458 * The color scheme to use in sd-boot may now be configured at
459 build-time.
460
461 * sd-boot gained the ability to change screen resolution during
462 boot-time, by hitting the "r" key. This will cycle through available
463 resolutions and save the last selection.
464
465 * sd-boot learnt a new hotkey "f". When pressed the system will enter
466 firmware setup. This is useful in environments where it is difficult
467 to hit the right keys early enough to enter the firmware, and works
468 on any firmware regardless which key it natively uses.
469
470 * sd-boot gained support for automatically booting into the menu item
471 selected on the last boot (using the "@saved" identifier for menu
472 items).
473
474 * sd-boot gained support for automatically loading all EFI drivers
475 placed in the /EFI/systemd/drivers/ subdirectory of the EFI System
476 Partition (ESP). These drivers are loaded before the menu entries are
477 loaded. This is useful e.g. to load additional file system drivers
478 for the XBOOTLDR partition.
479
480 * systemd-boot will now paint the input cursor on its own instead of
481 relying on the firmware to do so, increasing compatibility with broken
482 firmware that doesn't make the cursor reasonably visible.
483
484 * sd-boot now embeds a .osrel PE section like we expect from Boot
485 Loader Specification Type #2 Unified Kernels. This means sd-boot
486 itself may be used in place of a Type #2 Unified Kernel. This is
487 useful for debugging purposes as it allows chain-loading one a
488 (development) sd-boot instance from another.
489
490 * sd-boot now supports a new "devicetree" field in Boot Loader
491 Specification Type #1 entries: if configured the specified device
492 tree file is installed before the kernel is invoked. This is useful
493 for installing/applying new devicetree files without updating the
494 kernel image.
495
496 * Similarly, sd-stub now can read devicetree data from a PE section
497 ".dtb" and apply it before invoking the kernel.
498
499 * sd-stub (the EFI stub that can be glued in front of a Linux kernel)
500 gained the ability to pick up credentials and sysext files, wrap them
501 in a cpio archive, and pass as an additional initrd to the invoked
502 Linux kernel, in effect placing those files in the /.extra/ directory
503 of the initrd environment. This is useful to implement trusted initrd
504 environments which are fully authenticated but still can be extended
505 (via sysexts) and parameterized (via encrypted/authenticated
506 credentials, see above).
507
508 Credentials can be located next to the kernel image file (credentials
509 specific to a single boot entry), or in one of the shared directories
510 (credentials applicable to multiple boot entries).
511
512 * sd-stub now comes with a full man page, that explains its feature set
513 and how to combine a kernel image, an initrd and the stub to build a
514 complete EFI unified kernel image, implementing Boot Loader
515 Specification Type #2.
516
517 * sd-stub may now provide the initrd to the executed kernel via the
518 LINUX_EFI_INITRD_MEDIA_GUID EFI protocol, adding compatibility for
519 non-x86 architectures.
520
521 * bootctl learnt new set-timeout and set-timeout-oneshot commands that
522 may be used to set the boot menu time-out of the boot loader (for all
523 or just the subsequent boot).
524
525 * bootctl and kernel-install will now read KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID
526 and KERNEL_INSTALL_LAYOUT from kernel/install.conf. The first
527 variable specifies the machine-id to use for installation. It would
528 previously be used if set in the environment, and now it'll also be
529 read automatically from the config file. The second variable is new.
530 When set, it specifies the layout to use for installation directories
531 on the boot partition, so that tools don't need to guess it based on
532 the already-existing directories. The only value that is defined
533 natively is "bls", corresponding to the layout specified in
534 https://systemd.io/BOOT_LOADER_SPECIFICATION/. Plugins for
535 kernel-install that implement a different layout can declare other
536 values for this variable.
537
538 'bootctl install' will now write KERNEL_INSTALL_LAYOUT=bls, on the
539 assumption that if the user installed sd-boot to the ESP, they intend
540 to use the entry layout understood by sd-boot. It'll also write
541 KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID= if it creates any directories using the ID
542 (and it wasn't specified in the config file yet). Similarly,
543 kernel-install will now write KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID= (if it
544 wasn't specified in the config file yet). Effectively, those changes
545 mean that the machine-id used for boot loader entry installation is
546 "frozen" upon first use and becomes independent of the actual
547 machine-id.
548
549 Configuring KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID fixes the following problem:
550 images created for distribution ("golden images") are built with no
551 machine-id, so that a unique machine-id can be created on the first
552 boot. But those images may contain boot loader entries with the
553 machine-id used during build included in paths. Using a "frozen"
554 value allows unambiguously identifying entries that match the
555 specific installation, while still permitting parallel installations
556 without conflict.
557
558 Configuring KERNEL_INSTALL_LAYOUT obviates the need for
559 kernel-install to guess the installation layout. This fixes the
560 problem where a (possibly empty) directory in the boot partition is
561 created from a different layout causing kernel-install plugins to
562 assume the wrong layout. A particular example of how this may happen
563 is the grub2 package in Fedora which includes directories under /boot
564 directly in its file list. Various other packages pull in grub2 as a
565 dependency, so it may be installed even if unused, breaking
566 installations that use the bls layout.
567
568 * bootctl and systemd-bless-boot can now be linked statically.
569
570 * systemd-sysext now optionally doesn't insist on extension-release.d/
571 files being placed in the image under the image's file name. If the
572 file system xattr user.extension-release.strict is set on the
573 extension release file, it is accepted regardless of its name. This
574 relaxes security restrictions a bit, as system extension may be
575 attached under a wrong name this way.
576
577 * udevadm's test-builtin command learnt a new --action= switch for
578 testing the built-in with the specified action (in place of the
579 default 'add').
580
581 * udevadm info gained new switches --property=/--value for showing only
582 specific udev properties/values instead of all.
583
584 * A new hwdb database has been added that contains matches for various
585 types of signal analyzers (protocol analyzers, logic analyzers,
586 oscilloscopes, multimeters, bench power supplies, etc.) that should
587 be accessible to regular users.
588
589 * A new hwdb database entry has been added that carries information
590 about types of cameras (regular or infrared), and in which direction
591 they point (front or back).
592
593 * A new rule to allow console users access to rfkill by default has been
594 added to hwdb.
595
596 * Device nodes for the Software Guard eXtension enclaves (sgx_vepc) are
597 now also owned by the system group "sgx".
598
599 * A new build-time meson option "extra-net-naming-schemes=" has been
600 added to define additional naming schemes schemes for udev's network
601 interface naming logic. This is useful for enterprise distributions
602 and similar which want to pin the schemes of certain distribution
603 releases under a specific name and previously had to patch the
604 sources to introduce new named schemes.
605
606 * The predictable naming logic for network interfaces has been extended
607 to generate stable names from Xen netfront device information.
608
609 * hostnamed's chassis property can now be sourced from chassis-type
610 field encoded in devicetree (in addition to the existing DMI
611 support).
612
613 * systemd-cgls now optionally displays cgroup IDs and extended
614 attributes for each cgroup. (Controllable via the new --xattr= +
615 --cgroup-id= switches.)
616
617 * coredumpctl gained a new --all switch for operating on all
618 Journal files instead of just the local ones.
619
620 * systemd-coredump will now use libdw/libelf via dlopen() rather than
621 directly linking, allowing users to easily opt-out of backtrace/metadata
622 analysis of core files, and reduce image sizes when this is not needed.
623
624 * systemd-coredump will now analyze core files with libdw/libelf in a
625 forked, sandboxed process.
626
627 * systemd-homed will now try to unmount an activate home area in
628 regular intervals once the user logged out fully. Previously this was
629 attempted exactly once but if the home directory was busy for some
630 reason it was not tried again.
631
632 * systemd-homed's LUKS2 home area backend will now create a BSD file
633 system lock on the image file while the home area is active
634 (i.e. mounted). If a home area is found to be locked, logins are
635 politely refused. This should improve behavior when using home areas
636 images that are accessible via the network from multiple clients, and
637 reduce the chance of accidental file system corruption in that case.
638
639 * Optionally, systemd-homed will now drop the kernel buffer cache once
640 a user has fully logged out, configurable via the new --drop-caches=
641 homectl switch.
642
643 * systemd-homed now makes use of UID mapped mounts for the home areas.
644 If the kernel and used file system support it, files are now
645 internally owned by the "nobody" user (i.e. the user typically used
646 for indicating "this ownership is not mapped"), and dynamically
647 mapped to the UID used locally on the system via the UID mapping
648 mount logic of recent kernels. This makes migrating home areas
649 between different systems cheaper because recursively chown()ing file
650 system trees is no longer necessary.
651
652 * systemd-homed's CIFS backend now optionally supports CIFS service
653 names with a directory suffix, in order to place home directories in
654 a subdirectory of a CIFS share, instead of the top-level directory.
655
656 * systemd-homed's CIFS backend gained support for specifying additional
657 mount options in the JSON user record (cifsExtraMountOptions field,
658 and --cifs-extra-mount-options= homectl switch). This is for example
659 useful for configuring mount options such as "noserverino" that some
660 SMB3 services require (use that to run a homed home directory from a
661 FritzBox SMB3 share this way).
662
663 * systemd-homed will now default to btrfs' zstd compression for home
664 areas. This is inspired by Fedora's recent decision to switch to zstd
665 by default.
666
667 * Additional mount options to use when mounting the file system of
668 LUKS2 volumes in systemd-homed has been added. Via the
669 $SYSTEMD_HOME_MOUNT_OPTIONS_BTRFS, $SYSTEMD_HOME_MOUNT_OPTIONS_EXT4,
670 $SYSTEMD_HOME_MOUNT_OPTIONS_XFS environment variables to
671 systemd-homed or via the luksExtraMountOptions user record JSON
672 property. (Exposed via homectl --luks-extra-mount-options)
673
674 * homectl's resize command now takes the special size specifications
675 "min" and "max" to shrink/grow the home area to the minimum/maximum
676 size possible, taking disk usage/space constraints and file system
677 limitations into account. Resizing is now generally graceful: the
678 logic will try to get as close to the specified size as possible, but
679 not consider it a failure if the request couldn't be fulfilled
680 precisely.
681
682 * systemd-homed gained the ability to automatically shrink home areas
683 on logout to their minimal size and grow them again on next
684 login. This ensures that while inactive, a home area only takes up
685 the minimal space necessary, but once activated, it provides
686 sufficient space for the user's needs. This behavior is only
687 supported if btrfs is used as file system inside the home area
688 (because only for btrfs online growing/shrinking is implemented in
689 the kernel). This behavior is now enabled by default, but may be
690 controlled via the new --auto-resize-mode= setting of homectl.
691
692 * systemd-homed gained support for automatically re-balancing free disk
693 space among active home areas, in case the LUKS2 backends are used,
694 and no explicit disk size was requested. This way disk space is
695 automatically managed and home areas resized in regular intervals and
696 manual resizing when disk space becomes scarce should not be
697 necessary anymore. This behavior is only supported if btrfs is used
698 within the home areas (as only then online shrinking and growing is
699 supported), and may be configured via the new rebalanceWeight JSON
700 user record field (as exposed via the new --rebalance-weight= homectl
701 setting). Re-balancing is mostly automatic, but can also be requested
702 explicitly via "homectl rebalance", which is synchronous, and thus
703 may be used to wait until the rebalance run is complete.
704
705 * userdbctl gained a --json= switch for configured the JSON formatting
706 to use when outputting user or group records.
707
708 * userdbctl gained a new --multiplexer= switch for explicitly
709 configuring whether to use the systemd-userdbd server side user
710 record resolution logic.
711
712 * userdbctl's ssh-authorized-keys command learnt a new --chain switch,
713 for chaining up another command to execute after completing the
714 look-up. Since the OpenSSH's AuthorizedKeysCommand only allows
715 configuration of a single command to invoke, this maybe used to
716 invoke multiple: first userdbctl's own implementation, and then any
717 other also configured in the command line.
718
719 * The sd-event API gained a new function sd_event_add_inotify_fd() that
720 is similar to sd_event_add_inotify() but accepts a file descriptor
721 instead of a path in the file system for referencing the inode to
722 watch.
723
724 * The sd-event API gained a new function
725 sd_event_source_set_ratelimit_expire_callback() that may be used to
726 define a callback function that is called whenever an event source
727 leaves the rate limiting phase.
728
729 * New documentation has been added explaining which steps are necessary
730 to port systemd to a new architecture:
731
732 https://systemd.io/PORTING_TO_NEW_ARCHITECTURES
733
734 * The x-systemd.makefs option in /etc/fstab now explicitly supports
735 ext2, ext3, and f2fs file systems.
736
737 * Mount units and units generated from /etc/fstab entries with 'noauto'
738 are now ordered the same as other units. Effectively, they will be
739 started earlier (if something actually pulled them in) and stopped
740 later, similarly to normal mount units that are part of
741 fs-local.target. This change should be invisible to users, but
742 should prevent those units from being stopped too early during
743 shutdown.
744
745 * The systemd-getty-generator now honors a new kernel command line
746 argument systemd.getty_auto= and a new environment variable
747 $SYSTEMD_GETTY_AUTO that allows turning it off at boot. This is for
748 example useful to turn off gettys inside of containers or similar
749 environments.
750
751 * systemd-resolved now listens on a second DNS stub address: 127.0.0.54
752 (in addition to 127.0.0.53, as before). If DNS requests are sent to
753 this address they are propagated in "bypass" mode only, i.e. are
754 almost not processed locally, but mostly forwarded as-is to the
755 current upstream DNS servers. This provides a stable DNS server
756 address that proxies all requests dynamically to the right upstream
757 DNS servers even if these dynamically change. This stub does not do
758 mDNS/LLMNR resolution. However, it will translate look-ups to
759 DNS-over-TLS if necessary. This new stub is particularly useful in
760 container/VM environments, or for tethering setups: use DNAT to
761 redirect traffic to any IP address to this stub.
762
763 * systemd-importd now honors new environment variables
764 $SYSTEMD_IMPORT_BTRFS_SUBVOL, $SYSTEMD_IMPORT_BTRFS_QUOTA,
765 $SYSTEMD_IMPORT_SYNC, which may be used disable btrfs subvolume
766 generation, btrfs quota setup and disk synchronization.
767
768 * systemd-importd and systemd-resolved can now be optionally built with
769 OpenSSL instead of libgcrypt.
770
771 * systemd-repart no longer requires OpenSSL.
772
773 * systemd-sysusers will no longer create the redundant 'nobody' group
774 by default, as the 'nobody' user is already created with an
775 appropriate primary group.
776
777 * If a unit uses RuntimeMaxSec, systemctl show will now display it.
778
779 * systemctl show-environment gained support for --output=json.
780
781 * pam_systemd will now first try to use the X11 abstract socket, and
782 fallback to the socket file in /tmp/.X11-unix/ only if that does not
783 work.
784
785 * systemd-journald will no longer go back to volatile storage
786 regardless of configuration when its unit is restarted.
787
788 * Initial support for the LoongArch architecture has been added (system
789 call lists, GPT partition table UUIDs, etc).
790
791 * systemd-journald's own logging messages are now also logged to the
792 journal itself when systemd-journald logs to /dev/kmsg.
793
794 * systemd-journald now re-enables COW for archived journal files on
795 filesystems that support COW. One benefit of this change is that
796 archived journal files will now get compressed on btrfs filesystems
797 that have compression enabled.
798
799 * systemd-journald now deduplicates fields in a single log message
800 before adding it to the journal. In archived journal files, it will
801 also punch holes for unused parts and truncate the file as
802 appropriate, leading to reductions in disk usage.
803
804 * journalctl --verify was extended with more informative error
805 messages.
806
807 * More of sd-journal's functions are now resistant against journal file
808 corruption.
809
810 * The shutdown command learnt a new option --show, to display the
811 scheduled shutdown.
812
813 * A LICENSES/ directory is now included in the git tree. It contains a
814 README.md file that explains the licenses used by source files in
815 this repository. It also contains the text of all applicable
816 licenses as they appear on spdx.org.
817
818 Contributions from: Aakash Singh, acsfer, Adolfo Jayme Barrientos,
819 Adrian Vovk, Albert Brox, Alberto Mardegan, Alexander Kanavin,
820 alexlzhu, Alfonso Sánchez-Beato, Alvin Šipraga, Alyssa Ross,
821 Amir Omidi, Anatol Pomozov, Andika Triwidada, Andreas Rammhold,
822 Andreas Valder, Andrej Lajovic, Andrew Soutar, Andrew Stone, Andy Chi,
823 Anita Zhang, Anssi Hannula, Antonio Alvarez Feijoo,
824 Antony Deepak Thomas, Arnaud Ferraris, Arvid E. Picciani,
825 Bastien Nocera, Benjamin Berg, Benjamin Herrenschmidt, Ben Stockett,
826 Bogdan Seniuc, Boqun Feng, Carl Lei, chlorophyll-zz, Chris Packham,
827 Christian Brauner, Christian Göttsche, Christian Wehrli,
828 Christoph Anton Mitterer, Cristian Rodríguez, Daan De Meyer,
829 Daniel Maixner, Dann Frazier, Dan Streetman, Davide Cavalca,
830 David Seifert, David Tardon, dependabot[bot], Dimitri John Ledkov,
831 Dimitri Papadopoulos, Dimitry Ishenko, Dmitry Khlebnikov,
832 Dominique Martinet, duament, Egor, Egor Ignatov, Emil Renner Berthing,
833 Emily Gonyer, Ettore Atalan, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Florian Klink,
834 Franck Bui, Frantisek Sumsal, Geass-LL, Gibeom Gwon, GnunuX,
835 Gogo Gogsi, gregzuro, Greg Zuro, Gustavo Costa, Hans de Goede,
836 Hela Basa, Henri Chain, hikigaya58, Hugo Carvalho,
837 Hugo Osvaldo Barrera, Iago Lopez Galeiras, Iago López Galeiras,
838 I-dont-need-name, igo95862, Jack Dähn, James Hilliard, Jan Janssen,
839 Jan Kuparinen, Jan Macku, Jan Palus, Jarkko Sakkinen, Jayce Fayne,
840 jiangchuangang, jlempen, John Lindgren, Jonas Dreßler, Jonas Jelten,
841 Jonas Witschel, Joris Hartog, José Expósito, Julia Kartseva,
842 Kai-Heng Feng, Kai Wohlfahrt, Kay Siver Bø, KennthStailey,
843 Kevin Kuehler, Kevin Orr, Khem Raj, Kristian Klausen, Kyle Laker,
844 lainahai, LaserEyess, Lennart Poettering, Lia Lenckowski, longpanda,
845 Luca Boccassi, Luca BRUNO, Ludwig Nussel, Lukas Senionis,
846 Maanya Goenka, Maciek Borzecki, Marcel Menzel, Marco Scardovi,
847 Marcus Harrison, Mark Boudreau, Matthijs van Duin, Mauricio Vásquez,
848 Maxime de Roucy, Max Resch, MertsA, Michael Biebl, Michael Catanzaro,
849 Michal Koutný, Michal Sekletár, Miika Karanki, Mike Gilbert,
850 Milo Turner, ml, monosans, Nacho Barrientos, nassir90, Nishal Kulkarni,
851 nl6720, Ondrej Kozina, Paulo Neves, Pavel Březina, pedro martelletto,
852 Peter Hutterer, Peter Morrow, Piotr Drąg, Rasmus Villemoes, ratijas,
853 Raul Tambre, rene, Riccardo Schirone, Robert-L-Turner, Robert Scheck,
854 Ross Jennings, saikat0511, Scott Lamb, Sergei Trofimovich, Sho Iizuka,
855 Slava Bacherikov, Slimane Selyan Amiri, StefanBruens, Steven Siloti,
856 svonohr, Taiki Sugawara, Takashi Sakamoto, Takuro Onoue, Thomas Blume,
857 Thomas Haller, Thomas Mühlbacher, Tianlu Shao, Toke Høiland-Jørgensen,
858 Tom Yan, Tony Asleson, Topi Miettinen, Ulrich Ölmann, Urs Ritzmann,
859 Vincent Bernat, Vito Caputo, Vladimir Panteleev, WANG Xuerui, Wind/owZ,
860 Wu Xiaotian, xdavidwu, Xiaotian Wu, xujing, yangmingtai, Yao Wei,
861 Yao Wei (魏銘廷), Yegor Alexeyev, Yu Watanabe,
862 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Дамјан Георгиевски, наб
863
864 — Warsaw, 2021-12---
865
866 CHANGES WITH 249:
867
868 * When operating on disk images via the --image= switch of various
869 tools (such as systemd-nspawn or systemd-dissect), or when udev finds
870 no 'root=' parameter on the kernel command line, and multiple
871 suitable root or /usr/ partitions exist in the image, then a simple
872 comparison inspired by strverscmp() is done on the GPT partition
873 label, and the newest partition is picked. This permits a simple and
874 generic whole-file-system A/B update logic where new operating system
875 versions are dropped into partitions whose label is then updated with
876 a matching version identifier.
877
878 * systemd-sysusers now supports querying the passwords to set for the
879 users it creates via the "credentials" logic introduced in v247: the
880 passwd.hashed-password.<user> and passwd.plaintext-password.<user>
881 credentials are consulted for the password to use (either in UNIX
882 hashed form, or literally). By default these credentials are inherited
883 down from PID1 (which in turn imports it from a container manager if
884 there is one). This permits easy configuration of user passwords
885 during first boot. Example:
886
887 # systemd-nspawn -i foo.raw --volatile=yes --set-credential=passwd.plaintext-password.root:foo
888
889 Note that systemd-sysusers operates in purely additive mode: it
890 executes no operation if the declared users already exist, and hence
891 doesn't set any passwords as effect of the command line above if the
892 specified root user exists already in the image. (Note that
893 --volatile=yes ensures it doesn't, though.)
894
895 * systemd-firstboot now also supports querying various system
896 parameters via the credential subsystems. Thus, as above this may be
897 used to initialize important system parameters on first boot of
898 previously unprovisioned images (i.e. images with a mostly empty
899 /etc/).
900
901 * PID 1 may now show both the unit name and the unit description
902 strings in its status output during boot. This may be configured with
903 StatusUnitFormat=combined in system.conf or
904 systemd.status-unit-format=combined on the kernel command line.
905
906 * The systemd-machine-id-setup tool now supports a --image= switch for
907 provisioning a machine ID file into an OS disk image, similar to how
908 --root= operates on an OS file tree. This matches the existing switch
909 of the same name for systemd-tmpfiles, systemd-firstboot, and
910 systemd-sysusers tools.
911
912 * Similarly, systemd-repart gained support for the --image= switch too.
913 In combination with the existing --size= option, this makes the tool
914 particularly useful for easily growing disk images in a single
915 invocation, following the declarative rules included in the image
916 itself.
917
918 * systemd-repart's partition configuration files gained support for a
919 new switch MakeDirectories= which may be used to create arbitrary
920 directories inside file systems that are created, before registering
921 them in the partition table. This is useful in particular for root
922 partitions to create mount point directories for other partitions
923 included in the image. For example, a disk image that contains a
924 root, /home/, and /var/ partitions, may set MakeDirectories=yes to
925 create /home/ and /var/ as empty directories in the root file system
926 on its creation, so that the resulting image can be mounted
927 immediately, even in read-only mode.
928
929 * systemd-repart's CopyBlocks= setting gained support for the special
930 value "auto". If used, a suitable matching partition on the booted OS
931 is found as source to copy blocks from. This is useful when
932 implementing replicating installers, that are booted from one medium
933 and then stream their own root partition onto the target medium.
934
935 * systemd-repart's partition configuration files gained support for a
936 Flags=, a ReadOnly= and a NoAuto= setting, allowing control of these
937 GPT partition flags for the created partitions: this is useful for
938 marking newly created partitions as read-only, or as not being
939 subject for automatic mounting from creation on.
940
941 * The /etc/os-release file has been extended with two new (optional)
942 variables IMAGE_VERSION= and IMAGE_ID=, carrying identity and version
943 information for OS images that are updated comprehensively and
944 atomically as one image. Two new specifiers %M, %A now resolve to
945 these two fields in the various configuration options that resolve
946 specifiers.
947
948 * portablectl gained a new switch --extension= for enabling portable
949 service images with extensions that follow the extension image
950 concept introduced with v248, and thus allows layering multiple
951 images when setting up the root filesystem of the service.
952
953 * systemd-coredump will now extract ELF build-id information from
954 processes dumping core and include it in the coredump report.
955 Moreover, it will look for ELF .note.package sections with
956 distribution packaging meta-information about the crashing process.
957 This is useful to directly embed the rpm or deb (or any other)
958 package name and version in ELF files, making it easy to match
959 coredump reports with the specific package for which the software was
960 compiled. This is particularly useful on environments with ELF files
961 from multiple vendors, different distributions and versions, as is
962 common today in our containerized and sand-boxed world. For further
963 information, see:
964
965 https://systemd.io/COREDUMP_PACKAGE_METADATA
966
967 * A new udev hardware database has been added for FireWire devices
968 (IEEE 1394).
969
970 * The "net_id" built-in of udev has been updated with three
971 backwards-incompatible changes:
972
973 - PCI hotplug slot names on s390 systems are now parsed as
974 hexadecimal numbers. They were incorrectly parsed as decimal
975 previously, or ignored if the name was not a valid decimal
976 number.
977
978 - PCI onboard indices up to 65535 are allowed. Previously, numbers
979 above 16383 were rejected. This primarily impacts s390 systems,
980 where values up to 65535 are used.
981
982 - Invalid characters in interface names are replaced with "_".
983
984 The new version of the net naming scheme is "v249". The previous
985 scheme can be selected via the "net.naming-scheme=v247" kernel
986 command line parameter.
987
988 * sd-bus' sd_bus_is_ready() and sd_bus_is_open() calls now accept a
989 NULL bus object, for which they will return false. Or in other words,
990 an unallocated bus connection is neither ready nor open.
991
992 * The sd-device API acquired a new API function
993 sd_device_get_usec_initialized() that returns the monotonic time when
994 the udev device first appeared in the database.
995
996 * sd-device gained a new APIs sd_device_trigger_with_uuid() and
997 sd_device_get_trigger_uuid(). The former is similar to
998 sd_device_trigger() but returns a randomly generated UUID that is
999 associated with the synthetic uevent generated by the call. This UUID
1000 may be read from the sd_device object a monitor eventually receives,
1001 via the sd_device_get_trigger_uuid(). This interface requires kernel
1002 4.13 or above to work, and allows tracking a synthetic uevent through
1003 the entire device management stack. The "udevadm trigger --settle"
1004 logic has been updated to make use of this concept if available to
1005 wait precisely for the uevents it generates. "udevadm trigger" also
1006 gained a new parameter --uuid that prints the UUID for each generated
1007 uevent.
1008
1009 * sd-device also gained new APIs sd_device_new_from_ifname() and
1010 sd_device_new_from_ifindex() for allocating an sd-device object for
1011 the specified network interface. The former accepts an interface name
1012 (either a primary or an alternative name), the latter an interface
1013 index.
1014
1015 * The native Journal protocol has been documented. Clients may talk
1016 this as alternative to the classic BSD syslog protocol for locally
1017 delivering log records to the Journal. The protocol has been stable
1018 for a long time and in fact been implemented already in a variety
1019 of alternative client libraries. This documentation makes the support
1020 for that official:
1021
1022 https://systemd.io/JOURNAL_NATIVE_PROTOCOL
1023
1024 * A new BPFProgram= setting has been added to service files. It may be
1025 set to a path to a loaded kernel BPF program, i.e. a path to a bpffs
1026 file, or a bind mount or symlink to one. This may be used to upload
1027 and manage BPF programs externally and then hook arbitrary systemd
1028 services into them.
1029
1030 * The "home.arpa" domain that has been officially declared as the
1031 choice for domain for local home networks per RFC 8375 has been added
1032 to the default NTA list of resolved, since DNSSEC is generally not
1033 available on private domains.
1034
1035 * The CPUAffinity= setting of unit files now resolves "%" specifiers.
1036
1037 * A new ManageForeignRoutingPolicyRules= setting has been added to
1038 .network files which may be used to exclude foreign-created routing
1039 policy rules from systemd-networkd management.
1040
1041 * systemd-network-wait-online gained two new switches -4 and -6 that
1042 may be used to tweak whether to wait for only IPv4 or only IPv6
1043 connectivity.
1044
1045 * .network files gained a new RequiredFamilyForOnline= setting to
1046 fine-tune whether to require an IPv4 or IPv6 address in order to
1047 consider an interface "online".
1048
1049 * networkctl will now show an over-all "online" state in the per-link
1050 information.
1051
1052 * In .network files a new OutgoingInterface= setting has been added to
1053 specify the output interface in bridge FDB setups.
1054
1055 * In .network files the Multipath group ID may now be configured for
1056 [NextHop] entries, via the new Group= setting.
1057
1058 * The DHCP server logic configured in .network files gained a new
1059 setting RelayTarget= that turns the server into a DHCP server relay.
1060 The RelayAgentCircuitId= and RelayAgentRemoteId= settings may be used
1061 to further tweak the DHCP relay behaviour.
1062
1063 * The DHCP server logic also gained a new ServerAddress= setting in
1064 .network files that explicitly specifies the server IP address to
1065 use. If not specified, the address is determined automatically, as
1066 before.
1067
1068 * The DHCP server logic in systemd-networkd gained support for static
1069 DHCP leases, configurable via the [DHCPServerStaticLease]
1070 section. This allows explicitly mapping specific MAC addresses to
1071 fixed IP addresses and vice versa.
1072
1073 * The RestrictAddressFamilies= setting in service files now supports a
1074 new special value "none". If specified sockets of all address
1075 families will be made unavailable to services configured that way.
1076
1077 * systemd-fstab-generator and systemd-repart have been updated to
1078 support booting from disks that carry only a /usr/ partition but no
1079 root partition yet, and where systemd-repart can add it in on the
1080 first boot. This is useful for implementing systems that ship with a
1081 single /usr/ file system, and whose root file system shall be set up
1082 and formatted on a LUKS-encrypted volume whose key is generated
1083 locally (and possibly enrolled in the TPM) during the first boot.
1084
1085 * The [Address] section of .network files now accepts a new
1086 RouteMetric= setting that configures the routing metric to use for
1087 the prefix route created as effect of the address configuration.
1088 Similarly, the [DHCPv6PrefixDelegation] and [IPv6Prefix] sections
1089 gained matching settings for their prefix routes. (The option of the
1090 same name in the [DHCPv6] section is moved to [IPv6AcceptRA], since
1091 it conceptually belongs there; the old option is still understood for
1092 compatibility.)
1093
1094 * The DHCPv6 IAID and DUID are now explicitly configurable in .network
1095 files.
1096
1097 * A new udev property ID_NET_DHCP_BROADCAST on network interface
1098 devices is now honoured by systemd-networkd, controlling whether to
1099 issue DHCP offers via broadcasting. This is used to ensure that s390
1100 layer 3 network interfaces work out-of-the-box with systemd-networkd.
1101
1102 * nss-myhostname and systemd-resolved will now synthesize address
1103 records for a new special hostname "_outbound". The name will always
1104 resolve to the local IP addresses most likely used for outbound
1105 connections towards the default routes. On multi-homed hosts this is
1106 useful to have a stable handle referring to "the" local IP address
1107 that matters most, to the point where this is defined.
1108
1109 * The Discoverable Partition Specification has been updated with a new
1110 GPT partition flag "grow-file-system" defined for its partition
1111 types. Whenever partitions with this flag set are automatically
1112 mounted (i.e. via systemd-gpt-auto-generator or the --image= switch
1113 of systemd-nspawn or other tools; and as opposed to explicit mounting
1114 via /etc/fstab), the file system within the partition is
1115 automatically grown to the full size of the partition. If the file
1116 system size already matches the partition size this flag has no
1117 effect. Previously, this functionality has been available via the
1118 explicit x-systemd.growfs mount option, and this new flag extends
1119 this to automatically discovered mounts. A new GrowFileSystem=
1120 setting has been added to systemd-repart drop-in files that allows
1121 configuring this partition flag. This new flag defaults to on for
1122 partitions automatically created by systemd-repart, except if they
1123 are marked read-only. See the specification for further details:
1124
1125 https://systemd.io/DISCOVERABLE_PARTITIONS
1126
1127 * .network files gained a new setting RoutesToNTP= in the [DHCPv4]
1128 section. If enabled (which is the default), and an NTP server address
1129 is acquired through a DHCP lease on this interface an explicit route
1130 to this address is created on this interface to ensure that NTP
1131 traffic to the NTP server acquired on an interface is also routed
1132 through that interface. The pre-existing RoutesToDNS= setting that
1133 implements the same for DNS servers is now enabled by default.
1134
1135 * A pair of service settings SocketBindAllow= + SocketBindDeny= have
1136 been added that may be used to restrict the network interfaces
1137 sockets created by the service may be bound to. This is implemented
1138 via BPF.
1139
1140 * A new ConditionFirmware= setting has been added to unit files to
1141 conditionalize on certain firmware features. At the moment it may
1142 check whether running on an UEFI system, a device.tree system, or if
1143 the system is compatible with some specified device-tree feature.
1144
1145 * A new ConditionOSRelease= setting has been added to unit files to
1146 check os-release(5) fields. The "=", "!=", "<", "<=", ">=", ">"
1147 operators may be used to check if some field has some specific value
1148 or do an alphanumerical comparison. Equality comparisons are useful
1149 for fields like ID, but relative comparisons for fields like
1150 VERSION_ID or IMAGE_VERSION.
1151
1152 * hostnamed gained a new Describe() D-Bus method that returns a JSON
1153 serialization of the host data it exposes. This is exposed via
1154 "hostnamectl --json=" to acquire a host identity description in JSON.
1155 It's our intention to add a similar features to most services and
1156 objects systemd manages, in order to simplify integration with
1157 program code that can consume JSON.
1158
1159 * Similarly, networkd gained a Describe() method on its Manager and
1160 Link bus objects. This is exposed via "networkctl --json=".
1161
1162 * hostnamectl's various "get-xyz"/"set-xyz" verb pairs
1163 (e.g. "hostnamectl get-hostname", "hostnamectl "set-hostname") have
1164 been replaced by a single "xyz" verb (e.g. "hostnamectl hostname")
1165 that is used both to get the value (when no argument is given), and
1166 to set the value (when an argument is specified). The old names
1167 continue to be supported for compatibility.
1168
1169 * systemd-detect-virt and ConditionVirtualization= are now able to
1170 correctly identify Amazon EC2 environments.
1171
1172 * The LogLevelMax= setting of unit files now applies not only to log
1173 messages generated *by* the service, but also to log messages
1174 generated *about* the service by PID 1. To suppress logs concerning a
1175 specific service comprehensively, set this option to a high log
1176 level.
1177
1178 * bootctl gained support for a new --make-machine-id-directory= switch
1179 that allows precise control on whether to create the top-level
1180 per-machine directory in the boot partition that typically contains
1181 Type 1 boot loader entries.
1182
1183 * During build SBAT data to include in the systemd-boot EFI PE binaries
1184 may be specified now.
1185
1186 * /etc/crypttab learnt a new option "headless". If specified any
1187 requests to query the user interactively for passwords or PINs will
1188 be skipped. This is useful on systems that are headless, i.e. where
1189 an interactive user is generally not present.
1190
1191 * /etc/crypttab also learnt a new option "password-echo=" that allows
1192 configuring whether the encryption password prompt shall echo the
1193 typed password and if so, do so literally or via asterisks. (The
1194 default is the same behaviour as before: provide echo feedback via
1195 asterisks.)
1196
1197 * FIDO2 support in systemd-cryptenroll/systemd-cryptsetup and
1198 systemd-homed has been updated to allow explicit configuration of the
1199 "user presence" and "user verification" checks, as well as whether a
1200 PIN is required for authentication, via the new switches
1201 --fido2-with-user-presence=, --fido2-with-user-verification=,
1202 --fido2-with-client-pin= to systemd-cryptenroll and homectl. Which
1203 features are available, and may be enabled or disabled depends on the
1204 used FIDO2 token.
1205
1206 * systemd-nspawn's --private-user= switch now accepts the special value
1207 "identity" which configures a user namespacing environment with an
1208 identity mapping of 65535 UIDs. This means the container UID 0 is
1209 mapped to the host UID 0, and the UID 1 to host UID 1. On first look
1210 this doesn't appear to be useful, however it does reduce the attack
1211 surface a bit, since the resulting container will possess process
1212 capabilities only within its namespace and not on the host.
1213
1214 * systemd-nspawn's --private-user-chown switch has been replaced by a
1215 more generic --private-user-ownership= switch that accepts one of
1216 three values: "chown" is equivalent to the old --private-user-chown,
1217 and "off" is equivalent to the absence of the old switch. The value
1218 "map" uses the new UID mapping mounts of Linux 5.12 to map ownership
1219 of files and directories of the underlying image to the chosen UID
1220 range for the container. "auto" is equivalent to "map" if UID mapping
1221 mount are supported, otherwise it is equivalent to "chown". The short
1222 -U switch systemd-nspawn now implies --private-user-ownership=auto
1223 instead of the old --private-user-chown. Effectively this means: if
1224 the backing file system supports UID mapping mounts the feature is
1225 now used by default if -U is used. Generally, it's a good idea to use
1226 UID mapping mounts instead of recursive chown()ing, since it allows
1227 running containers off immutable images (since no modifications of
1228 the images need to take place), and share images between multiple
1229 instances. Moreover, the recursive chown()ing operation is slow and
1230 can be avoided. Conceptually it's also a good thing if transient UID
1231 range uses do not leak into persistent file ownership anymore. TLDR:
1232 finally, the last major drawback of user namespacing has been
1233 removed, and -U should always be used (unless you use btrfs, where
1234 UID mapped mounts do not exist; or your container actually needs
1235 privileges on the host).
1236
1237 * nss-systemd now synthesizes user and group shadow records in addition
1238 to the main user and group records. Thus, hashed passwords managed by
1239 systemd-homed are now accessible via the shadow database.
1240
1241 * The userdb logic (and thus nss-systemd, and so on) now read
1242 additional user/group definitions in JSON format from the drop-in
1243 directories /etc/userdb/, /run/userdb/, /run/host/userdb/ and
1244 /usr/lib/userdb/. This is a simple and powerful mechanism for making
1245 additional users available to the system, with full integration into
1246 NSS including the shadow databases. Since the full JSON user/group
1247 record format is supported this may also be used to define users with
1248 resource management settings and other runtime settings that
1249 pam_systemd and systemd-logind enforce at login.
1250
1251 * The userdbctl tool gained two new switches --with-dropin= and
1252 --with-varlink= which can be used to fine-tune the sources used for
1253 user database lookups.
1254
1255 * systemd-nspawn gained a new switch --bind-user= for binding a host
1256 user account into the container. This does three things: the user's
1257 home directory is bind mounted from the host into the container,
1258 below the /run/userdb/home/ hierarchy. A free UID is picked in the
1259 container, and a user namespacing UID mapping to the host user's UID
1260 installed. And finally, a minimal JSON user and group record (along
1261 with its hashed password) is dropped into /run/host/userdb/. These
1262 records are picked up automatically by the userdb drop-in logic
1263 describe above, and allow the user to login with the same password as
1264 on the host. Effectively this means: if host and container run new
1265 enough systemd versions making a host user available to the container
1266 is trivially simple.
1267
1268 * systemd-journal-gatewayd now supports the switches --user, --system,
1269 --merge, --file= that are equivalent to the same switches of
1270 journalctl, and permit exposing only the specified subset of the
1271 Journal records.
1272
1273 * The OnFailure= dependency between units is now augmented with a
1274 implicit reverse dependency OnFailureOf= (this new dependency cannot
1275 be configured directly it's only created as effect of an OnFailure=
1276 dependency in the reverse order — it's visible in "systemctl show"
1277 however). Similar, Slice= now has an reverse dependency SliceOf=,
1278 that is also not configurable directly, but useful to determine all
1279 units that are members of a slice.
1280
1281 * A pair of new dependency types between units PropagatesStopTo= +
1282 StopPropagatedFrom= has been added, that allows propagation of unit
1283 stop events between two units. It operates similar to the existing
1284 PropagatesReloadTo= + ReloadPropagatedFrom= dependencies.
1285
1286 * A new dependency type OnSuccess= has been added (plus the reverse
1287 dependency OnSuccessOf=, which cannot be configured directly, but
1288 exists only as effect of the reverse OnSuccess=). It is similar to
1289 OnFailure=, but triggers in the opposite case: when a service exits
1290 cleanly. This allows "chaining up" of services where one or more
1291 services are started once another service has successfully completed.
1292
1293 * A new dependency type Upholds= has been added (plus the reverse
1294 dependency UpheldBy=, which cannot be configured directly, but exists
1295 only as effect of Upholds=). This dependency type is a stronger form
1296 of Wants=: if a unit has an UpHolds= dependency on some other unit
1297 and the former is active then the latter is started whenever it is
1298 found inactive (and no job is queued for it). This is an alternative
1299 to Restart= inside service units, but less configurable, and the
1300 request to uphold a unit is not encoded in the unit itself but in
1301 another unit that intends to uphold it.
1302
1303 * The systemd-ask-password tool now also supports reading passwords
1304 from the credentials subsystem, via the new --credential= switch.
1305
1306 * The systemd-ask-password tool learnt a new switch --emoji= which may
1307 be used to explicit control whether the lock and key emoji (🔐) is
1308 shown in the password prompt on suitable TTYs.
1309
1310 * The --echo switch of systemd-ask-password now optionally takes a
1311 parameter that controls character echo. It may either show asterisks
1312 (default, as before), turn echo off entirely, or echo the typed
1313 characters literally.
1314
1315 * The systemd-ask-password tool also gained a new -n switch for
1316 suppressing output of a trailing newline character when writing the
1317 acquired password to standard output, similar to /bin/echo's -n
1318 switch.
1319
1320 * New documentation has been added that describes the organization of
1321 the systemd source code tree:
1322
1323 https://systemd.io/ARCHITECTURE
1324
1325 * Units using ConditionNeedsUpdate= will no longer be activated in
1326 the initrd.
1327
1328 * It is now possible to list a template unit in the WantedBy= or
1329 RequiredBy= settings of the [Install] section of another template
1330 unit, which will be instantiated using the same instance name.
1331
1332 * A new MemoryAvailable property is available for units. If the unit,
1333 or the slice(s) it is part of, have a memory limit set via MemoryMax=/
1334 MemoryHigh=, MemoryAvailable will indicate how much more memory the
1335 unit can claim before hitting the limit(s).
1336
1337 * systemd-coredump will now try to stay below the cgroup memory limit
1338 placed on itself or one of the slices it runs under, if the storage
1339 area for core files (/var/lib/systemd/coredump/) is placed on a tmpfs,
1340 since files written on such filesystems count toward the cgroup memory
1341 limit. If there is not enough available memory in such cases to store
1342 the core file uncompressed, systemd-coredump will skip to compressed
1343 storage directly (if enabled) and it will avoid analyzing the core file
1344 to print backtrace and metadata in the journal.
1345
1346 * tmpfiles.d/ drop-ins gained a new '=' modifier to check if the type
1347 of a path matches the configured expectations, and remove it if not.
1348
1349 * tmpfiles.d/'s 'Age' now accepts an 'age-by' argument, which allows to
1350 specify which of the several available filesystem timestamps (access
1351 time, birth time, change time, modification time) to look at when
1352 deciding whether a path has aged enough to be cleaned.
1353
1354 * A new IPv6StableSecretAddress= setting has been added to .network
1355 files, which takes an IPv6 address to use as secret for IPv6 address
1356 generation.
1357
1358 * The [DHCPServer] logic in .network files gained support for a new
1359 UplinkInterface= setting that permits configuration of the uplink
1360 interface name to propagate DHCP lease information from.
1361
1362 * The WakeOnLan= setting in .link files now accepts a list of flags
1363 instead of a single one, to configure multiple wake-on-LAN policies.
1364
1365 * User-space defined tracepoints (USDT) have been added to udev at
1366 strategic locations. This is useful for tracing udev behaviour and
1367 performance with bpftrace and similar tools.
1368
1369 * systemd-journald-upload gained a new NetworkTimeoutSec= option for
1370 setting a network timeout time.
1371
1372 * If a system service is running in a new mount namespace (RootDirectory=
1373 and friends), all file systems will be mounted with MS_NOSUID by
1374 default, unless the system is running with SELinux enabled.
1375
1376 * When enumerating time zones the timedatectl tool will now consult the
1377 'tzdata.zi' file shipped by the IANA time zone database package, in
1378 addition to 'zone1970.tab', as before. This makes sure time zone
1379 aliases are now correctly supported. Some distributions so far did
1380 not install this additional file, most do however. If you
1381 distribution does not install it yet, it might make sense to change
1382 that.
1383
1384 * Intel HID rfkill event is no longer masked, since it's the only
1385 source of rfkill event on newer HP laptops. To have both backward and
1386 forward compatibility, userspace daemon needs to debounce duplicated
1387 events in a short time window.
1388
1389 Contributions from: Aakash Singh, adrian5, Albert Brox,
1390 Alexander Sverdlin, Alexander Tsoy, Alexey Rubtsov, alexlzhu,
1391 Allen Webb, Alvin Šipraga, Alyssa Ross, Anders Wenhaug,
1392 Andrea Pappacoda, Anita Zhang, asavah, Balint Reczey, Bertrand Jacquin,
1393 borna-blazevic, caoxia2008cxx, Carlo Teubner, Christian Göttsche,
1394 Christian Hesse, Daniel Schaefer, Dan Streetman,
1395 David Santamaría Rogado, David Tardon, Deepak Rawat, dgcampea,
1396 Dimitri John Ledkov, ei-ke, Emilio Herrera, Emil Renner Berthing,
1397 Eric Cook, Flos Lonicerae, Franck Bui, Francois Gervais,
1398 Frantisek Sumsal, Gibeom Gwon, gitm0, Hamish Moffatt, Hans de Goede,
1399 Harsh Barsaiyan, Henri Chain, Hristo Venev, Icenowy Zheng, Igor Zhbanov,
1400 imayoda, Jakub Warczarek, James Buren, Jan Janssen, Jan Macku,
1401 Jan Synacek, Jason Francis, Jayanth Ananthapadmanaban, Jeremy Szu,
1402 Jérôme Carretero, Jesse Stricker, jiangchuangang, Joerg Behrmann,
1403 Jóhann B. Guðmundsson, Jörg Deckert, Jörg Thalheim, Juergen Hoetzel,
1404 Julia Kartseva, Kai-Heng Feng, Khem Raj, KoyamaSohei, laineantti,
1405 Lennart Poettering, LetzteInstanz, Luca Adrian L, Luca Boccassi,
1406 Lucas Magasweran, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marco Antonio Mauro, Mark Wielaard,
1407 Masahiro Matsuya, Matt Johnston, Michael Catanzaro, Michal Koutný,
1408 Michal Sekletár, Mike Crowe, Mike Kazantsev, Milan, milaq,
1409 Miroslav Suchý, Morten Linderud, nerdopolis, nl6720, Noah Meyerhans,
1410 Oleg Popov, Olle Lundberg, Ondrej Kozina, Paweł Marciniak, Perry.Yuan,
1411 Peter Hutterer, Peter Kjellerstedt, Peter Morrow, Phaedrus Leeds,
1412 plattrap, qhill, Raul Tambre, Roman Beranek, Roshan Shariff,
1413 Ryan Hendrickson, Samuel BF, scootergrisen, Sebastian Blunt,
1414 Seong-ho Cho, Sergey Bugaev, Sevan Janiyan, Sibo Dong, simmon,
1415 Simon Watts, Srinidhi Kaushik, Štěpán Němec, Steve Bonds, Susant Sahani,
1416 sverdlin, syyhao1994, Takashi Sakamoto, Topi Miettinen, tramsay,
1417 Trent Piepho, Uwe Kleine-König, Viktor Mihajlovski, Vincent Dechenaux,
1418 Vito Caputo, William A. Kennington III, Yangyang Shen, Yegor Alexeyev,
1419 Yi Gao, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, zsien, наб
1420
1421 — Edinburgh, 2021-07-07
1422
1423 CHANGES WITH 248:
1424
1425 * A concept of system extension images is introduced. Such images may
1426 be used to extend the /usr/ and /opt/ directory hierarchies at
1427 runtime with additional files (even if the file system is read-only).
1428 When a system extension image is activated, its /usr/ and /opt/
1429 hierarchies and os-release information are combined via overlayfs
1430 with the file system hierarchy of the host OS.
1431
1432 A new systemd-sysext tool can be used to merge, unmerge, list, and
1433 refresh system extension hierarchies. See
1434 https://www.freedesktop.org/software/systemd/man/systemd-sysext.html.
1435
1436 The systemd-sysext.service automatically merges installed system
1437 extensions during boot (before basic.target, but not in very early
1438 boot, since various file systems have to be mounted first).
1439
1440 The SYSEXT_LEVEL= field in os-release(5) may be used to specify the
1441 supported system extension level.
1442
1443 * A new ExtensionImages= unit setting can be used to apply the same
1444 system extension image concept from systemd-sysext to the namespaced
1445 file hierarchy of specific services, following the same rules and
1446 constraints.
1447
1448 * Support for a new special "root=tmpfs" kernel command-line option has
1449 been added. When specified, a tmpfs is mounted on /, and mount.usr=
1450 should be used to point to the operating system implementation.
1451
1452 * A new configuration file /etc/veritytab may be used to configure
1453 dm-verity integrity protection for block devices. Each line is in the
1454 format "volume-name data-device hash-device roothash options",
1455 similar to /etc/crypttab.
1456
1457 * A new kernel command-line option systemd.verity.root_options= may be
1458 used to configure dm-verity behaviour for the root device.
1459
1460 * The key file specified in /etc/crypttab (the third field) may now
1461 refer to an AF_UNIX/SOCK_STREAM socket in the file system. The key is
1462 acquired by connecting to that socket and reading from it. This
1463 allows the implementation of a service to provide key information
1464 dynamically, at the moment when it is needed.
1465
1466 * When the hostname is set explicitly to "localhost", systemd-hostnamed
1467 will respect this. Previously such a setting would be mostly silently
1468 ignored. The goal is to honour configuration as specified by the
1469 user.
1470
1471 * The fallback hostname that will be used by the system manager and
1472 systemd-hostnamed can now be configured in two new ways: by setting
1473 DEFAULT_HOSTNAME= in os-release(5), or by setting
1474 $SYSTEMD_DEFAULT_HOSTNAME in the environment block. As before, it can
1475 also be configured during compilation. The environment variable is
1476 intended for testing and local overrides, the os-release(5) field is
1477 intended to allow customization by different variants of a
1478 distribution that share the same compiled packages.
1479
1480 * The environment block of the manager itself may be configured through
1481 a new ManagerEnvironment= setting in system.conf or user.conf. This
1482 complements existing ways to set the environment block (the kernel
1483 command line for the system manager, the inherited environment and
1484 user@.service unit file settings for the user manager).
1485
1486 * systemd-hostnamed now exports the default hostname and the source of
1487 the configured hostname ("static", "transient", or "default") as
1488 D-Bus properties.
1489
1490 * systemd-hostnamed now exports the "HardwareVendor" and
1491 "HardwareModel" D-Bus properties, which are supposed to contain a
1492 pair of cleaned up, human readable strings describing the system's
1493 vendor and model. It's typically sourced from the firmware's DMI
1494 tables, but may be augmented from a new hwdb database. hostnamectl
1495 shows this in the status output.
1496
1497 * Support has been added to systemd-cryptsetup for extracting the
1498 PKCS#11 token URI and encrypted key from the LUKS2 JSON embedded
1499 metadata header. This allows the information how to open the
1500 encrypted device to be embedded directly in the device and obviates
1501 the need for configuration in an external file.
1502
1503 * systemd-cryptsetup gained support for unlocking LUKS2 volumes using
1504 TPM2 hardware, as well as FIDO2 security tokens (in addition to the
1505 pre-existing support for PKCS#11 security tokens).
1506
1507 * systemd-repart may enroll encrypted partitions using TPM2
1508 hardware. This may be useful for example to create an encrypted /var
1509 partition bound to the machine on first boot.
1510
1511 * A new systemd-cryptenroll tool has been added to enroll TPM2, FIDO2
1512 and PKCS#11 security tokens to LUKS volumes, list and destroy
1513 them. See:
1514
1515 http://0pointer.net/blog/unlocking-luks2-volumes-with-tpm2-fido2-pkcs11-security-hardware-on-systemd-248.html
1516
1517 It also supports enrolling "recovery keys" and regular passphrases.
1518
1519 * The libfido2 dependency is now based on dlopen(), so that the library
1520 is used at runtime when installed, but is not a hard runtime
1521 dependency.
1522
1523 * systemd-cryptsetup gained support for two new options in
1524 /etc/crypttab: "no-write-workqueue" and "no-read-workqueue" which
1525 request synchronous processing of encryption/decryption IO.
1526
1527 * The manager may be configured at compile time to use the fexecve()
1528 instead of the execve() system call when spawning processes. Using
1529 fexecve() closes a window between checking the security context of an
1530 executable and spawning it, but unfortunately the kernel displays
1531 stale information in the process' "comm" field, which impacts ps
1532 output and such.
1533
1534 * The configuration option -Dcompat-gateway-hostname has been dropped.
1535 "_gateway" is now the only supported name.
1536
1537 * The ConditionSecurity=tpm2 unit file setting may be used to check if
1538 the system has at least one TPM2 (tpmrm class) device.
1539
1540 * A new ConditionCPUFeature= has been added that may be used to
1541 conditionalize units based on CPU features. For example,
1542 ConditionCPUFeature=rdrand will condition a unit so that it is only
1543 run when the system CPU supports the RDRAND opcode.
1544
1545 * The existing ConditionControlGroupController= setting has been
1546 extended with two new values "v1" and "v2". "v2" means that the
1547 unified v2 cgroup hierarchy is used, and "v1" means that legacy v1
1548 hierarchy or the hybrid hierarchy are used.
1549
1550 * A new PrivateIPC= setting on a unit file allows executed processes to
1551 be moved into a private IPC namespace, with separate System V IPC
1552 identifiers and POSIX message queues.
1553
1554 A new IPCNamespacePath= allows the unit to be joined to an existing
1555 IPC namespace.
1556
1557 * The tables of system calls in seccomp filters are now automatically
1558 generated from kernel lists exported on
1559 https://fedora.juszkiewicz.com.pl/syscalls.html.
1560
1561 The following architectures should now have complete lists:
1562 alpha, arc, arm64, arm, i386, ia64, m68k, mips64n32, mips64, mipso32,
1563 powerpc, powerpc64, s390, s390x, tilegx, sparc, x86_64, x32.
1564
1565 * The MountAPIVFS= service file setting now additionally mounts a tmpfs
1566 on /run/ if it is not already a mount point. A writable /run/ has
1567 always been a requirement for a functioning system, but this was not
1568 guaranteed when using a read-only image.
1569
1570 Users can always specify BindPaths= or InaccessiblePaths= as
1571 overrides, and they will take precedence. If the host's root mount
1572 point is used, there is no change in behaviour.
1573
1574 * New bind mounts and file system image mounts may be injected into the
1575 mount namespace of a service (without restarting it). This is exposed
1576 respectively as 'systemctl bind <unit> <path>…' and
1577 'systemctl mount-image <unit> <image>…'.
1578
1579 * The StandardOutput= and StandardError= settings can now specify files
1580 to be truncated for output (as "truncate:<path>").
1581
1582 * The ExecPaths= and NoExecPaths= settings may be used to specify
1583 noexec for parts of the file system.
1584
1585 * sd-bus has a new function sd_bus_open_user_machine() to open a
1586 connection to the session bus of a specific user in a local container
1587 or on the local host. This is exposed in the existing -M switch to
1588 systemctl and similar tools:
1589
1590 systemctl --user -M lennart@foobar start foo
1591
1592 This will connect to the user bus of a user "lennart" in container
1593 "foobar". If no container name is specified, the specified user on
1594 the host itself is connected to
1595
1596 systemctl --user -M lennart@ start quux
1597
1598 * sd-bus also gained a convenience function sd_bus_message_send() to
1599 simplify invocations of sd_bus_send(), taking only a single
1600 parameter: the message to send.
1601
1602 * sd-event allows rate limits to be set on event sources, for dealing
1603 with high-priority event sources that might starve out others. See
1604 the new man page sd_event_source_set_ratelimit(3) for details.
1605
1606 * systemd.link files gained a [Link] Promiscuous= switch, which allows
1607 the device to be raised in promiscuous mode.
1608
1609 New [Link] TransmitQueues= and ReceiveQueues= settings allow the
1610 number of TX and RX queues to be configured.
1611
1612 New [Link] TransmitQueueLength= setting allows the size of the TX
1613 queue to be configured.
1614
1615 New [Link] GenericSegmentOffloadMaxBytes= and
1616 GenericSegmentOffloadMaxSegments= allow capping the packet size and
1617 the number of segments accepted in Generic Segment Offload.
1618
1619 * systemd-networkd gained support for the "B.A.T.M.A.N. advanced"
1620 wireless routing protocol that operates on ISO/OSI Layer 2 only and
1621 uses ethernet frames to route/bridge packets. This encompasses a new
1622 "batadv" netdev Type=, a new [BatmanAdvanced] section with a bunch of
1623 new settings in .netdev files, and a new BatmanAdvanced= setting in
1624 .network files.
1625
1626 * systemd.network files gained a [Network] RouteTable= configuration
1627 switch to select the routing policy table.
1628
1629 systemd.network files gained a [RoutingPolicyRule] Type=
1630 configuration switch (one of "blackhole, "unreachable", "prohibit").
1631
1632 systemd.network files gained a [IPv6AcceptRA] RouteDenyList= and
1633 RouteAllowList= settings to ignore/accept route advertisements from
1634 routers matching specified prefixes. The DenyList= setting has been
1635 renamed to PrefixDenyList= and a new PrefixAllowList= option has been
1636 added.
1637
1638 systemd.network files gained a [DHCPv6] UseAddress= setting to
1639 optionally ignore the address provided in the lease.
1640
1641 systemd.network files gained a [DHCPv6PrefixDelegation]
1642 ManageTemporaryAddress= switch.
1643
1644 systemd.network files gained a new ActivationPolicy= setting which
1645 allows configuring how the UP state of an interface shall be managed,
1646 i.e. whether the interface is always upped, always downed, or may be
1647 upped/downed by the user using "ip link set dev".
1648
1649 * The default for the Broadcast= setting in .network files has slightly
1650 changed: the broadcast address will not be configured for wireguard
1651 devices.
1652
1653 * systemd.netdev files gained a [VLAN] Protocol=, IngressQOSMaps=,
1654 EgressQOSMaps=, and [MACVLAN] BroadcastMulticastQueueLength=
1655 configuration options for VLAN packet handling.
1656
1657 * udev rules may now set log_level= option. This allows debug logs to
1658 be enabled for select events, e.g. just for a specific subsystem or
1659 even a single device.
1660
1661 * udev now exports the VOLUME_ID, LOGICAL_VOLUME_ID, VOLUME_SET_ID, and
1662 DATA_PREPARED_ID properties for block devices with ISO9660 file
1663 systems.
1664
1665 * udev now exports decoded DMI information about installed memory slots
1666 as device properties under the /sys/class/dmi/id/ pseudo device.
1667
1668 * /dev/ is not mounted noexec anymore. This didn't provide any
1669 significant security benefits and would conflict with the executable
1670 mappings used with /dev/sgx device nodes. The previous behaviour can
1671 be restored for individual services with NoExecPaths=/dev (or by allow-
1672 listing and excluding /dev from ExecPaths=).
1673
1674 * Permissions for /dev/vsock are now set to 0o666, and /dev/vhost-vsock
1675 and /dev/vhost-net are owned by the kvm group.
1676
1677 * The hardware database has been extended with a list of fingerprint
1678 readers that correctly support USB auto-suspend using data from
1679 libfprint.
1680
1681 * systemd-resolved can now answer DNSSEC questions through the stub
1682 resolver interface in a way that allows local clients to do DNSSEC
1683 validation themselves. For a question with DO+CD set, it'll proxy the
1684 DNS query and respond with a mostly unmodified packet received from
1685 the upstream server.
1686
1687 * systemd-resolved learnt a new boolean option CacheFromLocalhost= in
1688 resolved.conf. If true the service will provide caching even for DNS
1689 lookups made to an upstream DNS server on the 127.0.0.1/::1
1690 addresses. By default (and when the option is false) systemd-resolved
1691 will not cache such lookups, in order to avoid duplicate local
1692 caching, under the assumption the local upstream server caches
1693 anyway.
1694
1695 * systemd-resolved now implements RFC5001 NSID in its local DNS
1696 stub. This may be used by local clients to determine whether they are
1697 talking to the DNS resolver stub or a different DNS server.
1698
1699 * When resolving host names and other records resolvectl will now
1700 report where the data was acquired from (i.e. the local cache, the
1701 network, locally synthesized, …) and whether the network traffic it
1702 effected was encrypted or not. Moreover the tool acquired a number of
1703 new options --cache=, --synthesize=, --network=, --zone=,
1704 --trust-anchor=, --validate= that take booleans and may be used to
1705 tweak a lookup, i.e. whether it may be answered from cached
1706 information, locally synthesized information, information acquired
1707 through the network, the local mDNS/LLMNR zone, the DNSSEC trust
1708 anchor, and whether DNSSEC validation shall be executed for the
1709 lookup.
1710
1711 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --ambient-capability= setting
1712 (AmbientCapability= in .nspawn files) to configure ambient
1713 capabilities passed to the container payload.
1714
1715 * systemd-nspawn gained the ability to configure the firewall using the
1716 nftables subsystem (in addition to the existing iptables
1717 support). Similarly, systemd-networkd's IPMasquerade= option now
1718 supports nftables as back-end, too. In both cases NAT on IPv6 is now
1719 supported too, in addition to IPv4 (the iptables back-end still is
1720 IPv4-only).
1721
1722 "IPMasquerade=yes", which was the same as "IPMasquerade=ipv4" before,
1723 retains its meaning, but has been deprecated. Please switch to either
1724 "ivp4" or "both" (if covering IPv6 is desired).
1725
1726 * systemd-importd will now download .verity and .roothash.p7s files
1727 along with the machine image (as exposed via machinectl pull-raw).
1728
1729 * systemd-oomd now gained a new DefaultMemoryPressureDurationSec=
1730 setting to configure the time a unit's cgroup needs to exceed memory
1731 pressure limits before action will be taken, and a new
1732 ManagedOOMPreference=none|avoid|omit setting to avoid killing certain
1733 units.
1734
1735 systemd-oomd is now considered fully supported (the usual
1736 backwards-compatiblity promises apply). Swap is not required for
1737 operation, but it is still recommended.
1738
1739 * systemd-timesyncd gained a new ConnectionRetrySec= setting which
1740 configures the retry delay when trying to contact servers.
1741
1742 * systemd-stdio-bridge gained --system/--user options to connect to the
1743 system bus (previous default) or the user session bus.
1744
1745 * systemd-localed may now call locale-gen to generate missing locales
1746 on-demand (UTF-8-only). This improves integration with Debian-based
1747 distributions (Debian/Ubuntu/PureOS/Tanglu/...) and Arch Linux.
1748
1749 * systemctl --check-inhibitors=true may now be used to obey inhibitors
1750 even when invoked non-interactively. The old --ignore-inhibitors
1751 switch is now deprecated and replaced by --check-inhibitors=false.
1752
1753 * systemctl import-environment will now emit a warning when called
1754 without any arguments (i.e. to import the full environment block of
1755 the called program). This command will usually be invoked from a
1756 shell, which means that it'll inherit a bunch of variables which are
1757 specific to that shell, and usually to the TTY the shell is connected
1758 to, and don't have any meaning in the global context of the system or
1759 user service manager. Instead, only specific variables should be
1760 imported into the manager environment block.
1761
1762 Similarly, programs which update the manager environment block by
1763 directly calling the D-Bus API of the manager, should also push
1764 specific variables, and not the full inherited environment.
1765
1766 * systemctl's status output now shows unit state with a more careful
1767 choice of Unicode characters: units in maintenance show a "○" symbol
1768 instead of the usual "●", failed units show "×", and services being
1769 reloaded "↻".
1770
1771 * coredumpctl gained a --debugger-arguments= switch to pass arguments
1772 to the debugger. It also gained support for showing coredump info in
1773 a simple JSON format.
1774
1775 * systemctl/loginctl/machinectl's --signal= option now accept a special
1776 value "list", which may be used to show a brief table with known
1777 process signals and their numbers.
1778
1779 * networkctl now shows the link activation policy in status.
1780
1781 * Various tools gained --pager/--no-pager/--json= switches to
1782 enable/disable the pager and provide JSON output.
1783
1784 * Various tools now accept two new values for the SYSTEMD_COLORS
1785 environment variable: "16" and "256", to configure how many terminal
1786 colors are used in output.
1787
1788 * less 568 or newer is now required for the auto-paging logic of the
1789 various tools. Hyperlink ANSI sequences in terminal output are now
1790 used even if a pager is used, and older versions of less are not able
1791 to display these sequences correctly. SYSTEMD_URLIFY=0 may be used to
1792 disable this output again.
1793
1794 * Builds with support for separate / and /usr/ hierarchies ("split-usr"
1795 builds, non-merged-usr builds) are now officially deprecated. A
1796 warning is emitted during build. Support is slated to be removed in
1797 about a year (when the Debian Bookworm release development starts).
1798
1799 * Systems with the legacy cgroup v1 hierarchy are now marked as
1800 "tainted", to make it clearer that using the legacy hierarchy is not
1801 recommended.
1802
1803 * systemd-localed will now refuse to configure a keymap which is not
1804 installed in the file system. This is intended as a bug fix, but
1805 could break cases where systemd-localed was used to configure the
1806 keymap in advanced of it being installed. It is necessary to install
1807 the keymap file first.
1808
1809 * The main git development branch has been renamed to 'main'.
1810
1811 * mmcblk[0-9]boot[0-9] devices will no longer be probed automatically
1812 for partitions, as in the vast majority of cases they contain none
1813 and are used internally by the bootloader (eg: uboot).
1814
1815 * systemd will now set the $SYSTEMD_EXEC_PID environment variable for
1816 spawned processes to the PID of the process itself. This may be used
1817 by programs for detecting whether they were forked off by the service
1818 manager itself or are a process forked off further down the tree.
1819
1820 * The sd-device API gained four new calls: sd_device_get_action() to
1821 determine the uevent add/remove/change/… action the device object has
1822 been seen for, sd_device_get_seqno() to determine the uevent sequence
1823 number, sd_device_new_from_stat_rdev() to allocate a new sd_device
1824 object from stat(2) data of a device node, and sd_device_trigger() to
1825 write to the 'uevent' attribute of a device.
1826
1827 * For most tools the --no-legend= switch has been replaced by
1828 --legend=no and --legend=yes, to force whether tables are shown with
1829 headers/legends.
1830
1831 * Units acquired a new property "Markers" that takes a list of zero,
1832 one or two of the following strings: "needs-reload" and
1833 "needs-restart". These markers may be set via "systemctl
1834 set-property". Once a marker is set, "systemctl reload-or-restart
1835 --marked" may be invoked to execute the operation the units are
1836 marked for. This is useful for package managers that want to mark
1837 units for restart/reload while updating, but effect the actual
1838 operations at a later step at once.
1839
1840 * The sd_bus_message_read_strv() API call of sd-bus may now also be
1841 used to parse arrays of D-Bus signatures and D-Bus paths, in addition
1842 to regular strings.
1843
1844 * bootctl will now report whether the UEFI firmware used a TPM2 device
1845 and measured the boot process into it.
1846
1847 * systemd-tmpfiles learnt support for a new environment variable
1848 $SYSTEMD_TMPFILES_FORCE_SUBVOL which takes a boolean value. If true
1849 the v/q/Q lines in tmpfiles.d/ snippets will create btrfs subvolumes
1850 even if the root fs of the system is not itself a btrfs volume.
1851
1852 * systemd-detect-virt/ConditionVirtualization= will now explicitly
1853 detect Docker/Podman environments where possible. Moreover, they
1854 should be able to generically detect any container manager as long as
1855 it assigns the container a cgroup.
1856
1857 * portablectl gained a new "reattach" verb for detaching/reattaching a
1858 portable service image, useful for updating images on-the-fly.
1859
1860 * Intel SGX enclave device nodes (which expose a security feature of
1861 newer Intel CPUs) will now be owned by a new system group "sgx".
1862
1863 Contributions from: Adam Nielsen, Adrian Vovk, AJ Jordan, Alan Perry,
1864 Alastair Pharo, Alexander Batischev, Ali Abdallah, Andrew Balmos,
1865 Anita Zhang, Annika Wickert, Ansgar Burchardt, Antonio Terceiro,
1866 Antonius Frie, Ardy, Arian van Putten, Ariel Fermani, Arnaud T,
1867 A S Alam, Bastien Nocera, Benjamin Berg, Benjamin Robin, Björn Daase,
1868 caoxia, Carlo Wood, Charles Lee, ChopperRob, chri2, Christian Ehrhardt,
1869 Christian Hesse, Christopher Obbard, clayton craft, corvusnix, cprn,
1870 Daan De Meyer, Daniele Medri, Daniel Rusek, Dan Sanders, Dan Streetman,
1871 Darren Ng, David Edmundson, David Tardon, Deepak Rawat, Devon Pringle,
1872 Dmitry Borodaenko, dropsignal, Einsler Lee, Endre Szabo,
1873 Evgeny Vereshchagin, Fabian Affolter, Fangrui Song, Felipe Borges,
1874 feliperodriguesfr, Felix Stupp, Florian Hülsmann, Florian Klink,
1875 Florian Westphal, Franck Bui, Frantisek Sumsal, Gablegritule,
1876 Gaël PORTAY, Gaurav, Giedrius Statkevičius, Greg Depoire-Ferrer,
1877 Gustavo Costa, Hans de Goede, Hela Basa, heretoenhance, hide,
1878 Iago López Galeiras, igo95862, Ilya Dmitrichenko, Jameer Pathan,
1879 Jan Tojnar, Jiehong, Jinyuan Si, Joerg Behrmann, John Slade,
1880 Jonathan G. Underwood, Jonathan McDowell, Josh Triplett, Joshua Watt,
1881 Julia Cartwright, Julien Humbert, Kairui Song, Karel Zak,
1882 Kevin Backhouse, Kevin P. Fleming, Khem Raj, Konomi, krissgjeng,
1883 l4gfcm, Lajos Veres, Lennart Poettering, Lincoln Ramsay, Luca Boccassi,
1884 Luca BRUNO, Lucas Werkmeister, Luka Kudra, Luna Jernberg,
1885 Marc-André Lureau, Martin Wilck, Matthias Klumpp, Matt Turner,
1886 Michael Gisbers, Michael Marley, Michael Trapp, Michal Fabik,
1887 Michał Kopeć, Michal Koutný, Michal Sekletár, Michele Guerini Rocco,
1888 Mike Gilbert, milovlad, moson-mo, Nick, nihilix-melix, Oğuz Ersen,
1889 Ondrej Mosnacek, pali, Pavel Hrdina, Pavel Sapezhko, Perry Yuan,
1890 Peter Hutterer, Pierre Dubouilh, Piotr Drąg, Pjotr Vertaalt,
1891 Richard Laager, RussianNeuroMancer, Sam Lunt, Sebastiaan van Stijn,
1892 Sergey Bugaev, shenyangyang4, simmon, Simonas Kazlauskas,
1893 Slimane Selyan Amiri, Stefan Agner, Steve Ramage, Susant Sahani,
1894 Sven Mueller, Tad Fisher, Takashi Iwai, Thomas Haller, Tom Shield,
1895 Topi Miettinen, Torsten Hilbrich, tpgxyz, Tyler Hicks, ulf-f,
1896 Ulrich Ölmann, Vincent Pelletier, Vinnie Magro, Vito Caputo, Vlad,
1897 walbit-de, Whired Planck, wouter bolsterlee, Xℹ Ruoyao, Yangyang Shen,
1898 Yuri Chornoivan, Yu Watanabe, Zach Smith, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek,
1899 Zmicer Turok, Дамјан Георгиевски
1900
1901 — Berlin, 2021-03-30
1902
1903 CHANGES WITH 247:
1904
1905 * KERNEL API INCOMPATIBILITY: Linux 4.14 introduced two new uevents
1906 "bind" and "unbind" to the Linux device model. When this kernel
1907 change was made, systemd-udevd was only minimally updated to handle
1908 and propagate these new event types. The introduction of these new
1909 uevents (which are typically generated for USB devices and devices
1910 needing a firmware upload before being functional) resulted in a
1911 number of issues which we so far didn't address. We hoped the kernel
1912 maintainers would themselves address these issues in some form, but
1913 that did not happen. To handle them properly, many (if not most) udev
1914 rules files shipped in various packages need updating, and so do many
1915 programs that monitor or enumerate devices with libudev or sd-device,
1916 or otherwise process uevents. Please note that this incompatibility
1917 is not fault of systemd or udev, but caused by an incompatible kernel
1918 change that happened back in Linux 4.14, but is becoming more and
1919 more visible as the new uevents are generated by more kernel drivers.
1920
1921 To minimize issues resulting from this kernel change (but not avoid
1922 them entirely) starting with systemd-udevd 247 the udev "tags"
1923 concept (which is a concept for marking and filtering devices during
1924 enumeration and monitoring) has been reworked: udev tags are now
1925 "sticky", meaning that once a tag is assigned to a device it will not
1926 be removed from the device again until the device itself is removed
1927 (i.e. unplugged). This makes sure that any application monitoring
1928 devices that match a specific tag is guaranteed to both see uevents
1929 where the device starts being relevant, and those where it stops
1930 being relevant (the latter now regularly happening due to the new
1931 "unbind" uevent type). The udev tags concept is hence now a concept
1932 tied to a *device* instead of a device *event* — unlike for example
1933 udev properties whose lifecycle (as before) is generally tied to a
1934 device event, meaning that the previously determined properties are
1935 forgotten whenever a new uevent is processed.
1936
1937 With the newly redefined udev tags concept, sometimes it's necessary
1938 to determine which tags are the ones applied by the most recent
1939 uevent/database update, in order to discern them from those
1940 originating from earlier uevents/database updates of the same
1941 device. To accommodate for this a new automatic property CURRENT_TAGS
1942 has been added that works similar to the existing TAGS property but
1943 only lists tags set by the most recent uevent/database
1944 update. Similarly, the libudev/sd-device API has been updated with
1945 new functions to enumerate these 'current' tags, in addition to the
1946 existing APIs that now enumerate the 'sticky' ones.
1947
1948 To properly handle "bind"/"unbind" on Linux 4.14 and newer it is
1949 essential that all udev rules files and applications are updated to
1950 handle the new events. Specifically:
1951
1952 • All rule files that currently use a header guard similar to
1953 ACTION!="add|change",GOTO="xyz_end" should be updated to use
1954 ACTION=="remove",GOTO="xyz_end" instead, so that the
1955 properties/tags they add are also applied whenever "bind" (or
1956 "unbind") is seen. (This is most important for all physical device
1957 types — those for which "bind" and "unbind" are currently
1958 generated, for all other device types this change is still
1959 recommended but not as important — but certainly prepares for
1960 future kernel uevent type additions).
1961
1962 • Similarly, all code monitoring devices that contains an 'if' branch
1963 discerning the "add" + "change" uevent actions from all other
1964 uevents actions (i.e. considering devices only relevant after "add"
1965 or "change", and irrelevant on all other events) should be reworked
1966 to instead negatively check for "remove" only (i.e. considering
1967 devices relevant after all event types, except for "remove", which
1968 invalidates the device). Note that this also means that devices
1969 should be considered relevant on "unbind", even though conceptually
1970 this — in some form — invalidates the device. Since the precise
1971 effect of "unbind" is not generically defined, devices should be
1972 considered relevant even after "unbind", however I/O errors
1973 accessing the device should then be handled gracefully.
1974
1975 • Any code that uses device tags for deciding whether a device is
1976 relevant or not most likely needs to be updated to use the new
1977 udev_device_has_current_tag() API (or sd_device_has_current_tag()
1978 in case sd-device is used), to check whether the tag is set at the
1979 moment an uevent is seen (as opposed to the existing
1980 udev_device_has_tag() API which checks if the tag ever existed on
1981 the device, following the API concept redefinition explained
1982 above).
1983
1984 We are very sorry for this breakage and the requirement to update
1985 packages using these interfaces. We'd again like to underline that
1986 this is not caused by systemd/udev changes, but result of a kernel
1987 behaviour change.
1988
1989 * UPCOMING INCOMPATIBILITY: So far most downstream distribution
1990 packages have not retriggered devices once the udev package (or any
1991 auxiliary package installing additional udev rules) is updated. We
1992 intend to work with major distributions to change this, so that
1993 "udevadm trigger -a change" is issued on such upgrades, ensuring that
1994 the updated ruleset is applied to the devices already discovered, so
1995 that (asynchronously) after the upgrade completed the udev database
1996 is consistent with the updated rule set. This means udev rules must
1997 be ready to be retriggered with a "change" action any time, and
1998 result in correct and complete udev database entries. While the
1999 majority of udev rule files known to us currently get this right,
2000 some don't. Specifically, there are udev rules files included in
2001 various packages that only set udev properties on the "add" action,
2002 but do not handle the "change" action. If a device matching those
2003 rules is retriggered with the "change" action (as is intended here)
2004 it would suddenly lose the relevant properties. This always has been
2005 problematic, but as soon as all udev devices are triggered on relevant
2006 package upgrades this will become particularly so. It is strongly
2007 recommended to fix offending rules so that they can handle a "change"
2008 action at any time, and acquire all necessary udev properties even
2009 then. Or in other words: the header guard mentioned above
2010 (ACTION=="remove",GOTO="xyz_end") is the correct approach to handle
2011 this, as it makes sure rules are rerun on "change" correctly, and
2012 accumulate the correct and complete set of udev properties. udev rule
2013 definitions that cannot handle "change" events being triggered at
2014 arbitrary times should be considered buggy.
2015
2016 * The MountAPIVFS= service file setting now defaults to on if
2017 RootImage= and RootDirectory= are used, which means that with those
2018 two settings /proc/, /sys/ and /dev/ are automatically properly set
2019 up for services. Previous behaviour may be restored by explicitly
2020 setting MountAPIVFS=off.
2021
2022 * Since PAM 1.2.0 (2015) configuration snippets may be placed in
2023 /usr/lib/pam.d/ in addition to /etc/pam.d/. If a file exists in the
2024 latter it takes precedence over the former, similar to how most of
2025 systemd's own configuration is handled. Given that PAM stack
2026 definitions are primarily put together by OS vendors/distributions
2027 (though possibly overridden by users), this systemd release moves its
2028 own PAM stack configuration for the "systemd-user" PAM service (i.e.
2029 for the PAM session invoked by the per-user user@.service instance)
2030 from /etc/pam.d/ to /usr/lib/pam.d/. We recommend moving all
2031 packages' vendor versions of their PAM stack definitions from
2032 /etc/pam.d/ to /usr/lib/pam.d/, but if such OS-wide migration is not
2033 desired the location to which systemd installs its PAM stack
2034 configuration may be changed via the -Dpamconfdir Meson option.
2035
2036 * The runtime dependencies on libqrencode, libpcre2, libidn/libidn2,
2037 libpwquality and libcryptsetup have been changed to be based on
2038 dlopen(): instead of regular dynamic library dependencies declared in
2039 the binary ELF headers, these libraries are now loaded on demand
2040 only, if they are available. If the libraries cannot be found the
2041 relevant operations will fail gracefully, or a suitable fallback
2042 logic is chosen. This is supposed to be useful for general purpose
2043 distributions, as it allows minimizing the list of dependencies the
2044 systemd packages pull in, permitting building of more minimal OS
2045 images, while still making use of these "weak" dependencies should
2046 they be installed. Since many package managers automatically
2047 synthesize package dependencies from ELF shared library dependencies,
2048 some additional manual packaging work has to be done now to replace
2049 those (slightly downgraded from "required" to "recommended" or
2050 whatever is conceptually suitable for the package manager). Note that
2051 this change does not alter build-time behaviour: as before the
2052 build-time dependencies have to be installed during build, even if
2053 they now are optional during runtime.
2054
2055 * sd-event.h gained a new call sd_event_add_time_relative() for
2056 installing timers relative to the current time. This is mostly a
2057 convenience wrapper around the pre-existing sd_event_add_time() call
2058 which installs absolute timers.
2059
2060 * sd-event event sources may now be placed in a new "exit-on-failure"
2061 mode, which may be controlled via the new
2062 sd_event_source_get_exit_on_failure() and
2063 sd_event_source_set_exit_on_failure() functions. If enabled, any
2064 failure returned by the event source handler functions will result in
2065 exiting the event loop (unlike the default behaviour of just
2066 disabling the event source but continuing with the event loop). This
2067 feature is useful to set for all event sources that define "primary"
2068 program behaviour (where failure should be fatal) in contrast to
2069 "auxiliary" behaviour (where failure should remain local).
2070
2071 * Most event source types sd-event supports now accept a NULL handler
2072 function, in which case the event loop is exited once the event
2073 source is to be dispatched, using the userdata pointer — converted to
2074 a signed integer — as exit code of the event loop. Previously this
2075 was supported for IO and signal event sources already. Exit event
2076 sources still do not support this (simply because it makes little
2077 sense there, as the event loop is already exiting when they are
2078 dispatched).
2079
2080 * A new per-unit setting RootImageOptions= has been added which allows
2081 tweaking the mount options for any file system mounted as effect of
2082 the RootImage= setting.
2083
2084 * Another new per-unit setting MountImages= has been added, that allows
2085 mounting additional disk images into the file system tree accessible
2086 to the service.
2087
2088 * Timer units gained a new FixedRandomDelay= boolean setting. If
2089 enabled, the random delay configured with RandomizedDelaySec= is
2090 selected in a way that is stable on a given system (though still
2091 different for different units).
2092
2093 * Socket units gained a new setting Timestamping= that takes "us", "ns"
2094 or "off". This controls the SO_TIMESTAMP/SO_TIMESTAMPNS socket
2095 options.
2096
2097 * systemd-repart now generates JSON output when requested with the new
2098 --json= switch.
2099
2100 * systemd-machined's OpenMachineShell() bus call will now pass
2101 additional policy metadata data fields to the PolicyKit
2102 authentication request.
2103
2104 * systemd-tmpfiles gained a new -E switch, which is equivalent to
2105 --exclude-prefix=/dev --exclude-prefix=/proc --exclude=/run
2106 --exclude=/sys. It's particularly useful in combination with --root=,
2107 when operating on OS trees that do not have any of these four runtime
2108 directories mounted, as this means no files below these subtrees are
2109 created or modified, since those mount points should probably remain
2110 empty.
2111
2112 * systemd-tmpfiles gained a new --image= switch which is like --root=,
2113 but takes a disk image instead of a directory as argument. The
2114 specified disk image is mounted inside a temporary mount namespace
2115 and the tmpfiles.d/ drop-ins stored in the image are executed and
2116 applied to the image. systemd-sysusers similarly gained a new
2117 --image= switch, that allows the sysusers.d/ drop-ins stored in the
2118 image to be applied onto the image.
2119
2120 * Similarly, the journalctl command also gained an --image= switch,
2121 which is a quick one-step solution to look at the log data included
2122 in OS disk images.
2123
2124 * journalctl's --output=cat option (which outputs the log content
2125 without any metadata, just the pure text messages) will now make use
2126 of terminal colors when run on a suitable terminal, similarly to the
2127 other output modes.
2128
2129 * JSON group records now support a "description" string that may be
2130 used to add a human-readable textual description to such groups. This
2131 is supposed to match the user's GECOS field which traditionally
2132 didn't have a counterpart for group records.
2133
2134 * The "systemd-dissect" tool that may be used to inspect OS disk images
2135 and that was previously installed to /usr/lib/systemd/ has now been
2136 moved to /usr/bin/, reflecting its updated status of an officially
2137 supported tool with a stable interface. It gained support for a new
2138 --mkdir switch which when combined with --mount has the effect of
2139 creating the directory to mount the image to if it is missing
2140 first. It also gained two new commands --copy-from and --copy-to for
2141 copying files and directories in and out of an OS image without the
2142 need to manually mount it. It also acquired support for a new option
2143 --json= to generate JSON output when inspecting an OS image.
2144
2145 * The cgroup2 file system is now mounted with the
2146 "memory_recursiveprot" mount option, supported since kernel 5.7. This
2147 means that the MemoryLow= and MemoryMin= unit file settings now apply
2148 recursively to whole subtrees.
2149
2150 * systemd-homed now defaults to using the btrfs file system — if
2151 available — when creating home directories in LUKS volumes. This may
2152 be changed with the DefaultFileSystemType= setting in homed.conf.
2153 It's now the default file system in various major distributions and
2154 has the major benefit for homed that it can be grown and shrunk while
2155 mounted, unlike the other contenders ext4 and xfs, which can both be
2156 grown online, but not shrunk (in fact xfs is the technically most
2157 limited option here, as it cannot be shrunk at all).
2158
2159 * JSON user records managed by systemd-homed gained support for
2160 "recovery keys". These are basically secondary passphrases that can
2161 unlock user accounts/home directories. They are computer-generated
2162 rather than user-chosen, and typically have greater entropy.
2163 homectl's --recovery-key= option may be used to add a recovery key to
2164 a user account. The generated recovery key is displayed as a QR code,
2165 so that it can be scanned to be kept in a safe place. This feature is
2166 particularly useful in combination with systemd-homed's support for
2167 FIDO2 or PKCS#11 authentication, as a secure fallback in case the
2168 security tokens are lost. Recovery keys may be entered wherever the
2169 system asks for a password.
2170
2171 * systemd-homed now maintains a "dirty" flag for each LUKS encrypted
2172 home directory which indicates that a home directory has not been
2173 deactivated cleanly when offline. This flag is useful to identify
2174 home directories for which the offline discard logic did not run when
2175 offlining, and where it would be a good idea to log in again to catch
2176 up.
2177
2178 * systemctl gained a new parameter --timestamp= which may be used to
2179 change the style in which timestamps are output, i.e. whether to show
2180 them in local timezone or UTC, or whether to show µs granularity.
2181
2182 * Alibaba's "pouch" container manager is now detected by
2183 systemd-detect-virt, ConditionVirtualization= and similar
2184 constructs. Similar, they now also recognize IBM PowerVM machine
2185 virtualization.
2186
2187 * systemd-nspawn has been reworked to use the /run/host/incoming/ as
2188 place to use for propagating external mounts into the
2189 container. Similarly /run/host/notify is now used as the socket path
2190 for container payloads to communicate with the container manager
2191 using sd_notify(). The container manager now uses the
2192 /run/host/inaccessible/ directory to place "inaccessible" file nodes
2193 of all relevant types which may be used by the container payload as
2194 bind mount source to over-mount inodes to make them inaccessible.
2195 /run/host/container-manager will now be initialized with the same
2196 string as the $container environment variable passed to the
2197 container's PID 1. /run/host/container-uuid will be initialized with
2198 the same string as $container_uuid. This means the /run/host/
2199 hierarchy is now the primary way to make host resources available to
2200 the container. The Container Interface documents these new files and
2201 directories:
2202
2203 https://systemd.io/CONTAINER_INTERFACE
2204
2205 * Support for the "ConditionNull=" unit file condition has been
2206 deprecated and undocumented for 6 years. systemd started to warn
2207 about its use 1.5 years ago. It has now been removed entirely.
2208
2209 * sd-bus.h gained a new API call sd_bus_error_has_names(), which takes
2210 a sd_bus_error struct and a list of error names, and checks if the
2211 error matches one of these names. It's a convenience wrapper that is
2212 useful in cases where multiple errors shall be handled the same way.
2213
2214 * A new system call filter list "@known" has been added, that contains
2215 all system calls known at the time systemd was built.
2216
2217 * Behaviour of system call filter allow lists has changed slightly:
2218 system calls that are contained in @known will result in EPERM by
2219 default, while those not contained in it result in ENOSYS. This
2220 should improve compatibility because known system calls will thus be
2221 communicated as prohibited, while unknown (and thus newer ones) will
2222 be communicated as not implemented, which hopefully has the greatest
2223 chance of triggering the right fallback code paths in client
2224 applications.
2225
2226 * "systemd-analyze syscall-filter" will now show two separate sections
2227 at the bottom of the output: system calls known during systemd build
2228 time but not included in any of the filter groups shown above, and
2229 system calls defined on the local kernel but known during systemd
2230 build time.
2231
2232 * If the $SYSTEMD_LOG_SECCOMP=1 environment variable is set for
2233 systemd-nspawn all system call filter violations will be logged by
2234 the kernel (audit). This is useful for tracking down system calls
2235 invoked by container payloads that are prohibited by the container's
2236 system call filter policy.
2237
2238 * If the $SYSTEMD_SECCOMP=0 environment variable is set for
2239 systemd-nspawn (and other programs that use seccomp) all seccomp
2240 filtering is turned off.
2241
2242 * Two new unit file settings ProtectProc= and ProcSubset= have been
2243 added that expose the hidepid= and subset= mount options of procfs.
2244 All processes of the unit will only see processes in /proc that are
2245 are owned by the unit's user. This is an important new sandboxing
2246 option that is recommended to be set on all system services. All
2247 long-running system services that are included in systemd itself set
2248 this option now. This option is only supported on kernel 5.8 and
2249 above, since the hidepid= option supported on older kernels was not a
2250 per-mount option but actually applied to the whole PID namespace.
2251
2252 * Socket units gained a new boolean setting FlushPending=. If enabled
2253 all pending socket data/connections are flushed whenever the socket
2254 unit enters the "listening" state, i.e. after the associated service
2255 exited.
2256
2257 * The unit file setting NUMAMask= gained a new "all" value: when used,
2258 all existing NUMA nodes are added to the NUMA mask.
2259
2260 * A new "credentials" logic has been added to system services. This is
2261 a simple mechanism to pass privileged data to services in a safe and
2262 secure way. It's supposed to be used to pass per-service secret data
2263 such as passwords or cryptographic keys but also associated less
2264 private information such as user names, certificates, and similar to
2265 system services. Each credential is identified by a short user-chosen
2266 name and may contain arbitrary binary data. Two new unit file
2267 settings have been added: SetCredential= and LoadCredential=. The
2268 former allows setting a credential to a literal string, the latter
2269 sets a credential to the contents of a file (or data read from a
2270 user-chosen AF_UNIX stream socket). Credentials are passed to the
2271 service via a special credentials directory, one file for each
2272 credential. The path to the credentials directory is passed in a new
2273 $CREDENTIALS_DIRECTORY environment variable. Since the credentials
2274 are passed in the file system they may be easily referenced in
2275 ExecStart= command lines too, thus no explicit support for the
2276 credentials logic in daemons is required (though ideally daemons
2277 would look for the bits they need in $CREDENTIALS_DIRECTORY
2278 themselves automatically, if set). The $CREDENTIALS_DIRECTORY is
2279 backed by unswappable memory if privileges allow it, immutable if
2280 privileges allow it, is accessible only to the service's UID, and is
2281 automatically destroyed when the service stops.
2282
2283 * systemd-nspawn supports the same credentials logic. It can both
2284 consume credentials passed to it via the aforementioned
2285 $CREDENTIALS_DIRECTORY protocol as well as pass these credentials on
2286 to its payload. The service manager/PID 1 has been updated to match
2287 this: it can also accept credentials from the container manager that
2288 invokes it (in fact: any process that invokes it), and passes them on
2289 to its services. Thus, credentials can be propagated recursively down
2290 the tree: from a system's service manager to a systemd-nspawn
2291 service, to the service manager that runs as container payload and to
2292 the service it runs below. Credentials may also be added on the
2293 systemd-nspawn command line, using new --set-credential= and
2294 --load-credential= command line switches that match the
2295 aforementioned service settings.
2296
2297 * systemd-repart gained new settings Format=, Encrypt=, CopyFiles= in
2298 the partition drop-ins which may be used to format/LUKS
2299 encrypt/populate any created partitions. The partitions are
2300 encrypted/formatted/populated before they are registered in the
2301 partition table, so that they appear atomically: either the
2302 partitions do not exist yet or they exist fully encrypted, formatted,
2303 and populated — there is no time window where they are
2304 "half-initialized". Thus the system is robust to abrupt shutdown: if
2305 the tool is terminated half-way during its operations on next boot it
2306 will start from the beginning.
2307
2308 * systemd-repart's --size= operation gained a new "auto" value. If
2309 specified, and operating on a loopback file it is automatically sized
2310 to the minimal size the size constraints permit. This is useful to
2311 use "systemd-repart" as an image builder for minimally sized images.
2312
2313 * systemd-resolved now gained a third IPC interface for requesting name
2314 resolution: besides D-Bus and local DNS to 127.0.0.53 a Varlink
2315 interface is now supported. The nss-resolve NSS module has been
2316 modified to use this new interface instead of D-Bus. Using Varlink
2317 has a major benefit over D-Bus: it works without a broker service,
2318 and thus already during earliest boot, before the dbus daemon has
2319 been started. This means name resolution via systemd-resolved now
2320 works at the same time systemd-networkd operates: from earliest boot
2321 on, including in the initrd.
2322
2323 * systemd-resolved gained support for a new DNSStubListenerExtra=
2324 configuration file setting which may be used to specify additional IP
2325 addresses the built-in DNS stub shall listen on, in addition to the
2326 main one on 127.0.0.53:53.
2327
2328 * Name lookups issued via systemd-resolved's D-Bus and Varlink
2329 interfaces (and thus also via glibc NSS if nss-resolve is used) will
2330 now honour a trailing dot in the hostname: if specified the search
2331 path logic is turned off. Thus "resolvectl query foo." is now
2332 equivalent to "resolvectl query --search=off foo.".
2333
2334 * systemd-resolved gained a new D-Bus property "ResolvConfMode" that
2335 exposes how /etc/resolv.conf is currently managed: by resolved (and
2336 in which mode if so) or another subsystem. "resolvctl" will display
2337 this property in its status output.
2338
2339 * The resolv.conf snippets systemd-resolved provides will now set "."
2340 as the search domain if no other search domain is known. This turns
2341 off the derivation of an implicit search domain by nss-dns for the
2342 hostname, when the hostname is set to an FQDN. This change is done to
2343 make nss-dns using resolv.conf provided by systemd-resolved behave
2344 more similarly to nss-resolve.
2345
2346 * systemd-tmpfiles' file "aging" logic (i.e. the automatic clean-up of
2347 /tmp/ and /var/tmp/ based on file timestamps) now looks at the
2348 "birth" time (btime) of a file in addition to the atime, mtime, and
2349 ctime.
2350
2351 * systemd-analyze gained a new verb "capability" that lists all known
2352 capabilities by the systemd build and by the kernel.
2353
2354 * If a file /usr/lib/clock-epoch exists, PID 1 will read its mtime and
2355 advance the system clock to it at boot if it is noticed to be before
2356 that time. Previously, PID 1 would only advance the time to an epoch
2357 time that is set during build-time. With this new file OS builders
2358 can change this epoch timestamp on individual OS images without
2359 having to rebuild systemd.
2360
2361 * systemd-logind will now listen to the KEY_RESTART key from the Linux
2362 input layer and reboot the system if it is pressed, similarly to how
2363 it already handles KEY_POWER, KEY_SUSPEND or KEY_SLEEP. KEY_RESTART
2364 was originally defined in the Multimedia context (to restart playback
2365 of a song or film), but is now primarily used in various embedded
2366 devices for "Reboot" buttons. Accordingly, systemd-logind will now
2367 honour it as such. This may configured in more detail via the new
2368 HandleRebootKey= and RebootKeyIgnoreInhibited=.
2369
2370 * systemd-nspawn/systemd-machined will now reconstruct hardlinks when
2371 copying OS trees, for example in "systemd-nspawn --ephemeral",
2372 "systemd-nspawn --template=", "machinectl clone" and similar. This is
2373 useful when operating with OSTree images, which use hardlinks heavily
2374 throughout, and where such copies previously resulting in "exploding"
2375 hardlinks.
2376
2377 * systemd-nspawn's --console= setting gained support for a new
2378 "autopipe" value, which is identical to "interactive" when invoked on
2379 a TTY, and "pipe" otherwise.
2380
2381 * systemd-networkd's .network files gained support for explicitly
2382 configuring the multicast membership entries of bridge devices in the
2383 [BridgeMDB] section. It also gained support for the PIE queuing
2384 discipline in the [FlowQueuePIE] sections.
2385
2386 * systemd-networkd's .netdev files may now be used to create "BareUDP"
2387 tunnels, configured in the new [BareUDP] setting.
2388
2389 * systemd-networkd's Gateway= setting in .network files now accepts the
2390 special values "_dhcp4" and "_ipv6ra" to configure additional,
2391 locally defined, explicit routes to the gateway acquired via DHCP or
2392 IPv6 Router Advertisements. The old setting "_dhcp" is deprecated,
2393 but still accepted for backwards compatibility.
2394
2395 * systemd-networkd's [IPv6PrefixDelegation] section and
2396 IPv6PrefixDelegation= options have been renamed as [IPv6SendRA] and
2397 IPv6SendRA= (the old names are still accepted for backwards
2398 compatibility).
2399
2400 * systemd-networkd's .network files gained the DHCPv6PrefixDelegation=
2401 boolean setting in [Network] section. If enabled, the delegated prefix
2402 gained by another link will be configured, and an address within the
2403 prefix will be assigned.
2404
2405 * systemd-networkd's .network files gained the Announce= boolean setting
2406 in [DHCPv6PrefixDelegation] section. When enabled, the delegated
2407 prefix will be announced through IPv6 router advertisement (IPv6 RA).
2408 The setting is enabled by default.
2409
2410 * VXLAN tunnels may now be marked as independent of any underlying
2411 network interface via the new Independent= boolean setting.
2412
2413 * systemctl gained support for two new verbs: "service-log-level" and
2414 "service-log-target" may be used on services that implement the
2415 generic org.freedesktop.LogControl1 D-Bus interface to dynamically
2416 adjust the log level and target. All of systemd's long-running
2417 services support this now, but ideally all system services would
2418 implement this interface to make the system more uniformly
2419 debuggable.
2420
2421 * The SystemCallErrorNumber= unit file setting now accepts the new
2422 "kill" and "log" actions, in addition to arbitrary error number
2423 specifications as before. If "kill" the processes are killed on the
2424 event, if "log" the offending system call is audit logged.
2425
2426 * A new SystemCallLog= unit file setting has been added that accepts a
2427 list of system calls that shall be logged about (audit).
2428
2429 * The OS image dissection logic (as used by RootImage= in unit files or
2430 systemd-nspawn's --image= switch) has gained support for identifying
2431 and mounting explicit /usr/ partitions, which are now defined in the
2432 discoverable partition specification. This should be useful for
2433 environments where the root file system is
2434 generated/formatted/populated dynamically on first boot and combined
2435 with an immutable /usr/ tree that is supplied by the vendor.
2436
2437 * In the final phase of shutdown, within the systemd-shutdown binary
2438 we'll now try to detach MD devices (i.e software RAID) in addition to
2439 loopback block devices and DM devices as before. This is supposed to
2440 be a safety net only, in order to increase robustness if things go
2441 wrong. Storage subsystems are expected to properly detach their
2442 storage volumes during regular shutdown already (or in case of
2443 storage backing the root file system: in the initrd hook we return to
2444 later).
2445
2446 * If the SYSTEMD_LOG_TID environment variable is set all systemd tools
2447 will now log the thread ID in their log output. This is useful when
2448 working with heavily threaded programs.
2449
2450 * If the SYSTEMD_RDRAND environment variable is set to "0", systemd will
2451 not use the RDRAND CPU instruction. This is useful in environments
2452 such as replay debuggers where non-deterministic behaviour is not
2453 desirable.
2454
2455 * The autopaging logic in systemd's various tools (such as systemctl)
2456 has been updated to turn on "secure" mode in "less"
2457 (i.e. $LESSECURE=1) if execution in a "sudo" environment is
2458 detected. This disables invoking external programs from the pager,
2459 via the pipe logic. This behaviour may be overridden via the new
2460 $SYSTEMD_PAGERSECURE environment variable.
2461
2462 * Units which have resource limits (.service, .mount, .swap, .slice,
2463 .socket, and .slice) gained new configuration settings
2464 ManagedOOMSwap=, ManagedOOMMemoryPressure=, and
2465 ManagedOOMMemoryPressureLimitPercent= that specify resource pressure
2466 limits and optional action taken by systemd-oomd.
2467
2468 * A new service systemd-oomd has been added. It monitors resource
2469 contention for selected parts of the unit hierarchy using the PSI
2470 information reported by the kernel, and kills processes when memory
2471 or swap pressure is above configured limits. This service is only
2472 enabled by default in developer mode (see below) and should be
2473 considered a preview in this release. Behaviour details and option
2474 names are subject to change without the usual backwards-compatibility
2475 promises.
2476
2477 * A new helper oomctl has been added to introspect systemd-oomd state.
2478 It is only enabled by default in developer mode and should be
2479 considered a preview without the usual backwards-compatibility
2480 promises.
2481
2482 * New meson option -Dcompat-mutable-uid-boundaries= has been added. If
2483 enabled, systemd reads the system UID boundaries from /etc/login.defs
2484 at runtime, instead of using the built-in values selected during
2485 build. This is an option to improve compatibility for upgrades from
2486 old systems. It's strongly recommended not to make use of this
2487 functionality on new systems (or even enable it during build), as it
2488 makes something runtime-configurable that is mostly an implementation
2489 detail of the OS, and permits avoidable differences in deployments
2490 that create all kinds of problems in the long run.
2491
2492 * New meson option '-Dmode=developer|release' has been added. When
2493 'developer', additional checks and features are enabled that are
2494 relevant during upstream development, e.g. verification that
2495 semi-automatically-generated documentation has been properly updated
2496 following API changes. Those checks are considered hints for
2497 developers and are not actionable in downstream builds. In addition,
2498 extra features that are not ready for general consumption may be
2499 enabled in developer mode. It is thus recommended to set
2500 '-Dmode=release' in end-user and distro builds.
2501
2502 * systemd-cryptsetup gained support for processing detached LUKS
2503 headers specified on the kernel command line via the header=
2504 parameter of the luks.options= kernel command line option. The same
2505 device/path syntax as for key files is supported for header files
2506 like this.
2507
2508 * The "net_id" built-in of udev has been updated to ignore ACPI _SUN
2509 slot index data for devices that are connected through a PCI bridge
2510 where the _SUN index is associated with the bridge instead of the
2511 network device itself. Previously this would create ambiguous device
2512 naming if multiple network interfaces were connected to the same PCI
2513 bridge. Since this is a naming scheme incompatibility on systems that
2514 possess hardware like this it has been introduced as new naming
2515 scheme "v247". The previous scheme can be selected via the
2516 "net.naming-scheme=v245" kernel command line parameter.
2517
2518 * ConditionFirstBoot= semantics have been modified to be safe towards
2519 abnormal system power-off during first boot. Specifically, the
2520 "systemd-machine-id-commit.service" service now acts as boot
2521 milestone indicating when the first boot process is sufficiently
2522 complete in order to not consider the next following boot also a
2523 first boot. If the system is reset before this unit is reached the
2524 first time, the next boot will still be considered a first boot; once
2525 it has been reached, no further boots will be considered a first
2526 boot. The "first-boot-complete.target" unit now acts as official hook
2527 point to order against this. If a service shall be run on every boot
2528 until the first boot fully succeeds it may thus be ordered before
2529 this target unit (and pull it in) and carry ConditionFirstBoot=
2530 appropriately.
2531
2532 * bootctl's set-default and set-oneshot commands now accept the three
2533 special strings "@default", "@oneshot", "@current" in place of a boot
2534 entry id. These strings are resolved to the current default and
2535 oneshot boot loader entry, as well as the currently booted one. Thus
2536 a command "bootctl set-default @current" may be used to make the
2537 currently boot menu item the new default for all subsequent boots.
2538
2539 * "systemctl edit" has been updated to show the original effective unit
2540 contents in commented form in the text editor.
2541
2542 * Units in user mode are now segregated into three new slices:
2543 session.slice (units that form the core of graphical session),
2544 app.slice ("normal" user applications), and background.slice
2545 (low-priority tasks). Unless otherwise configured, user units are
2546 placed in app.slice. The plan is to add resource limits and
2547 protections for the different slices in the future.
2548
2549 * New GPT partition types for RISCV32/64 for the root and /usr
2550 partitions, and their associated Verity partitions have been defined,
2551 and are now understood by systemd-gpt-auto-generator, and the OS
2552 image dissection logic.
2553
2554 Contributions from: Adolfo Jayme Barrientos, afg, Alec Moskvin, Alyssa
2555 Ross, Amitanand Chikorde, Andrew Hangsleben, Anita Zhang, Ansgar
2556 Burchardt, Arian van Putten, Aurelien Jarno, Axel Rasmussen, bauen1,
2557 Beniamino Galvani, Benjamin Berg, Bjørn Mork, brainrom, Chandradeep
2558 Dey, Charles Lee, Chris Down, Christian Göttsche, Christof Efkemann,
2559 Christoph Ruegge, Clemens Gruber, Daan De Meyer, Daniele Medri, Daniel
2560 Mack, Daniel Rusek, Dan Streetman, David Tardon, Dimitri John Ledkov,
2561 Dmitry Borodaenko, Elias Probst, Elisei Roca, ErrantSpore, Etienne
2562 Doms, Fabrice Fontaine, fangxiuning, Felix Riemann, Florian Klink,
2563 Franck Bui, Frantisek Sumsal, fwSmit, George Rawlinson, germanztz,
2564 Gibeom Gwon, Glen Whitney, Gogo Gogsi, Göran Uddeborg, Grant Mathews,
2565 Hans de Goede, Hans Ulrich Niedermann, Haochen Tong, Harald Seiler,
2566 huangyong, Hubert Kario, igo95862, Ikey Doherty, Insun Pyo, Jan Chren,
2567 Jan Schlüter, Jérémy Nouhaud, Jian-Hong Pan, Joerg Behrmann, Jonathan
2568 Lebon, Jörg Thalheim, Josh Brobst, Juergen Hoetzel, Julien Humbert,
2569 Kai-Chuan Hsieh, Kairui Song, Kamil Dudka, Kir Kolyshkin, Kristijan
2570 Gjoshev, Kyle Huey, Kyle Russell, Lee Whalen, Lennart Poettering,
2571 lichangze, Luca Boccassi, Lucas Werkmeister, Luca Weiss, Marc
2572 Kleine-Budde, Marco Wang, Martin Wilck, Marti Raudsepp, masmullin2000,
2573 Máté Pozsgay, Matt Fenwick, Michael Biebl, Michael Scherer, Michal
2574 Koutný, Michal Sekletár, Michal Suchanek, Mikael Szreder, Milo
2575 Casagrande, mirabilos, Mitsuha_QuQ, mog422, Muhammet Kara, Nazar
2576 Vinnichuk, Nicholas Narsing, Nicolas Fella, Njibhu, nl6720, Oğuz Ersen,
2577 Olivier Le Moal, Ondrej Kozina, onlybugreports, Pass Automated Testing
2578 Suite, Pat Coulthard, Pavel Sapezhko, Pedro Ruiz, perry_yuan, Peter
2579 Hutterer, Phaedrus Leeds, PhoenixDiscord, Piotr Drąg, Plan C,
2580 Purushottam choudhary, Rasmus Villemoes, Renaud Métrich, Robert Marko,
2581 Roman Beranek, Ronan Pigott, Roy Chen (陳彥廷), RussianNeuroMancer,
2582 Samanta Navarro, Samuel BF, scootergrisen, Sorin Ionescu, Steve Dodd,
2583 Susant Sahani, Timo Rothenpieler, Tobias Hunger, Tobias Kaufmann, Topi
2584 Miettinen, vanou, Vito Caputo, Weblate, Wen Yang, Whired Planck,
2585 williamvds, Yu, Li-Yu, Yuri Chornoivan, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew
2586 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zmicer Turok, Дамјан Георгиевски
2587
2588 – Warsaw, 2020-11-26
2589
2590 CHANGES WITH 246:
2591
2592 * The service manager gained basic support for cgroup v2 freezer. Units
2593 can now be suspended or resumed either using new systemctl verbs,
2594 freeze and thaw respectively, or via D-Bus.
2595
2596 * PID 1 may now automatically load pre-compiled AppArmor policies from
2597 /etc/apparmor/earlypolicy during early boot.
2598
2599 * The CPUAffinity= setting in service unit files now supports a new
2600 special value "numa" that causes the CPU affinity masked to be set
2601 based on the NUMA mask.
2602
2603 * systemd will now log about all left-over processes remaining in a
2604 unit when the unit is stopped. It will now warn about services using
2605 KillMode=none, as this is generally an unsafe thing to make use of.
2606
2607 * Two new unit file settings
2608 ConditionPathIsEncrypted=/AssertPathIsEncrypted= have been
2609 added. They may be used to check whether a specific file system path
2610 resides on a block device that is encrypted on the block level
2611 (i.e. using dm-crypt/LUKS).
2612
2613 * Another pair of new settings ConditionEnvironment=/AssertEnvironment=
2614 has been added that may be used for simple environment checks. This
2615 is particularly useful when passing in environment variables from a
2616 container manager (or from PAM in case of the systemd --user
2617 instance).
2618
2619 * .service unit files now accept a new setting CoredumpFilter= which
2620 allows configuration of the memory sections coredumps of the
2621 service's processes shall include.
2622
2623 * .mount units gained a new ReadWriteOnly= boolean option. If set
2624 it will not be attempted to mount a file system read-only if mounting
2625 in read-write mode doesn't succeed. An option x-systemd.rw-only is
2626 available in /etc/fstab to control the same.
2627
2628 * .socket units gained a new boolean setting PassPacketInfo=. If
2629 enabled, the kernel will attach additional per-packet metadata to all
2630 packets read from the socket, as an ancillary message. This controls
2631 the IP_PKTINFO, IPV6_RECVPKTINFO, NETLINK_PKTINFO socket options,
2632 depending on socket type.
2633
2634 * .service units gained a new setting RootHash= which may be used to
2635 specify the root hash for verity enabled disk images which are
2636 specified in RootImage=. RootVerity= may be used to specify a path to
2637 the Verity data matching a RootImage= file system. (The latter is
2638 only useful for images that do not contain the Verity data embedded
2639 into the same image that carries a GPT partition table following the
2640 Discoverable Partition Specification). Similarly, systemd-nspawn
2641 gained a new switch --verity-data= that takes a path to a file with
2642 the verity data of the disk image supplied in --image=, if the image
2643 doesn't contain the verity data itself.
2644
2645 * .service units gained a new setting RootHashSignature= which takes
2646 either a base64 encoded PKCS#7 signature of the root hash specified
2647 with RootHash=, or a path to a file to read the signature from. This
2648 allows validation of the root hash against public keys available in
2649 the kernel keyring, and is only supported on recent kernels
2650 (>= 5.4)/libcryptsetup (>= 2.30). A similar switch has been added to
2651 systemd-nspawn and systemd-dissect (--root-hash-sig=). Support for
2652 this mechanism has also been added to systemd-veritysetup.
2653
2654 * .service unit files gained two new options
2655 TimeoutStartFailureMode=/TimeoutStopFailureMode= that may be used to
2656 tune behaviour if a start or stop timeout is hit, i.e. whether to
2657 terminate the service with SIGTERM, SIGABRT or SIGKILL.
2658
2659 * Most options in systemd that accept hexadecimal values prefixed with
2660 0x in additional to the usual decimal notation now also support octal
2661 notation when the 0o prefix is used and binary notation if the 0b
2662 prefix is used.
2663
2664 * Various command line parameters and configuration file settings that
2665 configure key or certificate files now optionally take paths to
2666 AF_UNIX sockets in the file system. If configured that way a stream
2667 connection is made to the socket and the required data read from
2668 it. This is a simple and natural extension to the existing regular
2669 file logic, and permits other software to provide keys or
2670 certificates via simple IPC services, for example when unencrypted
2671 storage on disk is not desired. Specifically, systemd-networkd's
2672 Wireguard and MACSEC key file settings as well as
2673 systemd-journal-gatewayd's and systemd-journal-remote's PEM
2674 key/certificate parameters support this now.
2675
2676 * Unit files, tmpfiles.d/ snippets, sysusers.d/ snippets and other
2677 configuration files that support specifier expansion learnt six new
2678 specifiers: %a resolves to the current architecture, %o/%w/%B/%W
2679 resolve to the various ID fields from /etc/os-release, %l resolves to
2680 the "short" hostname of the system, i.e. the hostname configured in
2681 the kernel truncated at the first dot.
2682
2683 * Support for the .include syntax in unit files has been removed. The
2684 concept has been obsolete for 6 years and we started warning about
2685 its pending removal 2 years ago (also see NEWS file below). It's
2686 finally gone now.
2687
2688 * StandardError= and StandardOutput= in unit files no longer support
2689 the "syslog" and "syslog-console" switches. They were long removed
2690 from the documentation, but will now result in warnings when used,
2691 and be converted to "journal" and "journal+console" automatically.
2692
2693 * If the service setting User= is set to the "nobody" user, a warning
2694 message is now written to the logs (but the value is nonetheless
2695 accepted). Setting User=nobody is unsafe, since the primary purpose
2696 of the "nobody" user is to own all files whose owner cannot be mapped
2697 locally. It's in particular used by the NFS subsystem and in user
2698 namespacing. By running a service under this user's UID it might get
2699 read and even write access to all these otherwise unmappable files,
2700 which is quite likely a major security problem.
2701
2702 * tmpfs mounts automatically created by systemd (/tmp, /run, /dev/shm,
2703 and others) now have a size and inode limits applied (50% of RAM for
2704 /tmp and /dev/shm, 10% of RAM for other mounts, etc.). Please note
2705 that the implicit kernel default is 50% too, so there is no change
2706 in the size limit for /tmp and /dev/shm.
2707
2708 * nss-mymachines lost support for resolution of users and groups, and
2709 now only does resolution of hostnames. This functionality is now
2710 provided by nss-systemd. Thus, the 'mymachines' entry should be
2711 removed from the 'passwd:' and 'group:' lines in /etc/nsswitch.conf
2712 (and 'systemd' added if it is not already there).
2713
2714 * A new kernel command line option systemd.hostname= has been added
2715 that allows controlling the hostname that is initialized early during
2716 boot.
2717
2718 * A kernel command line option "udev.blockdev_read_only" has been
2719 added. If specified all hardware block devices that show up are
2720 immediately marked as read-only by udev. This option is useful for
2721 making sure that a specific boot under no circumstances modifies data
2722 on disk. Use "blockdev --setrw" to undo the effect of this, per
2723 device.
2724
2725 * A new boolean kernel command line option systemd.swap= has been
2726 added, which may be used to turn off automatic activation of swap
2727 devices listed in /etc/fstab.
2728
2729 * New kernel command line options systemd.condition-needs-update= and
2730 systemd.condition-first-boot= have been added, which override the
2731 result of the ConditionNeedsUpdate= and ConditionFirstBoot=
2732 conditions.
2733
2734 * A new kernel command line option systemd.clock-usec= has been added
2735 that allows setting the system clock to the specified time in µs
2736 since Jan 1st, 1970 early during boot. This is in particular useful
2737 in order to make test cases more reliable.
2738
2739 * The fs.suid_dumpable sysctl is set to 2 / "suidsafe". This allows
2740 systemd-coredump to save core files for suid processes. When saving
2741 the core file, systemd-coredump will use the effective uid and gid of
2742 the process that faulted.
2743
2744 * The /sys/module/kernel/parameters/crash_kexec_post_notifiers file is
2745 now automatically set to "Y" at boot, in order to enable pstore
2746 generation for collection with systemd-pstore.
2747
2748 * We provide a set of udev rules to enable auto-suspend on PCI and USB
2749 devices that were tested to correctly support it. Previously, this
2750 was distributed as a set of udev rules, but has now been replaced by
2751 by a set of hwdb entries (and a much shorter udev rule to take action
2752 if the device modalias matches one of the new hwdb entries).
2753
2754 As before, entries are periodically imported from the database
2755 maintained by the ChromiumOS project. If you have a device that
2756 supports auto-suspend correctly and where it should be enabled by
2757 default, please submit a patch that adds it to the database (see
2758 /usr/lib/udev/hwdb.d/60-autosuspend.hwdb).
2759
2760 * systemd-udevd gained the new configuration option timeout_signal= as well
2761 as a corresponding kernel command line option udev.timeout_signal=.
2762 The option can be used to configure the UNIX signal that the main
2763 daemon sends to the worker processes on timeout. Setting the signal
2764 to SIGABRT is useful for debugging.
2765
2766 * .link files managed by systemd-udevd gained options RxFlowControl=,
2767 TxFlowControl=, AutoNegotiationFlowControl= in the [Link] section, in
2768 order to configure various flow control parameters. They also gained
2769 RxMiniBufferSize= and RxJumboBufferSize= in order to configure jumbo
2770 frame ring buffer sizes.
2771
2772 * networkd.conf gained a new boolean setting ManageForeignRoutes=. If
2773 enabled systemd-networkd manages all routes configured by other tools.
2774
2775 * .network files managed by systemd-networkd gained a new section
2776 [SR-IOV], in order to configure SR-IOV capable network devices.
2777
2778 * systemd-networkd's [IPv6Prefix] section in .network files gained a
2779 new boolean setting Assign=. If enabled an address from the prefix is
2780 automatically assigned to the interface.
2781
2782 * systemd-networkd gained a new section [DHCPv6PrefixDelegation] which
2783 controls delegated prefixes assigned by DHCPv6 client. The section
2784 has three settings: SubnetID=, Assign=, and Token=. The setting
2785 SubnetID= allows explicit configuration of the preferred subnet that
2786 systemd-networkd's Prefix Delegation logic assigns to interfaces. If
2787 Assign= is enabled (which is the default) an address from any acquired
2788 delegated prefix is automatically chosen and assigned to the
2789 interface. The setting Token= specifies an optional address generation
2790 mode for Assign=.
2791
2792 * systemd-networkd's [Network] section gained a new setting
2793 IPv4AcceptLocal=. If enabled the interface accepts packets with local
2794 source addresses.
2795
2796 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring the HTB queuing
2797 discipline in the [HierarchyTokenBucket] and
2798 [HierarchyTokenBucketClass] sections. Similar the "pfifo" qdisc may
2799 be configured in the [PFIFO] section, "GRED" in
2800 [GenericRandomEarlyDetection], "SFB" in [StochasticFairBlue], "cake"
2801 in [CAKE], "PIE" in [PIE], "DRR" in [DeficitRoundRobinScheduler] and
2802 [DeficitRoundRobinSchedulerClass], "BFIFO" in [BFIFO],
2803 "PFIFOHeadDrop" in [PFIFOHeadDrop], "PFIFOFast" in [PFIFOFast], "HHF"
2804 in [HeavyHitterFilter], "ETS" in [EnhancedTransmissionSelection] and
2805 "QFQ" in [QuickFairQueueing] and [QuickFairQueueingClass].
2806
2807 * systemd-networkd gained support for a new Termination= setting in the
2808 [CAN] section for configuring the termination resistor. It also
2809 gained a new ListenOnly= setting for controlling whether to only
2810 listen on CAN interfaces, without interfering with traffic otherwise
2811 (which is useful for debugging/monitoring CAN network
2812 traffic). DataBitRate=, DataSamplePoint=, FDMode=, FDNonISO= have
2813 been added to configure various CAN-FD aspects.
2814
2815 * systemd-networkd's [DHCPv6] section gained a new option WithoutRA=.
2816 When enabled, DHCPv6 will be attempted right-away without requiring an
2817 Router Advertisement packet suggesting it first (i.e. without the 'M'
2818 or 'O' flags set). The [IPv6AcceptRA] section gained a boolean option
2819 DHCPv6Client= that may be used to turn off the DHCPv6 client even if
2820 the RA packets suggest it.
2821
2822 * systemd-networkd's [DHCPv4] section gained a new setting UseGateway=
2823 which may be used to turn off use of the gateway information provided
2824 by the DHCP lease. A new FallbackLeaseLifetimeSec= setting may be
2825 used to configure how to process leases that lack a lifetime option.
2826
2827 * systemd-networkd's [DHCPv4] and [DHCPServer] sections gained a new
2828 setting SendVendorOption= allowing configuration of additional vendor
2829 options to send in the DHCP requests/responses. The [DHCPv6] section
2830 gained a new SendOption= setting for sending arbitrary DHCP
2831 options. RequestOptions= has been added to request arbitrary options
2832 from the server. UserClass= has been added to set the DHCP user class
2833 field.
2834
2835 * systemd-networkd's [DHCPServer] section gained a new set of options
2836 EmitPOP3=/POP3=, EmitSMTP=/SMTP=, EmitLPR=/LPR= for including server
2837 information about these three protocols in the DHCP lease. It also
2838 gained support for including "MUD" URLs ("Manufacturer Usage
2839 Description"). Support for "MUD" URLs was also added to the LLDP
2840 stack, configurable in the [LLDP] section in .network files.
2841
2842 * The Mode= settings in [MACVLAN] and [MACVTAP] now support 'source'
2843 mode. Also, the sections now support a new setting SourceMACAddress=.
2844
2845 * systemd-networkd's .netdev files now support a new setting
2846 VLANProtocol= in the [Bridge] section that allows configuration of
2847 the VLAN protocol to use.
2848
2849 * systemd-networkd supports a new Group= setting in the [Link] section
2850 of the .network files, to control the link group.
2851
2852 * systemd-networkd's [Network] section gained a new
2853 IPv6LinkLocalAddressGenerationMode= setting, which specifies how IPv6
2854 link local address is generated.
2855
2856 * A new default .network file is now shipped that matches TUN/TAP
2857 devices that begin with "vt-" in their name. Such interfaces will
2858 have IP routing onto the host links set up automatically. This is
2859 supposed to be used by VM managers to trivially acquire a network
2860 interface which is fully set up for host communication, simply by
2861 carefully picking an interface name to use.
2862
2863 * systemd-networkd's [DHCPv6] section gained a new setting RouteMetric=
2864 which sets the route priority for routes specified by the DHCP server.
2865
2866 * systemd-networkd's [DHCPv6] section gained a new setting VendorClass=
2867 which configures the vendor class information sent to DHCP server.
2868
2869 * The BlackList= settings in .network files' [DHCPv4] and
2870 [IPv6AcceptRA] sections have been renamed DenyList=. The old names
2871 are still understood to provide compatibility.
2872
2873 * networkctl gained the new "forcerenew" command for forcing all DHCP
2874 server clients to renew their lease. The interface "status" output
2875 will now show numerous additional fields of information about an
2876 interface. There are new "up" and "down" commands to bring specific
2877 interfaces up or down.
2878
2879 * systemd-resolved's DNS= configuration option now optionally accepts a
2880 port number (after ":") and a host name (after "#"). When the host
2881 name is specified, the DNS-over-TLS certificate is validated to match
2882 the specified hostname. Additionally, in case of IPv6 addresses, an
2883 interface may be specified (after "%").
2884
2885 * systemd-resolved may be configured to forward single-label DNS names.
2886 This is not standard-conformant, but may make sense in setups where
2887 public DNS servers are not used.
2888
2889 * systemd-resolved's DNS-over-TLS support gained SNI validation.
2890
2891 * systemd-nspawn's --resolv-conf= switch gained a number of new
2892 supported values. Specifically, options starting with "replace-" are
2893 like those prefixed "copy-" but replace any existing resolv.conf
2894 file. And options ending in "-uplink" and "-stub" can now be used to
2895 propagate other flavours of resolv.conf into the container (as
2896 defined by systemd-resolved).
2897
2898 * The various programs included in systemd can now optionally output
2899 their log messages on stderr prefixed with a timestamp, controlled by
2900 the $SYSTEMD_LOG_TIME environment variable.
2901
2902 * systemctl gained a new "-P" switch that is a shortcut for "--value
2903 --property=…".
2904
2905 * "systemctl list-units" and "systemctl list-machines" no longer hide
2906 their first output column with --no-legend. To hide the first column,
2907 use --plain.
2908
2909 * "systemctl reboot" takes the option "--reboot-argument=".
2910 The optional positional argument to "systemctl reboot" is now
2911 being deprecated in favor of this option.
2912
2913 * systemd-run gained a new switch --slice-inherit. If specified the
2914 unit it generates is placed in the same slice as the systemd-run
2915 process itself.
2916
2917 * systemd-journald gained support for zstd compression of large fields
2918 in journal files. The hash tables in journal files have been hardened
2919 against hash collisions. This is an incompatible change and means
2920 that journal files created with new systemd versions are not readable
2921 with old versions. If the $SYSTEMD_JOURNAL_KEYED_HASH boolean
2922 environment variable for systemd-journald.service is set to 0 this
2923 new hardening functionality may be turned off, so that generated
2924 journal files remain compatible with older journalctl
2925 implementations.
2926
2927 * journalctl will now include a clickable link in the default output for
2928 each log message for which an URL with further documentation is
2929 known. This is only supported on terminal emulators that support
2930 clickable hyperlinks, and is turned off if a pager is used (since
2931 "less" still doesn't support hyperlinks,
2932 unfortunately). Documentation URLs may be included in log messages
2933 either by including a DOCUMENTATION= journal field in it, or by
2934 associating a journal message catalog entry with the log message's
2935 MESSAGE_ID, which then carries a "Documentation:" tag.
2936
2937 * journald.conf gained a new boolean setting Audit= that may be used to
2938 control whether systemd-journald will enable audit during
2939 initialization.
2940
2941 * when systemd-journald's log stream is broken up into multiple lines
2942 because the PID of the sender changed this is indicated in the
2943 generated log records via the _LINE_BREAK=pid-change field.
2944
2945 * journalctl's "-o cat" output mode will now show one or more journal
2946 fields specified with --output-fields= instead of unconditionally
2947 MESSAGE=. This is useful to retrieve a very specific set of fields
2948 without any decoration.
2949
2950 * The sd-journal.h API gained two new functions:
2951 sd_journal_enumerate_available_unique() and
2952 sd_journal_enumerate_available_data() that operate like their
2953 counterparts that lack the _available_ in the name, but skip items
2954 that cannot be read and processed by the local implementation
2955 (i.e. are compressed in an unsupported format or such),
2956
2957 * coredumpctl gained a new --file= switch, matching the same one in
2958 journalctl: a specific journal file may be specified to read the
2959 coredump data from.
2960
2961 * coredumps collected by systemd-coredump may now be compressed using
2962 the zstd algorithm.
2963
2964 * systemd-binfmt gained a new switch --unregister for unregistering all
2965 registered entries at once. This is now invoked automatically at
2966 shutdown, so that binary formats registered with the "F" flag will
2967 not block clean file system unmounting.
2968
2969 * systemd-notify's --pid= switch gained new values: "parent", "self",
2970 "auto" for controlling which PID to send to the service manager: the
2971 systemd-notify process' PID, or the one of the process invoking it.
2972
2973 * systemd-logind's Session bus object learnt a new method call
2974 SetType() for temporarily updating the session type of an already
2975 allocated session. This is useful for upgrading tty sessions to
2976 graphical ones once a compositor is invoked.
2977
2978 * systemd-socket-proxy gained a new switch --exit-idle-time= for
2979 configuring an exit-on-idle time.
2980
2981 * systemd-repart's --empty= setting gained a new value "create". If
2982 specified a new empty regular disk image file is created under the
2983 specified name. Its size may be specified with the new --size=
2984 option. The latter is also supported without the "create" mode, in
2985 order to grow existing disk image files to the specified size. These
2986 two new options are useful when creating or manipulating disk images
2987 instead of operating on actual block devices.
2988
2989 * systemd-repart drop-ins now support a new UUID= setting to control
2990 the UUID to assign to a newly created partition.
2991
2992 * systemd-repart's SizeMin= per-partition parameter now defaults to 10M
2993 instead of 0.
2994
2995 * systemd-repart's Label= setting now support the usual, simple
2996 specifier expansion.
2997
2998 * systemd-homed's LUKS backend gained the ability to discard empty file
2999 system blocks automatically when the user logs out. This is enabled
3000 by default to ensure that home directories take minimal space when
3001 logged out but get full size guarantees when logged in. This may be
3002 controlled with the new --luks-offline-discard= switch to homectl.
3003
3004 * If systemd-homed detects that /home/ is encrypted as a whole it will
3005 now default to the directory or subvolume backends instead of the
3006 LUKS backend, in order to avoid double encryption. The default
3007 storage and file system may now be configured explicitly, too, via
3008 the new /etc/systemd/homed.conf configuration file.
3009
3010 * systemd-homed now supports unlocking home directories with FIDO2
3011 security tokens that support the 'hmac-secret' extension, in addition
3012 to the existing support for PKCS#11 security token unlocking
3013 support. Note that many recent hardware security tokens support both
3014 interfaces. The FIDO2 support is accessible via homectl's
3015 --fido2-device= option.
3016
3017 * homectl's --pkcs11-uri= setting now accepts two special parameters:
3018 if "auto" is specified and only one suitable PKCS#11 security token
3019 is plugged in, its URL is automatically determined and enrolled for
3020 unlocking the home directory. If "list" is specified a brief table of
3021 suitable PKCS#11 security tokens is shown. Similar, the new
3022 --fido2-device= option also supports these two special values, for
3023 automatically selecting and listing suitable FIDO2 devices.
3024
3025 * The /etc/crypttab tmp option now optionally takes an argument
3026 selecting the file system to use. Moreover, the default is now
3027 changed from ext2 to ext4.
3028
3029 * There's a new /etc/crypttab option "keyfile-erase". If specified the
3030 key file listed in the same line is removed after use, regardless if
3031 volume activation was successful or not. This is useful if the key
3032 file is only acquired transiently at runtime and shall be erased
3033 before the system continues to boot.
3034
3035 * There's also a new /etc/crypttab option "try-empty-password". If
3036 specified, before asking the user for a password it is attempted to
3037 unlock the volume with an empty password. This is useful for
3038 installing encrypted images whose password shall be set on first boot
3039 instead of at installation time.
3040
3041 * systemd-cryptsetup will now attempt to load the keys to unlock
3042 volumes with automatically from files in
3043 /etc/cryptsetup-keys.d/<volume>.key and
3044 /run/cryptsetup-keys.d/<volume>.key, if any of these files exist.
3045
3046 * systemd-cryptsetup may now activate Microsoft BitLocker volumes via
3047 /etc/crypttab, during boot.
3048
3049 * logind.conf gained a new RuntimeDirectoryInodesMax= setting to
3050 control the inode limit for the per-user $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR tmpfs
3051 instance.
3052
3053 * A new generator systemd-xdg-autostart-generator has been added. It
3054 generates systemd unit files from XDG autostart .desktop files, and
3055 may be used to let the systemd user instance manage services that are
3056 started automatically as part of the desktop session.
3057
3058 * "bootctl" gained a new verb "reboot-to-firmware" that may be used
3059 to query and change the firmware's 'reboot into firmware' setup flag.
3060
3061 * systemd-firstboot gained a new switch --kernel-command-line= that may
3062 be used to initialize the /etc/kernel/cmdline file of the image. It
3063 also gained a new switch --root-password-hashed= which is like
3064 --root-password= but accepts a pre-hashed UNIX password as
3065 argument. The new option --delete-root-password may be used to unset
3066 any password for the root user (dangerous!). The --root-shell= switch
3067 may be used to control the shell to use for the root account. A new
3068 --force option may be used to override any already set settings with
3069 the parameters specified on the command line (by default, the tool
3070 will not override what has already been set before, i.e. is purely
3071 incremental).
3072
3073 * systemd-firstboot gained support for a new --image= switch, which is
3074 similar to --root= but accepts the path to a disk image file, on
3075 which it then operates.
3076
3077 * A new sd-path.h API has been added to libsystemd. It provides a
3078 simple API for retrieving various search paths and primary
3079 directories for various resources.
3080
3081 * A new call sd_notify_barrier() has been added to the sd-daemon.h
3082 API. The call will block until all previously sent sd_notify()
3083 messages have been processed by the service manager. This is useful
3084 to remove races caused by a process already having disappeared at the
3085 time a notification message is processed by the service manager,
3086 making correct attribution impossible. The systemd-notify tool will
3087 now make use of this call implicitly, but this can be turned off again
3088 via the new --no-block switch.
3089
3090 * When sending a file descriptor (fd) to the service manager to keep
3091 track of, using the sd_notify() mechanism, a new parameter FDPOLL=0
3092 may be specified. If passed the service manager will refrain from
3093 poll()ing on the file descriptor. Traditionally (and when the
3094 parameter is not specified), the service manager will poll it for
3095 POLLHUP or POLLERR events, and immediately close the fds in that
3096 case.
3097
3098 * The service manager (PID1) gained a new D-Bus method call
3099 SetShowStatus() which may be used to control whether it shall show
3100 boot-time status output on the console. This method has a similar
3101 effect to sending SIGRTMIN+20/SIGRTMIN+21 to PID 1.
3102
3103 * The sd-bus API gained a number of convenience functions that take
3104 va_list arguments rather than "...". For example, there's now
3105 sd_bus_call_methodv() to match sd_bus_call_method(). Those calls make
3106 it easier to build wrappers that accept variadic arguments and want
3107 to pass a ready va_list structure to sd-bus.
3108
3109 * sd-bus vtable entries can have a new SD_BUS_VTABLE_ABSOLUTE_OFFSET
3110 flag which alters how the userdata pointer to pass to the callbacks
3111 is determined. When the flag is set, the offset field is converted
3112 as-is into a pointer, without adding it to the object pointer the
3113 vtable is associated with.
3114
3115 * sd-bus now exposes four new functions:
3116 sd_bus_interface_name_is_valid() + sd_bus_service_name_is_valid() +
3117 sd_bus_member_name_is_valid() + sd_bus_object_path_is_valid() will
3118 validate strings to check if they qualify as various D-Bus concepts.
3119
3120 * The sd-bus API gained the SD_BUS_METHOD_WITH_ARGS(),
3121 SD_BUS_METHOD_WITH_ARGS_OFFSET() and SD_BUS_SIGNAL_WITH_ARGS() macros
3122 that simplify adding argument names to D-Bus methods and signals.
3123
3124 * The man pages for the sd-bus and sd-hwdb APIs have been completed.
3125
3126 * Various D-Bus APIs of systemd daemons now have man pages that
3127 document the methods, signals and properties.
3128
3129 * The expectations on user/group name syntax are now documented in
3130 detail; documentation on how classic home directories may be
3131 converted into home directories managed by homed has been added;
3132 documentation regarding integration of homed/userdb functionality in
3133 desktops has been added:
3134
3135 https://systemd.io/USER_NAMES
3136 https://systemd.io/CONVERTING_TO_HOMED
3137 https://systemd.io/USERDB_AND_DESKTOPS
3138
3139 * Documentation for the on-disk Journal file format has been updated
3140 and has now moved to:
3141
3142 https://systemd.io/JOURNAL_FILE_FORMAT
3143
3144 * The interface for containers (https://systemd.io/CONTAINER_INTERFACE)
3145 has been extended by a set of environment variables that expose
3146 select fields from the host's os-release file to the container
3147 payload. Similarly, host's os-release files can be mounted into the
3148 container underneath /run/host. Together, those mechanisms provide a
3149 standardized way to expose information about the host to the
3150 container payload. Both interfaces are implemented in systemd-nspawn.
3151
3152 * All D-Bus services shipped in systemd now implement the generic
3153 LogControl1 D-Bus API which allows clients to change log level +
3154 target of the service during runtime.
3155
3156 * Only relevant for developers: the mkosi.default symlink has been
3157 dropped from version control. Please create a symlink to one of the
3158 distribution-specific defaults in .mkosi/ based on your preference.
3159
3160 Contributions from: 24bisquitz, Adam Nielsen, Alan Perry, Alexander
3161 Malafeev, Amitanand.Chikorde, Alin Popa, Alvin Šipraga, Amos Bird,
3162 Andreas Rammhold, AndreRH, Andrew Doran, Anita Zhang, Ankit Jain,
3163 antznin, Arnaud Ferraris, Arthur Moraes do Lago, Arusekk, Balaji
3164 Punnuru, Balint Reczey, Bastien Nocera, bemarek, Benjamin Berg,
3165 Benjamin Dahlhoff, Benjamin Robin, Chris Down, Chris Kerr, Christian
3166 Göttsche, Christian Hesse, Christian Oder, Ciprian Hacman, Clinton Roy,
3167 codicodi, Corey Hinshaw, Daan De Meyer, Dana Olson, Dan Callaghan,
3168 Daniel Fullmer, Daniel Rusek, Dan Streetman, Dave Reisner, David
3169 Edmundson, David Wood, Denis Pronin, Diego Escalante Urrelo, Dimitri
3170 John Ledkov, dolphrundgren, duguxy, Einsler Lee, Elisei Roca, Emmanuel
3171 Garette, Eric Anderson, Eric DeVolder, Evgeny Vereshchagin,
3172 ExtinctFire, fangxiuning, Ferran Pallarès Roca, Filipe Brandenburger,
3173 Filippo Falezza, Finn, Florian Klink, Florian Mayer, Franck Bui,
3174 Frantisek Sumsal, gaurav, Georg Müller, Gergely Polonkai, Giedrius
3175 Statkevičius, Gigadoc2, gogogogi, Gaurav Singh, gzjsgdsb, Hans de
3176 Goede, Haochen Tong, ianhi, ignapk, Jakov Smolic, James T. Lee, Jan
3177 Janssen, Jan Klötzke, Jan Palus, Jay Burger, Jeremy Cline, Jérémy
3178 Rosen, Jian-Hong Pan, Jiri Slaby, Joel Shapiro, Joerg Behrmann, Jörg
3179 Thalheim, Jouke Witteveen, Kai-Heng Feng, Kenny Levinsen, Kevin
3180 Kuehler, Kumar Kartikeya Dwivedi, layderv, laydervus, Lénaïc Huard,
3181 Lennart Poettering, Lidong Zhong, Luca Boccassi, Luca BRUNO, Lucas
3182 Werkmeister, Lukas Klingsbo, Lukáš Nykrýn, Łukasz Stelmach, Maciej
3183 S. Szmigiero, MadMcCrow, Marc-André Lureau, Marcel Holtmann, Marc
3184 Kleine-Budde, Martin Hundebøll, Matthew Leeds, Matt Ranostay, Maxim
3185 Fomin, MaxVerevkin, Michael Biebl, Michael Chapman, Michael Gubbels,
3186 Michael Marley, Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Michal Koutný, Michal Sekletár,
3187 Mike Gilbert, Mike Kazantsev, Mikhail Novosyolov, ml, Motiejus Jakštys,
3188 nabijaczleweli, nerdopolis, Niccolò Maggioni, Niklas Hambüchen, Norbert
3189 Lange, Paul Cercueil, pelzvieh, Peter Hutterer, Piero La Terza, Pieter
3190 Lexis, Piotr Drąg, Rafael Fontenelle, Richard Petri, Ronan Pigott, Ross
3191 Lagerwall, Rubens Figueiredo, satmandu, Sean-StarLabs, Sebastian
3192 Jennen, sterlinghughes, Surhud More, Susant Sahani, szb512, Thomas
3193 Haller, Tobias Hunger, Tom, Tomáš Pospíšek, Tomer Shechner, Tom Hughes,
3194 Topi Miettinen, Tudor Roman, Uwe Kleine-König, Valery0xff, Vito Caputo,
3195 Vladimir Panteleev, Vladyslav Tronko, Wen Yang, Yegor Vialov, Yigal
3196 Korman, Yi Gao, YmrDtnJu, Yuri Chornoivan, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew
3197 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zhu Li, Дамјан Георгиевски, наб
3198
3199 – Warsaw, 2020-07-30
3200
3201 CHANGES WITH 245:
3202
3203 * A new tool "systemd-repart" has been added, that operates as an
3204 idempotent declarative repartitioner for GPT partition tables.
3205 Specifically, a set of partitions that must or may exist can be
3206 configured via drop-in files, and during every boot the partition
3207 table on disk is compared with these files, creating missing
3208 partitions or growing existing ones based on configurable relative
3209 and absolute size constraints. The tool is strictly incremental,
3210 i.e. does not delete, shrink or move partitions, but only adds and
3211 grows them. The primary use-case is OS images that ship in minimized
3212 form, that on first boot are grown to the size of the underlying
3213 block device or augmented with additional partitions. For example,
3214 the root partition could be extended to cover the whole disk, or a
3215 swap or /home partitions could be added on first boot. It can also be
3216 used for systems that use an A/B update scheme but ship images with
3217 just the A partition, with B added on first boot. The tool is
3218 primarily intended to be run in the initrd, shortly before
3219 transitioning into the host OS, but can also be run after the
3220 transition took place. It automatically discovers the disk backing
3221 the root file system, and should hence not require any additional
3222 configuration besides the partition definition drop-ins. If no
3223 configuration drop-ins are present, no action is taken.
3224
3225 * A new component "userdb" has been added, along with a small daemon
3226 "systemd-userdbd.service" and a client tool "userdbctl". The framework
3227 allows defining rich user and group records in a JSON format,
3228 extending on the classic "struct passwd" and "struct group"
3229 structures. Various components in systemd have been updated to
3230 process records in this format, including systemd-logind and
3231 pam-systemd. The user records are intended to be extensible, and
3232 allow setting various resource management, security and runtime
3233 parameters that shall be applied to processes and sessions of the
3234 user as they log in. This facility is intended to allow associating
3235 such metadata directly with user/group records so that they can be
3236 produced, extended and consumed in unified form. We hope that
3237 eventually frameworks such as sssd will generate records this way, so
3238 that for the first time resource management and various other
3239 per-user settings can be configured in LDAP directories and then
3240 provided to systemd (specifically to systemd-logind and pam-system)
3241 to apply on login. For further details see:
3242
3243 https://systemd.io/USER_RECORD
3244 https://systemd.io/GROUP_RECORD
3245 https://systemd.io/USER_GROUP_API
3246
3247 * A small new service systemd-homed.service has been added, that may be
3248 used to securely manage home directories with built-in encryption.
3249 The complete user record data is unified with the home directory,
3250 thus making home directories naturally migratable. Its primary
3251 back-end is based on LUKS volumes, but fscrypt, plain directories,
3252 and other storage schemes are also supported. This solves a couple of
3253 problems we saw with traditional ways to manage home directories, in
3254 particular when it comes to encryption. For further discussion of
3255 this, see the video of Lennart's talk at AllSystemsGo! 2019:
3256
3257 https://media.ccc.de/v/ASG2019-164-reinventing-home-directories
3258
3259 For further details about the format and expectations on home
3260 directories this new daemon makes, see:
3261
3262 https://systemd.io/HOME_DIRECTORY
3263
3264 * systemd-journald is now multi-instantiable. In addition to the main
3265 instance systemd-journald.service there's now a template unit
3266 systemd-journald@.service, with each instance defining a new named
3267 log 'namespace' (whose name is specified via the instance part of the
3268 unit name). A new unit file setting LogNamespace= has been added,
3269 taking such a namespace name, that assigns services to the specified
3270 log namespaces. As each log namespace is serviced by its own
3271 independent journal daemon, this functionality may be used to improve
3272 performance and increase isolation of applications, at the price of
3273 losing global message ordering. Each instance of journald has a
3274 separate set of configuration files, with possibly different disk
3275 usage limitations and other settings.
3276
3277 journalctl now takes a new option --namespace= to show logs from a
3278 specific log namespace. The sd-journal.h API gained
3279 sd_journal_open_namespace() for opening the log stream of a specific
3280 log namespace. systemd-journald also gained the ability to exit on
3281 idle, which is useful in the context of log namespaces, as this means
3282 log daemons for log namespaces can be activated automatically on
3283 demand and will stop automatically when no longer used, minimizing
3284 resource usage.
3285
3286 * When systemd-tmpfiles copies a file tree using the 'C' line type it
3287 will now label every copied file according to the SELinux database.
3288
3289 * When systemd/PID 1 detects it is used in the initrd it will now boot
3290 into initrd.target rather than default.target by default. This should
3291 make it simpler to build initrds with systemd as for many cases the
3292 only difference between a host OS image and an initrd image now is
3293 the presence of the /etc/initrd-release file.
3294
3295 * A new kernel command line option systemd.cpu_affinity= is now
3296 understood. It's equivalent to the CPUAffinity= option in
3297 /etc/systemd/system.conf and allows setting the CPU mask for PID 1
3298 itself and the default for all other processes.
3299
3300 * When systemd/PID 1 is reloaded (with systemctl daemon-reload or
3301 equivalent), the SELinux database is now reloaded, ensuring that
3302 sockets and other file system objects are generated taking the new
3303 database into account.
3304
3305 * systemd/PID 1 accepts a new "systemd.show-status=error" setting, and
3306 "quiet" has been changed to imply that instead of
3307 "systemd.show-status=auto". In this mode, only messages about errors
3308 and significant delays in boot are shown on the console.
3309
3310 * The sd-event.h API gained native support for the new Linux "pidfd"
3311 concept. This permits watching processes using file descriptors
3312 instead of PID numbers, which fixes a number of races and makes
3313 process supervision more robust and efficient. All of systemd's
3314 components will now use pidfds if the kernel supports it for process
3315 watching, with the exception of PID 1 itself, unfortunately. We hope
3316 to move PID 1 to exclusively using pidfds too eventually, but this
3317 requires some more kernel work first. (Background: PID 1 watches
3318 processes using waitid() with the P_ALL flag, and that does not play
3319 together nicely with pidfds yet.)
3320
3321 * Closely related to this, the sd-event.h API gained two new calls
3322 sd_event_source_send_child_signal() (for sending a signal to a
3323 watched process) and sd_event_source_get_child_process_own() (for
3324 marking a process so that it is killed automatically whenever the
3325 event source watching it is freed).
3326
3327 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring Token Bucket Filter
3328 (TBF) parameters in its qdisc configuration support. Similarly,
3329 support for Stochastic Fairness Queuing (SFQ), Controlled-Delay
3330 Active Queue Management (CoDel), and Fair Queue (FQ) has been added.
3331
3332 * systemd-networkd gained support for Intermediate Functional Block
3333 (IFB) network devices.
3334
3335 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring multi-path IP routes,
3336 using the new MultiPathRoute= setting in the [Route] section.
3337
3338 * systemd-networkd's DHCPv4 client has been updated to support a new
3339 SendDecline= option. If enabled, duplicate address detection is done
3340 after a DHCP offer is received from the server. If a conflict is
3341 detected, the address is declined. The DHCPv4 client also gained
3342 support for a new RouteMTUBytes= setting that allows to configure the
3343 MTU size to be used for routes generated from DHCPv4 leases.
3344
3345 * The PrefixRoute= setting in systemd-networkd's [Address] section of
3346 .network files has been deprecated, and replaced by AddPrefixRoute=,
3347 with its sense inverted.
3348
3349 * The Gateway= setting of [Route] sections of .network files gained
3350 support for a special new value "_dhcp". If set, the configured
3351 static route uses the gateway host configured via DHCP.
3352
3353 * New User= and SuppressPrefixLength= settings have been implemented
3354 for the [RoutingPolicyRule] section of .network files to configure
3355 source routing based on UID ranges and prefix length, respectively.
3356
3357 * The Type= match property of .link files has been generalized to
3358 always match the device type shown by 'networkctl status', even for
3359 devices where udev does not set DEVTYPE=. This allows e.g. Type=ether
3360 to be used.
3361
3362 * sd-bus gained a new API call sd_bus_message_sensitive() that marks a
3363 D-Bus message object as "sensitive". Those objects are erased from
3364 memory when they are freed. This concept is intended to be used for
3365 messages that contain security sensitive data. A new flag
3366 SD_BUS_VTABLE_SENSITIVE has been introduced as well to mark methods
3367 in sd-bus vtables, causing any incoming and outgoing messages of
3368 those methods to be implicitly marked as "sensitive".
3369
3370 * sd-bus gained a new API call sd_bus_message_dump() for dumping the
3371 contents of a message (or parts thereof) to standard output for
3372 debugging purposes.
3373
3374 * systemd-sysusers gained support for creating users with the primary
3375 group named differently than the user.
3376
3377 * systemd-growfs (i.e. the x-systemd.growfs mount option in /etc/fstab)
3378 gained support for growing XFS partitions. Previously it supported
3379 only ext4 and btrfs partitions.
3380
3381 * The support for /etc/crypttab gained a new x-initrd.attach option. If
3382 set, the specified encrypted volume is unlocked already in the
3383 initrd. This concept corresponds to the x-initrd.mount option in
3384 /etc/fstab.
3385
3386 * systemd-cryptsetup gained native support for unlocking encrypted
3387 volumes utilizing PKCS#11 smartcards, i.e. for example to bind
3388 encryption of volumes to YubiKeys. This is exposed in the new
3389 pkcs11-uri= option in /etc/crypttab.
3390
3391 * The /etc/fstab support in systemd now supports two new mount options
3392 x-systemd.{required,wanted}-by=, for explicitly configuring the units
3393 that the specified mount shall be pulled in by, in place of
3394 the usual local-fs.target/remote-fs.target.
3395
3396 * The https://systemd.io/ web site has been relaunched, directly
3397 populated with most of the documentation included in the systemd
3398 repository. systemd also acquired a new logo, thanks to Tobias
3399 Bernard.
3400
3401 * systemd-udevd gained support for managing "alternative" network
3402 interface names, as supported by new Linux kernels. For the first
3403 time this permits assigning multiple (and longer!) names to a network
3404 interface. systemd-udevd will now by default assign the names
3405 generated via all supported naming schemes to each interface. This
3406 may be further tweaked with .link files and the AlternativeName= and
3407 AlternativeNamesPolicy= settings. Other components of systemd have
3408 been updated to support the new alternative names wherever
3409 appropriate. For example, systemd-nspawn will now generate
3410 alternative interface names for the host-facing side of container
3411 veth links based on the full container name without truncation.
3412
3413 * systemd-nspawn interface naming logic has been updated in another way
3414 too: if the main interface name (i.e. as opposed to new-style
3415 "alternative" names) based on the container name is truncated, a
3416 simple hashing scheme is used to give different interface names to
3417 multiple containers whose names all begin with the same prefix. Since
3418 this changes the primary interface names pointing to containers if
3419 truncation happens, the old scheme may still be requested by
3420 selecting an older naming scheme, via the net.naming-scheme= kernel
3421 command line option.
3422
3423 * PrivateUsers= in service files now works in services run by the
3424 systemd --user per-user instance of the service manager.
3425
3426 * A new per-service sandboxing option ProtectClock= has been added that
3427 locks down write access to the system clock. It takes away device
3428 node access to /dev/rtc as well as the system calls that set the
3429 system clock and the CAP_SYS_TIME and CAP_WAKE_ALARM capabilities.
3430 Note that this option does not affect access to auxiliary services
3431 that allow changing the clock, for example access to
3432 systemd-timedated.
3433
3434 * The systemd-id128 tool gained a new "show" verb for listing or
3435 resolving a number of well-known UUIDs/128bit IDs, currently mostly
3436 GPT partition table types.
3437
3438 * The Discoverable Partitions Specification has been updated to support
3439 /var and /var/tmp partition discovery. Support for this has been
3440 added to systemd-gpt-auto-generator. For details see:
3441
3442 https://systemd.io/DISCOVERABLE_PARTITIONS
3443
3444 * "systemctl list-unit-files" has been updated to show a new column
3445 with the suggested enablement state based on the vendor preset files
3446 for the respective units.
3447
3448 * "systemctl" gained a new option "--with-dependencies". If specified
3449 commands such as "systemctl status" or "systemctl cat" will now show
3450 all specified units along with all units they depend on.
3451
3452 * networkctl gained support for showing per-interface logs in its
3453 "status" output.
3454
3455 * systemd-networkd-wait-online gained support for specifying the maximum
3456 operational state to wait for, and to wait for interfaces to
3457 disappear.
3458
3459 * The [Match] section of .link and .network files now supports a new
3460 option PermanentMACAddress= which may be used to check against the
3461 permanent MAC address of a network device even if a randomized MAC
3462 address is used.
3463
3464 * The [TrafficControlQueueingDiscipline] section in .network files has
3465 been renamed to [NetworkEmulator] with the "NetworkEmulator" prefix
3466 dropped from the individual setting names.
3467
3468 * Any .link and .network files that have an empty [Match] section (this
3469 also includes empty and commented-out files) will now be
3470 rejected. systemd-udev and systemd-networkd started warning about
3471 such files in version 243.
3472
3473 * systemd-logind will now validate access to the operation of changing
3474 the virtual terminal via a polkit action. By default, only users
3475 with at least one session on a local VT are granted permission.
3476
3477 * When systemd sets up PAM sessions that invoked service processes
3478 shall run in, the pam_setcred() API is now invoked, thus permitting
3479 PAM modules to set additional credentials for the processes.
3480
3481 * portablectl attach/detach verbs now accept --now and --enable options
3482 to combine attachment with enablement and invocation, or detachment
3483 with stopping and disablement.
3484
3485 * UPGRADE ISSUE: a bug where some jobs were trimmed as redundant was
3486 fixed, which in turn exposed bugs in unit configuration of services
3487 which have Type=oneshot and should only run once, but do not have
3488 RemainAfterExit=yes set. Without RemainAfterExit=yes, a one-shot
3489 service may be started again after exiting successfully, for example
3490 as a dependency in another transaction. Affected services included
3491 some internal systemd services (most notably
3492 systemd-vconsole-setup.service, which was updated to have
3493 RemainAfterExit=yes), and plymouth-start.service. Please ensure that
3494 plymouth has been suitably updated or patched before upgrading to
3495 this systemd release. See
3496 https://bugzilla.redhat.com/show_bug.cgi?id=1807771 for some
3497 additional discussion.
3498
3499 Contributions from: AJ Bagwell, Alin Popa, Andreas Rammhold, Anita
3500 Zhang, Ansgar Burchardt, Antonio Russo, Arian van Putten, Ashley Davis,
3501 Balint Reczey, Bart Willems, Bastien Nocera, Benjamin Dahlhoff, Charles
3502 (Chas) Williams, cheese1, Chris Down, Chris Murphy, Christian Ehrhardt,
3503 Christian Göttsche, cvoinf, Daan De Meyer, Daniele Medri, Daniel Rusek,
3504 Daniel Shahaf, Dann Frazier, Dan Streetman, Dariusz Gadomski, David
3505 Michael, Dimitri John Ledkov, Emmanuel Bourg, Evgeny Vereshchagin,
3506 ezst036, Felipe Sateler, Filipe Brandenburger, Florian Klink, Franck
3507 Bui, Fran Dieguez, Frantisek Sumsal, Greg "GothAck" Miell, Guilhem
3508 Lettron, Guillaume Douézan-Grard, Hans de Goede, HATAYAMA Daisuke, Iain
3509 Lane, James Buren, Jan Alexander Steffens (heftig), Jérémy Rosen, Jin
3510 Park, Jun'ichi Nomura, Kai Krakow, Kevin Kuehler, Kevin P. Fleming,
3511 Lennart Poettering, Leonid Bloch, Leonid Evdokimov, lothrond, Luca
3512 Boccassi, Lukas K, Lynn Kirby, Mario Limonciello, Mark Deneen, Matthew
3513 Leeds, Michael Biebl, Michal Koutný, Michal Sekletár, Mike Auty, Mike
3514 Gilbert, mtron, nabijaczleweli, Naïm Favier, Nate Jones, Norbert Lange,
3515 Oliver Giles, Paul Davey, Paul Menzel, Peter Hutterer, Piotr Drąg, Rafa
3516 Couto, Raphael, rhn, Robert Scheck, Rocka, Romain Naour, Ryan Attard,
3517 Sascha Dewald, Shengjing Zhu, Slava Kardakov, Spencer Michaels, Sylvain
3518 Plantefeve, Stanislav Angelovič, Susant Sahani, Thomas Haller, Thomas
3519 Schmitt, Timo Schlüßler, Timo Wilken, Tobias Bernard, Tobias Klauser,
3520 Tobias Stoeckmann, Topi Miettinen, tsia, WataruMatsuoka, Wieland
3521 Hoffmann, Wilhelm Schuster, Will Fleming, xduugu, Yong Cong Sin, Yuri
3522 Chornoivan, Yu Watanabe, Zach Smith, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zeyu
3523 DONG
3524
3525 – Warsaw, 2020-03-06
3526
3527 CHANGES WITH 244:
3528
3529 * Support for the cpuset cgroups v2 controller has been added.
3530 Processes may be restricted to specific CPUs using the new
3531 AllowedCPUs= setting, and to specific memory NUMA nodes using the new
3532 AllowedMemoryNodes= setting.
3533
3534 * The signal used in restart jobs (as opposed to e.g. stop jobs) may
3535 now be configured using a new RestartKillSignal= setting. This
3536 allows units which signals to request termination to implement
3537 different behaviour when stopping in preparation for a restart.
3538
3539 * "systemctl clean" may now be used also for socket, mount, and swap
3540 units.
3541
3542 * systemd will also read configuration options from the EFI variable
3543 SystemdOptions. This may be used to configure systemd behaviour when
3544 modifying the kernel command line is inconvenient, but configuration
3545 on disk is read too late, for example for the options related to
3546 cgroup hierarchy setup. 'bootctl systemd-efi-options' may be used to
3547 set the EFI variable.
3548
3549 * systemd will now disable printk ratelimits in early boot. This should
3550 allow us to capture more logs from the early boot phase where normal
3551 storage is not available and the kernel ring buffer is used for
3552 logging. Configuration on the kernel command line has higher priority
3553 and overrides the systemd setting.
3554
3555 systemd programs which log to /dev/kmsg directly use internal
3556 ratelimits to prevent runaway logging. (Normally this is only used
3557 during early boot, so in practice this change has very little
3558 effect.)
3559
3560 * Unit files now support top level dropin directories of the form
3561 <unit_type>.d/ (e.g. service.d/) that may be used to add configuration
3562 that affects all corresponding unit files.
3563
3564 * systemctl gained support for 'stop --job-mode=triggering' which will
3565 stop the specified unit and any units which could trigger it.
3566
3567 * Unit status display now includes units triggering and triggered by
3568 the unit being shown.
3569
3570 * The RuntimeMaxSec= setting is now supported by scopes, not just
3571 .service units. This is particularly useful for PAM sessions which
3572 create a scope unit for the user login. systemd.runtime_max_sec=
3573 setting may used with the pam_systemd module to limit the duration
3574 of the PAM session, for example for time-limited logins.
3575
3576 * A new @pkey system call group is now defined to make it easier to
3577 allow-list memory protection syscalls for containers and services
3578 which need to use them.
3579
3580 * systemd-udevd: removed the 30s timeout for killing stale workers on
3581 exit. systemd-udevd now waits for workers to finish. The hard-coded
3582 exit timeout of 30s was too short for some large installations, where
3583 driver initialization could be prematurely interrupted during initrd
3584 processing if the root file system had been mounted and init was
3585 preparing to switch root. If udevd is run without systemd and workers
3586 are hanging while udevd receives an exit signal, udevd will now exit
3587 when udev.event_timeout is reached for the last hanging worker. With
3588 systemd, the exit timeout can additionally be configured using
3589 TimeoutStopSec= in systemd-udevd.service.
3590
3591 * udev now provides a program (fido_id) that identifies FIDO CTAP1
3592 ("U2F")/CTAP2 security tokens based on the usage declared in their
3593 report and descriptor and outputs suitable environment variables.
3594 This replaces the externally maintained allow lists of all known
3595 security tokens that were used previously.
3596
3597 * Automatically generated autosuspend udev rules for allow-listed
3598 devices have been imported from the Chromium OS project. This should
3599 improve power saving with many more devices.
3600
3601 * udev gained a new "CONST{key}=value" setting that allows matching
3602 against system-wide constants without forking a helper binary.
3603 Currently "arch" and "virt" keys are supported.
3604
3605 * udev now opens CDROMs in non-exclusive mode when querying their
3606 capabilities. This should fix issues where other programs trying to
3607 use the CDROM cannot gain access to it, but carries a risk of
3608 interfering with programs writing to the disk, if they did not open
3609 the device in exclusive mode as they should.
3610
3611 * systemd-networkd does not create a default route for IPv4 link local
3612 addressing anymore. The creation of the route was unexpected and was
3613 breaking routing in various cases, but people who rely on it being
3614 created implicitly will need to adjust. Such a route may be requested
3615 with DefaultRouteOnDevice=yes.
3616
3617 Similarly, systemd-networkd will not assign a link-local IPv6 address
3618 when IPv6 link-local routing is not enabled.
3619
3620 * Receive and transmit buffers may now be configured on links with
3621 the new RxBufferSize= and TxBufferSize= settings.
3622
3623 * systemd-networkd may now advertise additional IPv6 routes. A new
3624 [IPv6RoutePrefix] section with Route= and LifetimeSec= options is
3625 now supported.
3626
3627 * systemd-networkd may now configure "next hop" routes using the
3628 [NextHop] section and Gateway= and Id= settings.
3629
3630 * systemd-networkd will now retain DHCP config on restarts by default
3631 (but this may be overridden using the KeepConfiguration= setting).
3632 The default for SendRelease= has been changed to true.
3633
3634 * The DHCPv4 client now uses the OPTION_INFORMATION_REFRESH_TIME option
3635 received from the server.
3636
3637 The client will use the received SIP server list if UseSIP=yes is
3638 set.
3639
3640 The client may be configured to request specific options from the
3641 server using a new RequestOptions= setting.
3642
3643 The client may be configured to send arbitrary options to the server
3644 using a new SendOption= setting.
3645
3646 A new IPServiceType= setting has been added to configure the "IP
3647 service type" value used by the client.
3648
3649 * The DHCPv6 client learnt a new PrefixDelegationHint= option to
3650 request prefix hints in the DHCPv6 solicitation.
3651
3652 * The DHCPv4 server may be configured to send arbitrary options using
3653 a new SendOption= setting.
3654
3655 * The DHCPv4 server may now be configured to emit SIP server list using
3656 the new EmitSIP= and SIP= settings.
3657
3658 * systemd-networkd and networkctl may now renew DHCP leases on demand.
3659 networkctl has a new 'networkctl renew' verb.
3660
3661 * systemd-networkd may now reconfigure links on demand. networkctl
3662 gained two new verbs: "reload" will reload the configuration, and
3663 "reconfigure DEVICE…" will reconfigure one or more devices.
3664
3665 * .network files may now match on SSID and BSSID of a wireless network,
3666 i.e. the access point name and hardware address using the new SSID=
3667 and BSSID= options. networkctl will display the current SSID and
3668 BSSID for wireless links.
3669
3670 .network files may also match on the wireless network type using the
3671 new WLANInterfaceType= option.
3672
3673 * systemd-networkd now includes default configuration that enables
3674 link-local addressing when connected to an ad-hoc wireless network.
3675
3676 * systemd-networkd may configure the Traffic Control queueing
3677 disciplines in the kernel using the new
3678 [TrafficControlQueueingDiscipline] section and Parent=,
3679 NetworkEmulatorDelaySec=, NetworkEmulatorDelayJitterSec=,
3680 NetworkEmulatorPacketLimit=, NetworkEmulatorLossRate=,
3681 NetworkEmulatorDuplicateRate= settings.
3682
3683 * systemd-tmpfiles gained a new w+ setting to append to files.
3684
3685 * systemd-analyze dump will now report when the memory configuration in
3686 the kernel does not match what systemd has configured (usually,
3687 because some external program has modified the kernel configuration
3688 on its own).
3689
3690 * systemd-analyze gained a new --base-time= switch instructs the
3691 'calendar' verb to resolve times relative to that timestamp instead
3692 of the present time.
3693
3694 * journalctl --update-catalog now produces deterministic output (making
3695 reproducible image builds easier).
3696
3697 * A new devicetree-overlay setting is now documented in the Boot Loader
3698 Specification.
3699
3700 * The default value of the WatchdogSec= setting used in systemd
3701 services (the ones bundled with the project itself) may be set at
3702 configuration time using the -Dservice-watchdog= setting. If set to
3703 empty, the watchdogs will be disabled.
3704
3705 * systemd-resolved validates IP addresses in certificates now when GnuTLS
3706 is being used.
3707
3708 * libcryptsetup >= 2.0.1 is now required.
3709
3710 * A configuration option -Duser-path= may be used to override the $PATH
3711 used by the user service manager. The default is again to use the same
3712 path as the system manager.
3713
3714 * The systemd-id128 tool gained a new switch "-u" (or "--uuid") for
3715 outputting the 128bit IDs in UUID format (i.e. in the "canonical
3716 representation").
3717
3718 * Service units gained a new sandboxing option ProtectKernelLogs= which
3719 makes sure the program cannot get direct access to the kernel log
3720 buffer anymore, i.e. the syslog() system call (not to be confused
3721 with the API of the same name in libc, which is not affected), the
3722 /proc/kmsg and /dev/kmsg nodes and the CAP_SYSLOG capability are made
3723 inaccessible to the service. It's recommended to enable this setting
3724 for all services that should not be able to read from or write to the
3725 kernel log buffer, which are probably almost all.
3726
3727 Contributions from: Aaron Plattner, Alcaro, Anita Zhang, Balint Reczey,
3728 Bastien Nocera, Baybal Ni, Benjamin Bouvier, Benjamin Gilbert, Carlo
3729 Teubner, cbzxt, Chen Qi, Chris Down, Christian Rebischke, Claudio
3730 Zumbo, ClydeByrdIII, crashfistfight, Cyprien Laplace, Daniel Edgecumbe,
3731 Daniel Gorbea, Daniel Rusek, Daniel Stuart, Dan Streetman, David
3732 Pedersen, David Tardon, Dimitri John Ledkov, Dominique Martinet, Donald
3733 A. Cupp Jr, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Fabian Henneke, Filipe Brandenburger,
3734 Franck Bui, Frantisek Sumsal, Georg Müller, Hans de Goede, Haochen
3735 Tong, HATAYAMA Daisuke, Iwan Timmer, Jan Janssen, Jan Kundrát, Jan
3736 Synacek, Jan Tojnar, Jay Strict, Jérémy Rosen, Jóhann B. Guðmundsson,
3737 Jonas Jelten, Jonas Thelemann, Justin Trudell, J. Xing, Kai-Heng Feng,
3738 Kenneth D'souza, Kevin Becker, Kevin Kuehler, Lennart Poettering,
3739 Léonard Gérard, Lorenz Bauer, Luca Boccassi, Maciej Stanczew, Mario
3740 Limonciello, Marko Myllynen, Mark Stosberg, Martin Wilck, matthiasroos,
3741 Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michael Tretter, Michal Sekletar,
3742 Michal Sekletár, Michal Suchanek, Mike Gilbert, Mike Kazantsev, Nicolas
3743 Douma, nikolas, Norbert Lange, pan93412, Pascal de Bruijn, Paul Menzel,
3744 Pavel Hrdina, Peter Wu, Philip Withnall, Piotr Drąg, Rafael Fontenelle,
3745 Renaud Métrich, Riccardo Schirone, RoadrunnerWMC, Ronan Pigott, Ryan
3746 Attard, Sebastian Wick, Serge, Siddharth Chandrasekara, Steve Ramage,
3747 Steve Traylen, Susant Sahani, Thibault Nélis, Tim Teichmann, Tom
3748 Fitzhenry, Tommy J, Torsten Hilbrich, Vito Caputo, ypf791, Yu Watanabe,
3749 Zach Smith, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
3750
3751 – Warsaw, 2019-11-29
3752
3753 CHANGES WITH 243:
3754
3755 * This release enables unprivileged programs (i.e. requiring neither
3756 setuid nor file capabilities) to send ICMP Echo (i.e. ping) requests
3757 by turning on the "net.ipv4.ping_group_range" sysctl of the Linux
3758 kernel for the whole UNIX group range, i.e. all processes. This
3759 change should be reasonably safe, as the kernel support for it was
3760 specifically implemented to allow safe access to ICMP Echo for
3761 processes lacking any privileges. If this is not desirable, it can be
3762 disabled again by setting the parameter to "1 0".
3763
3764 * Previously, filters defined with SystemCallFilter= would have the
3765 effect that any calling of an offending system call would terminate
3766 the calling thread. This behaviour never made much sense, since
3767 killing individual threads of unsuspecting processes is likely to
3768 create more problems than it solves. With this release the default
3769 action changed from killing the thread to killing the whole
3770 process. For this to work correctly both a kernel version (>= 4.14)
3771 and a libseccomp version (>= 2.4.0) supporting this new seccomp
3772 action is required. If an older kernel or libseccomp is used the old
3773 behaviour continues to be used. This change does not affect any
3774 services that have no system call filters defined, or that use
3775 SystemCallErrorNumber= (and thus see EPERM or another error instead
3776 of being killed when calling an offending system call). Note that
3777 systemd documentation always claimed that the whole process is
3778 killed. With this change behaviour is thus adjusted to match the
3779 documentation.
3780
3781 * On 64 bit systems, the "kernel.pid_max" sysctl is now bumped to
3782 4194304 by default, i.e. the full 22bit range the kernel allows, up
3783 from the old 16bit range. This should improve security and
3784 robustness, as PID collisions are made less likely (though certainly
3785 still possible). There are rumours this might create compatibility
3786 problems, though at this moment no practical ones are known to
3787 us. Downstream distributions are hence advised to undo this change in
3788 their builds if they are concerned about maximum compatibility, but
3789 for everybody else we recommend leaving the value bumped. Besides
3790 improving security and robustness this should also simplify things as
3791 the maximum number of allowed concurrent tasks was previously bounded
3792 by both "kernel.pid_max" and "kernel.threads-max" and now effectively
3793 only a single knob is left ("kernel.threads-max"). There have been
3794 concerns that usability is affected by this change because larger PID
3795 numbers are harder to type, but we believe the change from 5 digits
3796 to 7 digits doesn't hamper usability.
3797
3798 * MemoryLow= and MemoryMin= gained hierarchy-aware counterparts,
3799 DefaultMemoryLow= and DefaultMemoryMin=, which can be used to
3800 hierarchically set default memory protection values for a particular
3801 subtree of the unit hierarchy.
3802
3803 * Memory protection directives can now take a value of zero, allowing
3804 explicit opting out of a default value propagated by an ancestor.
3805
3806 * systemd now defaults to the "unified" cgroup hierarchy setup during
3807 build-time, i.e. -Ddefault-hierarchy=unified is now the build-time
3808 default. Previously, -Ddefault-hierarchy=hybrid was the default. This
3809 change reflects the fact that cgroupsv2 support has matured
3810 substantially in both systemd and in the kernel, and is clearly the
3811 way forward. Downstream production distributions might want to
3812 continue to use -Ddefault-hierarchy=hybrid (or even =legacy) for
3813 their builds as unfortunately the popular container managers have not
3814 caught up with the kernel API changes.
3815
3816 * Man pages are not built by default anymore (html pages were already
3817 disabled by default), to make development builds quicker. When
3818 building systemd for a full installation with documentation, meson
3819 should be called with -Dman=true and/or -Dhtml=true as appropriate.
3820 The default was changed based on the assumption that quick one-off or
3821 repeated development builds are much more common than full optimized
3822 builds for installation, and people need to pass various other
3823 options to when doing "proper" builds anyway, so the gain from making
3824 development builds quicker is bigger than the one time disruption for
3825 packagers.
3826
3827 Two scripts are created in the *build* directory to generate and
3828 preview man and html pages on demand, e.g.:
3829
3830 build/man/man systemctl
3831 build/man/html systemd.index
3832
3833 * libidn2 is used by default if both libidn2 and libidn are installed.
3834 Please use -Dlibidn=true if libidn is preferred.
3835
3836 * The D-Bus "wire format" of the CPUAffinity= attribute is changed on
3837 big-endian machines. Before, bytes were written and read in native
3838 machine order as exposed by the native libc __cpu_mask interface.
3839 Now, little-endian order is always used (CPUs 0–7 are described by
3840 bits 0–7 in byte 0, CPUs 8–15 are described by byte 1, and so on).
3841 This change fixes D-Bus calls that cross endianness boundary.
3842
3843 The presentation format used for CPUAffinity= by "systemctl show" and
3844 "systemd-analyze dump" is changed to present CPU indices instead of
3845 the raw __cpu_mask bitmask. For example, CPUAffinity=0-1 would be
3846 shown as CPUAffinity=03000000000000000000000000000… (on
3847 little-endian) or CPUAffinity=00000000000000300000000000000… (on
3848 64-bit big-endian), and is now shown as CPUAffinity=0-1, matching the
3849 input format. The maximum integer that will be printed in the new
3850 format is 8191 (four digits), while the old format always used a very
3851 long number (with the length varying by architecture), so they can be
3852 unambiguously distinguished.
3853
3854 * /usr/sbin/halt.local is no longer supported. Implementation in
3855 distributions was inconsistent and it seems this functionality was
3856 very rarely used.
3857
3858 To replace this functionality, users should:
3859 - either define a new unit and make it a dependency of final.target
3860 (systemctl add-wants final.target my-halt-local.service)
3861 - or move the shutdown script to /usr/lib/systemd/system-shutdown/
3862 and ensure that it accepts "halt", "poweroff", "reboot", and
3863 "kexec" as an argument, see the description in systemd-shutdown(8).
3864
3865 * When a [Match] section in .link or .network file is empty (contains
3866 no match patterns), a warning will be emitted. Please add any "match
3867 all" pattern instead, e.g. OriginalName=* or Name=* in case all
3868 interfaces should really be matched.
3869
3870 * A new setting NUMAPolicy= may be used to set process memory
3871 allocation policy. This setting can be specified in
3872 /etc/systemd/system.conf and hence will set the default policy for
3873 PID1. The default policy can be overridden on a per-service
3874 basis. The related setting NUMAMask= is used to specify NUMA node
3875 mask that should be associated with the selected policy.
3876
3877 * PID 1 will now listen to Out-Of-Memory (OOM) events the kernel
3878 generates when processes it manages are reaching their memory limits,
3879 and will place their units in a special state, and optionally kill or
3880 stop the whole unit.
3881
3882 * The service manager will now expose bus properties for the IO
3883 resources used by units. This information is also shown in "systemctl
3884 status" now (for services that have IOAccounting=yes set). Moreover,
3885 the IO accounting data is included in the resource log message
3886 generated whenever a unit stops.
3887
3888 * Units may now configure an explicit timeout to wait for when killed
3889 with SIGABRT, for example when a service watchdog is hit. Previously,
3890 the regular TimeoutStopSec= timeout was applied in this case too —
3891 now a separate timeout may be set using TimeoutAbortSec=.
3892
3893 * Services may now send a special WATCHDOG=trigger message with
3894 sd_notify() to trigger an immediate "watchdog missed" event, and thus
3895 trigger service termination. This is useful both for testing watchdog
3896 handling, but also for defining error paths in services, that shall
3897 be handled the same way as watchdog events.
3898
3899 * There are two new per-unit settings IPIngressFilterPath= and
3900 IPEgressFilterPath= which allow configuration of a BPF program
3901 (usually by specifying a path to a program uploaded to /sys/fs/bpf/)
3902 to apply to the IP packet ingress/egress path of all processes of a
3903 unit. This is useful to allow running systemd services with BPF
3904 programs set up externally.
3905
3906 * systemctl gained a new "clean" verb for removing the state, cache,
3907 runtime or logs directories of a service while it is terminated. The
3908 new verb may also be used to remove the state maintained on disk for
3909 timer units that have Persistent= configured.
3910
3911 * During the last phase of shutdown systemd will now automatically
3912 increase the log level configured in the "kernel.printk" sysctl so
3913 that any relevant loggable events happening during late shutdown are
3914 made visible. Previously, loggable events happening so late during
3915 shutdown were generally lost if the "kernel.printk" sysctl was set to
3916 high thresholds, as regular logging daemons are terminated at that
3917 time and thus nothing is written to disk.
3918
3919 * If processes terminated during the last phase of shutdown do not exit
3920 quickly systemd will now show their names after a short time, to make
3921 debugging easier. After a longer timeout they are forcibly killed,
3922 as before.
3923
3924 * journalctl (and the other tools that display logs) will now highlight
3925 warnings in yellow (previously, both LOG_NOTICE and LOG_WARNING where
3926 shown in bright bold, now only LOG_NOTICE is). Moreover, audit logs
3927 are now shown in blue color, to separate them visually from regular
3928 logs. References to configuration files are now turned into clickable
3929 links on terminals that support that.
3930
3931 * systemd-journald will now stop logging to /var/log/journal during
3932 shutdown when /var/ is on a separate mount, so that it can be
3933 unmounted safely during shutdown.
3934
3935 * systemd-resolved gained support for a new 'strict' DNS-over-TLS mode.
3936
3937 * systemd-resolved "Cache=" configuration option in resolved.conf has
3938 been extended to also accept the 'no-negative' value. Previously,
3939 only a boolean option was allowed (yes/no), having yes as the
3940 default. If this option is set to 'no-negative', negative answers are
3941 not cached while the old cache heuristics are used positive answers.
3942 The default remains unchanged.
3943
3944 * The predictable naming scheme for network devices now supports
3945 generating predictable names for "netdevsim" devices.
3946
3947 Moreover, the "en" prefix was dropped from the ID_NET_NAME_ONBOARD
3948 udev property.
3949
3950 Those two changes form a new net.naming-policy-scheme= entry.
3951 Distributions which want to preserve naming stability may want to set
3952 the -Ddefault-net-naming-scheme= configuration option.
3953
3954 * systemd-networkd now supports MACsec, nlmon, IPVTAP and Xfrm
3955 interfaces natively.
3956
3957 * systemd-networkd's bridge FDB support now allows configuration of a
3958 destination address for each entry (Destination=), as well as the
3959 VXLAN VNI (VNI=), as well as an option to declare what an entry is
3960 associated with (AssociatedWith=).
3961
3962 * systemd-networkd's DHCPv4 support now understands a new MaxAttempts=
3963 option for configuring the maximum number of DHCP lease requests. It
3964 also learnt a new BlackList= option for deny-listing DHCP servers (a
3965 similar setting has also been added to the IPv6 RA client), as well
3966 as a SendRelease= option for configuring whether to send a DHCP
3967 RELEASE message when terminating.
3968
3969 * systemd-networkd's DHCPv4 and DHCPv6 stacks can now be configured
3970 separately in the [DHCPv4] and [DHCPv6] sections.
3971
3972 * systemd-networkd's DHCP support will now optionally create an
3973 implicit host route to the DNS server specified in the DHCP lease, in
3974 addition to the routes listed explicitly in the lease. This should
3975 ensure that in multi-homed systems DNS traffic leaves the systems on
3976 the interface that acquired the DNS server information even if other
3977 routes such as default routes exist. This behaviour may be turned on
3978 with the new RoutesToDNS= option.
3979
3980 * systemd-networkd's VXLAN support gained a new option
3981 GenericProtocolExtension= for enabling VXLAN Generic Protocol
3982 Extension support, as well as IPDoNotFragment= for setting the IP
3983 "Don't fragment" bit on outgoing packets. A similar option has been
3984 added to the GENEVE support.
3985
3986 * In systemd-networkd's [Route] section you may now configure
3987 FastOpenNoCookie= for configuring per-route TCP fast-open support, as
3988 well as TTLPropagate= for configuring Label Switched Path (LSP) TTL
3989 propagation. The Type= setting now supports local, broadcast,
3990 anycast, multicast, any, xresolve routes, too.
3991
3992 * systemd-networkd's [Network] section learnt a new option
3993 DefaultRouteOnDevice= for automatically configuring a default route
3994 onto the network device.
3995
3996 * systemd-networkd's bridging support gained two new options ProxyARP=
3997 and ProxyARPWifi= for configuring proxy ARP behaviour as well as
3998 MulticastRouter= for configuring multicast routing behaviour. A new
3999 option MulticastIGMPVersion= may be used to change bridge's multicast
4000 Internet Group Management Protocol (IGMP) version.
4001
4002 * systemd-networkd's FooOverUDP support gained the ability to configure
4003 local and peer IP addresses via Local= and Peer=. A new option
4004 PeerPort= may be used to configure the peer's IP port.
4005
4006 * systemd-networkd's TUN support gained a new setting VnetHeader= for
4007 tweaking Generic Segment Offload support.
4008
4009 * The address family for policy rules may be specified using the new
4010 Family= option in the [RoutingPolicyRule] section.
4011
4012 * networkctl gained a new "delete" command for removing virtual network
4013 devices, as well as a new "--stats" switch for showing device
4014 statistics.
4015
4016 * networkd.conf gained a new setting SpeedMeter= and
4017 SpeedMeterIntervalSec=, to measure bitrate of network interfaces. The
4018 measured speed may be shown by 'networkctl status'.
4019
4020 * "networkctl status" now displays MTU and queue lengths, and more
4021 detailed information about VXLAN and bridge devices.
4022
4023 * systemd-networkd's .network and .link files gained a new Property=
4024 setting in the [Match] section, to match against devices with
4025 specific udev properties.
4026
4027 * systemd-networkd's tunnel support gained a new option
4028 AssignToLoopback= for selecting whether to use the loopback device
4029 "lo" as underlying device.
4030
4031 * systemd-networkd's MACAddress= setting in the [Neighbor] section has
4032 been renamed to LinkLayerAddress=, and it now allows configuration of
4033 IP addresses, too.
4034
4035 * systemd-networkd's handling of the kernel's disable_ipv6 sysctl is
4036 simplified: systemd-networkd will disable the sysctl (enable IPv6) if
4037 IPv6 configuration (static or DHCPv6) was found for a given
4038 interface. It will not touch the sysctl otherwise.
4039
4040 * The order of entries is $PATH used by the user manager instance was
4041 changed to put bin/ entries before the corresponding sbin/ entries.
4042 It is recommended to not rely on this order, and only ever have one
4043 binary with a given name in the system paths under /usr.
4044
4045 * A new tool systemd-network-generator has been added that may generate
4046 .network, .netdev and .link files from IP configuration specified on
4047 the kernel command line in the format used by Dracut.
4048
4049 * The CriticalConnection= setting in .network files is now deprecated,
4050 and replaced by a new KeepConfiguration= setting which allows more
4051 detailed configuration of the IP configuration to keep in place.
4052
4053 * systemd-analyze gained a few new verbs:
4054
4055 - "systemd-analyze timestamp" parses and converts timestamps. This is
4056 similar to the existing "systemd-analyze calendar" command which
4057 does the same for recurring calendar events.
4058
4059 - "systemd-analyze timespan" parses and converts timespans (i.e.
4060 durations as opposed to points in time).
4061
4062 - "systemd-analyze condition" will parse and test ConditionXYZ=
4063 expressions.
4064
4065 - "systemd-analyze exit-status" will parse and convert exit status
4066 codes to their names and back.
4067
4068 - "systemd-analyze unit-files" will print a list of all unit
4069 file paths and unit aliases.
4070
4071 * SuccessExitStatus=, RestartPreventExitStatus=, and
4072 RestartForceExitStatus= now accept exit status names (e.g. "DATAERR"
4073 is equivalent to "65"). Those exit status name mappings may be
4074 displayed with the systemd-analyze exit-status verb describe above.
4075
4076 * systemd-logind now exposes a per-session SetBrightness() bus call,
4077 which may be used to securely change the brightness of a kernel
4078 brightness device, if it belongs to the session's seat. By using this
4079 call unprivileged clients can make changes to "backlight" and "leds"
4080 devices securely with strict requirements on session membership.
4081 Desktop environments may use this to generically make brightness
4082 changes to such devices without shipping private SUID binaries or
4083 udev rules for that purpose.
4084
4085 * "udevadm info" gained a --wait-for-initialization switch to wait for
4086 a device to be initialized.
4087
4088 * systemd-hibernate-resume-generator will now look for resumeflags= on
4089 the kernel command line, which is similar to rootflags= and may be
4090 used to configure device timeout for the hibernation device.
4091
4092 * sd-event learnt a new API call sd_event_source_disable_unref() for
4093 disabling and unref'ing an event source in a single function. A
4094 related call sd_event_source_disable_unrefp() has been added for use
4095 with gcc's cleanup extension.
4096
4097 * The sd-id128.h public API gained a new definition
4098 SD_ID128_UUID_FORMAT_STR for formatting a 128bit ID in UUID format
4099 with printf().
4100
4101 * "busctl introspect" gained a new switch --xml-interface for dumping
4102 XML introspection data unmodified.
4103
4104 * PID 1 may now show the unit name instead of the unit description
4105 string in its status output during boot. This may be configured in
4106 the StatusUnitFormat= setting in /etc/systemd/system.conf or the
4107 kernel command line option systemd.status_unit_format=.
4108
4109 * PID 1 now understands a new option KExecWatchdogSec= in
4110 /etc/systemd/system.conf to set a watchdog timeout for kexec reboots.
4111 Previously watchdog functionality was only available for regular
4112 reboots. The new setting defaults to off, because we don't know in
4113 the general case if the watchdog will be reset after kexec (some
4114 drivers do reset it, but not all), and the new userspace might not be
4115 configured to handle the watchdog.
4116
4117 Moreover, the old ShutdownWatchdogSec= setting has been renamed to
4118 RebootWatchdogSec= to more clearly communicate what it is about. The
4119 old name is still accepted for compatibility.
4120
4121 * The systemd.debug_shell kernel command line option now optionally
4122 takes a tty name to spawn the debug shell on, which allows a
4123 different tty to be selected than the built-in default.
4124
4125 * Service units gained a new ExecCondition= setting which will run
4126 before ExecStartPre= and either continue execution of the unit (for
4127 clean exit codes), stop execution without marking the unit failed
4128 (for exit codes 1 through 254), or stop execution and fail the unit
4129 (for exit code 255 or abnormal termination).
4130
4131 * A new service systemd-pstore.service has been added that pulls data
4132 from /sys/fs/pstore/ and saves it to /var/lib/pstore for later
4133 review.
4134
4135 * timedatectl gained new verbs for configuring per-interface NTP
4136 service configuration for systemd-timesyncd.
4137
4138 * "localectl list-locales" won't list non-UTF-8 locales anymore. It's
4139 2019. (You can set non-UTF-8 locales though, if you know their name.)
4140
4141 * If variable assignments in sysctl.d/ files are prefixed with "-" any
4142 failures to apply them are now ignored.
4143
4144 * systemd-random-seed.service now optionally credits entropy when
4145 applying the seed to the system. Set $SYSTEMD_RANDOM_SEED_CREDIT to
4146 true for the service to enable this behaviour, but please consult the
4147 documentation first, since this comes with a couple of caveats.
4148
4149 * systemd-random-seed.service is now a synchronization point for full
4150 initialization of the kernel's entropy pool. Services that require
4151 /dev/urandom to be correctly initialized should be ordered after this
4152 service.
4153
4154 * The systemd-boot boot loader has been updated to optionally maintain
4155 a random seed file in the EFI System Partition (ESP). During the boot
4156 phase, this random seed is read and updated with a new seed
4157 cryptographically derived from it. Another derived seed is passed to
4158 the OS. The latter seed is then credited to the kernel's entropy pool
4159 very early during userspace initialization (from PID 1). This allows
4160 systems to boot up with a fully initialized kernel entropy pool from
4161 earliest boot on, and thus entirely removes all entropy pool
4162 initialization delays from systems using systemd-boot. Special care
4163 is taken to ensure different seeds are derived on system images
4164 replicated to multiple systems. "bootctl status" will show whether
4165 a seed was received from the boot loader.
4166
4167 * bootctl gained two new verbs:
4168
4169 - "bootctl random-seed" will generate the file in ESP and an EFI
4170 variable to allow a random seed to be passed to the OS as described
4171 above.
4172
4173 - "bootctl is-installed" checks whether systemd-boot is currently
4174 installed.
4175
4176 * bootctl will warn if it detects that boot entries are misconfigured
4177 (for example if the kernel image was removed without purging the
4178 bootloader entry).
4179
4180 * A new document has been added describing systemd's use and support
4181 for the kernel's entropy pool subsystem:
4182
4183 https://systemd.io/RANDOM_SEEDS
4184
4185 * When the system is hibernated the swap device to write the
4186 hibernation image to is now automatically picked from all available
4187 swap devices, preferring the swap device with the highest configured
4188 priority over all others, and picking the device with the most free
4189 space if there are multiple devices with the highest priority.
4190
4191 * /etc/crypttab support has learnt a new keyfile-timeout= per-device
4192 option that permits selecting the timeout how long to wait for a
4193 device with an encryption key before asking for the password.
4194
4195 * IOWeight= has learnt to properly set the IO weight when using the
4196 BFQ scheduler officially found in kernels 5.0+.
4197
4198 * A new mailing list has been created for reporting of security issues:
4199 systemd-security@redhat.com. For mode details, see
4200 https://systemd.io/CONTRIBUTING#security-vulnerability-reports.
4201
4202 Contributions from: Aaron Barany, Adrian Bunk, Alan Jenkins, Albrecht
4203 Lohofener, Andrej Valek, Anita Zhang, Arian van Putten, Balint Reczey,
4204 Bastien Nocera, Ben Boeckel, Benjamin Robin, camoz, Chen Qi, Chris
4205 Chiu, Chris Down, Christian Göttsche, Christian Kellner, Clinton Roy,
4206 Connor Reeder, Daniel Black, Daniel Lublin, Daniele Medri, Dan
4207 Streetman, Dave Reisner, Dave Ross, David Art, David Tardon, Debarshi
4208 Ray, Dimitri John Ledkov, Dominick Grift, Donald Buczek, Douglas
4209 Christman, Eric DeVolder, EtherGraf, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Feldwor,
4210 Felix Riemann, Florian Dollinger, Francesco Pennica, Franck Bui,
4211 Frantisek Sumsal, Franz Pletz, frederik, Hans de Goede, Iago López
4212 Galeiras, Insun Pyo, Ivan Shapovalov, Iwan Timmer, Jack, Jakob
4213 Unterwurzacher, Jan Chren, Jan Klötzke, Jan Losinski, Jan Pokorný, Jan
4214 Synacek, Jan-Michael Brummer, Jeka Pats, Jeremy Soller, Jérémy Rosen,
4215 Jiri Pirko, Joe Lin, Joerg Behrmann, Joe Richey, Jóhann B. Guðmundsson,
4216 Johannes Christ, Johannes Schmitz, Jonathan Rouleau, Jorge Niedbalski,
4217 Jörg Thalheim, Kai Krakow, Kai Lüke, Karel Zak, Kashyap Chamarthy,
4218 Krayushkin Konstantin, Lennart Poettering, Lubomir Rintel, Luca
4219 Boccassi, Luís Ferreira, Marc-André Lureau, Markus Felten, Martin Pitt,
4220 Matthew Leeds, Mattias Jernberg, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich,
4221 Michael Prokop, Michael Stapelberg, Michael Zhivich, Michal Koutný,
4222 Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert, Milan Broz, Miroslav Lichvar, mpe85,
4223 Mr-Foo, Network Silence, Oliver Harley, pan93412, Paul Menzel, pEJipE,
4224 Peter A. Bigot, Philip Withnall, Piotr Drąg, Rafael Fontenelle, Robert
4225 Scheck, Roberto Santalla, Ronan Pigott, root, RussianNeuroMancer,
4226 Sebastian Jennen, shinygold, Shreyas Behera, Simon Schricker, Susant
4227 Sahani, Thadeu Lima de Souza Cascardo, Theo Ouzhinski, Thiebaud
4228 Weksteen, Thomas Haller, Thomas Weißschuh, Tomas Mraz, Tommi Rantala,
4229 Topi Miettinen, VD-Lycos, ven, Vladimir Yerilov, Wieland Hoffmann,
4230 William A. Kennington III, William Wold, Xi Ruoyao, Yuri Chornoivan,
4231 Yu Watanabe, Zach Smith, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zhang Xianwei
4232
4233 – Camerino, 2019-09-03
4234
4235 CHANGES WITH 242:
4236
4237 * In .link files, MACAddressPolicy=persistent (the default) is changed
4238 to cover more devices. For devices like bridges, tun, tap, bond, and
4239 similar interfaces that do not have other identifying information,
4240 the interface name is used as the basis for persistent seed for MAC
4241 and IPv4LL addresses. The way that devices that were handled
4242 previously is not changed, and this change is about covering more
4243 devices then previously by the "persistent" policy.
4244
4245 MACAddressPolicy=random may be used to force randomized MACs and
4246 IPv4LL addresses for a device if desired.
4247
4248 Hint: the log output from udev (at debug level) was enhanced to
4249 clarify what policy is followed and which attributes are used.
4250 `SYSTEMD_LOG_LEVEL=debug udevadm test-builtin net_setup_link /sys/class/net/<name>`
4251 may be used to view this.
4252
4253 Hint: if a bridge interface is created without any slaves, and gains
4254 a slave later, then now the bridge does not inherit slave's MAC.
4255 To inherit slave's MAC, for example, create the following file:
4256 ```
4257 # /etc/systemd/network/98-bridge-inherit-mac.link
4258 [Match]
4259 Type=bridge
4260
4261 [Link]
4262 MACAddressPolicy=none
4263 ```
4264
4265 * The .device units generated by systemd-fstab-generator and other
4266 generators do not automatically pull in the corresponding .mount unit
4267 as a Wants= dependency. This means that simply plugging in the device
4268 will not cause the mount unit to be started automatically. But please
4269 note that the mount unit may be started for other reasons, in
4270 particular if it is part of local-fs.target, and any unit which
4271 (transitively) depends on local-fs.target is started.
4272
4273 * networkctl list/status/lldp now accept globbing wildcards for network
4274 interface names to match against all existing interfaces.
4275
4276 * The $PIDFILE environment variable is set to point the absolute path
4277 configured with PIDFile= for processes of that service.
4278
4279 * The fallback DNS server list was augmented with Cloudflare public DNS
4280 servers. Use `-Ddns-servers=` to set a different fallback.
4281
4282 * A new special target usb-gadget.target will be started automatically
4283 when a USB Device Controller is detected (which means that the system
4284 is a USB peripheral).
4285
4286 * A new unit setting CPUQuotaPeriodSec= assigns the time period
4287 relatively to which the CPU time quota specified by CPUQuota= is
4288 measured.
4289
4290 * A new unit setting ProtectHostname= may be used to prevent services
4291 from modifying hostname information (even if they otherwise would
4292 have privileges to do so).
4293
4294 * A new unit setting NetworkNamespacePath= may be used to specify a
4295 namespace for service or socket units through a path referring to a
4296 Linux network namespace pseudo-file.
4297
4298 * The PrivateNetwork= setting and JoinsNamespaceOf= dependencies now
4299 have an effect on .socket units: when used the listening socket is
4300 created within the configured network namespace instead of the host
4301 namespace.
4302
4303 * ExecStart= command lines in unit files may now be prefixed with ':'
4304 in which case environment variable substitution is
4305 disabled. (Supported for the other ExecXYZ= settings, too.)
4306
4307 * .timer units gained two new boolean settings OnClockChange= and
4308 OnTimezoneChange= which may be used to also trigger a unit when the
4309 system clock is changed or the local timezone is
4310 modified. systemd-run has been updated to make these options easily
4311 accessible from the command line for transient timers.
4312
4313 * Two new conditions for units have been added: ConditionMemory= may be
4314 used to conditionalize a unit based on installed system
4315 RAM. ConditionCPUs= may be used to conditionalize a unit based on
4316 installed CPU cores.
4317
4318 * The @default system call filter group understood by SystemCallFilter=
4319 has been updated to include the new rseq() system call introduced in
4320 kernel 4.15.
4321
4322 * A new time-set.target has been added that indicates that the system
4323 time has been set from a local source (possibly imprecise). The
4324 existing time-sync.target is stronger and indicates that the time has
4325 been synchronized with a precise external source. Services where
4326 approximate time is sufficient should use the new target.
4327
4328 * "systemctl start" (and related commands) learnt a new
4329 --show-transaction option. If specified brief information about all
4330 jobs queued because of the requested operation is shown.
4331
4332 * systemd-networkd recognizes a new operation state 'enslaved', used
4333 (instead of 'degraded' or 'carrier') for interfaces which form a
4334 bridge, bond, or similar, and an new 'degraded-carrier' operational
4335 state used for the bond or bridge master interface when one of the
4336 enslaved devices is not operational.
4337
4338 * .network files learnt the new IgnoreCarrierLoss= option for leaving
4339 networks configured even if the carrier is lost.
4340
4341 * The RequiredForOnline= setting in .network files may now specify a
4342 minimum operational state required for the interface to be considered
4343 "online" by systemd-networkd-wait-online. Related to this
4344 systemd-networkd-wait-online gained a new option --operational-state=
4345 to configure the same, and its --interface= option was updated to
4346 optionally also take an operational state specific for an interface.
4347
4348 * systemd-networkd-wait-online gained a new setting --any for waiting
4349 for only one of the requested interfaces instead of all of them.
4350
4351 * systemd-networkd now implements L2TP tunnels.
4352
4353 * Two new .network settings UseAutonomousPrefix= and UseOnLinkPrefix=
4354 may be used to cause autonomous and onlink prefixes received in IPv6
4355 Router Advertisements to be ignored.
4356
4357 * New MulticastFlood=, NeighborSuppression=, and Learning= .network
4358 file settings may be used to tweak bridge behaviour.
4359
4360 * The new TripleSampling= option in .network files may be used to
4361 configure CAN triple sampling.
4362
4363 * A new .netdev settings PrivateKeyFile= and PresharedKeyFile= may be
4364 used to point to private or preshared key for a WireGuard interface.
4365
4366 * /etc/crypttab now supports the same-cpu-crypt and
4367 submit-from-crypt-cpus options to tweak encryption work scheduling
4368 details.
4369
4370 * systemd-tmpfiles will now take a BSD file lock before operating on a
4371 contents of directory. This may be used to temporarily exclude
4372 directories from aging by taking the same lock (useful for example
4373 when extracting a tarball into /tmp or /var/tmp as a privileged user,
4374 which might create files with really old timestamps, which
4375 nevertheless should not be deleted). For further details, see:
4376
4377 https://systemd.io/TEMPORARY_DIRECTORIES
4378
4379 * systemd-tmpfiles' h line type gained support for the
4380 FS_PROJINHERIT_FL ('P') file attribute (introduced in kernel 4.5),
4381 controlling project quota inheritance.
4382
4383 * sd-boot and bootctl now implement support for an Extended Boot Loader
4384 (XBOOTLDR) partition, that is intended to be mounted to /boot, in
4385 addition to the ESP partition mounted to /efi or /boot/efi.
4386 Configuration file fragments, kernels, initrds and other EFI images
4387 to boot will be loaded from both the ESP and XBOOTLDR partitions.
4388 The XBOOTLDR partition was previously described by the Boot Loader
4389 Specification, but implementation was missing in sd-boot. Support for
4390 this concept allows using the sd-boot boot loader in more
4391 conservative scenarios where the boot loader itself is placed in the
4392 ESP but the kernels to boot (and their metadata) in a separate
4393 partition.
4394
4395 * A system may now be booted with systemd.volatile=overlay on the
4396 kernel command line, which causes the root file system to be set up
4397 an overlayfs mount combining the root-only root directory with a
4398 writable tmpfs. In this setup, the underlying root device is not
4399 modified, and any changes are lost at reboot.
4400
4401 * Similar, systemd-nspawn can now boot containers with a volatile
4402 overlayfs root with the new --volatile=overlay switch.
4403
4404 * systemd-nspawn can now consume OCI runtime bundles using a new
4405 --oci-bundle= option. This implementation is fully usable, with most
4406 features in the specification implemented, but since this a lot of
4407 new code and functionality, this feature should most likely not
4408 be used in production yet.
4409
4410 * systemd-nspawn now supports various options described by the OCI
4411 runtime specification on the command-line and in .nspawn files:
4412 --inaccessible=/Inaccessible= may be used to mask parts of the file
4413 system tree, --console=/--pipe may be used to configure how standard
4414 input, output, and error are set up.
4415
4416 * busctl learned the `emit` verb to generate D-Bus signals.
4417
4418 * systemd-analyze cat-config may be used to gather and display
4419 configuration spread over multiple files, for example system and user
4420 presets, tmpfiles.d, sysusers.d, udev rules, etc.
4421
4422 * systemd-analyze calendar now takes an optional new parameter
4423 --iterations= which may be used to show a maximum number of iterations
4424 the specified expression will elapse next.
4425
4426 * The sd-bus C API gained support for naming method parameters in the
4427 introspection data.
4428
4429 * systemd-logind gained D-Bus APIs to specify the "reboot parameter"
4430 the reboot() system call expects.
4431
4432 * journalctl learnt a new --cursor-file= option that points to a file
4433 from which a cursor should be loaded in the beginning and to which
4434 the updated cursor should be stored at the end.
4435
4436 * ACRN hypervisor and Windows Subsystem for Linux (WSL) are now
4437 detected by systemd-detect-virt (and may also be used in
4438 ConditionVirtualization=).
4439
4440 * The behaviour of systemd-logind may now be modified with environment
4441 variables $SYSTEMD_REBOOT_TO_FIRMWARE_SETUP,
4442 $SYSTEMD_REBOOT_TO_BOOT_LOADER_MENU, and
4443 $SYSTEMD_REBOOT_TO_BOOT_LOADER_ENTRY. They cause logind to either
4444 skip the relevant operation completely (when set to false), or to
4445 create a flag file in /run/systemd (when set to true), instead of
4446 actually commencing the real operation when requested. The presence
4447 of /run/systemd/reboot-to-firmware-setup,
4448 /run/systemd/reboot-to-boot-loader-menu, and
4449 /run/systemd/reboot-to-boot-loader-entry, may be used by alternative
4450 boot loader implementations to replace some steps logind performs
4451 during reboot with their own operations.
4452
4453 * systemctl can be used to request a reboot into the boot loader menu
4454 or a specific boot loader entry with the new --boot-load-menu= and
4455 --boot-loader-entry= options to a reboot command. (This requires a
4456 boot loader that supports this, for example sd-boot.)
4457
4458 * kernel-install will no longer unconditionally create the output
4459 directory (e.g. /efi/<machine-id>/<kernel-version>) for boot loader
4460 snippets, but will do only if the machine-specific parent directory
4461 (i.e. /efi/<machine-id>/) already exists. bootctl has been modified
4462 to create this parent directory during sd-boot installation.
4463
4464 This makes it easier to use kernel-install with plugins which support
4465 a different layout of the bootloader partitions (for example grub2).
4466
4467 * During package installation (with `ninja install`), we would create
4468 symlinks for getty@tty1.service, systemd-networkd.service,
4469 systemd-networkd.socket, systemd-resolved.service,
4470 remote-cryptsetup.target, remote-fs.target,
4471 systemd-networkd-wait-online.service, and systemd-timesyncd.service
4472 in /etc, as if `systemctl enable` was called for those units, to make
4473 the system usable immediately after installation. Now this is not
4474 done anymore, and instead calling `systemctl preset-all` is
4475 recommended after the first installation of systemd.
4476
4477 * A new boolean sandboxing option RestrictSUIDSGID= has been added that
4478 is built on seccomp. When turned on creation of SUID/SGID files is
4479 prohibited.
4480
4481 * The NoNewPrivileges= and the new RestrictSUIDSGID= options are now
4482 implied if DynamicUser= is turned on for a service. This hardens
4483 these services, so that they neither can benefit from nor create
4484 SUID/SGID executables. This is a minor compatibility breakage, given
4485 that when DynamicUser= was first introduced SUID/SGID behaviour was
4486 unaffected. However, the security benefit of these two options is
4487 substantial, and the setting is still relatively new, hence we opted
4488 to make it mandatory for services with dynamic users.
4489
4490 Contributions from: Adam Jackson, Alexander Tsoy, Andrey Yashkin,
4491 Andrzej Pietrasiewicz, Anita Zhang, Balint Reczey, Beniamino Galvani,
4492 Ben Iofel, Benjamin Berg, Benjamin Dahlhoff, Chris, Chris Morin,
4493 Christopher Wong, Claudius Ellsel, Clemens Gruber, dana, Daniel Black,
4494 Davide Cavalca, David Michael, David Rheinsberg, emersion, Evgeny
4495 Vereshchagin, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck Bui, Frantisek Sumsal,
4496 Giacinto Cifelli, Hans de Goede, Hugo Kindel, Ignat Korchagin, Insun
4497 Pyo, Jan Engelhardt, Jonas Dorel, Jonathan Lebon, Jonathon Kowalski,
4498 Jörg Sommer, Jörg Thalheim, Jussi Pakkanen, Kai-Heng Feng, Lennart
4499 Poettering, Lubomir Rintel, Luís Ferreira, Martin Pitt, Matthias
4500 Klumpp, Michael Biebl, Michael Niewöhner, Michael Olbrich, Michal
4501 Sekletar, Mike Lothian, Paul Menzel, Piotr Drąg, Riccardo Schirone,
4502 Robin Elvedi, Roman Kulikov, Ronald Tschalär, Ross Burton, Ryan
4503 Gonzalez, Sebastian Krzyszkowiak, Stephane Chazelas, StKob, Susant
4504 Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Szabolcs Fruhwald, Taro Yamada, Theo
4505 Ouzhinski, Thomas Haller, Tobias Jungel, Tom Yan, Tony Asleson, Topi
4506 Miettinen, unixsysadmin, Van Laser, Vesa Jääskeläinen, Yu, Li-Yu,
4507 Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
4508
4509 — Warsaw, 2019-04-11
4510
4511 CHANGES WITH 241:
4512
4513 * The default locale can now be configured at compile time. Otherwise,
4514 a suitable default will be selected automatically (one of C.UTF-8,
4515 en_US.UTF-8, and C).
4516
4517 * The version string shown by systemd and other tools now includes the
4518 git commit hash when built from git. An override may be specified
4519 during compilation, which is intended to be used by distributions to
4520 include the package release information.
4521
4522 * systemd-cat can now filter standard input and standard error streams
4523 for different syslog priorities using the new --stderr-priority=
4524 option.
4525
4526 * systemd-journald and systemd-journal-remote reject entries which
4527 contain too many fields (CVE-2018-16865) and set limits on the
4528 process' command line length (CVE-2018-16864).
4529
4530 * $DBUS_SESSION_BUS_ADDRESS environment variable is set by pam_systemd
4531 again.
4532
4533 * A new network device NamePolicy "keep" is implemented for link files,
4534 and used by default in 99-default.link (the fallback configuration
4535 provided by systemd). With this policy, if the network device name
4536 was already set by userspace, the device will not be renamed again.
4537 This matches the naming scheme that was implemented before
4538 systemd-240. If naming-scheme < 240 is specified, the "keep" policy
4539 is also enabled by default, even if not specified. Effectively, this
4540 means that if naming-scheme >= 240 is specified, network devices will
4541 be renamed according to the configuration, even if they have been
4542 renamed already, if "keep" is not specified as the naming policy in
4543 the .link file. The 99-default.link file provided by systemd includes
4544 "keep" for backwards compatibility, but it is recommended for user
4545 installed .link files to *not* include it.
4546
4547 The "kernel" policy, which keeps kernel names declared to be
4548 "persistent", now works again as documented.
4549
4550 * kernel-install script now optionally takes the paths to one or more
4551 initrd files, and passes them to all plugins.
4552
4553 * The mincore() system call has been dropped from the @system-service
4554 system call filter group, as it is pretty exotic and may potentially
4555 used for side-channel attacks.
4556
4557 * -fPIE is dropped from compiler and linker options. Please specify
4558 -Db_pie=true option to meson to build position-independent
4559 executables. Note that the meson option is supported since meson-0.49.
4560
4561 * The fs.protected_regular and fs.protected_fifos sysctls, which were
4562 added in Linux 4.19 to make some data spoofing attacks harder, are
4563 now enabled by default. While this will hopefully improve the
4564 security of most installations, it is technically a backwards
4565 incompatible change; to disable these sysctls again, place the
4566 following lines in /etc/sysctl.d/60-protected.conf or a similar file:
4567
4568 fs.protected_regular = 0
4569 fs.protected_fifos = 0
4570
4571 Note that the similar hardlink and symlink protection has been
4572 enabled since v199, and may be disabled likewise.
4573
4574 * The files read from the EnvironmentFile= setting in unit files now
4575 parse backslashes inside quotes literally, matching the behaviour of
4576 POSIX shells.
4577
4578 * udevadm trigger, udevadm control, udevadm settle and udevadm monitor
4579 now automatically become NOPs when run in a chroot() environment.
4580
4581 * The tmpfiles.d/ "C" line type will now copy directory trees not only
4582 when the destination is so far missing, but also if it already exists
4583 as a directory and is empty. This is useful to cater for systems
4584 where directory trees are put together from multiple separate mount
4585 points but otherwise empty.
4586
4587 * A new function sd_bus_close_unref() (and the associated
4588 sd_bus_close_unrefp()) has been added to libsystemd, that combines
4589 sd_bus_close() and sd_bus_unref() in one.
4590
4591 * udevadm control learnt a new option for --ping for testing whether a
4592 systemd-udevd instance is running and reacting.
4593
4594 * udevadm trigger learnt a new option for --wait-daemon for waiting
4595 systemd-udevd daemon to be initialized.
4596
4597 Contributions from: Aaron Plattner, Alberts Muktupāvels, Alex Mayer,
4598 Ayman Bagabas, Beniamino Galvani, Burt P, Chris Down, Chris Lamb, Chris
4599 Morin, Christian Hesse, Claudius Ellsel, dana, Daniel Axtens, Daniele
4600 Medri, Dave Reisner, David Santamaría Rogado, Diego Canuhe, Dimitri
4601 John Ledkov, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Fabrice Fontaine, Filipe
4602 Brandenburger, Franck Bui, Frantisek Sumsal, govwin, Hans de Goede,
4603 James Hilliard, Jan Engelhardt, Jani Uusitalo, Jan Janssen, Jan
4604 Synacek, Jonathan McDowell, Jonathan Roemer, Jonathon Kowalski, Joost
4605 Heitbrink, Jörg Thalheim, Lance, Lennart Poettering, Louis Taylor,
4606 Lucas Werkmeister, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine Perennou,
4607 marvelousblack, Michael Biebl, Michael Sloan, Michal Sekletar, Mike
4608 Auty, Mike Gilbert, Mikhail Kasimov, Neil Brown, Niklas Hambüchen,
4609 Patrick Williams, Paul Seyfert, Peter Hutterer, Philip Withnall, Roger
4610 James, Ronnie P. Thomas, Ryan Gonzalez, Sam Morris, Stephan Edel,
4611 Stephan Gerhold, Susant Sahani, Taro Yamada, Thomas Haller, Topi
4612 Miettinen, YiFei Zhu, YmrDtnJu, YunQiang Su, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew
4613 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, zsergeant77, Дамјан Георгиевски
4614
4615 — Berlin, 2019-02-14
4616
4617 CHANGES WITH 240:
4618
4619 * NoNewPrivileges=yes has been set for all long-running services
4620 implemented by systemd. Previously, this was problematic due to
4621 SELinux (as this would also prohibit the transition from PID1's label
4622 to the service's label). This restriction has since been lifted, but
4623 an SELinux policy update is required.
4624 (See e.g. https://github.com/fedora-selinux/selinux-policy/pull/234.)
4625
4626 * DynamicUser=yes is dropped from systemd-networkd.service,
4627 systemd-resolved.service and systemd-timesyncd.service, which was
4628 enabled in v239 for systemd-networkd.service and systemd-resolved.service,
4629 and since v236 for systemd-timesyncd.service. The users and groups
4630 systemd-network, systemd-resolve and systemd-timesync are created
4631 by systemd-sysusers again. Distributors or system administrators
4632 may need to create these users and groups if they not exist (or need
4633 to re-enable DynamicUser= for those units) while upgrading systemd.
4634 Also, the clock file for systemd-timesyncd may need to move from
4635 /var/lib/private/systemd/timesync/clock to /var/lib/systemd/timesync/clock.
4636
4637 * When unit files are loaded from disk, previously systemd would
4638 sometimes (depending on the unit loading order) load units from the
4639 target path of symlinks in .wants/ or .requires/ directories of other
4640 units. This meant that unit could be loaded from different paths
4641 depending on whether the unit was requested explicitly or as a
4642 dependency of another unit, not honouring the priority of directories
4643 in search path. It also meant that it was possible to successfully
4644 load and start units which are not found in the unit search path, as
4645 long as they were requested as a dependency and linked to from
4646 .wants/ or .requires/. The target paths of those symlinks are not
4647 used for loading units anymore and the unit file must be found in
4648 the search path.
4649
4650 * A new service type has been added: Type=exec. It's very similar to
4651 Type=simple but ensures the service manager will wait for both fork()
4652 and execve() of the main service binary to complete before proceeding
4653 with follow-up units. This is primarily useful so that the manager
4654 propagates any errors in the preparation phase of service execution
4655 back to the job that requested the unit to be started. For example,
4656 consider a service that has ExecStart= set to a file system binary
4657 that doesn't exist. With Type=simple starting the unit would be
4658 considered instantly successful, as only fork() has to complete
4659 successfully and the manager does not wait for execve(), and hence
4660 its failure is seen "too late". With the new Type=exec service type
4661 starting the unit will fail, as the manager will wait for the
4662 execve() and notice its failure, which is then propagated back to the
4663 start job.
4664
4665 NOTE: with the next release 241 of systemd we intend to change the
4666 systemd-run tool to default to Type=exec for transient services
4667 started by it. This should be mostly safe, but in specific corner
4668 cases might result in problems, as the systemd-run tool will then
4669 block on NSS calls (such as user name look-ups due to User=) done
4670 between the fork() and execve(), which under specific circumstances
4671 might cause problems. It is recommended to specify "-p Type=simple"
4672 explicitly in the few cases where this applies. For regular,
4673 non-transient services (i.e. those defined with unit files on disk)
4674 we will continue to default to Type=simple.
4675
4676 * The Linux kernel's current default RLIMIT_NOFILE resource limit for
4677 userspace processes is set to 1024 (soft) and 4096
4678 (hard). Previously, systemd passed this on unmodified to all
4679 processes it forked off. With this systemd release the hard limit
4680 systemd passes on is increased to 512K, overriding the kernel's
4681 defaults and substantially increasing the number of simultaneous file
4682 descriptors unprivileged userspace processes can allocate. Note that
4683 the soft limit remains at 1024 for compatibility reasons: the
4684 traditional UNIX select() call cannot deal with file descriptors >=
4685 1024 and increasing the soft limit globally might thus result in
4686 programs unexpectedly allocating a high file descriptor and thus
4687 failing abnormally when attempting to use it with select() (of
4688 course, programs shouldn't use select() anymore, and prefer
4689 poll()/epoll, but the call unfortunately remains undeservedly popular
4690 at this time). This change reflects the fact that file descriptor
4691 handling in the Linux kernel has been optimized in more recent
4692 kernels and allocating large numbers of them should be much cheaper
4693 both in memory and in performance than it used to be. Programs that
4694 want to take benefit of the increased limit have to "opt-in" into
4695 high file descriptors explicitly by raising their soft limit. Of
4696 course, when they do that they must acknowledge that they cannot use
4697 select() anymore (and neither can any shared library they use — or
4698 any shared library used by any shared library they use and so on).
4699 Which default hard limit is most appropriate is of course hard to
4700 decide. However, given reports that ~300K file descriptors are used
4701 in real-life applications we believe 512K is sufficiently high as new
4702 default for now. Note that there are also reports that using very
4703 high hard limits (e.g. 1G) is problematic: some software allocates
4704 large arrays with one element for each potential file descriptor
4705 (Java, …) — a high hard limit thus triggers excessively large memory
4706 allocations in these applications. Hopefully, the new default of 512K
4707 is a good middle ground: higher than what real-life applications
4708 currently need, and low enough for avoid triggering excessively large
4709 allocations in problematic software. (And yes, somebody should fix
4710 Java.)
4711
4712 * The fs.nr_open and fs.file-max sysctls are now automatically bumped
4713 to the highest possible values, as separate accounting of file
4714 descriptors is no longer necessary, as memcg tracks them correctly as
4715 part of the memory accounting anyway. Thus, from the four limits on
4716 file descriptors currently enforced (fs.file-max, fs.nr_open,
4717 RLIMIT_NOFILE hard, RLIMIT_NOFILE soft) we turn off the first two,
4718 and keep only the latter two. A set of build-time options
4719 (-Dbump-proc-sys-fs-file-max=false and -Dbump-proc-sys-fs-nr-open=false)
4720 has been added to revert this change in behaviour, which might be
4721 an option for systems that turn off memcg in the kernel.
4722
4723 * When no /etc/locale.conf file exists (and hence no locale settings
4724 are in place), systemd will now use the "C.UTF-8" locale by default,
4725 and set LANG= to it. This locale is supported by various
4726 distributions including Fedora, with clear indications that upstream
4727 glibc is going to make it available too. This locale enables UTF-8
4728 mode by default, which appears appropriate for 2018.
4729
4730 * The "net.ipv4.conf.all.rp_filter" sysctl will now be set to 2 by
4731 default. This effectively switches the RFC3704 Reverse Path filtering
4732 from Strict mode to Loose mode. This is more appropriate for hosts
4733 that have multiple links with routes to the same networks (e.g.
4734 a client with a Wi-Fi and Ethernet both connected to the internet).
4735
4736 Consult the kernel documentation for details on this sysctl:
4737 https://www.kernel.org/doc/Documentation/networking/ip-sysctl.txt
4738
4739 * The v239 change to turn on "net.ipv4.tcp_ecn" by default has been
4740 reverted.
4741
4742 * CPUAccounting=yes no longer enables the CPU controller when using
4743 kernel 4.15+ and the unified cgroup hierarchy, as required accounting
4744 statistics are now provided independently from the CPU controller.
4745
4746 * Support for disabling a particular cgroup controller within a sub-tree
4747 has been added through the DisableControllers= directive.
4748
4749 * cgroup_no_v1=all on the kernel command line now also implies
4750 using the unified cgroup hierarchy, unless one explicitly passes
4751 systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy=0 on the kernel command line.
4752
4753 * The new "MemoryMin=" unit file property may now be used to set the
4754 memory usage protection limit of processes invoked by the unit. This
4755 controls the cgroup v2 memory.min attribute. Similarly, the new
4756 "IODeviceLatencyTargetSec=" property has been added, wrapping the new
4757 cgroup v2 io.latency cgroup property for configuring per-service I/O
4758 latency.
4759
4760 * systemd now supports the cgroup v2 devices BPF logic, as counterpart
4761 to the cgroup v1 "devices" cgroup controller.
4762
4763 * systemd-escape now is able to combine --unescape with --template. It
4764 also learnt a new option --instance for extracting and unescaping the
4765 instance part of a unit name.
4766
4767 * sd-bus now provides the sd_bus_message_readv() which is similar to
4768 sd_bus_message_read() but takes a va_list object. The pair
4769 sd_bus_set_method_call_timeout() and sd_bus_get_method_call_timeout()
4770 has been added for configuring the default method call timeout to
4771 use. sd_bus_error_move() may be used to efficiently move the contents
4772 from one sd_bus_error structure to another, invalidating the
4773 source. sd_bus_set_close_on_exit() and sd_bus_get_close_on_exit() may
4774 be used to control whether a bus connection object is automatically
4775 flushed when an sd-event loop is exited.
4776
4777 * When processing classic BSD syslog log messages, journald will now
4778 save the original time-stamp string supplied in the new
4779 SYSLOG_TIMESTAMP= journal field. This permits consumers to
4780 reconstruct the original BSD syslog message more correctly.
4781
4782 * StandardOutput=/StandardError= in service files gained support for
4783 new "append:…" parameters, for connecting STDOUT/STDERR of a service
4784 to a file, and appending to it.
4785
4786 * The signal to use as last step of killing of unit processes is now
4787 configurable. Previously it was hard-coded to SIGKILL, which may now
4788 be overridden with the new KillSignal= setting. Note that this is the
4789 signal used when regular termination (i.e. SIGTERM) does not suffice.
4790 Similarly, the signal used when aborting a program in case of a
4791 watchdog timeout may now be configured too (WatchdogSignal=).
4792
4793 * The XDG_SESSION_DESKTOP environment variable may now be configured in
4794 the pam_systemd argument line, using the new desktop= switch. This is
4795 useful to initialize it properly from a display manager without
4796 having to touch C code.
4797
4798 * Most configuration options that previously accepted percentage values
4799 now also accept permille values with the '‰' suffix (instead of '%').
4800
4801 * systemd-resolved may now optionally use OpenSSL instead of GnuTLS for
4802 DNS-over-TLS.
4803
4804 * systemd-resolved's configuration file resolved.conf gained a new
4805 option ReadEtcHosts= which may be used to turn off processing and
4806 honoring /etc/hosts entries.
4807
4808 * The "--wait" switch may now be passed to "systemctl
4809 is-system-running", in which case the tool will synchronously wait
4810 until the system finished start-up.
4811
4812 * hostnamed gained a new bus call to determine the DMI product UUID.
4813
4814 * On x86-64 systemd will now prefer using the RDRAND processor
4815 instruction over /dev/urandom whenever it requires randomness that
4816 neither has to be crypto-grade nor should be reproducible. This
4817 should substantially reduce the amount of entropy systemd requests
4818 from the kernel during initialization on such systems, though not
4819 reduce it to zero. (Why not zero? systemd still needs to allocate
4820 UUIDs and such uniquely, which require high-quality randomness.)
4821
4822 * networkd gained support for Foo-Over-UDP, ERSPAN and ISATAP
4823 tunnels. It also gained a new option ForceDHCPv6PDOtherInformation=
4824 for forcing the "Other Information" bit in IPv6 RA messages. The
4825 bonding logic gained four new options AdActorSystemPriority=,
4826 AdUserPortKey=, AdActorSystem= for configuring various 802.3ad
4827 aspects, and DynamicTransmitLoadBalancing= for enabling dynamic
4828 shuffling of flows. The tunnel logic gained a new
4829 IPv6RapidDeploymentPrefix= option for configuring IPv6 Rapid
4830 Deployment. The policy rule logic gained four new options IPProtocol=,
4831 SourcePort= and DestinationPort=, InvertRule=. The bridge logic gained
4832 support for the MulticastToUnicast= option. networkd also gained
4833 support for configuring static IPv4 ARP or IPv6 neighbor entries.
4834
4835 * .preset files (as read by 'systemctl preset') may now be used to
4836 instantiate services.
4837
4838 * /etc/crypttab now understands the sector-size= option to configure
4839 the sector size for an encrypted partition.
4840
4841 * Key material for encrypted disks may now be placed on a formatted
4842 medium, and referenced from /etc/crypttab by the UUID of the file
4843 system, followed by "=" suffixed by the path to the key file.
4844
4845 * The "collect" udev component has been removed without replacement, as
4846 it is neither used nor maintained.
4847
4848 * When the RuntimeDirectory=, StateDirectory=, CacheDirectory=,
4849 LogsDirectory=, ConfigurationDirectory= settings are used in a
4850 service the executed processes will now receive a set of environment
4851 variables containing the full paths of these directories.
4852 Specifically, RUNTIME_DIRECTORY=, STATE_DIRECTORY, CACHE_DIRECTORY,
4853 LOGS_DIRECTORY, CONFIGURATION_DIRECTORY are now set if these options
4854 are used. Note that these options may be used multiple times per
4855 service in which case the resulting paths will be concatenated and
4856 separated by colons.
4857
4858 * Predictable interface naming has been extended to cover InfiniBand
4859 NICs. They will be exposed with an "ib" prefix.
4860
4861 * tmpfiles.d/ line types may now be suffixed with a '-' character, in
4862 which case the respective line failing is ignored.
4863
4864 * .link files may now be used to configure the equivalent to the
4865 "ethtool advertise" commands.
4866
4867 * The sd-device.h and sd-hwdb.h APIs are now exported, as an
4868 alternative to libudev.h. Previously, the latter was just an internal
4869 wrapper around the former, but now these two APIs are exposed
4870 directly.
4871
4872 * sd-id128.h gained a new function sd_id128_get_boot_app_specific()
4873 which calculates an app-specific boot ID similar to how
4874 sd_id128_get_machine_app_specific() generates an app-specific machine
4875 ID.
4876
4877 * A new tool systemd-id128 has been added that can be used to determine
4878 and generate various 128bit IDs.
4879
4880 * /etc/os-release gained two new standardized fields DOCUMENTATION_URL=
4881 and LOGO=.
4882
4883 * systemd-hibernate-resume-generator will now honor the "noresume"
4884 kernel command line option, in which case it will bypass resuming
4885 from any hibernated image.
4886
4887 * The systemd-sleep.conf configuration file gained new options
4888 AllowSuspend=, AllowHibernation=, AllowSuspendThenHibernate=,
4889 AllowHybridSleep= for prohibiting specific sleep modes even if the
4890 kernel exports them.
4891
4892 * portablectl is now officially supported and has thus moved to
4893 /usr/bin/.
4894
4895 * bootctl learnt the two new commands "set-default" and "set-oneshot"
4896 for setting the default boot loader item to boot to (either
4897 persistently or only for the next boot). This is currently only
4898 compatible with sd-boot, but may be implemented on other boot loaders
4899 too, that follow the boot loader interface. The updated interface is
4900 now documented here:
4901
4902 https://systemd.io/BOOT_LOADER_INTERFACE
4903
4904 * A new kernel command line option systemd.early_core_pattern= is now
4905 understood which may be used to influence the core_pattern PID 1
4906 installs during early boot.
4907
4908 * busctl learnt two new options -j and --json= for outputting method
4909 call replies, properties and monitoring output in JSON.
4910
4911 * journalctl's JSON output now supports simple ANSI coloring as well as
4912 a new "json-seq" mode for generating RFC7464 output.
4913
4914 * Unit files now support the %g/%G specifiers that resolve to the UNIX
4915 group/GID of the service manager runs as, similar to the existing
4916 %u/%U specifiers that resolve to the UNIX user/UID.
4917
4918 * systemd-logind learnt a new global configuration option
4919 UserStopDelaySec= that may be set in logind.conf. It specifies how
4920 long the systemd --user instance shall remain started after a user
4921 logs out. This is useful to speed up repetitive re-connections of the
4922 same user, as it means the user's service manager doesn't have to be
4923 stopped/restarted on each iteration, but can be reused between
4924 subsequent options. This setting defaults to 10s. systemd-logind also
4925 exports two new properties on its Manager D-Bus objects indicating
4926 whether the system's lid is currently closed, and whether the system
4927 is on AC power.
4928
4929 * systemd gained support for a generic boot counting logic, which
4930 generically permits automatic reverting to older boot loader entries
4931 if newer updated ones don't work. The boot loader side is implemented
4932 in sd-boot, but is kept open for other boot loaders too. For details
4933 see:
4934
4935 https://systemd.io/AUTOMATIC_BOOT_ASSESSMENT
4936
4937 * The SuccessAction=/FailureAction= unit file settings now learnt two
4938 new parameters: "exit" and "exit-force", which result in immediate
4939 exiting of the service manager, and are only useful in systemd --user
4940 and container environments.
4941
4942 * Unit files gained support for a pair of options
4943 FailureActionExitStatus=/SuccessActionExitStatus= for configuring the
4944 exit status to use as service manager exit status when
4945 SuccessAction=/FailureAction= is set to exit or exit-force.
4946
4947 * A pair of LogRateLimitIntervalSec=/LogRateLimitBurst= per-service
4948 options may now be used to configure the log rate limiting applied by
4949 journald per-service.
4950
4951 * systemd-analyze gained a new verb "timespan" for parsing and
4952 normalizing time span values (i.e. strings like "5min 7s 8us").
4953
4954 * systemd-analyze also gained a new verb "security" for analyzing the
4955 security and sand-boxing settings of services in order to determine an
4956 "exposure level" for them, indicating whether a service would benefit
4957 from more sand-boxing options turned on for them.
4958
4959 * "systemd-analyze syscall-filter" will now also show system calls
4960 supported by the local kernel but not included in any of the defined
4961 groups.
4962
4963 * .nspawn files now understand the Ephemeral= setting, matching the
4964 --ephemeral command line switch.
4965
4966 * sd-event gained the new APIs sd_event_source_get_floating() and
4967 sd_event_source_set_floating() for controlling whether a specific
4968 event source is "floating", i.e. destroyed along with the even loop
4969 object itself.
4970
4971 * Unit objects on D-Bus gained a new "Refs" property that lists all
4972 clients that currently have a reference on the unit (to ensure it is
4973 not unloaded).
4974
4975 * The JoinControllers= option in system.conf is no longer supported, as
4976 it didn't work correctly, is hard to support properly, is legacy (as
4977 the concept only exists on cgroup v1) and apparently wasn't used.
4978
4979 * Journal messages that are generated whenever a unit enters the failed
4980 state are now tagged with a unique MESSAGE_ID. Similarly, messages
4981 generated whenever a service process exits are now made recognizable,
4982 too. A tagged message is also emitted whenever a unit enters the
4983 "dead" state on success.
4984
4985 * systemd-run gained a new switch --working-directory= for configuring
4986 the working directory of the service to start. A shortcut -d is
4987 equivalent, setting the working directory of the service to the
4988 current working directory of the invoking program. The new --shell
4989 (or just -S) option has been added for invoking the $SHELL of the
4990 caller as a service, and implies --pty --same-dir --wait --collect
4991 --service-type=exec. Or in other words, "systemd-run -S" is now the
4992 quickest way to quickly get an interactive in a fully clean and
4993 well-defined system service context.
4994
4995 * machinectl gained a new verb "import-fs" for importing an OS tree
4996 from a directory. Moreover, when a directory or tarball is imported
4997 and single top-level directory found with the OS itself below the OS
4998 tree is automatically mangled and moved one level up.
4999
5000 * systemd-importd will no longer set up an implicit btrfs loop-back
5001 file system on /var/lib/machines. If one is already set up, it will
5002 continue to be used.
5003
5004 * A new generator "systemd-run-generator" has been added. It will
5005 synthesize a unit from one or more program command lines included in
5006 the kernel command line. This is very useful in container managers
5007 for example:
5008
5009 # systemd-nspawn -i someimage.raw -b systemd.run='"some command line"'
5010
5011 This will run "systemd-nspawn" on an image, invoke the specified
5012 command line and immediately shut down the container again, returning
5013 the command line's exit code.
5014
5015 * The block device locking logic is now documented:
5016
5017 https://systemd.io/BLOCK_DEVICE_LOCKING
5018
5019 * loginctl and machinectl now optionally output the various tables in
5020 JSON using the --output= switch. It is our intention to add similar
5021 support to systemctl and all other commands.
5022
5023 * udevadm's query and trigger verb now optionally take a .device unit
5024 name as argument.
5025
5026 * systemd-udevd's network naming logic now understands a new
5027 net.naming-scheme= kernel command line switch, which may be used to
5028 pick a specific version of the naming scheme. This helps stabilizing
5029 interface names even as systemd/udev are updated and the naming logic
5030 is improved.
5031
5032 * sd-id128.h learnt two new auxiliary helpers: sd_id128_is_allf() and
5033 SD_ID128_ALLF to test if a 128bit ID is set to all 0xFF bytes, and to
5034 initialize one to all 0xFF.
5035
5036 * After loading the SELinux policy systemd will now recursively relabel
5037 all files and directories listed in
5038 /run/systemd/relabel-extra.d/*.relabel (which should be simple
5039 newline separated lists of paths) in addition to the ones it already
5040 implicitly relabels in /run, /dev and /sys. After the relabelling is
5041 completed the *.relabel files (and /run/systemd/relabel-extra.d/) are
5042 removed. This is useful to permit initrds (i.e. code running before
5043 the SELinux policy is in effect) to generate files in the host
5044 filesystem safely and ensure that the correct label is applied during
5045 the transition to the host OS.
5046
5047 * KERNEL API BREAKAGE: Linux kernel 4.18 changed behaviour regarding
5048 mknod() handling in user namespaces. Previously mknod() would always
5049 fail with EPERM in user namespaces. Since 4.18 mknod() will succeed
5050 but device nodes generated that way cannot be opened, and attempts to
5051 open them result in EPERM. This breaks the "graceful fallback" logic
5052 in systemd's PrivateDevices= sand-boxing option. This option is
5053 implemented defensively, so that when systemd detects it runs in a
5054 restricted environment (such as a user namespace, or an environment
5055 where mknod() is blocked through seccomp or absence of CAP_SYS_MKNOD)
5056 where device nodes cannot be created the effect of PrivateDevices= is
5057 bypassed (following the logic that 2nd-level sand-boxing is not
5058 essential if the system systemd runs in is itself already sand-boxed
5059 as a whole). This logic breaks with 4.18 in container managers where
5060 user namespacing is used: suddenly PrivateDevices= succeeds setting
5061 up a private /dev/ file system containing devices nodes — but when
5062 these are opened they don't work.
5063
5064 At this point it is recommended that container managers utilizing
5065 user namespaces that intend to run systemd in the payload explicitly
5066 block mknod() with seccomp or similar, so that the graceful fallback
5067 logic works again.
5068
5069 We are very sorry for the breakage and the requirement to change
5070 container configurations for newer kernels. It's purely caused by an
5071 incompatible kernel change. The relevant kernel developers have been
5072 notified about this userspace breakage quickly, but they chose to
5073 ignore it.
5074
5075 * PermissionsStartOnly= setting is deprecated (but is still supported
5076 for backwards compatibility). The same functionality is provided by
5077 the more flexible "+", "!", and "!!" prefixes to ExecStart= and other
5078 commands.
5079
5080 * $DBUS_SESSION_BUS_ADDRESS environment variable is not set by
5081 pam_systemd anymore.
5082
5083 * The naming scheme for network devices was changed to always rename
5084 devices, even if they were already renamed by userspace. The "kernel"
5085 policy was changed to only apply as a fallback, if no other naming
5086 policy took effect.
5087
5088 * The requirements to build systemd is bumped to meson-0.46 and
5089 python-3.5.
5090
5091 Contributions from: afg, Alan Jenkins, Aleksei Timofeyev, Alexander
5092 Filippov, Alexander Kurtz, Alexey Bogdanenko, Andreas Henriksson,
5093 Andrew Jorgensen, Anita Zhang, apnix-uk, Arkan49, Arseny Maslennikov,
5094 asavah, Asbjørn Apeland, aszlig, Bastien Nocera, Ben Boeckel, Benedikt
5095 Morbach, Benjamin Berg, Bruce Zhang, Carlo Caione, Cedric Viou, Chen
5096 Qi, Chris Chiu, Chris Down, Chris Morin, Christian Rebischke, Claudius
5097 Ellsel, Colin Guthrie, dana, Daniel, Daniele Medri, Daniel Kahn
5098 Gillmor, Daniel Rusek, Daniel van Vugt, Dariusz Gadomski, Dave Reisner,
5099 David Anderson, Davide Cavalca, David Leeds, David Malcolm, David
5100 Strauss, David Tardon, Dimitri John Ledkov, Dmitry Torokhov, dj-kaktus,
5101 Dongsu Park, Elias Probst, Emil Soleyman, Erik Kooistra, Ervin Peters,
5102 Evgeni Golov, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Fabrice Fontaine, Faheel Ahmad,
5103 Faizal Luthfi, Felix Yan, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck Bui, Frank
5104 Schaefer, Frantisek Sumsal, Gautier Husson, Gianluca Boiano, Giuseppe
5105 Scrivano, glitsj16, Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Harry Mallon, Harshit
5106 Jain, Helmut Grohne, Henry Tung, Hui Yiqun, imayoda, Insun Pyo, Iwan
5107 Timmer, Jan Janssen, Jan Pokorný, Jan Synacek, Jason A. Donenfeld,
5108 javitoom, Jérémy Nouhaud, Jeremy Su, Jiuyang Liu, João Paulo Rechi
5109 Vita, Joe Hershberger, Joe Rayhawk, Joerg Behrmann, Joerg Steffens,
5110 Jonas Dorel, Jon Ringle, Josh Soref, Julian Andres Klode, Jun Bo Bi,
5111 Jürg Billeter, Keith Busch, Khem Raj, Kirill Marinushkin, Larry
5112 Bernstone, Lennart Poettering, Lion Yang, Li Song, Lorenz
5113 Hübschle-Schneider, Lubomir Rintel, Lucas Werkmeister, Ludwin Janvier,
5114 Lukáš Nykrýn, Luke Shumaker, mal, Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marcin
5115 Skarbek, Marco Trevisan (Treviño), Marian Cepok, Mario Hros, Marko
5116 Myllynen, Markus Grimm, Martin Pitt, Martin Sobotka, Martin Wilck,
5117 Mathieu Trudel-Lapierre, Matthew Leeds, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich,
5118 Michael 'pbone' Pobega, Michael Scherer, Michal Koutný, Michal
5119 Sekletar, Michal Soltys, Mike Gilbert, Mike Palmer, Muhammet Kara, Neal
5120 Gompa, Neil Brown, Network Silence, Niklas Tibbling, Nikolas Nyby,
5121 Nogisaka Sadata, Oliver Smith, Patrik Flykt, Pavel Hrdina, Paweł
5122 Szewczyk, Peter Hutterer, Piotr Drąg, Ray Strode, Reinhold Mueller,
5123 Renaud Métrich, Roman Gushchin, Ronny Chevalier, Rubén Suárez Alvarez,
5124 Ruixin Bao, RussianNeuroMancer, Ryutaroh Matsumoto, Saleem Rashid, Sam
5125 Morris, Samuel Morris, Sandy Carter, scootergrisen, Sébastien Bacher,
5126 Sergey Ptashnick, Shawn Landden, Shengyao Xue, Shih-Yuan Lee
5127 (FourDollars), Silvio Knizek, Sjoerd Simons, Stasiek Michalski, Stephen
5128 Gallagher, Steven Allen, Steve Ramage, Susant Sahani, Sven Joachim,
5129 Sylvain Plantefève, Tanu Kaskinen, Tejun Heo, Thiago Macieira, Thomas
5130 Blume, Thomas Haller, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tim Ruffing, TJ, Tobias
5131 Jungel, Todd Walton, Tommi Rantala, Tomsod M, Tony Novak, Tore
5132 Anderson, Trevonn, Victor Laskurain, Victor Tapia, Violet Halo, Vojtech
5133 Trefny, welaq, William A. Kennington III, William Douglas, Wyatt Ward,
5134 Xiang Fan, Xi Ruoyao, Xuanwo, Yann E. Morin, YmrDtnJu, Yu Watanabe,
5135 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zhang Xianwei, Zsolt Dollenstein
5136
5137 — Warsaw, 2018-12-21
5138
5139 CHANGES WITH 239:
5140
5141 * NETWORK INTERFACE DEVICE NAMING CHANGES: systemd-udevd's "net_id"
5142 builtin will name network interfaces differently than in previous
5143 versions for virtual network interfaces created with SR-IOV and NPAR
5144 and for devices where the PCI network controller device does not have
5145 a slot number associated.
5146
5147 SR-IOV virtual devices are now named based on the name of the parent
5148 interface, with a suffix of "v<N>", where <N> is the virtual device
5149 number. Previously those virtual devices were named as if completely
5150 independent.
5151
5152 The ninth and later NPAR virtual devices will be named following the
5153 scheme used for the first eight NPAR partitions. Previously those
5154 devices were not renamed and the kernel default (eth<n>) was used.
5155
5156 "net_id" will also generate names for PCI devices where the PCI
5157 network controller device does not have an associated slot number
5158 itself, but one of its parents does. Previously those devices were
5159 not renamed and the kernel default (eth<n>) was used.
5160
5161 * AF_INET and AF_INET6 are dropped from RestrictAddressFamilies= in
5162 systemd-logind.service. Since v235, IPAddressDeny=any has been set to
5163 the unit. So, it is expected that the default behavior of
5164 systemd-logind is not changed. However, if distribution packagers or
5165 administrators disabled or modified IPAddressDeny= setting by a
5166 drop-in config file, then it may be necessary to update the file to
5167 re-enable AF_INET and AF_INET6 to support network user name services,
5168 e.g. NIS.
5169
5170 * When the RestrictNamespaces= unit property is specified multiple
5171 times, then the specified types are merged now. Previously, only the
5172 last assignment was used. So, if distribution packagers or
5173 administrators modified the setting by a drop-in config file, then it
5174 may be necessary to update the file.
5175
5176 * When OnFailure= is used in combination with Restart= on a service
5177 unit, then the specified units will no longer be triggered on
5178 failures that result in restarting. Previously, the specified units
5179 would be activated each time the unit failed, even when the unit was
5180 going to be restarted automatically. This behaviour contradicted the
5181 documentation. With this release the code is adjusted to match the
5182 documentation.
5183
5184 * systemd-tmpfiles will now print a notice whenever it encounters
5185 tmpfiles.d/ lines referencing the /var/run/ directory. It will
5186 recommend reworking them to use the /run/ directory instead (for
5187 which /var/run/ is simply a symlinked compatibility alias). This way
5188 systemd-tmpfiles can properly detect line conflicts and merge lines
5189 referencing the same file by two paths, without having to access
5190 them.
5191
5192 * systemctl disable/unmask/preset/preset-all cannot be used with
5193 --runtime. Previously this was allowed, but resulted in unintuitive
5194 behaviour that wasn't useful. systemctl disable/unmask will now undo
5195 both runtime and persistent enablement/masking, i.e. it will remove
5196 any relevant symlinks both in /run and /etc.
5197
5198 * Note that all long-running system services shipped with systemd will
5199 now default to a system call allow list (rather than a deny list, as
5200 before). In particular, systemd-udevd will now enforce one too. For
5201 most cases this should be safe, however downstream distributions
5202 which disabled sandboxing of systemd-udevd (specifically the
5203 MountFlags= setting), might want to disable this security feature
5204 too, as the default allow-listing will prohibit all mount, swap,
5205 reboot and clock changing operations from udev rules.
5206
5207 * sd-boot acquired new loader configuration settings to optionally turn
5208 off Windows and MacOS boot partition discovery as well as
5209 reboot-into-firmware menu items. It is also able to pick a better
5210 screen resolution for HiDPI systems, and now provides loader
5211 configuration settings to change the resolution explicitly.
5212
5213 * systemd-resolved now supports DNS-over-TLS. It's still
5214 turned off by default, use DNSOverTLS=opportunistic to turn it on in
5215 resolved.conf. We intend to make this the default as soon as couple
5216 of additional techniques for optimizing the initial latency caused by
5217 establishing a TLS/TCP connection are implemented.
5218
5219 * systemd-resolved.service and systemd-networkd.service now set
5220 DynamicUser=yes. The users systemd-resolve and systemd-network are
5221 not created by systemd-sysusers anymore.
5222
5223 NOTE: This has a chance of breaking nss-ldap and similar NSS modules
5224 that embed a network facing module into any process using getpwuid()
5225 or related call: the dynamic allocation of the user ID for
5226 systemd-resolved.service means the service manager has to check NSS
5227 if the user name is already taken when forking off the service. Since
5228 the user in the common case won't be defined in /etc/passwd the
5229 lookup is likely to trigger nss-ldap which in turn might use NSS to
5230 ask systemd-resolved for hostname lookups. This will hence result in
5231 a deadlock: a user name lookup in order to start
5232 systemd-resolved.service will result in a hostname lookup for which
5233 systemd-resolved.service needs to be started already. There are
5234 multiple ways to work around this problem: pre-allocate the
5235 "systemd-resolve" user on such systems, so that nss-ldap won't be
5236 triggered; or use a different NSS package that doesn't do networking
5237 in-process but provides a local asynchronous name cache; or configure
5238 the NSS package to avoid lookups for UIDs in the range `pkg-config
5239 systemd --variable=dynamicuidmin` … `pkg-config systemd
5240 --variable=dynamicuidmax`, so that it does not consider itself
5241 authoritative for the same UID range systemd allocates dynamic users
5242 from.
5243
5244 * The systemd-resolve tool has been renamed to resolvectl (it also
5245 remains available under the old name, for compatibility), and its
5246 interface is now verb-based, similar in style to the other <xyz>ctl
5247 tools, such as systemctl or loginctl.
5248
5249 * The resolvectl/systemd-resolve tool also provides 'resolvconf'
5250 compatibility. It may be symlinked under the 'resolvconf' name, in
5251 which case it will take arguments and input compatible with the
5252 Debian and FreeBSD resolvconf tool.
5253
5254 * Support for suspend-then-hibernate has been added, i.e. a sleep mode
5255 where the system initially suspends, and after a timeout resumes and
5256 hibernates again.
5257
5258 * networkd's ClientIdentifier= now accepts a new option "duid-only". If
5259 set the client will only send a DUID as client identifier.
5260
5261 * The nss-systemd glibc NSS module will now enumerate dynamic users and
5262 groups in effect. Previously, it could resolve UIDs/GIDs to user
5263 names/groups and vice versa, but did not support enumeration.
5264
5265 * journald's Compress= configuration setting now optionally accepts a
5266 byte threshold value. All journal objects larger than this threshold
5267 will be compressed, smaller ones will not. Previously this threshold
5268 was not configurable and set to 512.
5269
5270 * A new system.conf setting NoNewPrivileges= is now available which may
5271 be used to turn off acquisition of new privileges system-wide
5272 (i.e. set Linux' PR_SET_NO_NEW_PRIVS for PID 1 itself, and thus also
5273 for all its children). Note that turning this option on means setuid
5274 binaries and file system capabilities lose their special powers.
5275 While turning on this option is a big step towards a more secure
5276 system, doing so is likely to break numerous pre-existing UNIX tools,
5277 in particular su and sudo.
5278
5279 * A new service systemd-time-sync-wait.service has been added. If
5280 enabled it will delay the time-sync.target unit at boot until time
5281 synchronization has been received from the network. This
5282 functionality is useful on systems lacking a local RTC or where it is
5283 acceptable that the boot process shall be delayed by external network
5284 services.
5285
5286 * When hibernating, systemd will now inform the kernel of the image
5287 write offset, on kernels new enough to support this. This means swap
5288 files should work for hibernation now.
5289
5290 * When loading unit files, systemd will now look for drop-in unit files
5291 extensions in additional places. Previously, for a unit file name
5292 "foo-bar-baz.service" it would look for dropin files in
5293 "foo-bar-baz.service.d/*.conf". Now, it will also look in
5294 "foo-bar-.service.d/*.conf" and "foo-.service.d/", i.e. at the
5295 service name truncated after all inner dashes. This scheme allows
5296 writing drop-ins easily that apply to a whole set of unit files at
5297 once. It's particularly useful for mount and slice units (as their
5298 naming is prefix based), but is also useful for service and other
5299 units, for packages that install multiple unit files at once,
5300 following a strict naming regime of beginning the unit file name with
5301 the package's name. Two new specifiers are now supported in unit
5302 files to match this: %j and %J are replaced by the part of the unit
5303 name following the last dash.
5304
5305 * Unit files and other configuration files that support specifier
5306 expansion now understand another three new specifiers: %T and %V will
5307 resolve to /tmp and /var/tmp respectively, or whatever temporary
5308 directory has been set for the calling user. %E will expand to either
5309 /etc (for system units) or $XDG_CONFIG_HOME (for user units).
5310
5311 * The ExecStart= lines of unit files are no longer required to
5312 reference absolute paths. If non-absolute paths are specified the
5313 specified binary name is searched within the service manager's
5314 built-in $PATH, which may be queried with 'systemd-path
5315 search-binaries-default'. It's generally recommended to continue to
5316 use absolute paths for all binaries specified in unit files.
5317
5318 * Units gained a new load state "bad-setting", which is used when a
5319 unit file was loaded, but contained fatal errors which prevent it
5320 from being started (for example, a service unit has been defined
5321 lacking both ExecStart= and ExecStop= lines).
5322
5323 * coredumpctl's "gdb" verb has been renamed to "debug", in order to
5324 support alternative debuggers, for example lldb. The old name
5325 continues to be available however, for compatibility reasons. Use the
5326 new --debugger= switch or the $SYSTEMD_DEBUGGER environment variable
5327 to pick an alternative debugger instead of the default gdb.
5328
5329 * systemctl and the other tools will now output escape sequences that
5330 generate proper clickable hyperlinks in various terminal emulators
5331 where useful (for example, in the "systemctl status" output you can
5332 now click on the unit file name to quickly open it in the
5333 editor/viewer of your choice). Note that not all terminal emulators
5334 support this functionality yet, but many do. Unfortunately, the
5335 "less" pager doesn't support this yet, hence this functionality is
5336 currently automatically turned off when a pager is started (which
5337 happens quite often due to auto-paging). We hope to remove this
5338 limitation as soon as "less" learns these escape sequences. This new
5339 behaviour may also be turned off explicitly with the $SYSTEMD_URLIFY
5340 environment variable. For details on these escape sequences see:
5341 https://gist.github.com/egmontkob/eb114294efbcd5adb1944c9f3cb5feda
5342
5343 * networkd's .network files now support a new IPv6MTUBytes= option for
5344 setting the MTU used by IPv6 explicitly as well as a new MTUBytes=
5345 option in the [Route] section to configure the MTU to use for
5346 specific routes. It also gained support for configuration of the DHCP
5347 "UserClass" option through the new UserClass= setting. It gained
5348 three new options in the new [CAN] section for configuring CAN
5349 networks. The MULTICAST and ALLMULTI interface flags may now be
5350 controlled explicitly with the new Multicast= and AllMulticast=
5351 settings.
5352
5353 * networkd will now automatically make use of the kernel's route
5354 expiration feature, if it is available.
5355
5356 * udevd's .link files now support setting the number of receive and
5357 transmit channels, using the RxChannels=, TxChannels=,
5358 OtherChannels=, CombinedChannels= settings.
5359
5360 * Support for UDPSegmentationOffload= has been removed, given its
5361 limited support in hardware, and waning software support.
5362
5363 * networkd's .netdev files now support creating "netdevsim" interfaces.
5364
5365 * PID 1 learnt a new bus call GetUnitByControlGroup() which may be used
5366 to query the unit belonging to a specific kernel control group.
5367
5368 * systemd-analyze gained a new verb "cat-config", which may be used to
5369 dump the contents of any configuration file, with all its matching
5370 drop-in files added in, and honouring the usual search and masking
5371 logic applied to systemd configuration files. For example use
5372 "systemd-analyze cat-config systemd/system.conf" to get the complete
5373 system configuration file of systemd how it would be loaded by PID 1
5374 itself. Similar to this, various tools such as systemd-tmpfiles or
5375 systemd-sysusers, gained a new option "--cat-config", which does the
5376 corresponding operation for their own configuration settings. For
5377 example, "systemd-tmpfiles --cat-config" will now output the full
5378 list of tmpfiles.d/ lines in place.
5379
5380 * timedatectl gained three new verbs: "show" shows bus properties of
5381 systemd-timedated, "timesync-status" shows the current NTP
5382 synchronization state of systemd-timesyncd, and "show-timesync"
5383 shows bus properties of systemd-timesyncd.
5384
5385 * systemd-timesyncd gained a bus interface on which it exposes details
5386 about its state.
5387
5388 * A new environment variable $SYSTEMD_TIMEDATED_NTP_SERVICES is now
5389 understood by systemd-timedated. It takes a colon-separated list of
5390 unit names of NTP client services. The list is used by
5391 "timedatectl set-ntp".
5392
5393 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --rlimit= switch for setting initial
5394 resource limits for the container payload. There's a new switch
5395 --hostname= to explicitly override the container's hostname. A new
5396 --no-new-privileges= switch may be used to control the
5397 PR_SET_NO_NEW_PRIVS flag for the container payload. A new
5398 --oom-score-adjust= switch controls the OOM scoring adjustment value
5399 for the payload. The new --cpu-affinity= switch controls the CPU
5400 affinity of the container payload. The new --resolv-conf= switch
5401 allows more detailed control of /etc/resolv.conf handling of the
5402 container. Similarly, the new --timezone= switch allows more detailed
5403 control of /etc/localtime handling of the container.
5404
5405 * systemd-detect-virt gained a new --list switch, which will print a
5406 list of all currently known VM and container environments.
5407
5408 * Support for "Portable Services" has been added, see
5409 doc/PORTABLE_SERVICES.md for details. Currently, the support is still
5410 experimental, but this is expected to change soon. Reflecting this
5411 experimental state, the "portablectl" binary is not installed into
5412 /usr/bin yet. The binary has to be called with the full path
5413 /usr/lib/systemd/portablectl instead.
5414
5415 * journalctl's and systemctl's -o switch now knows a new log output
5416 mode "with-unit". The output it generates is very similar to the
5417 regular "short" mode, but displays the unit name instead of the
5418 syslog tag for each log line. Also, the date is shown with timezone
5419 information. This mode is probably more useful than the classic
5420 "short" output mode for most purposes, except where pixel-perfect
5421 compatibility with classic /var/log/messages formatting is required.
5422
5423 * A new --dump-bus-properties switch has been added to the systemd
5424 binary, which may be used to dump all supported D-Bus properties.
5425 (Options which are still supported, but are deprecated, are *not*
5426 shown.)
5427
5428 * sd-bus gained a set of new calls:
5429 sd_bus_slot_set_floating()/sd_bus_slot_get_floating() may be used to
5430 enable/disable the "floating" state of a bus slot object,
5431 i.e. whether the slot object pins the bus it is allocated for into
5432 memory or if the bus slot object gets disconnected when the bus goes
5433 away. sd_bus_open_with_description(),
5434 sd_bus_open_user_with_description(),
5435 sd_bus_open_system_with_description() may be used to allocate bus
5436 objects and set their description string already during allocation.
5437
5438 * sd-event gained support for watching inotify events from the event
5439 loop, in an efficient way, sharing inotify handles between multiple
5440 users. For this a new function sd_event_add_inotify() has been added.
5441
5442 * sd-event and sd-bus gained support for calling special user-supplied
5443 destructor functions for userdata pointers associated with
5444 sd_event_source, sd_bus_slot, and sd_bus_track objects. For this new
5445 functions sd_bus_slot_set_destroy_callback,
5446 sd_bus_slot_get_destroy_callback, sd_bus_track_set_destroy_callback,
5447 sd_bus_track_get_destroy_callback,
5448 sd_event_source_set_destroy_callback,
5449 sd_event_source_get_destroy_callback have been added.
5450
5451 * The "net.ipv4.tcp_ecn" sysctl will now be turned on by default.
5452
5453 * PID 1 will now automatically reschedule .timer units whenever the
5454 local timezone changes. (They previously got rescheduled
5455 automatically when the system clock changed.)
5456
5457 * New documentation has been added to document cgroups delegation,
5458 portable services and the various code quality tools we have set up:
5459
5460 https://github.com/systemd/systemd/blob/master/docs/CGROUP_DELEGATION.md
5461 https://github.com/systemd/systemd/blob/master/docs/PORTABLE_SERVICES.md
5462 https://github.com/systemd/systemd/blob/master/docs/CODE_QUALITY.md
5463
5464 * The Boot Loader Specification has been added to the source tree.
5465
5466 https://github.com/systemd/systemd/blob/master/docs/BOOT_LOADER_SPECIFICATION.md
5467
5468 While moving it into our source tree we have updated it and further
5469 changes are now accepted through the usual github PR workflow.
5470
5471 * pam_systemd will now look for PAM userdata fields systemd.memory_max,
5472 systemd.tasks_max, systemd.cpu_weight, systemd.io_weight set by
5473 earlier PAM modules. The data in these fields is used to initialize
5474 the session scope's resource properties. Thus external PAM modules
5475 may now configure per-session limits, for example sourced from
5476 external user databases.
5477
5478 * socket units with Accept=yes will now maintain a "refused" counter in
5479 addition to the existing "accepted" counter, counting connections
5480 refused due to the enforced limits.
5481
5482 * The "systemd-path search-binaries-default" command may now be use to
5483 query the default, built-in $PATH PID 1 will pass to the services it
5484 manages.
5485
5486 * A new unit file setting PrivateMounts= has been added. It's a boolean
5487 option. If enabled the unit's processes are invoked in their own file
5488 system namespace. Note that this behaviour is also implied if any
5489 other file system namespacing options (such as PrivateTmp=,
5490 PrivateDevices=, ProtectSystem=, …) are used. This option is hence
5491 primarily useful for services that do not use any of the other file
5492 system namespacing options. One such service is systemd-udevd.service
5493 where this is now used by default.
5494
5495 * ConditionSecurity= gained a new value "uefi-secureboot" that is true
5496 when the system is booted in UEFI "secure mode".
5497
5498 * A new unit "system-update-pre.target" is added, which defines an
5499 optional synchronization point for offline system updates, as
5500 implemented by the pre-existing "system-update.target" unit. It
5501 allows ordering services before the service that executes the actual
5502 update process in a generic way.
5503
5504 * Systemd now emits warnings whenever .include syntax is used.
5505
5506 Contributions from: Adam Duskett, Alan Jenkins, Alessandro Casale,
5507 Alexander Kurtz, Alex Gartrell, Anssi Hannula, Arnaud Rebillout, Brian
5508 J. Murrell, Bruno Vernay, Chris Lamb, Chris Lesiak, Christian Brauner,
5509 Christian Hesse, Christian Rebischke, Colin Guthrie, Daniel Dao, Daniel
5510 Lin, Danylo Korostil, Davide Cavalca, David Tardon, Dimitri John
5511 Ledkov, Dmitriy Geels, Douglas Christman, Elia Geretto, emelenas, Emil
5512 Velikov, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Felipe Sateler, Feng Sun, Filipe
5513 Brandenburger, Franck Bui, futpib, Giuseppe Scrivano, Guillem Jover,
5514 guixxx, Hannes Reinecke, Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Henrique Dante de
5515 Almeida, Hiram van Paassen, Ian Miell, Igor Gnatenko, Ivan Shapovalov,
5516 Iwan Timmer, James Cowgill, Jan Janssen, Jan Synacek, Jared Kazimir,
5517 Jérémy Rosen, João Paulo Rechi Vita, Joost Heitbrink, Jui-Chi Ricky
5518 Liang, Jürg Billeter, Kai-Heng Feng, Karol Augustin, Kay Sievers,
5519 Krzysztof Nowicki, Lauri Tirkkonen, Lennart Poettering, Leonard König,
5520 Long Li, Luca Boccassi, Lucas Werkmeister, Marcel Hoppe, Marc
5521 Kleine-Budde, Mario Limonciello, Martin Jansa, Martin Wilck, Mathieu
5522 Malaterre, Matteo F. Vescovi, Matthew McGinn, Matthias-Christian Ott,
5523 Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michael Prokop, Michal Koutný, Michal
5524 Sekletar, Mike Gilbert, Mikhail Kasimov, Milan Broz, Milan Pässler,
5525 Mladen Pejaković, Muhammet Kara, Nicolas Boichat, Omer Katz, Paride
5526 Legovini, Paul Menzel, Paul Milliken, Pavel Hrdina, Peter A. Bigot,
5527 Peter D'Hoye, Peter Hutterer, Peter Jones, Philip Sequeira, Philip
5528 Withnall, Piotr Drąg, Radostin Stoyanov, Ricardo Salveti de Araujo,
5529 Ronny Chevalier, Rosen Penev, Rubén Suárez Alvarez, Ryan Gonzalez,
5530 Salvo Tomaselli, Sebastian Reichel, Sergey Ptashnick, Sergio Lindo
5531 Mansilla, Stefan Schweter, Stephen Hemminger, Stuart Hayes, Susant
5532 Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tobias Jungel,
5533 Tomasz Torcz, Vito Caputo, Will Dietz, Will Thompson, Wim van Mourik,
5534 Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5535
5536 — Berlin, 2018-06-22
5537
5538 CHANGES WITH 238:
5539
5540 * The MemoryAccounting= unit property now defaults to on. After
5541 discussions with the upstream control group maintainers we learnt
5542 that the negative impact of cgroup memory accounting on current
5543 kernels is finally relatively minimal, so that it should be safe to
5544 enable this by default without affecting system performance. Besides
5545 memory accounting only task accounting is turned on by default, all
5546 other forms of resource accounting (CPU, IO, IP) remain off for now,
5547 because it's not clear yet that their impact is small enough to move
5548 from opt-in to opt-out. We recommend downstreams to leave memory
5549 accounting on by default if kernel 4.14 or higher is primarily
5550 used. On very resource constrained systems or when support for old
5551 kernels is a necessity, -Dmemory-accounting-default=false can be used
5552 to revert this change.
5553
5554 * rpm scriptlets to update the udev hwdb and rules (%udev_hwdb_update,
5555 %udev_rules_update) and the journal catalog (%journal_catalog_update)
5556 from the upgrade scriptlets of individual packages now do nothing.
5557 Transfiletriggers have been added which will perform those updates
5558 once at the end of the transaction.
5559
5560 Similar transfiletriggers have been added to execute any sysctl.d
5561 and binfmt.d rules. Thus, it should be unnecessary to provide any
5562 scriptlets to execute this configuration from package installation
5563 scripts.
5564
5565 * systemd-sysusers gained a mode where the configuration to execute is
5566 specified on the command line, but this configuration is not executed
5567 directly, but instead it is merged with the configuration on disk,
5568 and the result is executed. This is useful for package installation
5569 scripts which want to create the user before installing any files on
5570 disk (in case some of those files are owned by that user), while
5571 still allowing local admin overrides.
5572
5573 This functionality is exposed to rpm scriptlets through a new
5574 %sysusers_create_package macro. Old %sysusers_create and
5575 %sysusers_create_inline macros are deprecated.
5576
5577 A transfiletrigger for sysusers.d configuration is now installed,
5578 which means that it should be unnecessary to call systemd-sysusers from
5579 package installation scripts, unless the package installs any files
5580 owned by those newly-created users, in which case
5581 %sysusers_create_package should be used.
5582
5583 * Analogous change has been done for systemd-tmpfiles: it gained a mode
5584 where the command-line configuration is merged with the configuration
5585 on disk. This is exposed as the new %tmpfiles_create_package macro,
5586 and %tmpfiles_create is deprecated. A transfiletrigger is installed
5587 for tmpfiles.d, hence it should be unnecessary to call systemd-tmpfiles
5588 from package installation scripts.
5589
5590 * sysusers.d configuration for a user may now also specify the group
5591 number, in addition to the user number ("u username 123:456"), or
5592 without the user number ("u username -:456").
5593
5594 * Configution items for systemd-sysusers can now be specified as
5595 positional arguments when the new --inline switch is used.
5596
5597 * The login shell of users created through sysusers.d may now be
5598 specified (previously, it was always /bin/sh for root and
5599 /sbin/nologin for other users).
5600
5601 * systemd-analyze gained a new --global switch to look at global user
5602 configuration. It also gained a unit-paths verb to list the unit load
5603 paths that are compiled into systemd (which can be used with
5604 --systemd, --user, or --global).
5605
5606 * udevadm trigger gained a new --settle/-w option to wait for any
5607 triggered events to finish (but just those, and not any other events
5608 which are triggered meanwhile).
5609
5610 * The action that systemd-logind takes when the lid is closed and the
5611 machine is connected to external power can now be configured using
5612 HandleLidSwitchExternalPower= in logind.conf. Previously, this action
5613 was determined by HandleLidSwitch=, and, for backwards compatibility,
5614 is still is, if HandleLidSwitchExternalPower= is not explicitly set.
5615
5616 * journalctl will periodically call sd_journal_process() to make it
5617 resilient against inotify queue overruns when journal files are
5618 rotated very quickly.
5619
5620 * Two new functions in libsystemd — sd_bus_get_n_queued_read and
5621 sd_bus_get_n_queued_write — may be used to check the number of
5622 pending bus messages.
5623
5624 * systemd gained a new
5625 org.freedesktop.systemd1.Manager.AttachProcessesToUnit dbus call
5626 which can be used to migrate foreign processes to scope and service
5627 units. The primary user for this new API is systemd itself: the
5628 systemd --user instance uses this call of the systemd --system
5629 instance to migrate processes if it itself gets the request to
5630 migrate processes and the kernel refuses this due to access
5631 restrictions. Thanks to this "systemd-run --scope --user …" works
5632 again in pure cgroup v2 environments when invoked from the user
5633 session scope.
5634
5635 * A new TemporaryFileSystem= setting can be used to mask out part of
5636 the real file system tree with tmpfs mounts. This may be combined
5637 with BindPaths= and BindReadOnlyPaths= to hide files or directories
5638 not relevant to the unit, while still allowing some paths lower in
5639 the tree to be accessed.
5640
5641 ProtectHome=tmpfs may now be used to hide user home and runtime
5642 directories from units, in a way that is mostly equivalent to
5643 "TemporaryFileSystem=/home /run/user /root".
5644
5645 * Non-service units are now started with KeyringMode=shared by default.
5646 This means that mount and swapon and other mount tools have access
5647 to keys in the main keyring.
5648
5649 * /sys/fs/bpf is now mounted automatically.
5650
5651 * QNX virtualization is now detected by systemd-detect-virt and may
5652 be used in ConditionVirtualization=.
5653
5654 * IPAccounting= may now be enabled also for slice units.
5655
5656 * A new -Dsplit-bin= build configuration switch may be used to specify
5657 whether bin and sbin directories are merged, or if they should be
5658 included separately in $PATH and various listings of executable
5659 directories. The build configuration scripts will try to autodetect
5660 the proper values of -Dsplit-usr= and -Dsplit-bin= based on build
5661 system, but distributions are encouraged to configure this
5662 explicitly.
5663
5664 * A new -Dok-color= build configuration switch may be used to change
5665 the colour of "OK" status messages.
5666
5667 * UPGRADE ISSUE: serialization of units using JoinsNamespaceOf= with
5668 PrivateNetwork=yes was buggy in previous versions of systemd. This
5669 means that after the upgrade and daemon-reexec, any such units must
5670 be restarted.
5671
5672 * INCOMPATIBILITY: as announced in the NEWS for 237, systemd-tmpfiles
5673 will not exclude read-only files owned by root from cleanup.
5674
5675 Contributions from: Alan Jenkins, Alexander F Rødseth, Alexis Jeandet,
5676 Andika Triwidada, Andrei Gherzan, Ansgar Burchardt, antizealot1337,
5677 Batuhan Osman Taşkaya, Beniamino Galvani, Bill Yodlowsky, Caio Marcelo
5678 de Oliveira Filho, CuBiC, Daniele Medri, Daniel Mouritzen, Daniel
5679 Rusek, Davide Cavalca, Dimitri John Ledkov, Douglas Christman, Evgeny
5680 Vereshchagin, Faalagorn, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck Bui, futpib,
5681 Giacomo Longo, Gunnar Hjalmarsson, Hans de Goede, Hermann Gausterer,
5682 Iago López Galeiras, Jakub Filak, Jan Synacek, Jason A. Donenfeld,
5683 Javier Martinez Canillas, Jérémy Rosen, Lennart Poettering, Lucas
5684 Werkmeister, Mao Huang, Marco Gulino, Michael Biebl, Michael Vogt,
5685 MilhouseVH, Neal Gompa (ニール・ゴンパ), Oleander Reis, Olof Mogren,
5686 Patrick Uiterwijk, Peter Hutterer, Peter Portante, Piotr Drąg, Robert
5687 Antoni Buj Gelonch, Sergey Ptashnick, Shawn Landden, Shuang Liu, Simon
5688 Fowler, SjonHortensius, snorreflorre, Susant Sahani, Sylvain
5689 Plantefève, Thomas Blume, Thomas Haller, Vito Caputo, Yu Watanabe,
5690 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Марко М. Костић (Marko M. Kostić)
5691
5692 — Warsaw, 2018-03-05
5693
5694 CHANGES WITH 237:
5695
5696 * Some keyboards come with a zoom see-saw or rocker which until now got
5697 mapped to the Linux "zoomin/out" keys in hwdb. However, these
5698 keycodes are not recognized by any major desktop. They now produce
5699 Up/Down key events so that they can be used for scrolling.
5700
5701 * INCOMPATIBILITY: systemd-tmpfiles' "f" lines changed behaviour
5702 slightly: previously, if an argument was specified for lines of this
5703 type (i.e. the right-most column was set) this string was appended to
5704 existing files each time systemd-tmpfiles was run. This behaviour was
5705 different from what the documentation said, and not particularly
5706 useful, as repeated systemd-tmpfiles invocations would not be
5707 idempotent and grow such files without bounds. With this release
5708 behaviour has been altered to match what the documentation says:
5709 lines of this type only have an effect if the indicated files don't
5710 exist yet, and only then the argument string is written to the file.
5711
5712 * FUTURE INCOMPATIBILITY: In systemd v238 we intend to slightly change
5713 systemd-tmpfiles behaviour: previously, read-only files owned by root
5714 were always excluded from the file "aging" algorithm (i.e. the
5715 automatic clean-up of directories like /tmp based on
5716 atime/mtime/ctime). We intend to drop this restriction, and age files
5717 by default even when owned by root and read-only. This behaviour was
5718 inherited from older tools, but there have been requests to remove
5719 it, and it's not obvious why this restriction was made in the first
5720 place. Please speak up now, if you are aware of software that requires
5721 this behaviour, otherwise we'll remove the restriction in v238.
5722
5723 * A new environment variable $SYSTEMD_OFFLINE is now understood by
5724 systemctl. It takes a boolean argument. If on, systemctl assumes it
5725 operates on an "offline" OS tree, and will not attempt to talk to the
5726 service manager. Previously, this mode was implicitly enabled if a
5727 chroot() environment was detected, and this new environment variable
5728 now provides explicit control.
5729
5730 * .path and .socket units may now be created transiently, too.
5731 Previously only service, mount, automount and timer units were
5732 supported as transient units. The systemd-run tool has been updated
5733 to expose this new functionality, you may hence use it now to bind
5734 arbitrary commands to path or socket activation on-the-fly from the
5735 command line. Moreover, almost all properties are now exposed for the
5736 unit types that already supported transient operation.
5737
5738 * The systemd-mount command gained support for a new --owner= parameter
5739 which takes a user name, which is then resolved and included in uid=
5740 and gid= mount options string of the file system to mount.
5741
5742 * A new unit condition ConditionControlGroupController= has been added
5743 that checks whether a specific cgroup controller is available.
5744
5745 * Unit files, udev's .link files, and systemd-networkd's .netdev and
5746 .network files all gained support for a new condition
5747 ConditionKernelVersion= for checking against specific kernel
5748 versions.
5749
5750 * In systemd-networkd, the [IPVLAN] section in .netdev files gained
5751 support for configuring device flags in the Flags= setting. In the
5752 same files, the [Tunnel] section gained support for configuring
5753 AllowLocalRemote=. The [Route] section in .network files gained
5754 support for configuring InitialCongestionWindow=,
5755 InitialAdvertisedReceiveWindow= and QuickAck=. The [DHCP] section now
5756 understands RapidCommit=.
5757
5758 * systemd-networkd's DHCPv6 support gained support for Prefix
5759 Delegation.
5760
5761 * sd-bus gained support for a new "watch-bind" feature. When this
5762 feature is enabled, an sd_bus connection may be set up to connect to
5763 an AF_UNIX socket in the file system as soon as it is created. This
5764 functionality is useful for writing early-boot services that
5765 automatically connect to the system bus as soon as it is started,
5766 without ugly time-based polling. systemd-networkd and
5767 systemd-resolved have been updated to make use of this
5768 functionality. busctl exposes this functionality in a new
5769 --watch-bind= command line switch.
5770
5771 * sd-bus will now optionally synthesize a local "Connected" signal as
5772 soon as a D-Bus connection is set up fully. This message mirrors the
5773 already existing "Disconnected" signal which is synthesized when the
5774 connection is terminated. This signal is generally useful but
5775 particularly handy in combination with the "watch-bind" feature
5776 described above. Synthesizing of this message has to be requested
5777 explicitly through the new API call sd_bus_set_connected_signal(). In
5778 addition a new call sd_bus_is_ready() has been added that checks
5779 whether a connection is fully set up (i.e. between the "Connected" and
5780 "Disconnected" signals).
5781
5782 * sd-bus gained two new calls sd_bus_request_name_async() and
5783 sd_bus_release_name_async() for asynchronously registering bus
5784 names. Similar, there is now sd_bus_add_match_async() for installing
5785 a signal match asynchronously. All of systemd's own services have
5786 been updated to make use of these calls. Doing these operations
5787 asynchronously has two benefits: it reduces the risk of deadlocks in
5788 case of cyclic dependencies between bus services, and it speeds up
5789 service initialization since synchronization points for bus
5790 round-trips are removed.
5791
5792 * sd-bus gained two new calls sd_bus_match_signal() and
5793 sd_bus_match_signal_async(), which are similar to sd_bus_add_match()
5794 and sd_bus_add_match_async() but instead of taking a D-Bus match
5795 string take match fields as normal function parameters.
5796
5797 * sd-bus gained two new calls sd_bus_set_sender() and
5798 sd_bus_message_set_sender() for setting the sender name of outgoing
5799 messages (either for all outgoing messages or for just one specific
5800 one). These calls are only useful in direct connections as on
5801 brokered connections the broker fills in the sender anyway,
5802 overwriting whatever the client filled in.
5803
5804 * sd-event gained a new pseudo-handle that may be specified on all API
5805 calls where an "sd_event*" object is expected: SD_EVENT_DEFAULT. When
5806 used this refers to the default event loop object of the calling
5807 thread. Note however that this does not implicitly allocate one —
5808 which has to be done prior by using sd_event_default(). Similarly
5809 sd-bus gained three new pseudo-handles SD_BUS_DEFAULT,
5810 SD_BUS_DEFAULT_USER, SD_BUS_DEFAULT_SYSTEM that may be used to refer
5811 to the default bus of the specified type of the calling thread. Here
5812 too this does not implicitly allocate bus connection objects, this
5813 has to be done prior with sd_bus_default() and friends.
5814
5815 * sd-event gained a new call pair
5816 sd_event_source_{get|set}_io_fd_own(). This may be used to request
5817 automatic closure of the file descriptor an IO event source watches
5818 when the event source is destroyed.
5819
5820 * systemd-networkd gained support for natively configuring WireGuard
5821 connections.
5822
5823 * In previous versions systemd synthesized user records both for the
5824 "nobody" (UID 65534) and "root" (UID 0) users in nss-systemd and
5825 internally. In order to simplify distribution-wide renames of the
5826 "nobody" user (like it is planned in Fedora: nfsnobody → nobody), a
5827 new transitional flag file has been added: if
5828 /etc/systemd/dont-synthesize-nobody exists synthesizing of the 65534
5829 user and group record within the systemd codebase is disabled.
5830
5831 * systemd-notify gained a new --uid= option for selecting the source
5832 user/UID to use for notification messages sent to the service
5833 manager.
5834
5835 * journalctl gained a new --grep= option to list only entries in which
5836 the message matches a certain pattern. By default matching is case
5837 insensitive if the pattern is lowercase, and case sensitive
5838 otherwise. Option --case-sensitive=yes|no can be used to override
5839 this an specify case sensitivity or case insensitivity.
5840
5841 * There's now a "systemd-analyze service-watchdogs" command for printing
5842 the current state of the service runtime watchdog, and optionally
5843 enabling or disabling the per-service watchdogs system-wide if given a
5844 boolean argument (i.e. the concept you configure in WatchdogSec=), for
5845 debugging purposes. There's also a kernel command line option
5846 systemd.service_watchdogs= for controlling the same.
5847
5848 * Two new "log-level" and "log-target" options for systemd-analyze were
5849 added that merge the now deprecated get-log-level, set-log-level and
5850 get-log-target, set-log-target pairs. The deprecated options are still
5851 understood for backwards compatibility. The two new options print the
5852 current value when no arguments are given, and set them when a
5853 level/target is given as an argument.
5854
5855 * sysusers.d's "u" lines now optionally accept both a UID and a GID
5856 specification, separated by a ":" character, in order to create users
5857 where UID and GID do not match.
5858
5859 Contributions from: Adam Duskett, Alan Jenkins, Alexander Kuleshov,
5860 Alexis Deruelle, Andrew Jeddeloh, Armin Widegreen, Batuhan Osman
5861 Taşkaya, Björn Esser, bleep_blop, Bruce A. Johnson, Chris Down, Clinton
5862 Roy, Colin Walters, Daniel Rusek, Dimitri John Ledkov, Dmitry Rozhkov,
5863 Evgeny Vereshchagin, Ewout van Mansom, Felipe Sateler, Franck Bui,
5864 Frantisek Sumsal, George Gaydarov, Gianluca Boiano, Hans-Christian
5865 Noren Egtvedt, Hans de Goede, Henrik Grindal Bakken, Jan Alexander
5866 Steffens, Jan Klötzke, Jason A. Donenfeld, jdkbx, Jérémy Rosen,
5867 Jerónimo Borque, John Lin, John Paul Herold, Jonathan Rudenberg, Jörg
5868 Thalheim, Ken (Bitsko) MacLeod, Larry Bernstone, Lennart Poettering,
5869 Lucas Werkmeister, Maciej S. Szmigiero, Marek Čermák, Martin Pitt,
5870 Mathieu Malaterre, Matthew Thode, Matthias-Christian Ott, Max Harmathy,
5871 Michael Biebl, Michael Vogt, Michal Koutný, Michal Sekletar, Michał
5872 Szczepański, Mike Gilbert, Nathaniel McCallum, Nicolas Chauvet, Olaf
5873 Hering, Olivier Schwander, Patrik Flykt, Paul Cercueil, Peter Hutterer,
5874 Piotr Drąg, Raphael Vogelgsang, Reverend Homer, Robert Kolchmeyer,
5875 Samuel Dionne-Riel, Sergey Ptashnick, Shawn Landden, Susant Sahani,
5876 Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Thomas Huth, Tomasz
5877 Bachorski, Vladislav Vishnyakov, Wieland Hoffmann, Yu Watanabe, Zachary
5878 Winnerman, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Дамјан Георгиевски, Дилян
5879 Палаузов
5880
5881 — Brno, 2018-01-28
5882
5883 CHANGES WITH 236:
5884
5885 * The modprobe.d/ drop-in for the bonding.ko kernel module introduced
5886 in v235 has been extended to also set the dummy.ko module option
5887 numdummies=0, preventing the kernel from automatically creating
5888 dummy0. All dummy interfaces must now be explicitly created.
5889
5890 * Unknown '%' specifiers in configuration files are now rejected. This
5891 applies to units and tmpfiles.d configuration. Any percent characters
5892 that are followed by a letter or digit that are not supposed to be
5893 interpreted as the beginning of a specifier should be escaped by
5894 doubling ("%%"). (So "size=5%" is still accepted, as well as
5895 "size=5%,foo=bar", but not "LABEL=x%y%z" since %y and %z are not
5896 valid specifiers today.)
5897
5898 * systemd-resolved now maintains a new dynamic
5899 /run/systemd/resolve/stub-resolv.conf compatibility file. It is
5900 recommended to make /etc/resolv.conf a symlink to it. This file
5901 points at the systemd-resolved stub DNS 127.0.0.53 resolver and
5902 includes dynamically acquired search domains, achieving more correct
5903 DNS resolution by software that bypasses local DNS APIs such as NSS.
5904
5905 * The "uaccess" udev tag has been dropped from /dev/kvm and
5906 /dev/dri/renderD*. These devices now have the 0666 permissions by
5907 default (but this may be changed at build-time). /dev/dri/renderD*
5908 will now be owned by the "render" group along with /dev/kfd.
5909
5910 * "DynamicUser=yes" has been enabled for systemd-timesyncd.service,
5911 systemd-journal-gatewayd.service and
5912 systemd-journal-upload.service. This means "nss-systemd" must be
5913 enabled in /etc/nsswitch.conf to ensure the UIDs assigned to these
5914 services are resolved properly.
5915
5916 * In /etc/fstab two new mount options are now understood:
5917 x-systemd.makefs and x-systemd.growfs. The former has the effect that
5918 the configured file system is formatted before it is mounted, the
5919 latter that the file system is resized to the full block device size
5920 after it is mounted (i.e. if the file system is smaller than the
5921 partition it resides on, it's grown). This is similar to the fsck
5922 logic in /etc/fstab, and pulls in systemd-makefs@.service and
5923 systemd-growfs@.service as necessary, similar to
5924 systemd-fsck@.service. Resizing is currently only supported on ext4
5925 and btrfs.
5926
5927 * In systemd-networkd, the IPv6 RA logic now optionally may announce
5928 DNS server and domain information.
5929
5930 * Support for the LUKS2 on-disk format for encrypted partitions has
5931 been added. This requires libcryptsetup2 during compilation and
5932 runtime.
5933
5934 * The systemd --user instance will now signal "readiness" when its
5935 basic.target unit has been reached, instead of when the run queue ran
5936 empty for the first time.
5937
5938 * Tmpfiles.d with user configuration are now also supported.
5939 systemd-tmpfiles gained a new --user switch, and snippets placed in
5940 ~/.config/user-tmpfiles.d/ and corresponding directories will be
5941 executed by systemd-tmpfiles --user running in the new
5942 systemd-tmpfiles-setup.service and systemd-tmpfiles-clean.service
5943 running in the user session.
5944
5945 * Unit files and tmpfiles.d snippets learnt three new % specifiers:
5946 %S resolves to the top-level state directory (/var/lib for the system
5947 instance, $XDG_CONFIG_HOME for the user instance), %C resolves to the
5948 top-level cache directory (/var/cache for the system instance,
5949 $XDG_CACHE_HOME for the user instance), %L resolves to the top-level
5950 logs directory (/var/log for the system instance,
5951 $XDG_CONFIG_HOME/log/ for the user instance). This matches the
5952 existing %t specifier, that resolves to the top-level runtime
5953 directory (/run for the system instance, and $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR for the
5954 user instance).
5955
5956 * journalctl learnt a new parameter --output-fields= for limiting the
5957 set of journal fields to output in verbose and JSON output modes.
5958
5959 * systemd-timesyncd's configuration file gained a new option
5960 RootDistanceMaxSec= for setting the maximum root distance of servers
5961 it'll use, as well as the new options PollIntervalMinSec= and
5962 PollIntervalMaxSec= to tweak the minimum and maximum poll interval.
5963
5964 * bootctl gained a new command "list" for listing all available boot
5965 menu items on systems that follow the boot loader specification.
5966
5967 * systemctl gained a new --dry-run switch that shows what would be done
5968 instead of doing it, and is currently supported by the shutdown and
5969 sleep verbs.
5970
5971 * ConditionSecurity= can now detect the TOMOYO security module.
5972
5973 * Unit file [Install] sections are now also respected in unit drop-in
5974 files. This is intended to be used by drop-ins under /usr/lib/.
5975
5976 * systemd-firstboot may now also set the initial keyboard mapping.
5977
5978 * Udev "changed" events for devices which are exposed as systemd
5979 .device units are now propagated to units specified in
5980 ReloadPropagatedFrom= as reload requests.
5981
5982 * If a udev device has a SYSTEMD_WANTS= property containing a systemd
5983 unit template name (i.e. a name in the form of 'foobar@.service',
5984 without the instance component between the '@' and - the '.'), then
5985 the escaped sysfs path of the device is automatically used as the
5986 instance.
5987
5988 * SystemCallFilter= in unit files has been extended so that an "errno"
5989 can be specified individually for each system call. Example:
5990 SystemCallFilter=~uname:EILSEQ.
5991
5992 * The cgroup delegation logic has been substantially updated. Delegate=
5993 now optionally takes a list of controllers (instead of a boolean, as
5994 before), which lists the controllers to delegate at least.
5995
5996 * The networkd DHCPv6 client now implements the FQDN option (RFC 4704).
5997
5998 * A new LogLevelMax= setting configures the maximum log level any
5999 process of the service may log at (i.e. anything with a lesser
6000 priority than what is specified is automatically dropped). A new
6001 LogExtraFields= setting allows configuration of additional journal
6002 fields to attach to all log records generated by any of the unit's
6003 processes.
6004
6005 * New StandardInputData= and StandardInputText= settings along with the
6006 new option StandardInput=data may be used to configure textual or
6007 binary data that shall be passed to the executed service process via
6008 standard input, encoded in-line in the unit file.
6009
6010 * StandardInput=, StandardOutput= and StandardError= may now be used to
6011 connect stdin/stdout/stderr of executed processes directly with a
6012 file or AF_UNIX socket in the file system, using the new "file:" option.
6013
6014 * A new unit file option CollectMode= has been added, that allows
6015 tweaking the garbage collection logic for units. It may be used to
6016 tell systemd to garbage collect units that have failed automatically
6017 (normally it only GCs units that exited successfully). systemd-run
6018 and systemd-mount expose this new functionality with a new -G option.
6019
6020 * "machinectl bind" may now be used to bind mount non-directories
6021 (i.e. regularfiles, devices, fifos, sockets).
6022
6023 * systemd-analyze gained a new verb "calendar" for validating and
6024 testing calendar time specifications to use for OnCalendar= in timer
6025 units. Besides validating the expression it will calculate the next
6026 time the specified expression would elapse.
6027
6028 * In addition to the pre-existing FailureAction= unit file setting
6029 there's now SuccessAction=, for configuring a shutdown action to
6030 execute when a unit completes successfully. This is useful in
6031 particular inside containers that shall terminate after some workload
6032 has been completed. Also, both options are now supported for all unit
6033 types, not just services.
6034
6035 * networkds's IP rule support gained two new options
6036 IncomingInterface= and OutgoingInterface= for configuring the incoming
6037 and outgoing interfaces of configured rules. systemd-networkd also
6038 gained support for "vxcan" network devices.
6039
6040 * networkd gained a new setting RequiredForOnline=, taking a
6041 boolean. If set, systemd-wait-online will take it into consideration
6042 when determining that the system is up, otherwise it will ignore the
6043 interface for this purpose.
6044
6045 * The sd_notify() protocol gained support for a new operation: with
6046 FDSTOREREMOVE=1 file descriptors may be removed from the per-service
6047 store again, ahead of POLLHUP or POLLERR when they are removed
6048 anyway.
6049
6050 * A new document doc/UIDS-GIDS.md has been added to the source tree,
6051 that documents the UID/GID range and assignment assumptions and
6052 requirements of systemd.
6053
6054 * The watchdog device PID 1 will ping may now be configured through the
6055 WatchdogDevice= configuration file setting, or by setting the
6056 systemd.watchdog_service= kernel commandline option.
6057
6058 * systemd-resolved's gained support for registering DNS-SD services on
6059 the local network using MulticastDNS. Services may either be
6060 registered by dropping in a .dnssd file in /etc/systemd/dnssd/ (or
6061 the same dir below /run, /usr/lib), or through its D-Bus API.
6062
6063 * The sd_notify() protocol can now with EXTEND_TIMEOUT_USEC=microsecond
6064 extend the effective start, runtime, and stop time. The service must
6065 continue to send EXTEND_TIMEOUT_USEC within the period specified to
6066 prevent the service manager from making the service as timedout.
6067
6068 * systemd-resolved's DNSSEC support gained support for RFC 8080
6069 (Ed25519 keys and signatures).
6070
6071 * The systemd-resolve command line tool gained a new set of options
6072 --set-dns=, --set-domain=, --set-llmnr=, --set-mdns=, --set-dnssec=,
6073 --set-nta= and --revert to configure per-interface DNS configuration
6074 dynamically during runtime. It's useful for pushing DNS information
6075 into systemd-resolved from DNS hook scripts that various interface
6076 managing software supports (such as pppd).
6077
6078 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --network-namespace-path= command line
6079 option, which may be used to make a container join an existing
6080 network namespace, by specifying a path to a "netns" file.
6081
6082 Contributions from: Alan Jenkins, Alan Robertson, Alessandro Ghedini,
6083 Andrew Jeddeloh, Antonio Rojas, Ari, asavah, bleep_blop, Carsten
6084 Strotmann, Christian Brauner, Christian Hesse, Clinton Roy, Collin
6085 Eggert, Cong Wang, Daniel Black, Daniel Lockyer, Daniel Rusek, Dimitri
6086 John Ledkov, Dmitry Rozhkov, Dongsu Park, Edward A. James, Evgeny
6087 Vereshchagin, Florian Klink, Franck Bui, Gwendal Grignou, Hans de
6088 Goede, Harald Hoyer, Hristo Venev, Iago López Galeiras, Ikey Doherty,
6089 Jakub Wilk, Jérémy Rosen, Jiahui Xie, John Lin, José Bollo, Josef
6090 Andersson, juga0, Krzysztof Nowicki, Kyle Walker, Lars Karlitski, Lars
6091 Kellogg-Stedman, Lauri Tirkkonen, Lennart Poettering, Lubomir Rintel,
6092 Luca Bruno, Lucas Werkmeister, Lukáš Nykrýn, Lukáš Říha, Lukasz
6093 Rubaszewski, Maciej S. Szmigiero, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcus Folkesson,
6094 Martin Steuer, Mathieu Trudel-Lapierre, Matija Skala,
6095 Matthias-Christian Ott, Max Resch, Michael Biebl, Michael Vogt, Michal
6096 Koutný, Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert, Muhammet Kara, Neil Brown, Olaf
6097 Hering, Ondrej Kozina, Patrik Flykt, Patryk Kocielnik, Peter Hutterer,
6098 Piotr Drąg, Razvan Cojocaru, Robin McCorkell, Roland Hieber, Saran
6099 Tunyasuvunakool, Sergey Ptashnick, Shawn Landden, Shuang Liu, Simon
6100 Arlott, Simon Peeters, Stanislav Angelovič, Stefan Agner, Susant
6101 Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas Blume, Thomas Haller, Tiago Salem
6102 Herrmann, Tinu Weber, Tom Stellard, Topi Miettinen, Torsten Hilbrich,
6103 Vito Caputo, Vladislav Vishnyakov, WaLyong Cho, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew
6104 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zeal Jagannatha
6105
6106 — Berlin, 2017-12-14
6107
6108 CHANGES WITH 235:
6109
6110 * INCOMPATIBILITY: systemd-logind.service and other long-running
6111 services now run inside an IPv4/IPv6 sandbox, prohibiting them any IP
6112 communication with the outside. This generally improves security of
6113 the system, and is in almost all cases a safe and good choice, as
6114 these services do not and should not provide any network-facing
6115 functionality. However, systemd-logind uses the glibc NSS API to
6116 query the user database. This creates problems on systems where NSS
6117 is set up to directly consult network services for user database
6118 lookups. In particular, this creates incompatibilities with the
6119 "nss-nis" module, which attempts to directly contact the NIS/YP
6120 network servers it is configured for, and will now consistently
6121 fail. In such cases, it is possible to turn off IP sandboxing for
6122 systemd-logind.service (set IPAddressDeny= in its [Service] section
6123 to the empty string, via a .d/ unit file drop-in). Downstream
6124 distributions might want to update their nss-nis packaging to include
6125 such a drop-in snippet, accordingly, to hide this incompatibility
6126 from the user. Another option is to make use of glibc's nscd service
6127 to proxy such network requests through a privilege-separated, minimal
6128 local caching daemon, or to switch to more modern technologies such
6129 sssd, whose NSS hook-ups generally do not involve direct network
6130 access. In general, we think it's definitely time to question the
6131 implementation choices of nss-nis, i.e. whether it's a good idea
6132 today to embed a network-facing loadable module into all local
6133 processes that need to query the user database, including the most
6134 trivial and benign ones, such as "ls". For more details about
6135 IPAddressDeny= see below.
6136
6137 * A new modprobe.d drop-in is now shipped by default that sets the
6138 bonding module option max_bonds=0. This overrides the kernel default,
6139 to avoid conflicts and ambiguity as to whether or not bond0 should be
6140 managed by systemd-networkd or not. This resolves multiple issues
6141 with bond0 properties not being applied, when bond0 is configured
6142 with systemd-networkd. Distributors may choose to not package this,
6143 however in that case users will be prevented from correctly managing
6144 bond0 interface using systemd-networkd.
6145
6146 * systemd-analyze gained new verbs "get-log-level" and "get-log-target"
6147 which print the logging level and target of the system manager. They
6148 complement the existing "set-log-level" and "set-log-target" verbs
6149 used to change those values.
6150
6151 * journald.conf gained a new boolean setting ReadKMsg= which defaults
6152 to on. If turned off kernel log messages will not be read by
6153 systemd-journald or included in the logs. It also gained a new
6154 setting LineMax= for configuring the maximum line length in
6155 STDOUT/STDERR log streams. The new default for this value is 48K, up
6156 from the previous hardcoded 2048.
6157
6158 * A new unit setting RuntimeDirectoryPreserve= has been added, which
6159 allows more detailed control of what to do with a runtime directory
6160 configured with RuntimeDirectory= (i.e. a directory below /run or
6161 $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR) after a unit is stopped.
6162
6163 * The RuntimeDirectory= setting for units gained support for creating
6164 deeper subdirectories below /run or $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR, instead of just
6165 one top-level directory.
6166
6167 * Units gained new options StateDirectory=, CacheDirectory=,
6168 LogsDirectory= and ConfigurationDirectory= which are closely related
6169 to RuntimeDirectory= but manage per-service directories below
6170 /var/lib, /var/cache, /var/log and /etc. By making use of them it is
6171 possible to write unit files which when activated automatically gain
6172 properly owned service specific directories in these locations, thus
6173 making unit files self-contained and increasing compatibility with
6174 stateless systems and factory reset where /etc or /var are
6175 unpopulated at boot. Matching these new settings there's also
6176 StateDirectoryMode=, CacheDirectoryMode=, LogsDirectoryMode=,
6177 ConfigurationDirectoryMode= for configuring the access mode of these
6178 directories. These settings are particularly useful in combination
6179 with DynamicUser=yes as they provide secure, properly-owned,
6180 writable, and stateful locations for storage, excluded from the
6181 sandbox that such services live in otherwise.
6182
6183 * Automake support has been removed from this release. systemd is now
6184 Meson-only.
6185
6186 * systemd-journald will now aggressively cache client metadata during
6187 runtime, speeding up log write performance under pressure. This comes
6188 at a small price though: as much of the metadata is read
6189 asynchronously from /proc/ (and isn't implicitly attached to log
6190 datagrams by the kernel, like UID/GID/PID/SELinux are) this means the
6191 metadata stored alongside a log entry might be slightly
6192 out-of-date. Previously it could only be slightly newer than the log
6193 message. The time window is small however, and given that the kernel
6194 is unlikely to be improved anytime soon in this regard, this appears
6195 acceptable to us.
6196
6197 * nss-myhostname/systemd-resolved will now by default synthesize an
6198 A/AAAA resource record for the "_gateway" hostname, pointing to the
6199 current default IP gateway. Previously it did that for the "gateway"
6200 name, hampering adoption, as some distributions wanted to leave that
6201 hostname open for local use. The old behaviour may still be
6202 requested at build time.
6203
6204 * systemd-networkd's [Address] section in .network files gained a new
6205 Scope= setting for configuring the IP address scope. The [Network]
6206 section gained a new boolean setting ConfigureWithoutCarrier= that
6207 tells systemd-networkd to ignore link sensing when configuring the
6208 device. The [DHCP] section gained a new Anonymize= boolean option for
6209 turning on a number of options suggested in RFC 7844. A new
6210 [RoutingPolicyRule] section has been added for configuring the IP
6211 routing policy. The [Route] section has gained support for a new
6212 Type= setting which permits configuring
6213 blackhole/unreachable/prohibit routes.
6214
6215 * The [VRF] section in .netdev files gained a new Table= setting for
6216 configuring the routing table to use. The [Tunnel] section gained a
6217 new Independent= boolean field for configuring tunnels independent of
6218 an underlying network interface. The [Bridge] section gained a new
6219 GroupForwardMask= option for configuration of propagation of link
6220 local frames between bridge ports.
6221
6222 * The WakeOnLan= setting in .link files gained support for a number of
6223 new modes. A new TCP6SegmentationOffload= setting has been added for
6224 configuring TCP/IPv6 hardware segmentation offload.
6225
6226 * The IPv6 RA sender implementation may now optionally send out RDNSS
6227 and RDNSSL records to supply DNS configuration to peers.
6228
6229 * systemd-nspawn gained support for a new --system-call-filter= command
6230 line option for adding and removing entries in the default system
6231 call filter it applies. Moreover systemd-nspawn has been changed to
6232 implement a system call allow list instead of a deny list.
6233
6234 * systemd-run gained support for a new --pipe command line option. If
6235 used the STDIN/STDOUT/STDERR file descriptors passed to systemd-run
6236 are directly passed on to the activated transient service
6237 executable. This allows invoking arbitrary processes as systemd
6238 services (for example to take benefit of dependency management,
6239 accounting management, resource management or log management that is
6240 done automatically for services) — while still allowing them to be
6241 integrated in a classic UNIX shell pipeline.
6242
6243 * When a service sends RELOAD=1 via sd_notify() and reload propagation
6244 using ReloadPropagationTo= is configured, a reload is now propagated
6245 to configured units. (Previously this was only done on explicitly
6246 requested reloads, using "systemctl reload" or an equivalent
6247 command.)
6248
6249 * For each service unit a restart counter is now kept: it is increased
6250 each time the service is restarted due to Restart=, and may be
6251 queried using "systemctl show -p NRestarts …".
6252
6253 * New system call filter groups @aio, @sync, @chown, @setuid, @memlock,
6254 @signal and @timer have been added, for usage with SystemCallFilter=
6255 in unit files and the new --system-call-filter= command line option
6256 of systemd-nspawn (see above).
6257
6258 * ExecStart= lines in unit files gained two new modifiers: when a
6259 command line is prefixed with "!" the command will be executed as
6260 configured, except for the credentials applied by
6261 setuid()/setgid()/setgroups(). It is very similar to the pre-existing
6262 "+", but does still apply namespacing options unlike "+". There's
6263 also "!!" now, which is mostly identical, but becomes a NOP on
6264 systems that support ambient capabilities. This is useful to write
6265 unit files that work with ambient capabilities where possible but
6266 automatically fall back to traditional privilege dropping mechanisms
6267 on systems where this is not supported.
6268
6269 * ListenNetlink= settings in socket units now support RDMA netlink
6270 sockets.
6271
6272 * A new unit file setting LockPersonality= has been added which permits
6273 locking down the chosen execution domain ("personality") of a service
6274 during runtime.
6275
6276 * A new special target "getty-pre.target" has been added, which is
6277 ordered before all text logins, and may be used to order services
6278 before textual logins acquire access to the console.
6279
6280 * systemd will now attempt to load the virtio-rng.ko kernel module very
6281 early on if a VM environment supporting this is detected. This should
6282 improve entropy during early boot in virtualized environments.
6283
6284 * A _netdev option is now supported in /etc/crypttab that operates in a
6285 similar way as the same option in /etc/fstab: it permits configuring
6286 encrypted devices that need to be ordered after the network is up.
6287 Following this logic, two new special targets
6288 remote-cryptsetup-pre.target and remote-cryptsetup.target have been
6289 added that are to cryptsetup.target what remote-fs.target and
6290 remote-fs-pre.target are to local-fs.target.
6291
6292 * Service units gained a new UnsetEnvironment= setting which permits
6293 unsetting specific environment variables for services that are
6294 normally passed to it (for example in order to mask out locale
6295 settings for specific services that can't deal with it).
6296
6297 * Units acquired a new boolean option IPAccounting=. When turned on, IP
6298 traffic accounting (packet count as well as byte count) is done for
6299 the service, and shown as part of "systemctl status" or "systemd-run
6300 --wait".
6301
6302 * Service units acquired two new options IPAddressAllow= and
6303 IPAddressDeny=, taking a list of IPv4 or IPv6 addresses and masks,
6304 for configuring a simple IP access control list for all sockets of
6305 the unit. These options are available also on .slice and .socket
6306 units, permitting flexible access list configuration for individual
6307 services as well as groups of services (as defined by a slice unit),
6308 including system-wide. Note that IP ACLs configured this way are
6309 enforced on every single IPv4 and IPv6 socket created by any process
6310 of the service unit, and apply to ingress as well as egress traffic.
6311
6312 * If CPUAccounting= or IPAccounting= is turned on for a unit a new
6313 structured log message is generated each time the unit is stopped,
6314 containing information about the consumed resources of this
6315 invocation.
6316
6317 * A new setting KeyringMode= has been added to unit files, which may be
6318 used to control how the kernel keyring is set up for executed
6319 processes.
6320
6321 * "systemctl poweroff", "systemctl reboot", "systemctl halt",
6322 "systemctl kexec" and "systemctl exit" are now always asynchronous in
6323 behaviour (that is: these commands return immediately after the
6324 operation was enqueued instead of waiting for the operation to
6325 complete). Previously, "systemctl poweroff" and "systemctl reboot"
6326 were asynchronous on systems using systemd-logind (i.e. almost
6327 always, and like they were on sysvinit), and the other three commands
6328 were unconditionally synchronous. With this release this is cleaned
6329 up, and callers will see the same asynchronous behaviour on all
6330 systems for all five operations.
6331
6332 * systemd-logind gained new Halt() and CanHalt() bus calls for halting
6333 the system.
6334
6335 * .timer units now accept calendar specifications in other timezones
6336 than UTC or the local timezone.
6337
6338 * The tmpfiles snippet var.conf has been changed to create
6339 /var/log/btmp with access mode 0660 instead of 0600. It was owned by
6340 the "utmp" group already, and it appears to be generally understood
6341 that members of "utmp" can modify/flush the utmp/wtmp/lastlog/btmp
6342 databases. Previously this was implemented correctly for all these
6343 databases excepts btmp, which has been opened up like this now
6344 too. Note that while the other databases are world-readable
6345 (i.e. 0644), btmp is not and remains more restrictive.
6346
6347 * The systemd-resolve tool gained a new --reset-server-features
6348 switch. When invoked like this systemd-resolved will forget
6349 everything it learnt about the features supported by the configured
6350 upstream DNS servers, and restarts the feature probing logic on the
6351 next resolver look-up for them at the highest feature level
6352 again.
6353
6354 * The status dump systemd-resolved sends to the logs upon receiving
6355 SIGUSR1 now also includes information about all DNS servers it is
6356 configured to use, and the features levels it probed for them.
6357
6358 Contributions from: Abdó Roig-Maranges, Alan Jenkins, Alexander
6359 Kuleshov, Andreas Rammhold, Andrew Jeddeloh, Andrew Soutar, Ansgar
6360 Burchardt, Beniamino Galvani, Benjamin Berg, Benjamin Robin, Charles
6361 Huber, Christian Hesse, Daniel Berrange, Daniel Kahn Gillmor, Daniel
6362 Mack, Daniel Rusek, Daniel Șerbănescu, Davide Cavalca, Dimitri John
6363 Ledkov, Diogo Pereira, Djalal Harouni, Dmitriy Geels, Dmitry Torokhov,
6364 ettavolt, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Fabio Kung, Felipe Sateler, Franck Bui,
6365 Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Insun Pyo, Ivan Kurnosov, Ivan Shapovalov,
6366 Jakub Wilk, Jan Synacek, Jason Gunthorpe, Jeremy Bicha, Jérémy Rosen,
6367 John Lin, jonasBoss, Jonathan Lebon, Jonathan Teh, Jon Ringle, Jörg
6368 Thalheim, Jouke Witteveen, juga0, Justin Capella, Justin Michaud,
6369 Kai-Heng Feng, Lennart Poettering, Lion Yang, Luca Bruno, Lucas
6370 Werkmeister, Lukáš Nykrýn, Marcel Hollerbach, Marcus Lundblad, Martin
6371 Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Grzeschik, Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert,
6372 Neil Brown, Nicolas Iooss, Patrik Flykt, pEJipE, Piotr Drąg, Russell
6373 Stuart, S. Fan, Shengyao Xue, Stefan Pietsch, Susant Sahani, Tejun Heo,
6374 Thomas Miller, Thomas Sailer, Tobias Hunger, Tomasz Pala, Tom
6375 Gundersen, Tommi Rantala, Topi Miettinen, Torstein Husebø, userwithuid,
6376 Vasilis Liaskovitis, Vito Caputo, WaLyong Cho, William Douglas, Xiang
6377 Fan, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6378
6379 — Berlin, 2017-10-06
6380
6381 CHANGES WITH 234:
6382
6383 * Meson is now supported as build system in addition to Automake. It is
6384 our plan to remove Automake in one of our next releases, so that
6385 Meson becomes our exclusive build system. Hence, please start using
6386 the Meson build system in your downstream packaging. There's plenty
6387 of documentation around how to use Meson, the extremely brief
6388 summary:
6389
6390 ./autogen.sh && ./configure && make && sudo make install
6391
6392 becomes:
6393
6394 meson build && ninja -C build && sudo ninja -C build install
6395
6396 * Unit files gained support for a new JobRunningTimeoutUSec= setting,
6397 which permits configuring a timeout on the time a job is
6398 running. This is particularly useful for setting timeouts on jobs for
6399 .device units.
6400
6401 * Unit files gained two new options ConditionUser= and ConditionGroup=
6402 for conditionalizing units based on the identity of the user/group
6403 running a systemd user instance.
6404
6405 * systemd-networkd now understands a new FlowLabel= setting in the
6406 [VXLAN] section of .network files, as well as a Priority= in
6407 [Bridge], GVRP= + MVRP= + LooseBinding= + ReorderHeader= in [VLAN]
6408 and GatewayOnlink= + IPv6Preference= + Protocol= in [Route]. It also
6409 gained support for configuration of GENEVE links, and IPv6 address
6410 labels. The [Network] section gained the new IPv6ProxyNDP= setting.
6411
6412 * .link files now understand a new Port= setting.
6413
6414 * systemd-networkd's DHCP support gained support for DHCP option 119
6415 (domain search list).
6416
6417 * systemd-networkd gained support for serving IPv6 address ranges using
6418 the Router Advertisement protocol. The new .network configuration
6419 section [IPv6Prefix] may be used to configure the ranges to
6420 serve. This is implemented based on a new, minimal, native server
6421 implementation of RA.
6422
6423 * journalctl's --output= switch gained support for a new parameter
6424 "short-iso-precise" for a mode where timestamps are shown as precise
6425 ISO date values.
6426
6427 * systemd-udevd's "net_id" builtin may now generate stable network
6428 interface names from IBM PowerVM VIO devices as well as ACPI platform
6429 devices.
6430
6431 * MulticastDNS support in systemd-resolved may now be explicitly
6432 enabled/disabled using the new MulticastDNS= configuration file
6433 option.
6434
6435 * systemd-resolved may now optionally use libidn2 instead of the libidn
6436 for processing internationalized domain names. Support for libidn2
6437 should be considered experimental and should not be enabled by
6438 default yet.
6439
6440 * "machinectl pull-tar" and related call may now do verification of
6441 downloaded images using SUSE-style .sha256 checksum files in addition
6442 to the already existing support for validating using Ubuntu-style
6443 SHA256SUMS files.
6444
6445 * sd-bus gained support for a new sd_bus_message_appendv() call which
6446 is va_list equivalent of sd_bus_message_append().
6447
6448 * sd-boot gained support for validating images using SHIM/MOK.
6449
6450 * The SMACK code learnt support for "onlycap".
6451
6452 * systemd-mount --umount is now much smarter in figuring out how to
6453 properly unmount a device given its mount or device path.
6454
6455 * The code to call libnss_dns as a fallback from libnss_resolve when
6456 the communication with systemd-resolved fails was removed. This
6457 fallback was redundant and interfered with the [!UNAVAIL=return]
6458 suffix. See nss-resolve(8) for the recommended configuration.
6459
6460 * systemd-logind may now be restarted without losing state. It stores
6461 the file descriptors for devices it manages in the system manager
6462 using the FDSTORE= mechanism. Please note that further changes in
6463 other components may be required to make use of this (for example
6464 Xorg has code to listen for stops of systemd-logind and terminate
6465 itself when logind is stopped or restarted, in order to avoid using
6466 stale file descriptors for graphical devices, which is now
6467 counterproductive and must be reverted in order for restarts of
6468 systemd-logind to be safe. See
6469 https://cgit.freedesktop.org/xorg/xserver/commit/?id=dc48bd653c7e101.)
6470
6471 * All kernel-install plugins are called with the environment variable
6472 KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID which is set to the machine ID given by
6473 /etc/machine-id. If the machine ID could not be determined,
6474 $KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID will be empty. Plugins should not put
6475 anything in the entry directory (passed as the second argument) if
6476 $KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID is empty. For backwards compatibility, a
6477 temporary directory is passed as the entry directory and removed
6478 after all the plugins exit.
6479
6480 * If KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID is set in /etc/machine-info, kernel-install
6481 will now use its value as the machine ID instead of the machine ID
6482 from /etc/machine-id. If KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID isn't set in
6483 /etc/machine-info and no machine ID is set in /etc/machine-id,
6484 kernel-install will try to store the current machine ID there as
6485 KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID. If there is no machine ID, kernel-install
6486 will generate a new UUID, store it in /etc/machine-info as
6487 KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID and use it as the machine ID.
6488
6489 Contributions from: Adrian Heine né Lang, Aggelos Avgerinos, Alexander
6490 Kurtz, Alexandros Frantzis, Alexey Brodkin, Alex Lu, Amir Pakdel, Amir
6491 Yalon, Anchor Cat, Anthony Parsons, Bastien Nocera, Benjamin Gilbert,
6492 Benjamin Robin, Boucman, Charles Plessy, Chris Chiu, Chris Lamb,
6493 Christian Brauner, Christian Hesse, Colin Walters, Daniel Drake,
6494 Danielle Church, Daniel Molkentin, Daniel Rusek, Daniel Wang, Davide
6495 Cavalca, David Herrmann, David Michael, Dax Kelson, Dimitri John
6496 Ledkov, Djalal Harouni, Dušan Kazik, Elias Probst, Evgeny Vereshchagin,
6497 Federico Di Pierro, Felipe Sateler, Felix Zhang, Franck Bui, Gary
6498 Tierney, George McCollister, Giedrius Statkevičius, Hans de Goede,
6499 hecke, Hendrik Westerberg, Hristo Venev, Ian Wienand, Insun Pyo, Ivan
6500 Shapovalov, James Cowgill, James Hemsing, Janne Heß, Jan Synacek, Jason
6501 Reeder, João Paulo Rechi Vita, John Paul Adrian Glaubitz, Jörg
6502 Thalheim, Josef Andersson, Josef Gajdusek, Julian Mehne, Kai Krakow,
6503 Krzysztof Jackiewicz, Lars Karlitski, Lennart Poettering, Lluís Gili,
6504 Lucas Werkmeister, Lukáš Nykrýn, Łukasz Stelmach, Mantas Mikulėnas,
6505 Marcin Bachry, Marcus Cooper, Mark Stosberg, Martin Pitt, Matija Skala,
6506 Matt Clarkson, Matthew Garrett, Matthias Greiner, Matthijs van Duin,
6507 Max Resch, Michael Biebl, Michal Koutný, Michal Sekletar, Michal
6508 Soltys, Michal Suchanek, Mike Gilbert, Nate Clark, Nathaniel R. Lewis,
6509 Neil Brown, Nikolai Kondrashov, Pascal S. de Kloe, Pat Riehecky, Patrik
6510 Flykt, Paul Kocialkowski, Peter Hutterer, Philip Withnall, Piotr
6511 Szydełko, Rafael Fontenelle, Ray Strode, Richard Maw, Roelf Wichertjes,
6512 Ronny Chevalier, Sarang S. Dalal, Sjoerd Simons, slodki, Stefan
6513 Schweter, Susant Sahani, Ted Wood, Thomas Blume, Thomas Haller, Thomas
6514 H. P. Andersen, Timothée Ravier, Tobias Jungel, Tobias Stoeckmann, Tom
6515 Gundersen, Tom Yan, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog,
6516 userwithuid, Vito Caputo, Waldemar Brodkorb, WaLyong Cho, Yu, Li-Yu,
6517 Yusuke Nojima, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Дамјан
6518 Георгиевски
6519
6520 — Berlin, 2017-07-12
6521
6522 CHANGES WITH 233:
6523
6524 * The "hybrid" control group mode has been modified to improve
6525 compatibility with "legacy" cgroups-v1 setups. Specifically, the
6526 "hybrid" setup of /sys/fs/cgroup is now pretty much identical to
6527 "legacy" (including /sys/fs/cgroup/systemd as "name=systemd" named
6528 cgroups-v1 hierarchy), the only externally visible change being that
6529 the cgroups-v2 hierarchy is also mounted, to
6530 /sys/fs/cgroup/unified. This should provide a large degree of
6531 compatibility with "legacy" cgroups-v1, while taking benefit of the
6532 better management capabilities of cgroups-v2.
6533
6534 * The default control group setup mode may be selected both a boot-time
6535 via a set of kernel command line parameters (specifically:
6536 systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy= and
6537 systemd.legacy_systemd_cgroup_controller=), as well as a compile-time
6538 default selected on the configure command line
6539 (--with-default-hierarchy=). The upstream default is "hybrid"
6540 (i.e. the cgroups-v1 + cgroups-v2 mixture discussed above) now, but
6541 this will change in a future systemd version to be "unified" (pure
6542 cgroups-v2 mode). The third option for the compile time option is
6543 "legacy", to enter pure cgroups-v1 mode. We recommend downstream
6544 distributions to default to "hybrid" mode for release distributions,
6545 starting with v233. We recommend "unified" for development
6546 distributions (specifically: distributions such as Fedora's rawhide)
6547 as that's where things are headed in the long run. Use "legacy" for
6548 greatest stability and compatibility only.
6549
6550 * Note one current limitation of "unified" and "hybrid" control group
6551 setup modes: the kernel currently does not permit the systemd --user
6552 instance (i.e. unprivileged code) to migrate processes between two
6553 disconnected cgroup subtrees, even if both are managed and owned by
6554 the user. This effectively means "systemd-run --user --scope" doesn't
6555 work when invoked from outside of any "systemd --user" service or
6556 scope. Specifically, it is not supported from session scopes. We are
6557 working on fixing this in a future systemd version. (See #3388 for
6558 further details about this.)
6559
6560 * DBus policy files are now installed into /usr rather than /etc. Make
6561 sure your system has dbus >= 1.9.18 running before upgrading to this
6562 version, or override the install path with --with-dbuspolicydir= .
6563
6564 * All python scripts shipped with systemd (specifically: the various
6565 tests written in Python) now require Python 3.
6566
6567 * systemd unit tests can now run standalone (without the source or
6568 build directories), and can be installed into /usr/lib/systemd/tests/
6569 with 'make install-tests'.
6570
6571 * Note that from this version on, CONFIG_CRYPTO_USER_API_HASH,
6572 CONFIG_CRYPTO_HMAC and CONFIG_CRYPTO_SHA256 need to be enabled in the
6573 kernel.
6574
6575 * Support for the %c, %r, %R specifiers in unit files has been
6576 removed. Specifiers are not supposed to be dependent on configuration
6577 in the unit file itself (so that they resolve the same regardless
6578 where used in the unit files), but these specifiers were influenced
6579 by the Slice= option.
6580
6581 * The shell invoked by debug-shell.service now defaults to /bin/sh in
6582 all cases. If distributions want to use a different shell for this
6583 purpose (for example Fedora's /sbin/sushell) they need to specify
6584 this explicitly at configure time using --with-debug-shell=.
6585
6586 * The confirmation spawn prompt has been reworked to offer the
6587 following choices:
6588
6589 (c)ontinue, proceed without asking anymore
6590 (D)ump, show the state of the unit
6591 (f)ail, don't execute the command and pretend it failed
6592 (h)elp
6593 (i)nfo, show a short summary of the unit
6594 (j)obs, show jobs that are in progress
6595 (s)kip, don't execute the command and pretend it succeeded
6596 (y)es, execute the command
6597
6598 The 'n' choice for the confirmation spawn prompt has been removed,
6599 because its meaning was confusing.
6600
6601 The prompt may now also be redirected to an alternative console by
6602 specifying the console as parameter to systemd.confirm_spawn=.
6603
6604 * Services of Type=notify require a READY=1 notification to be sent
6605 during startup. If no such message is sent, the service now fails,
6606 even if the main process exited with a successful exit code.
6607
6608 * Services that fail to start up correctly now always have their
6609 ExecStopPost= commands executed. Previously, they'd enter "failed"
6610 state directly, without executing these commands.
6611
6612 * The option MulticastDNS= of network configuration files has acquired
6613 an actual implementation. With MulticastDNS=yes a host can resolve
6614 names of remote hosts and reply to mDNS A and AAAA requests.
6615
6616 * When units are about to be started an additional check is now done to
6617 ensure that all dependencies of type BindsTo= (when used in
6618 combination with After=) have been started.
6619
6620 * systemd-analyze gained a new verb "syscall-filter" which shows which
6621 system call groups are defined for the SystemCallFilter= unit file
6622 setting, and which system calls they contain.
6623
6624 * A new system call filter group "@filesystem" has been added,
6625 consisting of various file system related system calls. Group
6626 "@reboot" has been added, covering reboot, kexec and shutdown related
6627 calls. Finally, group "@swap" has been added covering swap
6628 configuration related calls.
6629
6630 * A new unit file option RestrictNamespaces= has been added that may be
6631 used to restrict access to the various process namespace types the
6632 Linux kernel provides. Specifically, it may be used to take away the
6633 right for a service unit to create additional file system, network,
6634 user, and other namespaces. This sandboxing option is particularly
6635 relevant due to the high amount of recently discovered namespacing
6636 related vulnerabilities in the kernel.
6637
6638 * systemd-udev's .link files gained support for a new AutoNegotiation=
6639 setting for configuring Ethernet auto-negotiation.
6640
6641 * systemd-networkd's .network files gained support for a new
6642 ListenPort= setting in the [DHCP] section to explicitly configure the
6643 UDP client port the DHCP client shall listen on.
6644
6645 * .network files gained a new Unmanaged= boolean setting for explicitly
6646 excluding one or more interfaces from management by systemd-networkd.
6647
6648 * The systemd-networkd ProxyARP= option has been renamed to
6649 IPV4ProxyARP=. Similarly, VXLAN-specific option ARPProxy= has been
6650 renamed to ReduceARPProxy=. The old names continue to be available
6651 for compatibility.
6652
6653 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring IPv6 Proxy NDP
6654 addresses via the new IPv6ProxyNDPAddress= .network file setting.
6655
6656 * systemd-networkd's bonding device support gained support for two new
6657 configuration options ActiveSlave= and PrimarySlave=.
6658
6659 * The various options in the [Match] section of .network files gained
6660 support for negative matching.
6661
6662 * New systemd-specific mount options are now understood in /etc/fstab:
6663
6664 x-systemd.mount-timeout= may be used to configure the maximum
6665 permitted runtime of the mount command.
6666
6667 x-systemd.device-bound may be set to bind a mount point to its
6668 backing device unit, in order to automatically remove a mount point
6669 if its backing device is unplugged. This option may also be
6670 configured through the new SYSTEMD_MOUNT_DEVICE_BOUND udev property
6671 on the block device, which is now automatically set for all CDROM
6672 drives, so that mounted CDs are automatically unmounted when they are
6673 removed from the drive.
6674
6675 x-systemd.after= and x-systemd.before= may be used to explicitly
6676 order a mount after or before another unit or mount point.
6677
6678 * Enqueued start jobs for device units are now automatically garbage
6679 collected if there are no jobs waiting for them anymore.
6680
6681 * systemctl list-jobs gained two new switches: with --after, for every
6682 queued job the jobs it's waiting for are shown; with --before the
6683 jobs which it's blocking are shown.
6684
6685 * systemd-nspawn gained support for ephemeral boots from disk images
6686 (or in other words: --ephemeral and --image= may now be
6687 combined). Moreover, ephemeral boots are now supported for normal
6688 directories, even if the backing file system is not btrfs. Of course,
6689 if the file system does not support file system snapshots or
6690 reflinks, the initial copy operation will be relatively expensive, but
6691 this should still be suitable for many use cases.
6692
6693 * Calendar time specifications in .timer units now support
6694 specifications relative to the end of a month by using "~" instead of
6695 "-" as separator between month and day. For example, "*-02~03" means
6696 "the third last day in February". In addition a new syntax for
6697 repeated events has been added using the "/" character. For example,
6698 "9..17/2:00" means "every two hours from 9am to 5pm".
6699
6700 * systemd-socket-proxyd gained a new parameter --connections-max= for
6701 configuring the maximum number of concurrent connections.
6702
6703 * sd-id128 gained a new API for generating unique IDs for the host in a
6704 way that does not leak the machine ID. Specifically,
6705 sd_id128_get_machine_app_specific() derives an ID based on the
6706 machine ID in a well-defined, non-reversible, stable way. This is
6707 useful whenever an identifier for the host is needed but where the
6708 identifier shall not be useful to identify the system beyond the
6709 scope of the application itself. (Internally this uses HMAC-SHA256 as
6710 keyed hash function using the machine ID as input.)
6711
6712 * NotifyAccess= gained a new supported value "exec". When set
6713 notifications are accepted from all processes systemd itself invoked,
6714 including all control processes.
6715
6716 * .nspawn files gained support for defining overlay mounts using the
6717 Overlay= and OverlayReadOnly= options. Previously this functionality
6718 was only available on the systemd-nspawn command line.
6719
6720 * systemd-nspawn's --bind= and --overlay= options gained support for
6721 bind/overlay mounts whose source lies within the container tree by
6722 prefixing the source path with "+".
6723
6724 * systemd-nspawn's --bind= and --overlay= options gained support for
6725 automatically allocating a temporary source directory in /var/tmp
6726 that is removed when the container dies. Specifically, if the source
6727 directory is specified as empty string this mechanism is selected. An
6728 example usage is --overlay=+/var::/var, which creates an overlay
6729 mount based on the original /var contained in the image, overlaid
6730 with a temporary directory in the host's /var/tmp. This way changes
6731 to /var are automatically flushed when the container shuts down.
6732
6733 * systemd-nspawn --image= option does now permit raw file system block
6734 devices (in addition to images containing partition tables, as
6735 before).
6736
6737 * The disk image dissection logic in systemd-nspawn gained support for
6738 automatically setting up LUKS encrypted as well as Verity protected
6739 partitions. When a container is booted from an encrypted image the
6740 passphrase is queried at start-up time. When a container with Verity
6741 data is started, the root hash is search in a ".roothash" file
6742 accompanying the disk image (alternatively, pass the root hash via
6743 the new --root-hash= command line option).
6744
6745 * A new tool /usr/lib/systemd/systemd-dissect has been added that may
6746 be used to dissect disk images the same way as systemd-nspawn does
6747 it, following the Bootable Partition Specification. It may even be
6748 used to mount disk images with complex partition setups (including
6749 LUKS and Verity partitions) to a local host directory, in order to
6750 inspect them. This tool is not considered public API (yet), and is
6751 thus not installed into /usr/bin. Please do not rely on its
6752 existence, since it might go away or be changed in later systemd
6753 versions.
6754
6755 * A new generator "systemd-verity-generator" has been added, similar in
6756 style to "systemd-cryptsetup-generator", permitting automatic setup of
6757 Verity root partitions when systemd boots up. In order to make use of
6758 this your partition setup should follow the Discoverable Partitions
6759 Specification, and the GPT partition ID of the root file system
6760 partition should be identical to the upper 128bit of the Verity root
6761 hash. The GPT partition ID of the Verity partition protecting it
6762 should be the lower 128bit of the Verity root hash. If the partition
6763 image follows this model it is sufficient to specify a single
6764 "roothash=" kernel command line argument to both configure which root
6765 image and verity partition to use as well as the root hash for
6766 it. Note that systemd-nspawn's Verity support follows the same
6767 semantics, meaning that disk images with proper Verity data in place
6768 may be booted in containers with systemd-nspawn as well as on
6769 physical systems via the verity generator. Also note that the "mkosi"
6770 tool available at https://github.com/systemd/mkosi has been updated
6771 to generate Verity protected disk images following this scheme. In
6772 fact, it has been updated to generate disk images that optionally
6773 implement a complete UEFI SecureBoot trust chain, involving a signed
6774 kernel and initrd image that incorporates such a root hash as well as
6775 a Verity-enabled root partition.
6776
6777 * The hardware database (hwdb) udev supports has been updated to carry
6778 accelerometer quirks.
6779
6780 * All system services are now run with a fresh kernel keyring set up
6781 for them. The invocation ID is stored by default in it, thus
6782 providing a safe, non-overridable way to determine the invocation
6783 ID of each service.
6784
6785 * Service unit files gained new BindPaths= and BindReadOnlyPaths=
6786 options for bind mounting arbitrary paths in a service-specific
6787 way. When these options are used, arbitrary host or service files and
6788 directories may be mounted to arbitrary locations in the service's
6789 view.
6790
6791 * Documentation has been added that lists all of systemd's low-level
6792 environment variables:
6793
6794 https://github.com/systemd/systemd/blob/master/docs/ENVIRONMENT.md
6795
6796 * sd-daemon gained a new API sd_is_socket_sockaddr() for determining
6797 whether a specific socket file descriptor matches a specified socket
6798 address.
6799
6800 * systemd-firstboot has been updated to check for the
6801 systemd.firstboot= kernel command line option. It accepts a boolean
6802 and when set to false the first boot questions are skipped.
6803
6804 * systemd-fstab-generator has been updated to check for the
6805 systemd.volatile= kernel command line option, which either takes an
6806 optional boolean parameter or the special value "state". If used the
6807 system may be booted in a "volatile" boot mode. Specifically,
6808 "systemd.volatile" is used, the root directory will be mounted as
6809 tmpfs, and only /usr is mounted from the actual root file system. If
6810 "systemd.volatile=state" is used, the root directory will be mounted
6811 as usual, but /var is mounted as tmpfs. This concept provides similar
6812 functionality as systemd-nspawn's --volatile= option, but provides it
6813 on physical boots. Use this option for implementing stateless
6814 systems, or testing systems with all state and/or configuration reset
6815 to the defaults. (Note though that many distributions are not
6816 prepared to boot up without a populated /etc or /var, though.)
6817
6818 * systemd-gpt-auto-generator gained support for LUKS encrypted root
6819 partitions. Previously it only supported LUKS encrypted partitions
6820 for all other uses, except for the root partition itself.
6821
6822 * Socket units gained support for listening on AF_VSOCK sockets for
6823 communication in virtualized QEMU environments.
6824
6825 * The "configure" script gained a new option --with-fallback-hostname=
6826 for specifying the fallback hostname to use if none is configured in
6827 /etc/hostname. For example, by specifying
6828 --with-fallback-hostname=fedora it is possible to default to a
6829 hostname of "fedora" on pristine installations.
6830
6831 * systemd-cgls gained support for a new --unit= switch for listing only
6832 the control groups of a specific unit. Similar --user-unit= has been
6833 added for listing only the control groups of a specific user unit.
6834
6835 * systemd-mount gained a new --umount switch for unmounting a mount or
6836 automount point (and all mount/automount points below it).
6837
6838 * systemd will now refuse full configuration reloads (via systemctl
6839 daemon-reload and related calls) unless at least 16MiB of free space
6840 are available in /run. This is a safety precaution in order to ensure
6841 that generators can safely operate after the reload completed.
6842
6843 * A new unit file option RootImage= has been added, which has a similar
6844 effect as RootDirectory= but mounts the service's root directory from
6845 a disk image instead of plain directory. This logic reuses the same
6846 image dissection and mount logic that systemd-nspawn already uses,
6847 and hence supports any disk images systemd-nspawn supports, including
6848 those following the Discoverable Partition Specification, as well as
6849 Verity enabled images. This option enables systemd to run system
6850 services directly off disk images acting as resource bundles,
6851 possibly even including full integrity data.
6852
6853 * A new MountAPIVFS= unit file option has been added, taking a boolean
6854 argument. If enabled /proc, /sys and /dev (collectively called the
6855 "API VFS") will be mounted for the service. This is only relevant if
6856 RootDirectory= or RootImage= is used for the service, as these mounts
6857 are of course in place in the host mount namespace anyway.
6858
6859 * systemd-nspawn gained support for a new --pivot-root= switch. If
6860 specified the root directory within the container image is pivoted to
6861 the specified mount point, while the original root disk is moved to a
6862 different place. This option enables booting of ostree images
6863 directly with systemd-nspawn.
6864
6865 * The systemd build scripts will no longer complain if the NTP server
6866 addresses are not changed from the defaults. Google now supports
6867 these NTP servers officially. We still recommend downstreams to
6868 properly register an NTP pool with the NTP pool project though.
6869
6870 * coredumpctl gained a new "--reverse" option for printing the list
6871 of coredumps in reverse order.
6872
6873 * coredumpctl will now show additional information about truncated and
6874 inaccessible coredumps, as well as coredumps that are still being
6875 processed. It also gained a new --quiet switch for suppressing
6876 additional informational message in its output.
6877
6878 * coredumpctl gained support for only showing coredumps newer and/or
6879 older than specific timestamps, using the new --since= and --until=
6880 options, reminiscent of journalctl's options by the same name.
6881
6882 * The systemd-coredump logic has been improved so that it may be reused
6883 to collect backtraces in non-compiled languages, for example in
6884 scripting languages such as Python.
6885
6886 * machinectl will now show the UID shift of local containers, if user
6887 namespacing is enabled for them.
6888
6889 * systemd will now optionally run "environment generator" binaries at
6890 configuration load time. They may be used to add environment
6891 variables to the environment block passed to services invoked. One
6892 user environment generator is shipped by default that sets up
6893 environment variables based on files dropped into /etc/environment.d
6894 and ~/.config/environment.d/.
6895
6896 * systemd-resolved now includes the new, recently published 2017 DNSSEC
6897 root key (KSK).
6898
6899 * hostnamed has been updated to report a new chassis type of
6900 "convertible" to cover "foldable" laptops that can both act as a
6901 tablet and as a laptop, such as various Lenovo Yoga devices.
6902
6903 Contributions from: Adrián López, Alexander Galanin, Alexander
6904 Kochetkov, Alexandros Frantzis, Andrey Ulanov, Antoine Eiche, Baruch
6905 Siach, Bastien Nocera, Benjamin Robin, Björn, Brandon Philips, Cédric
6906 Schieli, Charles (Chas) Williams, Christian Hesse, Daniele Medri,
6907 Daniel Drake, Daniel Rusek, Daniel Wagner, Dan Streetman, Dave Reisner,
6908 David Glasser, David Herrmann, David Michael, Djalal Harouni, Dmitry
6909 Khlebnikov, Dmitry Rozhkov, Dongsu Park, Douglas Christman, Earnestly,
6910 Emil Soleyman, Eric Cook, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Felipe Sateler, Fionn
6911 Cleary, Florian Klink, Francesco Brozzu, Franck Bui, Gabriel Rauter,
6912 Gianluca Boiano, Giedrius Statkevičius, Graeme Lawes, Hans de Goede,
6913 Harald Hoyer, Ian Kelling, Ivan Shapovalov, Jakub Wilk, Janne Heß, Jan
6914 Synacek, Jason Reeder, Jonathan Boulle, Jörg Thalheim, Jouke Witteveen,
6915 Karl Kraus, Kees Cook, Keith Busch, Kieran Colford, kilian-k, Lennart
6916 Poettering, Lubomir Rintel, Lucas Werkmeister, Lukas Rusak, Maarten de
6917 Vries, Maks Naumov, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Andre Lureau, Marcin Bachry,
6918 Mark Stosberg, Martin Ejdestig, Martin Pitt, Mauricio Faria de
6919 Oliveira, micah, Michael Biebl, Michael Shields, Michal Schmidt, Michal
6920 Sekletar, Michel Kraus, Mike Gilbert, Mikko Ylinen, Mirza Krak,
6921 Namhyung Kim, nikolaof, peoronoob, Peter Hutterer, Peter Körner, Philip
6922 Withnall, Piotr Drąg, Ray Strode, Reverend Homer, Rike-Benjamin
6923 Schuppner, Robert Kreuzer, Ronny Chevalier, Ruslan Bilovol, sammynx,
6924 Sergey Ptashnick, Sergiusz Urbaniak, Stefan Berger, Stefan Hajnoczi,
6925 Stefan Schweter, Stuart McLaren, Susant Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève,
6926 Taylor Smock, Tejun Heo, Thomas Blume, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tibor
6927 Nagy, Tobias Stoeckmann, Tom Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Viktar
6928 Vaŭčkievič, Viktor Mihajlovski, Vitaly Sulimov, Waldemar Brodkorb,
6929 Walter Garcia-Fontes, Wim de With, Yassine Imounachen, Yi EungJun,
6930 YunQiang Su, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Александр
6931 Тихонов
6932
6933 — Berlin, 2017-03-01
6934
6935 CHANGES WITH 232:
6936
6937 * udev now runs with MemoryDenyWriteExecute=, RestrictRealtime= and
6938 RestrictAddressFamilies= enabled. These sandboxing options should
6939 generally be compatible with the various external udev call-out
6940 binaries we are aware of, however there may be exceptions, in
6941 particular when exotic languages for these call-outs are used. In
6942 this case, consider turning off these settings locally.
6943
6944 * The new RemoveIPC= option can be used to remove IPC objects owned by
6945 the user or group of a service when that service exits.
6946
6947 * The new ProtectKernelModules= option can be used to disable explicit
6948 load and unload operations of kernel modules by a service. In
6949 addition access to /usr/lib/modules is removed if this option is set.
6950
6951 * ProtectSystem= option gained a new value "strict", which causes the
6952 whole file system tree with the exception of /dev, /proc, and /sys,
6953 to be remounted read-only for a service.
6954
6955 * The new ProtectKernelTunables= option can be used to disable
6956 modification of configuration files in /sys and /proc by a service.
6957 Various directories and files are remounted read-only, so access is
6958 restricted even if the file permissions would allow it.
6959
6960 * The new ProtectControlGroups= option can be used to disable write
6961 access by a service to /sys/fs/cgroup.
6962
6963 * Various systemd services have been hardened with
6964 ProtectKernelTunables=yes, ProtectControlGroups=yes,
6965 RestrictAddressFamilies=.
6966
6967 * Support for dynamically creating users for the lifetime of a service
6968 has been added. If DynamicUser=yes is specified, user and group IDs
6969 will be allocated from the range 61184…65519 for the lifetime of the
6970 service. They can be resolved using the new nss-systemd.so NSS
6971 module. The module must be enabled in /etc/nsswitch.conf. Services
6972 started in this way have PrivateTmp= and RemoveIPC= enabled, so that
6973 any resources allocated by the service will be cleaned up when the
6974 service exits. They also have ProtectHome=read-only and
6975 ProtectSystem=strict enabled, so they are not able to make any
6976 permanent modifications to the system.
6977
6978 * The nss-systemd module also always resolves root and nobody, making
6979 it possible to have no /etc/passwd or /etc/group files in minimal
6980 container or chroot environments.
6981
6982 * Services may be started with their own user namespace using the new
6983 boolean PrivateUsers= option. Only root, nobody, and the uid/gid
6984 under which the service is running are mapped. All other users are
6985 mapped to nobody.
6986
6987 * Support for the cgroup namespace has been added to systemd-nspawn. If
6988 supported by kernel, the container system started by systemd-nspawn
6989 will have its own view of the cgroup hierarchy. This new behaviour
6990 can be disabled using $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_USE_CGNS environment variable.
6991
6992 * The new MemorySwapMax= option can be used to limit the maximum swap
6993 usage under the unified cgroup hierarchy.
6994
6995 * Support for the CPU controller in the unified cgroup hierarchy has
6996 been added, via the CPUWeight=, CPUStartupWeight=, CPUAccounting=
6997 options. This controller requires out-of-tree patches for the kernel
6998 and the support is provisional.
6999
7000 * Mount and automount units may now be created transiently
7001 (i.e. dynamically at runtime via the bus API, instead of requiring
7002 unit files in the file system).
7003
7004 * systemd-mount is a new tool which may mount file systems – much like
7005 mount(8), optionally pulling in additional dependencies through
7006 transient .mount and .automount units. For example, this tool
7007 automatically runs fsck on a backing block device before mounting,
7008 and allows the automount logic to be used dynamically from the
7009 command line for establishing mount points. This tool is particularly
7010 useful when dealing with removable media, as it will ensure fsck is
7011 run – if necessary – before the first access and that the file system
7012 is quickly unmounted after each access by utilizing the automount
7013 logic. This maximizes the chance that the file system on the
7014 removable media stays in a clean state, and if it isn't in a clean
7015 state is fixed automatically.
7016
7017 * LazyUnmount=yes option for mount units has been added to expose the
7018 umount --lazy option. Similarly, ForceUnmount=yes exposes the --force
7019 option.
7020
7021 * /efi will be used as the mount point of the EFI boot partition, if
7022 the directory is present, and the mount point was not configured
7023 through other means (e.g. fstab). If /efi directory does not exist,
7024 /boot will be used as before. This makes it easier to automatically
7025 mount the EFI partition on systems where /boot is used for something
7026 else.
7027
7028 * When operating on GPT disk images for containers, systemd-nspawn will
7029 now mount the ESP to /boot or /efi according to the same rules as PID
7030 1 running on a host. This allows tools like "bootctl" to operate
7031 correctly within such containers, in order to make container images
7032 bootable on physical systems.
7033
7034 * disk/by-id and disk/by-path symlinks are now created for NVMe drives.
7035
7036 * Two new user session targets have been added to support running
7037 graphical sessions under the systemd --user instance:
7038 graphical-session.target and graphical-session-pre.target. See
7039 systemd.special(7) for a description of how those targets should be
7040 used.
7041
7042 * The vconsole initialization code has been significantly reworked to
7043 use KD_FONT_OP_GET/SET ioctls instead of KD_FONT_OP_COPY and better
7044 support unicode keymaps. Font and keymap configuration will now be
7045 copied to all allocated virtual consoles.
7046
7047 * FreeBSD's bhyve virtualization is now detected.
7048
7049 * Information recorded in the journal for core dumps now includes the
7050 contents of /proc/mountinfo and the command line of the process at
7051 the top of the process hierarchy (which is usually the init process
7052 of the container).
7053
7054 * systemd-journal-gatewayd learned the --directory= option to serve
7055 files from the specified location.
7056
7057 * journalctl --root=… can be used to peruse the journal in the
7058 /var/log/ directories inside of a container tree. This is similar to
7059 the existing --machine= option, but does not require the container to
7060 be active.
7061
7062 * The hardware database has been extended to support
7063 ID_INPUT_TRACKBALL, used in addition to ID_INPUT_MOUSE to identify
7064 trackball devices.
7065
7066 MOUSE_WHEEL_CLICK_ANGLE_HORIZONTAL hwdb property has been added to
7067 specify the click rate for mice which include a horizontal wheel with
7068 a click rate that is different than the one for the vertical wheel.
7069
7070 * systemd-run gained a new --wait option that makes service execution
7071 synchronous. (Specifically, the command will not return until the
7072 specified service binary exited.)
7073
7074 * systemctl gained a new --wait option that causes the start command to
7075 wait until the units being started have terminated again.
7076
7077 * A new journal output mode "short-full" has been added which displays
7078 timestamps with abbreviated English day names and adds a timezone
7079 suffix. Those timestamps include more information than the default
7080 "short" output mode, and can be passed directly to journalctl's
7081 --since= and --until= options.
7082
7083 * /etc/resolv.conf will be bind-mounted into containers started by
7084 systemd-nspawn, if possible, so any changes to resolv.conf contents
7085 are automatically propagated to the container.
7086
7087 * The number of instances for socket-activated services originating
7088 from a single IP address can be limited with
7089 MaxConnectionsPerSource=, extending the existing setting of
7090 MaxConnections=.
7091
7092 * systemd-networkd gained support for vcan ("Virtual CAN") interface
7093 configuration.
7094
7095 * .netdev and .network configuration can now be extended through
7096 drop-ins.
7097
7098 * UDP Segmentation Offload, TCP Segmentation Offload, Generic
7099 Segmentation Offload, Generic Receive Offload, Large Receive Offload
7100 can be enabled and disabled using the new UDPSegmentationOffload=,
7101 TCPSegmentationOffload=, GenericSegmentationOffload=,
7102 GenericReceiveOffload=, LargeReceiveOffload= options in the
7103 [Link] section of .link files.
7104
7105 * The Spanning Tree Protocol, Priority, Aging Time, and the Default
7106 Port VLAN ID can be configured for bridge devices using the new STP=,
7107 Priority=, AgeingTimeSec=, and DefaultPVID= settings in the [Bridge]
7108 section of .netdev files.
7109
7110 * The route table to which routes received over DHCP or RA should be
7111 added can be configured with the new RouteTable= option in the [DHCP]
7112 and [IPv6AcceptRA] sections of .network files.
7113
7114 * The Address Resolution Protocol can be disabled on links managed by
7115 systemd-networkd using the ARP=no setting in the [Link] section of
7116 .network files.
7117
7118 * New environment variables $SERVICE_RESULT, $EXIT_CODE and
7119 $EXIT_STATUS are set for ExecStop= and ExecStopPost= commands, and
7120 encode information about the result and exit codes of the current
7121 service runtime cycle.
7122
7123 * systemd-sysctl will now configure kernel parameters in the order
7124 they occur in the configuration files. This matches what sysctl
7125 has been traditionally doing.
7126
7127 * kernel-install "plugins" that are executed to perform various
7128 tasks after a new kernel is added and before an old one is removed
7129 can now return a special value to terminate the procedure and
7130 prevent any later plugins from running.
7131
7132 * Journald's SplitMode=login setting has been deprecated. It has been
7133 removed from documentation, and its use is discouraged. In a future
7134 release it will be completely removed, and made equivalent to current
7135 default of SplitMode=uid.
7136
7137 * Storage=both option setting in /etc/systemd/coredump.conf has been
7138 removed. With fast LZ4 compression storing the core dump twice is not
7139 useful.
7140
7141 * The --share-system systemd-nspawn option has been replaced with an
7142 (undocumented) variable $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_SHARE_SYSTEM, but the use of
7143 this functionality is discouraged. In addition the variables
7144 $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_SHARE_NS_IPC, $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_SHARE_NS_PID,
7145 $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_SHARE_NS_UTS may be used to control the unsharing of
7146 individual namespaces.
7147
7148 * "machinectl list" now shows the IP address of running containers in
7149 the output, as well as OS release information.
7150
7151 * "loginctl list" now shows the TTY of each session in the output.
7152
7153 * sd-bus gained new API calls sd_bus_track_set_recursive(),
7154 sd_bus_track_get_recursive(), sd_bus_track_count_name(),
7155 sd_bus_track_count_sender(). They permit usage of sd_bus_track peer
7156 tracking objects in a "recursive" mode, where a single client can be
7157 counted multiple times, if it takes multiple references.
7158
7159 * sd-bus gained new API calls sd_bus_set_exit_on_disconnect() and
7160 sd_bus_get_exit_on_disconnect(). They may be used to make a
7161 process using sd-bus automatically exit if the bus connection is
7162 severed.
7163
7164 * Bus clients of the service manager may now "pin" loaded units into
7165 memory, by taking an explicit reference on them. This is useful to
7166 ensure the client can retrieve runtime data about the service even
7167 after the service completed execution. Taking such a reference is
7168 available only for privileged clients and should be helpful to watch
7169 running services in a race-free manner, and in particular collect
7170 information about exit statuses and results.
7171
7172 * The nss-resolve module has been changed to strictly return UNAVAIL
7173 when communication via D-Bus with resolved failed, and NOTFOUND when
7174 a lookup completed but was negative. This means it is now possible to
7175 neatly configure fallbacks using nsswitch.conf result checking
7176 expressions. Taking benefit of this, the new recommended
7177 configuration line for the "hosts" entry in /etc/nsswitch.conf is:
7178
7179 hosts: files mymachines resolve [!UNAVAIL=return] dns myhostname
7180
7181 * A new setting CtrlAltDelBurstAction= has been added to
7182 /etc/systemd/system.conf which may be used to configure the precise
7183 behaviour if the user on the console presses Ctrl-Alt-Del more often
7184 than 7 times in 2s. Previously this would unconditionally result in
7185 an expedited, immediate reboot. With this new setting the precise
7186 operation may be configured in more detail, and also turned off
7187 entirely.
7188
7189 * In .netdev files two new settings RemoteChecksumTx= and
7190 RemoteChecksumRx= are now understood that permit configuring the
7191 remote checksumming logic for VXLAN networks.
7192
7193 * The service manager learnt a new "invocation ID" concept for invoked
7194 services. Each runtime cycle of a service will get a new invocation
7195 ID (a 128bit random UUID) assigned that identifies the current
7196 run of the service uniquely and globally. A new invocation ID
7197 is generated each time a service starts up. The journal will store
7198 the invocation ID of a service along with any logged messages, thus
7199 making the invocation ID useful for matching the online runtime of a
7200 service with the offline log data it generated in a safe way without
7201 relying on synchronized timestamps. In many ways this new service
7202 invocation ID concept is similar to the kernel's boot ID concept that
7203 uniquely and globally identifies the runtime of each boot. The
7204 invocation ID of a service is passed to the service itself via an
7205 environment variable ($INVOCATION_ID). A new bus call
7206 GetUnitByInvocationID() has been added that is similar to GetUnit()
7207 but instead of retrieving the bus path for a unit by its name
7208 retrieves it by its invocation ID. The returned path is valid only as
7209 long as the passed invocation ID is current.
7210
7211 * systemd-resolved gained a new "DNSStubListener" setting in
7212 resolved.conf. It either takes a boolean value or the special values
7213 "udp" and "tcp", and configures whether to enable the stub DNS
7214 listener on 127.0.0.53:53.
7215
7216 * IP addresses configured via networkd may now carry additional
7217 configuration settings supported by the kernel. New options include:
7218 HomeAddress=, DuplicateAddressDetection=, ManageTemporaryAddress=,
7219 PrefixRoute=, AutoJoin=.
7220
7221 * The PAM configuration fragment file for "user@.service" shipped with
7222 systemd (i.e. the --user instance of systemd) has been stripped to
7223 the minimum necessary to make the system boot. Previously, it
7224 contained Fedora-specific stanzas that did not apply to other
7225 distributions. It is expected that downstream distributions add
7226 additional configuration lines, matching their needs to this file,
7227 using it only as rough template of what systemd itself needs. Note
7228 that this reduced fragment does not even include an invocation of
7229 pam_limits which most distributions probably want to add, even though
7230 systemd itself does not need it. (There's also the new build time
7231 option --with-pamconfdir=no to disable installation of the PAM
7232 fragment entirely.)
7233
7234 * If PrivateDevices=yes is set for a service the CAP_SYS_RAWIO
7235 capability is now also dropped from its set (in addition to
7236 CAP_SYS_MKNOD as before).
7237
7238 * In service unit files it is now possible to connect a specific named
7239 file descriptor with stdin/stdout/stdout of an executed service. The
7240 name may be specified in matching .socket units using the
7241 FileDescriptorName= setting.
7242
7243 * A number of journal settings may now be configured on the kernel
7244 command line. Specifically, the following options are now understood:
7245 systemd.journald.max_level_console=,
7246 systemd.journald.max_level_store=,
7247 systemd.journald.max_level_syslog=, systemd.journald.max_level_kmsg=,
7248 systemd.journald.max_level_wall=.
7249
7250 * "systemctl is-enabled --full" will now show by which symlinks a unit
7251 file is enabled in the unit dependency tree.
7252
7253 * Support for VeraCrypt encrypted partitions has been added to the
7254 "cryptsetup" logic and /etc/crypttab.
7255
7256 * systemd-detect-virt gained support for a new --private-users switch
7257 that checks whether the invoking processes are running inside a user
7258 namespace. Similar, a new special value "private-users" for the
7259 existing ConditionVirtualization= setting has been added, permitting
7260 skipping of specific units in user namespace environments.
7261
7262 Contributions from: Alban Crequy, Alexander Kuleshov, Alfie John,
7263 Andreas Henriksson, Andrew Jeddeloh, Balázs Úr, Bart Rulon, Benjamin
7264 Richter, Ben Gamari, Ben Harris, Brian J. Murrell, Christian Brauner,
7265 Christian Rebischke, Clinton Roy, Colin Walters, Cristian Rodríguez,
7266 Daniel Hahler, Daniel Mack, Daniel Maixner, Daniel Rusek, Dan Dedrick,
7267 Davide Cavalca, David Herrmann, David Michael, Dennis Wassenberg,
7268 Djalal Harouni, Dongsu Park, Douglas Christman, Elias Probst, Eric
7269 Cook, Erik Karlsson, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Felipe Sateler, Felix Zhang,
7270 Franck Bui, George Hilliard, Giuseppe Scrivano, HATAYAMA Daisuke,
7271 Heikki Kemppainen, Hendrik Brueckner, hi117, Ismo Puustinen, Ivan
7272 Shapovalov, Jakub Filak, Jakub Wilk, Jan Synacek, Jason Kölker,
7273 Jean-Sébastien Bour, Jiří Pírko, Jonathan Boulle, Jorge Niedbalski,
7274 Keith Busch, kristbaum, Kyle Russell, Lans Zhang, Lennart Poettering,
7275 Leonardo Brondani Schenkel, Lucas Werkmeister, Luca Bruno, Lukáš
7276 Nykrýn, Maciek Borzecki, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine Perennou,
7277 Marcel Holtmann, Marcos Mello, Martin Ejdestig, Martin Pitt, Matej
7278 Habrnal, Maxime de Roucy, Michael Biebl, Michael Chapman, Michael Hoy,
7279 Michael Olbrich, Michael Pope, Michal Sekletar, Michal Soltys, Mike
7280 Gilbert, Nick Owens, Patrik Flykt, Paweł Szewczyk, Peter Hutterer,
7281 Piotr Drąg, Reid Price, Richard W.M. Jones, Roman Stingler, Ronny
7282 Chevalier, Seraphime Kirkovski, Stefan Schweter, Steve Muir, Susant
7283 Sahani, Tejun Heo, Thomas Blume, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tiago Levit,
7284 Tobias Jungel, Tomáš Janoušek, Topi Miettinen, Torstein Husebø, Umut
7285 Tezduyar Lindskog, Vito Caputo, WaLyong Cho, Wilhelm Schuster, Yann
7286 E. MORIN, Yi EungJun, Yuki Inoguchi, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew
7287 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zeal Jagannatha
7288
7289 — Santa Fe, 2016-11-03
7290
7291 CHANGES WITH 231:
7292
7293 * In service units the various ExecXYZ= settings have been extended
7294 with an additional special character as first argument of the
7295 assigned value: if the character '+' is used the specified command
7296 line it will be run with full privileges, regardless of User=,
7297 Group=, CapabilityBoundingSet= and similar options. The effect is
7298 similar to the existing PermissionsStartOnly= option, but allows
7299 configuration of this concept for each executed command line
7300 independently.
7301
7302 * Services may now alter the service watchdog timeout at runtime by
7303 sending a WATCHDOG_USEC= message via sd_notify().
7304
7305 * MemoryLimit= and related unit settings now optionally take percentage
7306 specifications. The percentage is taken relative to the amount of
7307 physical memory in the system (or in case of containers, the assigned
7308 amount of memory). This allows scaling service resources neatly with
7309 the amount of RAM available on the system. Similarly, systemd-logind's
7310 RuntimeDirectorySize= option now also optionally takes percentage
7311 values.
7312
7313 * In similar fashion TasksMax= takes percentage values now, too. The
7314 value is taken relative to the configured maximum number of processes
7315 on the system. The per-service task maximum has been changed to 15%
7316 using this functionality. (Effectively this is an increase of 512 →
7317 4915 for service units, given the kernel's default pid_max setting.)
7318
7319 * Calendar time specifications in .timer units now understand a ".."
7320 syntax for time ranges. Example: "4..7:10" may now be used for
7321 defining a timer that is triggered at 4:10am, 5:10am, 6:10am and
7322 7:10am every day.
7323
7324 * The InaccessableDirectories=, ReadOnlyDirectories= and
7325 ReadWriteDirectories= unit file settings have been renamed to
7326 InaccessablePaths=, ReadOnlyPaths= and ReadWritePaths= and may now be
7327 applied to all kinds of file nodes, and not just directories, with
7328 the exception of symlinks. Specifically these settings may now be
7329 used on block and character device nodes, UNIX sockets and FIFOS as
7330 well as regular files. The old names of these settings remain
7331 available for compatibility.
7332
7333 * systemd will now log about all service processes it kills forcibly
7334 (using SIGKILL) because they remained after the clean shutdown phase
7335 of the service completed. This should help identifying services that
7336 shut down uncleanly. Moreover if KillUserProcesses= is enabled in
7337 systemd-logind's configuration a similar log message is generated for
7338 processes killed at the end of each session due to this setting.
7339
7340 * systemd will now set the $JOURNAL_STREAM environment variable for all
7341 services whose stdout/stderr are connected to the Journal (which
7342 effectively means by default: all services). The variable contains
7343 the device and inode number of the file descriptor used for
7344 stdout/stderr. This may be used by invoked programs to detect whether
7345 their stdout/stderr is connected to the Journal, in which case they
7346 can switch over to direct Journal communication, thus being able to
7347 pass extended, structured metadata along with their log messages. As
7348 one example, this is now used by glib's logging primitives.
7349
7350 * When using systemd's default tmp.mount unit for /tmp, the mount point
7351 will now be established with the "nosuid" and "nodev" options. This
7352 avoids privilege escalation attacks that put traps and exploits into
7353 /tmp. However, this might cause problems if you e. g. put container
7354 images or overlays into /tmp; if you need this, override tmp.mount's
7355 "Options=" with a drop-in, or mount /tmp from /etc/fstab with your
7356 desired options.
7357
7358 * systemd now supports the "memory" cgroup controller also on
7359 cgroup v2.
7360
7361 * The systemd-cgtop tool now optionally takes a control group path as
7362 command line argument. If specified, the control group list shown is
7363 limited to subgroups of that group.
7364
7365 * The SystemCallFilter= unit file setting gained support for
7366 pre-defined, named system call filter sets. For example
7367 SystemCallFilter=@clock is now an effective way to make all clock
7368 changing-related system calls unavailable to a service. A number of
7369 similar pre-defined groups are defined. Writing system call filters
7370 for system services is simplified substantially with this new
7371 concept. Accordingly, all of systemd's own, long-running services now
7372 enable system call filtering based on this, by default.
7373
7374 * A new service setting MemoryDenyWriteExecute= has been added, taking
7375 a boolean value. If turned on, a service may no longer create memory
7376 mappings that are writable and executable at the same time. This
7377 enhances security for services where this is enabled as it becomes
7378 harder to dynamically write and then execute memory in exploited
7379 service processes. This option has been enabled for all of systemd's
7380 own long-running services.
7381
7382 * A new RestrictRealtime= service setting has been added, taking a
7383 boolean argument. If set the service's processes may no longer
7384 acquire realtime scheduling. This improves security as realtime
7385 scheduling may otherwise be used to easily freeze the system.
7386
7387 * systemd-nspawn gained a new switch --notify-ready= taking a boolean
7388 value. This may be used for requesting that the system manager inside
7389 of the container reports start-up completion to nspawn which then
7390 propagates this notification further to the service manager
7391 supervising nspawn itself. A related option NotifyReady= in .nspawn
7392 files has been added too. This functionality allows ordering of the
7393 start-up of multiple containers using the usual systemd ordering
7394 primitives.
7395
7396 * machinectl gained a new command "stop" that is an alias for
7397 "terminate".
7398
7399 * systemd-resolved gained support for contacting DNS servers on
7400 link-local IPv6 addresses.
7401
7402 * If systemd-resolved receives the SIGUSR2 signal it will now flush all
7403 its caches. A method call for requesting the same operation has been
7404 added to the bus API too, and is made available via "systemd-resolve
7405 --flush-caches".
7406
7407 * systemd-resolve gained a new --status switch. If passed a brief
7408 summary of the used DNS configuration with per-interface information
7409 is shown.
7410
7411 * resolved.conf gained a new Cache= boolean option, defaulting to
7412 on. If turned off local DNS caching is disabled. This comes with a
7413 performance penalty in particular when DNSSEC is enabled. Note that
7414 resolved disables its internal caching implicitly anyway, when the
7415 configured DNS server is on a host-local IP address such as ::1 or
7416 127.0.0.1, thus automatically avoiding double local caching.
7417
7418 * systemd-resolved now listens on the local IP address 127.0.0.53:53
7419 for DNS requests. This improves compatibility with local programs
7420 that do not use the libc NSS or systemd-resolved's bus APIs for name
7421 resolution. This minimal DNS service is only available to local
7422 programs and does not implement the full DNS protocol, but enough to
7423 cover local DNS clients. A new, static resolv.conf file, listing just
7424 this DNS server is now shipped in /usr/lib/systemd/resolv.conf. It is
7425 now recommended to make /etc/resolv.conf a symlink to this file in
7426 order to route all DNS lookups to systemd-resolved, regardless if
7427 done via NSS, the bus API or raw DNS packets. Note that this local
7428 DNS service is not as fully featured as the libc NSS or
7429 systemd-resolved's bus APIs. For example, as unicast DNS cannot be
7430 used to deliver link-local address information (as this implies
7431 sending a local interface index along), LLMNR/mDNS support via this
7432 interface is severely restricted. It is thus strongly recommended for
7433 all applications to use the libc NSS API or native systemd-resolved
7434 bus API instead.
7435
7436 * systemd-networkd's bridge support learned a new setting
7437 VLANFiltering= for controlling VLAN filtering. Moreover a new section
7438 in .network files has been added for configuring VLAN bridging in
7439 more detail: VLAN=, EgressUntagged=, PVID= in [BridgeVLAN].
7440
7441 * systemd-networkd's IPv6 Router Advertisement code now makes use of
7442 the DNSSL and RDNSS options. This means IPv6 DNS configuration may
7443 now be acquired without relying on DHCPv6. Two new options
7444 UseDomains= and UseDNS= have been added to configure this behaviour.
7445
7446 * systemd-networkd's IPv6AcceptRouterAdvertisements= option has been
7447 renamed IPv6AcceptRA=, without altering its behaviour. The old
7448 setting name remains available for compatibility reasons.
7449
7450 * The systemd-networkd VTI/VTI6 tunneling support gained new options
7451 Key=, InputKey= and OutputKey=.
7452
7453 * systemd-networkd gained support for VRF ("Virtual Routing Function")
7454 interface configuration.
7455
7456 * "systemctl edit" may now be used to create new unit files by
7457 specifying the --force switch.
7458
7459 * sd-event gained a new function sd_event_get_iteration() for
7460 requesting the current iteration counter of the event loop. It starts
7461 at zero and is increased by one with each event loop iteration.
7462
7463 * A new rpm macro %systemd_ordering is provided by the macros.systemd
7464 file. It can be used in lieu of %systemd_requires in packages which
7465 don't use any systemd functionality and are intended to be installed
7466 in minimal containers without systemd present. This macro provides
7467 ordering dependencies to ensure that if the package is installed in
7468 the same rpm transaction as systemd, systemd will be installed before
7469 the scriptlets for the package are executed, allowing unit presets
7470 to be handled.
7471
7472 New macros %_systemdgeneratordir and %_systemdusergeneratordir have
7473 been added to simplify packaging of generators.
7474
7475 * The os-release file gained VERSION_CODENAME field for the
7476 distribution nickname (e.g. VERSION_CODENAME=woody).
7477
7478 * New udev property UDEV_DISABLE_PERSISTENT_STORAGE_RULES_FLAG=1
7479 can be set to disable parsing of metadata and the creation
7480 of persistent symlinks for that device.
7481
7482 * The v230 change to tag framebuffer devices (/dev/fb*) with "uaccess"
7483 to make them available to logged-in users has been reverted.
7484
7485 * Much of the common code of the various systemd components is now
7486 built into an internal shared library libsystemd-shared-231.so
7487 (incorporating the systemd version number in the name, to be updated
7488 with future releases) that the components link to. This should
7489 decrease systemd footprint both in memory during runtime and on
7490 disk. Note that the shared library is not for public use, and is
7491 neither API nor ABI stable, but is likely to change with every new
7492 released update. Packagers need to make sure that binaries
7493 linking to libsystemd-shared.so are updated in step with the
7494 library.
7495
7496 * Configuration for "mkosi" is now part of the systemd
7497 repository. mkosi is a tool to easily build legacy-free OS images,
7498 and is available on github: https://github.com/systemd/mkosi. If
7499 "mkosi" is invoked in the build tree a new raw OS image is generated
7500 incorporating the systemd sources currently being worked on and a
7501 clean, fresh distribution installation. The generated OS image may be
7502 booted up with "systemd-nspawn -b -i", qemu-kvm or on any physical
7503 UEFI PC. This functionality is particularly useful to easily test
7504 local changes made to systemd in a pristine, defined environment. See
7505 doc/HACKING for details.
7506
7507 * configure learned the --with-support-url= option to specify the
7508 distribution's bugtracker.
7509
7510 Contributions from: Alban Crequy, Alessandro Puccetti, Alessio Igor
7511 Bogani, Alexander Kuleshov, Alexander Kurtz, Alex Gaynor, Andika
7512 Triwidada, Andreas Pokorny, Andreas Rammhold, Andrew Jeddeloh, Ansgar
7513 Burchardt, Atrotors, Benjamin Drung, Brian Boylston, Christian Hesse,
7514 Christian Rebischke, Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David
7515 Herrmann, David Michael, Djalal Harouni, Douglas Christman, Elias
7516 Probst, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Federico Mena Quintero, Felipe Sateler,
7517 Franck Bui, Harald Hoyer, Ian Lee, Ivan Shapovalov, Jakub Wilk, Jan
7518 Janssen, Jean-Sébastien Bour, John Paul Adrian Glaubitz, Jouke
7519 Witteveen, Kai Ruhnau, kpengboy, Kyle Walker, Lénaïc Huard, Lennart
7520 Poettering, Luca Bruno, Lukas Lösche, Lukáš Nykrýn, mahkoh, Marcel
7521 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Marty Plummer, Matthieu Codron, Max Prokhorov,
7522 Michael Biebl, Michael Karcher, Michael Olbrich, Michał Bartoszkiewicz,
7523 Michal Sekletar, Michal Soltys, Minkyung, Muhammet Kara, mulkieran,
7524 Otto Wallenius, Pablo Lezaeta Reyes, Peter Hutterer, Ronny Chevalier,
7525 Rusty Bird, Stef Walter, Susant Sahani, Tejun Heo, Thomas Blume, Thomas
7526 Haller, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tobias Jungel, Tom Gundersen, Tom Yan,
7527 Topi Miettinen, Torstein Husebø, Valentin Vidić, Viktar Vaŭčkievič,
7528 WaLyong Cho, Weng Xuetian, Werner Fink, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
7529
7530 — Berlin, 2016-07-25
7531
7532 CHANGES WITH 230:
7533
7534 * DNSSEC is now turned on by default in systemd-resolved (in
7535 "allow-downgrade" mode), but may be turned off during compile time by
7536 passing "--with-default-dnssec=no" to "configure" (and of course,
7537 during runtime with DNSSEC= in resolved.conf). We recommend
7538 downstreams to leave this on at least during development cycles and
7539 report any issues with the DNSSEC logic upstream. We are very
7540 interested in collecting feedback about the DNSSEC validator and its
7541 limitations in the wild. Note however, that DNSSEC support is
7542 probably nothing downstreams should turn on in stable distros just
7543 yet, as it might create incompatibilities with a few DNS servers and
7544 networks. We tried hard to make sure we downgrade to non-DNSSEC mode
7545 automatically whenever we detect such incompatible setups, but there
7546 might be systems we do not cover yet. Hence: please help us testing
7547 the DNSSEC code, leave this on where you can, report back, but then
7548 again don't consider turning this on in your stable, LTS or
7549 production release just yet. (Note that you have to enable
7550 nss-resolve in /etc/nsswitch.conf, to actually use systemd-resolved
7551 and its DNSSEC mode for hostname resolution from local
7552 applications.)
7553
7554 * systemd-resolve conveniently resolves DANE records with the --tlsa
7555 option and OPENPGPKEY records with the --openpgp option. It also
7556 supports dumping raw DNS record data via the new --raw= switch.
7557
7558 * systemd-logind will now by default terminate user processes that are
7559 part of the user session scope unit (session-XX.scope) when the user
7560 logs out. This behavior is controlled by the KillUserProcesses=
7561 setting in logind.conf, and the previous default of "no" is now
7562 changed to "yes". This means that user sessions will be properly
7563 cleaned up after, but additional steps are necessary to allow
7564 intentionally long-running processes to survive logout.
7565
7566 While the user is logged in at least once, user@.service is running,
7567 and any service that should survive the end of any individual login
7568 session can be started at a user service or scope using systemd-run.
7569 systemd-run(1) man page has been extended with an example which shows
7570 how to run screen in a scope unit underneath user@.service. The same
7571 command works for tmux.
7572
7573 After the user logs out of all sessions, user@.service will be
7574 terminated too, by default, unless the user has "lingering" enabled.
7575 To effectively allow users to run long-term tasks even if they are
7576 logged out, lingering must be enabled for them. See loginctl(1) for
7577 details. The default polkit policy was modified to allow users to
7578 set lingering for themselves without authentication.
7579
7580 Previous defaults can be restored at compile time by the
7581 --without-kill-user-processes option to "configure".
7582
7583 * systemd-logind gained new configuration settings SessionsMax= and
7584 InhibitorsMax=, both with a default of 8192. It will not register new
7585 user sessions or inhibitors above this limit.
7586
7587 * systemd-logind will now reload configuration on SIGHUP.
7588
7589 * The unified cgroup hierarchy added in Linux 4.5 is now supported.
7590 Use systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy=1 on the kernel command line to
7591 enable. Also, support for the "io" cgroup controller in the unified
7592 hierarchy has been added, so that the "memory", "pids" and "io" are
7593 now the controllers that are supported on the unified hierarchy.
7594
7595 WARNING: it is not possible to use previous systemd versions with
7596 systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy=1 and the new kernel. Therefore it
7597 is necessary to also update systemd in the initramfs if using the
7598 unified hierarchy. An updated SELinux policy is also required.
7599
7600 * LLDP support has been extended, and both passive (receive-only) and
7601 active (sender) modes are supported. Passive mode ("routers-only") is
7602 enabled by default in systemd-networkd. Active LLDP mode is enabled
7603 by default for containers on the internal network. The "networkctl
7604 lldp" command may be used to list information gathered. "networkctl
7605 status" will also show basic LLDP information on connected peers now.
7606
7607 * The IAID and DUID unique identifier sent in DHCP requests may now be
7608 configured for the system and each .network file managed by
7609 systemd-networkd using the DUIDType=, DUIDRawData=, IAID= options.
7610
7611 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring proxy ARP support for
7612 each interface, via the ProxyArp= setting in .network files. It also
7613 gained support for configuring the multicast querier feature of
7614 bridge devices, via the new MulticastQuerier= setting in .netdev
7615 files. Similarly, snooping on the IGMP traffic can be controlled
7616 via the new setting MulticastSnooping=.
7617
7618 A new setting PreferredLifetime= has been added for addresses
7619 configured in .network file to configure the lifetime intended for an
7620 address.
7621
7622 The systemd-networkd DHCP server gained the option EmitRouter=, which
7623 defaults to yes, to configure whether the DHCP Option 3 (Router)
7624 should be emitted.
7625
7626 * The testing tool /usr/lib/systemd/systemd-activate is renamed to
7627 systemd-socket-activate and installed into /usr/bin. It is now fully
7628 supported.
7629
7630 * systemd-journald now uses separate threads to flush changes to disk
7631 when closing journal files, thus reducing impact of slow disk I/O on
7632 logging performance.
7633
7634 * The sd-journal API gained two new calls
7635 sd_journal_open_directory_fd() and sd_journal_open_files_fd() which
7636 can be used to open journal files using file descriptors instead of
7637 file or directory paths. sd_journal_open_container() has been
7638 deprecated, sd_journal_open_directory_fd() should be used instead
7639 with the flag SD_JOURNAL_OS_ROOT.
7640
7641 * journalctl learned a new output mode "-o short-unix" that outputs log
7642 lines prefixed by their UNIX time (i.e. seconds since Jan 1st, 1970
7643 UTC). It also gained support for a new --no-hostname setting to
7644 suppress the hostname column in the family of "short" output modes.
7645
7646 * systemd-ask-password now optionally skips printing of the password to
7647 stdout with --no-output which can be useful in scripts.
7648
7649 * Framebuffer devices (/dev/fb*) and 3D printers and scanners
7650 (devices tagged with ID_MAKER_TOOL) are now tagged with
7651 "uaccess" and are available to logged in users.
7652
7653 * The DeviceAllow= unit setting now supports specifiers (with "%").
7654
7655 * "systemctl show" gained a new --value switch, which allows print a
7656 only the contents of a specific unit property, without also printing
7657 the property's name. Similar support was added to "show*" verbs
7658 of loginctl and machinectl that output "key=value" lists.
7659
7660 * A new unit type "generated" was added for files dynamically generated
7661 by generator tools. Similarly, a new unit type "transient" is used
7662 for unit files created using the runtime API. "systemctl enable" will
7663 refuse to operate on such files.
7664
7665 * A new command "systemctl revert" has been added that may be used to
7666 revert to the vendor version of a unit file, in case local changes
7667 have been made by adding drop-ins or overriding the unit file.
7668
7669 * "machinectl clean" gained a new verb to automatically remove all or
7670 just hidden container images.
7671
7672 * systemd-tmpfiles gained support for a new line type "e" for emptying
7673 directories, if they exist, without creating them if they don't.
7674
7675 * systemd-nspawn gained support for automatically patching the UID/GIDs
7676 of the owners and the ACLs of all files and directories in a
7677 container tree to match the UID/GID user namespacing range selected
7678 for the container invocation. This mode is enabled via the new
7679 --private-users-chown switch. It also gained support for
7680 automatically choosing a free, previously unused UID/GID range when
7681 starting a container, via the new --private-users=pick setting (which
7682 implies --private-users-chown). Together, these options for the first
7683 time make user namespacing for nspawn containers fully automatic and
7684 thus deployable. The systemd-nspawn@.service template unit file has
7685 been changed to use this functionality by default.
7686
7687 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --network-zone= switch, that allows
7688 creating ad-hoc virtual Ethernet links between multiple containers,
7689 that only exist as long as at least one container referencing them is
7690 running. This allows easy connecting of multiple containers with a
7691 common link that implements an Ethernet broadcast domain. Each of
7692 these network "zones" may be named relatively freely by the user, and
7693 may be referenced by any number of containers, but each container may
7694 only reference one of these "zones". On the lower level, this is
7695 implemented by an automatically managed bridge network interface for
7696 each zone, that is created when the first container referencing its
7697 zone is created and removed when the last one referencing its zone
7698 terminates.
7699
7700 * The default start timeout may now be configured on the kernel command
7701 line via systemd.default_timeout_start_sec=. It was already
7702 configurable via the DefaultTimeoutStartSec= option in
7703 /etc/systemd/system.conf.
7704
7705 * Socket units gained a new TriggerLimitIntervalSec= and
7706 TriggerLimitBurst= setting to configure a limit on the activation
7707 rate of the socket unit.
7708
7709 * The LimitNICE= setting now optionally takes normal UNIX nice values
7710 in addition to the raw integer limit value. If the specified
7711 parameter is prefixed with "+" or "-" and is in the range -20…19 the
7712 value is understood as UNIX nice value. If not prefixed like this it
7713 is understood as raw RLIMIT_NICE limit.
7714
7715 * Note that the effect of the PrivateDevices= unit file setting changed
7716 slightly with this release: the per-device /dev file system will be
7717 mounted read-only from this version on, and will have "noexec"
7718 set. This (minor) change of behavior might cause some (exceptional)
7719 legacy software to break, when PrivateDevices=yes is set for its
7720 service. Please leave PrivateDevices= off if you run into problems
7721 with this.
7722
7723 * systemd-bootchart has been split out to a separate repository:
7724 https://github.com/systemd/systemd-bootchart
7725
7726 * systemd-bus-proxyd has been removed, as kdbus is unlikely to still be
7727 merged into the kernel in its current form.
7728
7729 * The compatibility libraries libsystemd-daemon.so,
7730 libsystemd-journal.so, libsystemd-id128.so, and libsystemd-login.so
7731 which have been deprecated since systemd-209 have been removed along
7732 with the corresponding pkg-config files. All symbols provided by
7733 those libraries are provided by libsystemd.so.
7734
7735 * The Capabilities= unit file setting has been removed (it is ignored
7736 for backwards compatibility). AmbientCapabilities= and
7737 CapabilityBoundingSet= should be used instead.
7738
7739 * A new special target has been added, initrd-root-device.target,
7740 which creates a synchronization point for dependencies of the root
7741 device in early userspace. Initramfs builders must ensure that this
7742 target is now included in early userspace.
7743
7744 Contributions from: Alban Crequy, Alexander Kuleshov, Alexander Shopov,
7745 Alex Crawford, Andre Klärner, Andrew Eikum, Beniamino Galvani, Benjamin
7746 Robin, Biao Lu, Bjørnar Ness, Calvin Owens, Christian Hesse, Clemens
7747 Gruber, Colin Guthrie, Daniel Drake, Daniele Medri, Daniel J Walsh,
7748 Daniel Mack, Dan Nicholson, daurnimator, David Herrmann, David
7749 R. Hedges, Elias Probst, Emmanuel Gil Peyrot, EMOziko, Evgeny
7750 Vereshchagin, Federico, Felipe Sateler, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck
7751 Bui, frankheckenbach, gdamjan, Georgia Brikis, Harald Hoyer, Hendrik
7752 Brueckner, Hristo Venev, Iago López Galeiras, Ian Kelling, Ismo
7753 Puustinen, Jakub Wilk, Jaroslav Škarvada, Jeff Huang, Joel Holdsworth,
7754 John Paul Adrian Glaubitz, Jonathan Boulle, kayrus, Klearchos
7755 Chaloulos, Kyle Russell, Lars Uebernickel, Lennart Poettering, Lubomir
7756 Rintel, Lukáš Nykrýn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann, Martin Pitt,
7757 Michael Biebl, michaelolbrich, Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Michal Koutný,
7758 Michal Sekletar, Mike Frysinger, Mike Gilbert, Mingcong Bai, Ming Lin,
7759 mulkieran, muzena, Nalin Dahyabhai, Naohiro Aota, Nathan McSween,
7760 Nicolas Braud-Santoni, Patrik Flykt, Peter Hutterer, Peter Mattern,
7761 Petr Lautrbach, Petros Angelatos, Piotr Drąg, Rabin Vincent, Robert
7762 Węcławski, Ronny Chevalier, Samuel Tardieu, Stefan Saraev, Stefan
7763 Schallenberg aka nafets227, Steven Siloti, Susant Sahani, Sylvain
7764 Plantefève, Taylor Smock, Tejun Heo, Thomas Blume, Thomas Haller,
7765 Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tobias Klauser, Tom Gundersen, topimiettinen,
7766 Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Uwe Kleine-König, Victor Toso,
7767 Vinay Kulkarni, Vito Caputo, Vittorio G (VittGam), Vladimir Panteleev,
7768 Wieland Hoffmann, Wouter Verhelst, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew
7769 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
7770
7771 — Fairfax, 2016-05-21
7772
7773 CHANGES WITH 229:
7774
7775 * The systemd-resolved DNS resolver service has gained a substantial
7776 set of new features, most prominently it may now act as a DNSSEC
7777 validating stub resolver. DNSSEC mode is currently turned off by
7778 default, but is expected to be turned on by default in one of the
7779 next releases. For now, we invite everybody to test the DNSSEC logic
7780 by setting DNSSEC=allow-downgrade in /etc/systemd/resolved.conf. The
7781 service also gained a full set of D-Bus interfaces, including calls
7782 to configure DNS and DNSSEC settings per link (for use by external
7783 network management software). systemd-resolved and systemd-networkd
7784 now distinguish between "search" and "routing" domains. The former
7785 are used to qualify single-label names, the latter are used purely
7786 for routing lookups within certain domains to specific links.
7787 resolved now also synthesizes RRs for all entries from /etc/hosts.
7788
7789 * The systemd-resolve tool (which is a client utility for
7790 systemd-resolved) has been improved considerably and is now fully
7791 supported and documented. Hence it has moved from /usr/lib/systemd to
7792 /usr/bin.
7793
7794 * /dev/disk/by-path/ symlink support has been (re-)added for virtio
7795 devices.
7796
7797 * The coredump collection logic has been reworked: when a coredump is
7798 collected it is now written to disk, compressed and processed
7799 (including stacktrace extraction) from a new instantiated service
7800 systemd-coredump@.service, instead of directly from the
7801 /proc/sys/kernel/core_pattern hook we provide. This is beneficial as
7802 processing large coredumps can take up a substantial amount of
7803 resources and time, and this previously happened entirely outside of
7804 systemd's service supervision. With the new logic the core_pattern
7805 hook only does minimal metadata collection before passing off control
7806 to the new instantiated service, which is configured with a time
7807 limit, a nice level and other settings to minimize negative impact on
7808 the rest of the system. Also note that the new logic will honour the
7809 RLIMIT_CORE setting of the crashed process, which now allows users
7810 and processes to turn off coredumping for their processes by setting
7811 this limit.
7812
7813 * The RLIMIT_CORE resource limit now defaults to "unlimited" for PID 1
7814 and all forked processes by default. Previously, PID 1 would leave
7815 the setting at "0" for all processes, as set by the kernel. Note that
7816 the resource limit traditionally has no effect on the generated
7817 coredumps on the system if the /proc/sys/kernel/core_pattern hook
7818 logic is used. Since the limit is now honoured (see above) its
7819 default has been changed so that the coredumping logic is enabled by
7820 default for all processes, while allowing specific opt-out.
7821
7822 * When the stacktrace is extracted from processes of system users, this
7823 is now done as "systemd-coredump" user, in order to sandbox this
7824 potentially security sensitive parsing operation. (Note that when
7825 processing coredumps of normal users this is done under the user ID
7826 of process that crashed, as before.) Packagers should take notice
7827 that it is now necessary to create the "systemd-coredump" system user
7828 and group at package installation time.
7829
7830 * The systemd-activate socket activation testing tool gained support
7831 for SOCK_DGRAM and SOCK_SEQPACKET sockets using the new --datagram
7832 and --seqpacket switches. It also has been extended to support both
7833 new-style and inetd-style file descriptor passing. Use the new
7834 --inetd switch to request inetd-style file descriptor passing.
7835
7836 * Most systemd tools now honor a new $SYSTEMD_COLORS environment
7837 variable, which takes a boolean value. If set to false, ANSI color
7838 output is disabled in the tools even when run on a terminal that
7839 supports it.
7840
7841 * The VXLAN support in networkd now supports two new settings
7842 DestinationPort= and PortRange=.
7843
7844 * A new systemd.machine_id= kernel command line switch has been added,
7845 that may be used to set the machine ID in /etc/machine-id if it is
7846 not initialized yet. This command line option has no effect if the
7847 file is already initialized.
7848
7849 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --as-pid2 switch that invokes any
7850 specified command line as PID 2 rather than PID 1 in the
7851 container. In this mode PID 1 is a minimal stub init process that
7852 implements the special POSIX and Linux semantics of PID 1 regarding
7853 signal and child process management. Note that this stub init process
7854 is implemented in nspawn itself and requires no support from the
7855 container image. This new logic is useful to support running
7856 arbitrary commands in the container, as normal processes are
7857 generally not prepared to run as PID 1.
7858
7859 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --chdir= switch for setting the current
7860 working directory for the process started in the container.
7861
7862 * "journalctl /dev/sda" will now output all kernel log messages for
7863 specified device from the current boot, in addition to all devices
7864 that are parents of it. This should make log output about devices
7865 pretty useful, as long as kernel drivers attach enough metadata to
7866 the log messages. (The usual SATA drivers do.)
7867
7868 * The sd-journal API gained two new calls
7869 sd_journal_has_runtime_files() and sd_journal_has_persistent_files()
7870 that report whether log data from /run or /var has been found.
7871
7872 * journalctl gained a new switch "--fields" that prints all journal
7873 record field names currently in use in the journal. This is backed
7874 by two new sd-journal API calls sd_journal_enumerate_fields() and
7875 sd_journal_restart_fields().
7876
7877 * Most configurable timeouts in systemd now expect an argument of
7878 "infinity" to turn them off, instead of "0" as before. The semantics
7879 from now on is that a timeout of "0" means "now", and "infinity"
7880 means "never". To maintain backwards compatibility, "0" continues to
7881 turn off previously existing timeout settings.
7882
7883 * "systemctl reload-or-try-restart" has been renamed to "systemctl
7884 try-reload-or-restart" to clarify what it actually does: the "try"
7885 logic applies to both reloading and restarting, not just restarting.
7886 The old name continues to be accepted for compatibility.
7887
7888 * On boot-up, when PID 1 detects that the system clock is behind the
7889 release date of the systemd version in use, the clock is now set
7890 to the latter. Previously, this was already done in timesyncd, in order
7891 to avoid running with clocks set to the various clock epochs such as
7892 1902, 1938 or 1970. With this change the logic is now done in PID 1
7893 in addition to timesyncd during early boot-up, so that it is enforced
7894 before the first process is spawned by systemd. Note that the logic
7895 in timesyncd remains, as it is more comprehensive and ensures
7896 clock monotonicity by maintaining a persistent timestamp file in
7897 /var. Since /var is generally not available in earliest boot or the
7898 initrd, this part of the logic remains in timesyncd, and is not done
7899 by PID 1.
7900
7901 * Support for tweaking details in net_cls.class_id through the
7902 NetClass= configuration directive has been removed, as the kernel
7903 people have decided to deprecate that controller in cgroup v2.
7904 Userspace tools such as nftables are moving over to setting rules
7905 that are specific to the full cgroup path of a task, which obsoletes
7906 these controllers anyway. The NetClass= directive is kept around for
7907 legacy compatibility reasons. For a more in-depth description of the
7908 kernel change, please refer to the respective upstream commit:
7909
7910 https://git.kernel.org/cgit/linux/kernel/git/torvalds/linux.git/commit/?id=bd1060a1d671
7911
7912 * A new service setting RuntimeMaxSec= has been added that may be used
7913 to specify a maximum runtime for a service. If the timeout is hit, the
7914 service is terminated and put into a failure state.
7915
7916 * A new service setting AmbientCapabilities= has been added. It allows
7917 configuration of additional Linux process capabilities that are
7918 passed to the activated processes. This is only available on very
7919 recent kernels.
7920
7921 * The process resource limit settings in service units may now be used
7922 to configure hard and soft limits individually.
7923
7924 * The various libsystemd APIs such as sd-bus or sd-event now publicly
7925 expose support for gcc's __attribute__((cleanup())) C extension.
7926 Specifically, for many object destructor functions alternative
7927 versions have been added that have names suffixed with "p" and take a
7928 pointer to a pointer to the object to destroy, instead of just a
7929 pointer to the object itself. This is useful because these destructor
7930 functions may be used directly as parameters to the cleanup
7931 construct. Internally, systemd has been a heavy user of this GCC
7932 extension for a long time, and with this change similar support is
7933 now available to consumers of the library outside of systemd. Note
7934 that by using this extension in your sources compatibility with old
7935 and strictly ANSI compatible C compilers is lost. However, all gcc or
7936 LLVM versions of recent years support this extension.
7937
7938 * Timer units gained support for a new setting RandomizedDelaySec= that
7939 allows configuring some additional randomized delay to the configured
7940 time. This is useful to spread out timer events to avoid load peaks in
7941 clusters or larger setups.
7942
7943 * Calendar time specifications now support sub-second accuracy.
7944
7945 * Socket units now support listening on SCTP and UDP-lite protocol
7946 sockets.
7947
7948 * The sd-event API now comes with a full set of man pages.
7949
7950 * Older versions of systemd contained experimental support for
7951 compressing journal files and coredumps with the LZ4 compressor that
7952 was not compatible with the lz4 binary (due to API limitations of the
7953 lz4 library). This support has been removed; only support for files
7954 compatible with the lz4 binary remains. This LZ4 logic is now
7955 officially supported and no longer considered experimental.
7956
7957 * The dkr image import logic has been removed again from importd. dkr's
7958 micro-services focus doesn't fit into the machine image focus of
7959 importd, and quickly got out of date with the upstream dkr API.
7960
7961 * Creation of the /run/lock/lockdev/ directory was dropped from
7962 tmpfiles.d/legacy.conf. Better locking mechanisms like flock() have
7963 been available for many years. If you still need this, you need to
7964 create your own tmpfiles.d config file with:
7965
7966 d /run/lock/lockdev 0775 root lock -
7967
7968 * The settings StartLimitBurst=, StartLimitInterval=, StartLimitAction=
7969 and RebootArgument= have been moved from the [Service] section of
7970 unit files to [Unit], and they are now supported on all unit types,
7971 not just service units. Of course, systemd will continue to
7972 understand these settings also at the old location, in order to
7973 maintain compatibility.
7974
7975 Contributions from: Abdo Roig-Maranges, Alban Crequy, Aleksander
7976 Adamowski, Alexander Kuleshov, Andreas Pokorny, Andrei Borzenkov,
7977 Andrew Wilcox, Arthur Clement, Beniamino Galvani, Casey Schaufler,
7978 Chris Atkinson, Chris Mayo, Christian Hesse, Damjan Georgievski, Dan
7979 Dedrick, Daniele Medri, Daniel J Walsh, Daniel Korostil, Daniel Mack,
7980 David Herrmann, Dimitri John Ledkov, Dominik Hannen, Douglas Christman,
7981 Evgeny Vereshchagin, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck Bui, Gabor Kelemen,
7982 Harald Hoyer, Hayden Walles, Helmut Grohne, Henrik Kaare Poulsen,
7983 Hristo Venev, Hui Wang, Indrajit Raychaudhuri, Ismo Puustinen, Jakub
7984 Wilk, Jan Alexander Steffens (heftig), Jan Engelhardt, Jan Synacek,
7985 Joost Bremmer, Jorgen Schaefer, Karel Zak, Klearchos Chaloulos,
7986 lc85446, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel
7987 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michael Scherer,
7988 Michał Górny, Michal Sekletar, Nicolas Cornu, Nicolas Iooss, Nils
7989 Carlson, nmartensen, nnz1024, Patrick Ohly, Peter Hutterer, Phillip Sz,
7990 Ronny Chevalier, Samu Kallio, Shawn Landden, Stef Walter, Susant
7991 Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Tadej Janež, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
7992 Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Vito
7993 Caputo, WaLyong Cho, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
7994
7995 — Berlin, 2016-02-11
7996
7997 CHANGES WITH 228:
7998
7999 * A number of properties previously only settable in unit
8000 files are now also available as properties to set when
8001 creating transient units programmatically via the bus, as it
8002 is exposed with systemd-run's --property=
8003 setting. Specifically, these are: SyslogIdentifier=,
8004 SyslogLevelPrefix=, TimerSlackNSec=, OOMScoreAdjust=,
8005 EnvironmentFile=, ReadWriteDirectories=,
8006 ReadOnlyDirectories=, InaccessibleDirectories=,
8007 ProtectSystem=, ProtectHome=, RuntimeDirectory=.
8008
8009 * When creating transient services via the bus API it is now
8010 possible to pass in a set of file descriptors to use as
8011 STDIN/STDOUT/STDERR for the invoked process.
8012
8013 * Slice units may now be created transiently via the bus APIs,
8014 similar to the way service and scope units may already be
8015 created transiently.
8016
8017 * Wherever systemd expects a calendar timestamp specification
8018 (like in journalctl's --since= and --until= switches) UTC
8019 timestamps are now supported. Timestamps suffixed with "UTC"
8020 are now considered to be in Universal Time Coordinated
8021 instead of the local timezone. Also, timestamps may now
8022 optionally be specified with sub-second accuracy. Both of
8023 these additions also apply to recurring calendar event
8024 specification, such as OnCalendar= in timer units.
8025
8026 * journalctl gained a new "--sync" switch that asks the
8027 journal daemon to write all so far unwritten log messages to
8028 disk and sync the files, before returning.
8029
8030 * systemd-tmpfiles learned two new line types "q" and "Q" that
8031 operate like "v", but also set up a basic btrfs quota
8032 hierarchy when used on a btrfs file system with quota
8033 enabled.
8034
8035 * tmpfiles' "v", "q" and "Q" will now create a plain directory
8036 instead of a subvolume (even on a btrfs file system) if the
8037 root directory is a plain directory, and not a
8038 subvolume. This should simplify things with certain chroot()
8039 environments which are not aware of the concept of btrfs
8040 subvolumes.
8041
8042 * systemd-detect-virt gained a new --chroot switch to detect
8043 whether execution takes place in a chroot() environment.
8044
8045 * CPUAffinity= now takes CPU index ranges in addition to
8046 individual indexes.
8047
8048 * The various memory-related resource limit settings (such as
8049 LimitAS=) now understand the usual K, M, G, … suffixes to
8050 the base of 1024 (IEC). Similar, the time-related resource
8051 limit settings understand the usual min, h, day, … suffixes
8052 now.
8053
8054 * There's a new system.conf setting DefaultTasksMax= to
8055 control the default TasksMax= setting for services and
8056 scopes running on the system. (TasksMax= is the primary
8057 setting that exposes the "pids" cgroup controller on systemd
8058 and was introduced in the previous systemd release.) The
8059 setting now defaults to 512, which means services that are
8060 not explicitly configured otherwise will only be able to
8061 create 512 processes or threads at maximum, from this
8062 version on. Note that this means that thread- or
8063 process-heavy services might need to be reconfigured to set
8064 TasksMax= to a higher value. It is sufficient to set
8065 TasksMax= in these specific unit files to a higher value, or
8066 even "infinity". Similar, there's now a logind.conf setting
8067 UserTasksMax= that defaults to 4096 and limits the total
8068 number of processes or tasks each user may own
8069 concurrently. nspawn containers also have the TasksMax=
8070 value set by default now, to 8192. Note that all of this
8071 only has an effect if the "pids" cgroup controller is
8072 enabled in the kernel. The general benefit of these changes
8073 should be a more robust and safer system, that provides a
8074 certain amount of per-service fork() bomb protection.
8075
8076 * systemd-nspawn gained the new --network-veth-extra= switch
8077 to define additional and arbitrarily-named virtual Ethernet
8078 links between the host and the container.
8079
8080 * A new service execution setting PassEnvironment= has been
8081 added that allows importing select environment variables
8082 from PID1's environment block into the environment block of
8083 the service.
8084
8085 * Timer units gained support for a new RemainAfterElapse=
8086 setting which takes a boolean argument. It defaults to on,
8087 exposing behaviour unchanged to previous releases. If set to
8088 off, timer units are unloaded after they elapsed if they
8089 cannot elapse again. This is particularly useful for
8090 transient timer units, which shall not stay around longer
8091 than until they first elapse.
8092
8093 * systemd will now bump the net.unix.max_dgram_qlen to 512 by
8094 default now (the kernel default is 16). This is beneficial
8095 for avoiding blocking on AF_UNIX/SOCK_DGRAM sockets since it
8096 allows substantially larger numbers of queued
8097 datagrams. This should increase the capability of systemd to
8098 parallelize boot-up, as logging and sd_notify() are unlikely
8099 to stall execution anymore. If you need to change the value
8100 from the new defaults, use the usual sysctl.d/ snippets.
8101
8102 * The compression framing format used by the journal or
8103 coredump processing has changed to be in line with what the
8104 official LZ4 tools generate. LZ4 compression support in
8105 systemd was considered unsupported previously, as the format
8106 was not compatible with the normal tools. With this release
8107 this has changed now, and it is hence safe for downstream
8108 distributions to turn it on. While not compressing as well
8109 as the XZ, LZ4 is substantially faster, which makes
8110 it a good default choice for the compression logic in the
8111 journal and in coredump handling.
8112
8113 * Any reference to /etc/mtab has been dropped from
8114 systemd. The file has been obsolete since a while, but
8115 systemd refused to work on systems where it was incorrectly
8116 set up (it should be a symlink or non-existent). Please make
8117 sure to update to util-linux 2.27.1 or newer in conjunction
8118 with this systemd release, which also drops any reference to
8119 /etc/mtab. If you maintain a distribution make sure that no
8120 software you package still references it, as this is a
8121 likely source of bugs. There's also a glibc bug pending,
8122 asking for removal of any reference to this obsolete file:
8123
8124 https://sourceware.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=19108
8125
8126 Note that only util-linux versions built with
8127 --enable-libmount-force-mountinfo are supported.
8128
8129 * Support for the ".snapshot" unit type has been removed. This
8130 feature turned out to be little useful and little used, and
8131 has now been removed from the core and from systemctl.
8132
8133 * The dependency types RequiresOverridable= and
8134 RequisiteOverridable= have been removed from systemd. They
8135 have been used only very sparingly to our knowledge and
8136 other options that provide a similar effect (such as
8137 systemctl --mode=ignore-dependencies) are much more useful
8138 and commonly used. Moreover, they were only half-way
8139 implemented as the option to control behaviour regarding
8140 these dependencies was never added to systemctl. By removing
8141 these dependency types the execution engine becomes a bit
8142 simpler. Unit files that use these dependencies should be
8143 changed to use the non-Overridable dependency types
8144 instead. In fact, when parsing unit files with these
8145 options, that's what systemd will automatically convert them
8146 too, but it will also warn, asking users to fix the unit
8147 files accordingly. Removal of these dependency types should
8148 only affect a negligible number of unit files in the wild.
8149
8150 * Behaviour of networkd's IPForward= option changed
8151 (again). It will no longer maintain a per-interface setting,
8152 but propagate one way from interfaces where this is enabled
8153 to the global kernel setting. The global setting will be
8154 enabled when requested by a network that is set up, but
8155 never be disabled again. This change was made to make sure
8156 IPv4 and IPv6 behaviour regarding packet forwarding is
8157 similar (as the Linux IPv6 stack does not support
8158 per-interface control of this setting) and to minimize
8159 surprises.
8160
8161 * In unit files the behaviour of %u, %U, %h, %s has
8162 changed. These specifiers will now unconditionally resolve
8163 to the various user database fields of the user that the
8164 systemd instance is running as, instead of the user
8165 configured in the specific unit via User=. Note that this
8166 effectively doesn't change much, as resolving of these
8167 specifiers was already turned off in the --system instance
8168 of systemd, as we cannot do NSS lookups from PID 1. In the
8169 --user instance of systemd these specifiers where correctly
8170 resolved, but hardly made any sense, since the user instance
8171 lacks privileges to do user switches anyway, and User= is
8172 hence useless. Moreover, even in the --user instance of
8173 systemd behaviour was awkward as it would only take settings
8174 from User= assignment placed before the specifier into
8175 account. In order to unify and simplify the logic around
8176 this the specifiers will now always resolve to the
8177 credentials of the user invoking the manager (which in case
8178 of PID 1 is the root user).
8179
8180 Contributions from: Andrew Jones, Beniamino Galvani, Boyuan
8181 Yang, Daniel Machon, Daniel Mack, David Herrmann, David
8182 Reynolds, David Strauss, Dongsu Park, Evgeny Vereshchagin,
8183 Felipe Sateler, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck Bui, Hristo
8184 Venev, Iago López Galeiras, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jan
8185 Synacek, Jesus Ornelas Aguayo, Karel Zak, kayrus, Kay Sievers,
8186 Lennart Poettering, Liu Yuan Yuan, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel
8187 Holtmann, Marcin Bachry, Marcos Alano, Marcos Mello, Mark
8188 Theunissen, Martin Pitt, Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich,
8189 Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Mirco Tischler, Nick Owens,
8190 Nicolas Cornu, Patrik Flykt, Peter Hutterer, reverendhomer,
8191 Ronny Chevalier, Sangjung Woo, Seong-ho Cho, Shawn Landden,
8192 Susant Sahani, Thomas Haller, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen,
8193 Tom Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Vito Caputo, Zbigniew
8194 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
8195
8196 — Berlin, 2015-11-18
8197
8198 CHANGES WITH 227:
8199
8200 * systemd now depends on util-linux v2.27. More specifically,
8201 the newly added mount monitor feature in libmount now
8202 replaces systemd's former own implementation.
8203
8204 * libmount mandates /etc/mtab not to be regular file, and
8205 systemd now enforces this condition at early boot.
8206 /etc/mtab has been deprecated and warned about for a very
8207 long time, so systems running systemd should already have
8208 stopped having this file around as anything else than a
8209 symlink to /proc/self/mounts.
8210
8211 * Support for the "pids" cgroup controller has been added. It
8212 allows accounting the number of tasks in a cgroup and
8213 enforcing limits on it. This adds two new setting
8214 TasksAccounting= and TasksMax= to each unit, as well as a
8215 global option DefaultTasksAccounting=.
8216
8217 * Support for the "net_cls" cgroup controller has been added.
8218 It allows assigning a net class ID to each task in the
8219 cgroup, which can then be used in firewall rules and traffic
8220 shaping configurations. Note that the kernel netfilter net
8221 class code does not currently work reliably for ingress
8222 packets on unestablished sockets.
8223
8224 This adds a new config directive called NetClass= to CGroup
8225 enabled units. Allowed values are positive numbers for fixed
8226 assignments and "auto" for picking a free value
8227 automatically.
8228
8229 * 'systemctl is-system-running' now returns 'offline' if the
8230 system is not booted with systemd. This command can now be
8231 used as a substitute for 'systemd-notify --booted'.
8232
8233 * Watchdog timeouts have been increased to 3 minutes for all
8234 in-tree service files. Apparently, disk IO issues are more
8235 frequent than we hoped, and user reported >1 minute waiting
8236 for disk IO.
8237
8238 * 'machine-id-commit' functionality has been merged into
8239 'machine-id-setup --commit'. The separate binary has been
8240 removed.
8241
8242 * The WorkingDirectory= directive in unit files may now be set
8243 to the special value '~'. In this case, the working
8244 directory is set to the home directory of the user
8245 configured in User=.
8246
8247 * "machinectl shell" will now open the shell in the home
8248 directory of the selected user by default.
8249
8250 * The CrashChVT= configuration file setting is renamed to
8251 CrashChangeVT=, following our usual logic of not
8252 abbreviating unnecessarily. The old directive is still
8253 supported for compat reasons. Also, this directive now takes
8254 an integer value between 1 and 63, or a boolean value. The
8255 formerly supported '-1' value for disabling stays around for
8256 compat reasons.
8257
8258 * The PrivateTmp=, PrivateDevices=, PrivateNetwork=,
8259 NoNewPrivileges=, TTYPath=, WorkingDirectory= and
8260 RootDirectory= properties can now be set for transient
8261 units.
8262
8263 * The systemd-analyze tool gained a new "set-log-target" verb
8264 to change the logging target the system manager logs to
8265 dynamically during runtime. This is similar to how
8266 "systemd-analyze set-log-level" already changes the log
8267 level.
8268
8269 * In nspawn /sys is now mounted as tmpfs, with only a selected
8270 set of subdirectories mounted in from the real sysfs. This
8271 enhances security slightly, and is useful for ensuring user
8272 namespaces work correctly.
8273
8274 * Support for USB FunctionFS activation has been added. This
8275 allows implementation of USB gadget services that are
8276 activated as soon as they are requested, so that they don't
8277 have to run continuously, similar to classic socket
8278 activation.
8279
8280 * The "systemctl exit" command now optionally takes an
8281 additional parameter that sets the exit code to return from
8282 the systemd manager when exiting. This is only relevant when
8283 running the systemd user instance, or when running the
8284 system instance in a container.
8285
8286 * sd-bus gained the new API calls sd_bus_path_encode_many()
8287 and sd_bus_path_decode_many() that allow easy encoding and
8288 decoding of multiple identifier strings inside a D-Bus
8289 object path. Another new call sd_bus_default_flush_close()
8290 has been added to flush and close per-thread default
8291 connections.
8292
8293 * systemd-cgtop gained support for a -M/--machine= switch to
8294 show the control groups within a certain container only.
8295
8296 * "systemctl kill" gained support for an optional --fail
8297 switch. If specified the requested operation will fail of no
8298 processes have been killed, because the unit had no
8299 processes attached, or similar.
8300
8301 * A new systemd.crash_reboot=1 kernel command line option has
8302 been added that triggers a reboot after crashing. This can
8303 also be set through CrashReboot= in systemd.conf.
8304
8305 * The RuntimeDirectory= setting now understands unit
8306 specifiers like %i or %f.
8307
8308 * A new (still internal) library API sd-ipv4acd has been added,
8309 that implements address conflict detection for IPv4. It's
8310 based on code from sd-ipv4ll, and will be useful for
8311 detecting DHCP address conflicts.
8312
8313 * File descriptors passed during socket activation may now be
8314 named. A new API sd_listen_fds_with_names() is added to
8315 access the names. The default names may be overridden,
8316 either in the .socket file using the FileDescriptorName=
8317 parameter, or by passing FDNAME= when storing the file
8318 descriptors using sd_notify().
8319
8320 * systemd-networkd gained support for:
8321
8322 - Setting the IPv6 Router Advertisement settings via
8323 IPv6AcceptRouterAdvertisements= in .network files.
8324
8325 - Configuring the HelloTimeSec=, MaxAgeSec= and
8326 ForwardDelaySec= bridge parameters in .netdev files.
8327
8328 - Configuring PreferredSource= for static routes in
8329 .network files.
8330
8331 * The "ask-password" framework used to query for LUKS harddisk
8332 passwords or SSL passwords during boot gained support for
8333 caching passwords in the kernel keyring, if it is
8334 available. This makes sure that the user only has to type in
8335 a passphrase once if there are multiple objects to unlock
8336 with the same one. Previously, such password caching was
8337 available only when Plymouth was used; this moves the
8338 caching logic into the systemd codebase itself. The
8339 "systemd-ask-password" utility gained a new --keyname=
8340 switch to control which kernel keyring key to use for
8341 caching a password in. This functionality is also useful for
8342 enabling display managers such as gdm to automatically
8343 unlock the user's GNOME keyring if its passphrase, the
8344 user's password and the harddisk password are the same, if
8345 gdm-autologin is used.
8346
8347 * When downloading tar or raw images using "machinectl
8348 pull-tar" or "machinectl pull-raw", a matching ".nspawn"
8349 file is now also downloaded, if it is available and stored
8350 next to the image file.
8351
8352 * Units of type ".socket" gained a new boolean setting
8353 Writable= which is only useful in conjunction with
8354 ListenSpecial=. If true, enables opening the specified
8355 special file in O_RDWR mode rather than O_RDONLY mode.
8356
8357 * systemd-rfkill has been reworked to become a singleton
8358 service that is activated through /dev/rfkill on each rfkill
8359 state change and saves the settings to disk. This way,
8360 systemd-rfkill is now compatible with devices that exist
8361 only intermittendly, and even restores state if the previous
8362 system shutdown was abrupt rather than clean.
8363
8364 * The journal daemon gained support for vacuuming old journal
8365 files controlled by the number of files that shall remain,
8366 in addition to the already existing control by size and by
8367 date. This is useful as journal interleaving performance
8368 degrades with too many separate journal files, and allows
8369 putting an effective limit on them. The new setting defaults
8370 to 100, but this may be changed by setting SystemMaxFiles=
8371 and RuntimeMaxFiles= in journald.conf. Also, the
8372 "journalctl" tool gained the new --vacuum-files= switch to
8373 manually vacuum journal files to leave only the specified
8374 number of files in place.
8375
8376 * udev will now create /dev/disk/by-path links for ATA devices
8377 on kernels where that is supported.
8378
8379 * Galician, Serbian, Turkish and Korean translations were added.
8380
8381 Contributions from: Aaro Koskinen, Alban Crequy, Beniamino
8382 Galvani, Benjamin Robin, Branislav Blaskovic, Chen-Han Hsiao
8383 (Stanley), Daniel Buch, Daniel Machon, Daniel Mack, David
8384 Herrmann, David Milburn, doubleodoug, Evgeny Vereshchagin,
8385 Felipe Franciosi, Filipe Brandenburger, Fran Dieguez, Gabriel
8386 de Perthuis, Georg Müller, Hans de Goede, Hendrik Brueckner,
8387 Ivan Shapovalov, Jacob Keller, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen,
8388 Jan Synacek, Jens Kuske, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, Krzesimir
8389 Nowak, Krzysztof Kotlenga, Lars Uebernickel, Lennart
8390 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Łukasz Stelmach, Maciej Wereski,
8391 Marcel Holtmann, Marius Thesing, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl,
8392 Michael Gebetsroither, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Mike
8393 Gilbert, Muhammet Kara, nazgul77, Nicolas Cornu, NoXPhasma,
8394 Olof Johansson, Patrik Flykt, Pawel Szewczyk, reverendhomer,
8395 Ronny Chevalier, Sangjung Woo, Seong-ho Cho, Susant Sahani,
8396 Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas Haller, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
8397 Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Tom Lyon, Viktar Vauchkevich,
8398 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Марко М. Костић
8399
8400 — Berlin, 2015-10-07
8401
8402 CHANGES WITH 226:
8403
8404 * The DHCP implementation of systemd-networkd gained a set of
8405 new features:
8406
8407 - The DHCP server now supports emitting DNS and NTP
8408 information. It may be enabled and configured via
8409 EmitDNS=, DNS=, EmitNTP=, and NTP=. If transmission of DNS
8410 and NTP information is enabled, but no servers are
8411 configured, the corresponding uplink information (if there
8412 is any) is propagated.
8413
8414 - Server and client now support transmission and reception
8415 of timezone information. It can be configured via the
8416 newly introduced network options UseTimezone=,
8417 EmitTimezone=, and Timezone=. Transmission of timezone
8418 information is enabled between host and containers by
8419 default now: the container will change its local timezone
8420 to what the host has set.
8421
8422 - Lease timeouts can now be configured via
8423 MaxLeaseTimeSec= and DefaultLeaseTimeSec=.
8424
8425 - The DHCP server improved on the stability of
8426 leases. Clients are more likely to get the same lease
8427 information back, even if the server loses state.
8428
8429 - The DHCP server supports two new configuration options to
8430 control the lease address pool metrics, PoolOffset= and
8431 PoolSize=.
8432
8433 * The encapsulation limit of tunnels in systemd-networkd may
8434 now be configured via 'EncapsulationLimit='. It allows
8435 modifying the maximum additional levels of encapsulation
8436 that are permitted to be prepended to a packet.
8437
8438 * systemd now supports the concept of user buses replacing
8439 session buses, if used with dbus-1.10 (and enabled via dbus
8440 --enable-user-session). It previously only supported this on
8441 kdbus-enabled systems, and this release expands this to
8442 'dbus-daemon' systems.
8443
8444 * systemd-networkd now supports predictable interface names
8445 for virtio devices.
8446
8447 * systemd now optionally supports the new Linux kernel
8448 "unified" control group hierarchy. If enabled via the kernel
8449 command-line option 'systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy=1',
8450 systemd will try to mount the unified cgroup hierarchy
8451 directly on /sys/fs/cgroup. If not enabled, or not
8452 available, systemd will fall back to the legacy cgroup
8453 hierarchy setup, as before. Host system and containers can
8454 mix and match legacy and unified hierarchies as they
8455 wish. nspawn understands the $UNIFIED_CGROUP_HIERARCHY
8456 environment variable to individually select the hierarchy to
8457 use for executed containers. By default, nspawn will use the
8458 unified hierarchy for the containers if the host uses the
8459 unified hierarchy, and the legacy hierarchy otherwise.
8460 Please note that at this point the unified hierarchy is an
8461 experimental kernel feature and is likely to change in one
8462 of the next kernel releases. Therefore, it should not be
8463 enabled by default in downstream distributions yet. The
8464 minimum required kernel version for the unified hierarchy to
8465 work is 4.2. Note that when the unified hierarchy is used
8466 for the first time delegated access to controllers is
8467 safe. Because of this systemd-nspawn containers will get
8468 access to controllers now, as will systemd user
8469 sessions. This means containers and user sessions may now
8470 manage their own resources, partitioning up what the system
8471 grants them.
8472
8473 * A new special scope unit "init.scope" has been introduced
8474 that encapsulates PID 1 of the system. It may be used to
8475 determine resource usage and enforce resource limits on PID
8476 1 itself. PID 1 hence moved out of the root of the control
8477 group tree.
8478
8479 * The cgtop tool gained support for filtering out kernel
8480 threads when counting tasks in a control group. Also, the
8481 count of processes is now recursively summed up by
8482 default. Two options -k and --recursive= have been added to
8483 revert to old behaviour. The tool has also been updated to
8484 work correctly in containers now.
8485
8486 * systemd-nspawn's --bind= and --bind-ro= options have been
8487 extended to allow creation of non-recursive bind mounts.
8488
8489 * libsystemd gained two new calls sd_pid_get_cgroup() and
8490 sd_peer_get_cgroup() which return the control group path of
8491 a process or peer of a connected AF_UNIX socket. This
8492 function call is particularly useful when implementing
8493 delegated subtrees support in the control group hierarchy.
8494
8495 * The "sd-event" event loop API of libsystemd now supports
8496 correct dequeuing of real-time signals, without losing
8497 signal events.
8498
8499 * When systemd requests a polkit decision when managing units it
8500 will now add additional fields to the request, including unit
8501 name and desired operation. This enables more powerful polkit
8502 policies, that make decisions depending on these parameters.
8503
8504 * nspawn learnt support for .nspawn settings files, that may
8505 accompany the image files or directories of containers, and
8506 may contain additional settings for the container. This is
8507 an alternative to configuring container parameters via the
8508 nspawn command line.
8509
8510 Contributions from: Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Mack, David
8511 Herrmann, Eugene Yakubovich, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Filipe
8512 Brandenburger, Hans de Goede, Jan Alexander Steffens, Jan
8513 Synacek, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Mangix, Marcel
8514 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Chapman, Michal
8515 Sekletar, Peter Hutterer, Piotr Drąg, reverendhomer, Robin
8516 Hack, Susant Sahani, Sylvain Pasche, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
8517 Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Torstein Husebø
8518
8519 — Berlin, 2015-09-08
8520
8521 CHANGES WITH 225:
8522
8523 * machinectl gained a new verb 'shell' which opens a fresh
8524 shell on the target container or the host. It is similar to
8525 the existing 'login' command of machinectl, but spawns the
8526 shell directly without prompting for username or
8527 password. The pseudo machine '.host' now refers to the local
8528 host and is used by default. Hence, 'machinectl shell' can
8529 be used as replacement for 'su -' which spawns a session as
8530 a fresh systemd unit in a way that is fully isolated from
8531 the originating session.
8532
8533 * systemd-networkd learned to cope with private-zone DHCP
8534 options and allows other programs to query the values.
8535
8536 * SELinux access control when enabling/disabling units is no
8537 longer enforced with this release. The previous implementation
8538 was incorrect, and a new corrected implementation is not yet
8539 available. As unit file operations are still protected via
8540 polkit and D-Bus policy this is not a security problem. Yet,
8541 distributions which care about optimal SELinux support should
8542 probably not stabilize on this release.
8543
8544 * sd-bus gained support for matches of type "arg0has=", that
8545 test for membership of strings in string arrays sent in bus
8546 messages.
8547
8548 * systemd-resolved now dumps the contents of its DNS and LLMNR
8549 caches to the logs on reception of the SIGUSR1 signal. This
8550 is useful to debug DNS behaviour.
8551
8552 * The coredumpctl tool gained a new --directory= option to
8553 operate on journal files in a specific directory.
8554
8555 * "systemctl reboot" and related commands gained a new
8556 "--message=" option which may be used to set a free-text
8557 wall message when shutting down or rebooting the
8558 system. This message is also logged, which is useful for
8559 figuring out the reason for a reboot or shutdown a
8560 posteriori.
8561
8562 * The "systemd-resolve-host" tool's -i switch now takes
8563 network interface numbers as alternative to interface names.
8564
8565 * A new unit file setting for services has been introduced:
8566 UtmpMode= allows configuration of how precisely systemd
8567 handles utmp and wtmp entries for the service if this is
8568 enabled. This allows writing services that appear similar to
8569 user sessions in the output of the "w", "who", "last" and
8570 "lastlog" tools.
8571
8572 * systemd-resolved will now locally synthesize DNS resource
8573 records for the "localhost" and "gateway" domains as well as
8574 the local hostname. This should ensure that clients querying
8575 RRs via resolved will get similar results as those going via
8576 NSS, if nss-myhostname is enabled.
8577
8578 Contributions from: Alastair Hughes, Alex Crawford, Daniel
8579 Mack, David Herrmann, Dimitri John Ledkov, Eric Kostrowski,
8580 Evgeny Vereshchagin, Felipe Sateler, HATAYAMA Daisuke, Jan
8581 Pokorný, Jan Synacek, Johnny Robeson, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers,
8582 Kefeng Wang, Lennart Poettering, Major Hayden, Marcel
8583 Holtmann, Markus Elfring, Martin Mikkelsen, Martin Pitt, Matt
8584 Turner, Maxim Mikityanskiy, Michael Biebl, Namhyung Kim,
8585 Nicolas Cornu, Owen W. Taylor, Patrik Flykt, Peter Hutterer,
8586 reverendhomer, Richard Maw, Ronny Chevalier, Seth Jennings,
8587 Stef Walter, Susant Sahani, Thomas Blume, Thomas Hindoe
8588 Paaboel Andersen, Thomas Meyer, Tom Gundersen, Vincent Batts,
8589 WaLyong Cho, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
8590
8591 — Berlin, 2015-08-27
8592
8593 CHANGES WITH 224:
8594
8595 * The systemd-efi-boot-generator functionality was merged into
8596 systemd-gpt-auto-generator.
8597
8598 * systemd-networkd now supports Group Policy for vxlan
8599 devices. It can be enabled via the new boolean configuration
8600 option called 'GroupPolicyExtension='.
8601
8602 Contributions from: Andreas Kempf, Christian Hesse, Daniel Mack, David
8603 Herrmann, Herman Fries, Johannes Nixdorf, Kay Sievers, Lennart
8604 Poettering, Peter Hutterer, Susant Sahani, Tom Gundersen
8605
8606 — Berlin, 2015-07-31
8607
8608 CHANGES WITH 223:
8609
8610 * The python-systemd code has been removed from the systemd repository.
8611 A new repository has been created which accommodates the code from
8612 now on, and we kindly ask distributions to create a separate package
8613 for this: https://github.com/systemd/python-systemd
8614
8615 * The systemd daemon will now reload its main configuration
8616 (/etc/systemd/system.conf) on daemon-reload.
8617
8618 * sd-dhcp now exposes vendor specific extensions via
8619 sd_dhcp_lease_get_vendor_specific().
8620
8621 * systemd-networkd gained a number of new configuration options.
8622
8623 - A new boolean configuration option for TAP devices called
8624 'VNetHeader='. If set, the IFF_VNET_HDR flag is set for the
8625 device, thus allowing to send and receive GSO packets.
8626
8627 - A new tunnel configuration option called 'CopyDSCP='.
8628 If enabled, the DSCP field of ip6 tunnels is copied into the
8629 decapsulated packet.
8630
8631 - A set of boolean bridge configuration options were added.
8632 'UseBPDU=', 'HairPin=', 'FastLeave=', 'AllowPortToBeRoot=',
8633 and 'UnicastFlood=' are now parsed by networkd and applied to the
8634 respective bridge link device via the respective IFLA_BRPORT_*
8635 netlink attribute.
8636
8637 - A new string configuration option to override the hostname sent
8638 to a DHCP server, called 'Hostname='. If set and 'SendHostname='
8639 is true, networkd will use the configured hostname instead of the
8640 system hostname when sending DHCP requests.
8641
8642 - A new tunnel configuration option called 'IPv6FlowLabel='. If set,
8643 networkd will configure the IPv6 flow-label of the tunnel device
8644 according to RFC2460.
8645
8646 - The 'macvtap' virtual network devices are now supported, similar to
8647 the already supported 'macvlan' devices.
8648
8649 * systemd-resolved now implements RFC5452 to improve resilience against
8650 cache poisoning. Additionally, source port randomization is enabled
8651 by default to further protect against DNS spoofing attacks.
8652
8653 * nss-mymachines now supports translating UIDs and GIDs of running
8654 containers with user-namespaces enabled. If a container 'foo'
8655 translates a host uid 'UID' to the container uid 'TUID', then
8656 nss-mymachines will also map uid 'UID' to/from username 'vu-foo-TUID'
8657 (with 'foo' and 'TUID' replaced accordingly). Similarly, groups are
8658 mapped as 'vg-foo-TGID'.
8659
8660 Contributions from: Beniamino Galvani, cee1, Christian Hesse, Daniel
8661 Buch, Daniel Mack, daurnimator, David Herrmann, Dimitri John Ledkov,
8662 HATAYAMA Daisuke, Ivan Shapovalov, Jan Alexander Steffens (heftig),
8663 Johan Ouwerkerk, Jose Carlos Venegas Munoz, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers,
8664 Lennart Poettering, Lidong Zhong, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael
8665 Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert, Namhyung Kim,
8666 Nick Owens, Peter Hutterer, Richard Maw, Steven Allen, Sungbae Yoo,
8667 Susant Sahani, Thomas Blume, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom
8668 Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Vito Caputo,
8669 Vivenzio Pagliari, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
8670
8671 — Berlin, 2015-07-29
8672
8673 CHANGES WITH 222:
8674
8675 * udev does not longer support the WAIT_FOR_SYSFS= key in udev rules.
8676 There are no known issues with current sysfs, and udev does not need
8677 or should be used to work around such bugs.
8678
8679 * udev does no longer enable USB HID power management. Several reports
8680 indicate, that some devices cannot handle that setting.
8681
8682 * The udev accelerometer helper was removed. The functionality
8683 is now fully included in iio-sensor-proxy. But this means,
8684 older iio-sensor-proxy versions will no longer provide
8685 accelerometer/orientation data with this systemd version.
8686 Please upgrade iio-sensor-proxy to version 1.0.
8687
8688 * networkd gained a new configuration option IPv6PrivacyExtensions=
8689 which enables IPv6 privacy extensions (RFC 4941, "Privacy Extensions
8690 for Stateless Address") on selected networks.
8691
8692 * For the sake of fewer build-time dependencies and less code in the
8693 main repository, the python bindings are about to be removed in the
8694 next release. A new repository has been created which accommodates
8695 the code from now on, and we kindly ask distributions to create a
8696 separate package for this. The removal will take place in v223.
8697
8698 https://github.com/systemd/python-systemd
8699
8700 Contributions from: Abdo Roig-Maranges, Andrew Eikum, Bastien Nocera,
8701 Cédric Delmas, Christian Hesse, Christos Trochalakis, Daniel Mack,
8702 daurnimator, David Herrmann, Dimitri John Ledkov, Eric Biggers, Eric
8703 Cook, Felipe Sateler, Geert Jansen, Gerd Hoffmann, Gianpaolo Macario,
8704 Greg Kroah-Hartman, Iago López Galeiras, Jan Alexander Steffens
8705 (heftig), Jan Engelhardt, Jay Strict, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
8706 Markus Knetschke, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Marineau, Michal
8707 Sekletar, Miguel Bernal Marin, Peter Hutterer, Richard Maw, rinrinne,
8708 Susant Sahani, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Torstein
8709 Husebø, Vedran Miletić, WaLyong Cho, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
8710
8711 — Berlin, 2015-07-07
8712
8713 CHANGES WITH 221:
8714
8715 * The sd-bus.h and sd-event.h APIs have now been declared
8716 stable and have been added to the official interface of
8717 libsystemd.so. sd-bus implements an alternative D-Bus client
8718 library, that is relatively easy to use, very efficient and
8719 supports both classic D-Bus as well as kdbus as transport
8720 backend. sd-event is a generic event loop abstraction that
8721 is built around Linux epoll, but adds features such as event
8722 prioritization or efficient timer handling. Both APIs are good
8723 choices for C programs looking for a bus and/or event loop
8724 implementation that is minimal and does not have to be
8725 portable to other kernels.
8726
8727 * kdbus support is no longer compile-time optional. It is now
8728 always built-in. However, it can still be disabled at
8729 runtime using the kdbus=0 kernel command line setting, and
8730 that setting may be changed to default to off, by specifying
8731 --disable-kdbus at build-time. Note though that the kernel
8732 command line setting has no effect if the kdbus.ko kernel
8733 module is not installed, in which case kdbus is (obviously)
8734 also disabled. We encourage all downstream distributions to
8735 begin testing kdbus by adding it to the kernel images in the
8736 development distributions, and leaving kdbus support in
8737 systemd enabled.
8738
8739 * The minimal required util-linux version has been bumped to
8740 2.26.
8741
8742 * Support for chkconfig (--enable-chkconfig) was removed in
8743 favor of calling an abstraction tool
8744 /lib/systemd/systemd-sysv-install. This needs to be
8745 implemented for your distribution. See "SYSV INIT.D SCRIPTS"
8746 in README for details.
8747
8748 * If there's a systemd unit and a SysV init script for the
8749 same service name, and the user executes "systemctl enable"
8750 for it (or a related call), then this will now enable both
8751 (or execute the related operation on both), not just the
8752 unit.
8753
8754 * The libudev API documentation has been converted from gtkdoc
8755 into man pages.
8756
8757 * gudev has been removed from the systemd tree, it is now an
8758 external project.
8759
8760 * The systemd-cgtop tool learnt a new --raw switch to generate
8761 "raw" (machine parsable) output.
8762
8763 * networkd's IPForwarding= .network file setting learnt the
8764 new setting "kernel", which ensures that networkd does not
8765 change the IP forwarding sysctl from the default kernel
8766 state.
8767
8768 * The systemd-logind bus API now exposes a new boolean
8769 property "Docked" that reports whether logind considers the
8770 system "docked", i.e. connected to a docking station or not.
8771
8772 Contributions from: Alex Crawford, Andreas Pokorny, Andrei
8773 Borzenkov, Charles Duffy, Colin Guthrie, Cristian Rodríguez,
8774 Daniele Medri, Daniel Hahler, Daniel Mack, David Herrmann,
8775 David Mohr, Dimitri John Ledkov, Djalal Harouni, dslul, Ed
8776 Swierk, Eric Cook, Filipe Brandenburger, Gianpaolo Macario,
8777 Harald Hoyer, Iago López Galeiras, Igor Vuk, Jan Synacek,
8778 Jason Pleau, Jason S. McMullan, Jean Delvare, Jeff Huang,
8779 Jonathan Boulle, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, kloun, Lennart
8780 Poettering, Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marcel Holtmann, Mario
8781 Limonciello, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich,
8782 Michal Schmidt, Mike Gilbert, Nick Owens, Pablo Lezaeta Reyes,
8783 Patrick Donnelly, Pavel Odvody, Peter Hutterer, Philip
8784 Withnall, Ronny Chevalier, Simon McVittie, Susant Sahani,
8785 Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Torstein
8786 Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Viktar Vauchkevich, Werner
8787 Fink, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
8788
8789 — Berlin, 2015-06-19
8790
8791 CHANGES WITH 220:
8792
8793 * The gudev library has been extracted into a separate repository
8794 available at: https://git.gnome.org/browse/libgudev/
8795 It is now managed as part of the Gnome project. Distributions
8796 are recommended to pass --disable-gudev to systemd and use
8797 gudev from the Gnome project instead. gudev is still included
8798 in systemd, for now. It will be removed soon, though. Please
8799 also see the announcement-thread on systemd-devel:
8800 https://lists.freedesktop.org/archives/systemd-devel/2015-May/032070.html
8801
8802 * systemd now exposes a CPUUsageNSec= property for each
8803 service unit on the bus, that contains the overall consumed
8804 CPU time of a service (the sum of what each process of the
8805 service consumed). This value is only available if
8806 CPUAccounting= is turned on for a service, and is then shown
8807 in the "systemctl status" output.
8808
8809 * Support for configuring alternative mappings of the old SysV
8810 runlevels to systemd targets has been removed. They are now
8811 hardcoded in a way that runlevels 2, 3, 4 all map to
8812 multi-user.target and 5 to graphical.target (which
8813 previously was already the default behaviour).
8814
8815 * The auto-mounter logic gained support for mount point
8816 expiry, using a new TimeoutIdleSec= setting in .automount
8817 units. (Also available as x-systemd.idle-timeout= in /etc/fstab).
8818
8819 * The EFI System Partition (ESP) as mounted to /boot by
8820 systemd-efi-boot-generator will now be unmounted
8821 automatically after 2 minutes of not being used. This should
8822 minimize the risk of ESP corruptions.
8823
8824 * New /etc/fstab options x-systemd.requires= and
8825 x-systemd.requires-mounts-for= are now supported to express
8826 additional dependencies for mounts. This is useful for
8827 journaling file systems that support external journal
8828 devices or overlay file systems that require underlying file
8829 systems to be mounted.
8830
8831 * systemd does not support direct live-upgrades (via systemctl
8832 daemon-reexec) from versions older than v44 anymore. As no
8833 distribution we are aware of shipped such old versions in a
8834 stable release this should not be problematic.
8835
8836 * When systemd forks off a new per-connection service instance
8837 it will now set the $REMOTE_ADDR environment variable to the
8838 remote IP address, and $REMOTE_PORT environment variable to
8839 the remote IP port. This behaviour is similar to the
8840 corresponding environment variables defined by CGI.
8841
8842 * systemd-networkd gained support for uplink failure
8843 detection. The BindCarrier= option allows binding interface
8844 configuration dynamically to the link sense of other
8845 interfaces. This is useful to achieve behaviour like in
8846 network switches.
8847
8848 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring the DHCP
8849 client identifier to use when requesting leases.
8850
8851 * systemd-networkd now has a per-network UseNTP= option to
8852 configure whether NTP server information acquired via DHCP
8853 is passed on to services like systemd-timesyncd.
8854
8855 * systemd-networkd gained support for vti6 tunnels.
8856
8857 * Note that systemd-networkd manages the sysctl variable
8858 /proc/sys/net/ipv[46]/conf/*/forwarding for each interface
8859 it is configured for since v219. The variable controls IP
8860 forwarding, and is a per-interface alternative to the global
8861 /proc/sys/net/ipv[46]/ip_forward. This setting is
8862 configurable in the IPForward= option, which defaults to
8863 "no". This means if networkd is used for an interface it is
8864 no longer sufficient to set the global sysctl option to turn
8865 on IP forwarding! Instead, the .network file option
8866 IPForward= needs to be turned on! Note that the
8867 implementation of this behaviour was broken in v219 and has
8868 been fixed in v220.
8869
8870 * Many bonding and vxlan options are now configurable in
8871 systemd-networkd.
8872
8873 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --property= setting to set unit
8874 properties for the container scope. This is useful for
8875 setting resource parameters (e.g. "CPUShares=500") on
8876 containers started from the command line.
8877
8878 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --private-users= switch to make
8879 use of user namespacing available on recent Linux kernels.
8880
8881 * systemd-nspawn may now be called as part of a shell pipeline
8882 in which case the pipes used for stdin and stdout are passed
8883 directly to the process invoked in the container, without
8884 indirection via a pseudo tty.
8885
8886 * systemd-nspawn gained a new switch to control the UNIX
8887 signal to use when killing the init process of the container
8888 when shutting down.
8889
8890 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --overlay= switch for mounting
8891 overlay file systems into the container using the new kernel
8892 overlayfs support.
8893
8894 * When a container image is imported via systemd-importd and
8895 the host file system is not btrfs, a loopback block device
8896 file is created in /var/lib/machines.raw with a btrfs file
8897 system inside. It is then mounted to /var/lib/machines to
8898 enable btrfs features for container management. The loopback
8899 file and btrfs file system is grown as needed when container
8900 images are imported via systemd-importd.
8901
8902 * systemd-machined/systemd-importd gained support for btrfs
8903 quota, to enforce container disk space limits on disk. This
8904 is exposed in "machinectl set-limit".
8905
8906 * systemd-importd now can import containers from local .tar,
8907 .raw and .qcow2 images, and export them to .tar and .raw. It
8908 can also import dkr v2 images now from the network (on top
8909 of v1 as before).
8910
8911 * systemd-importd gained support for verifying downloaded
8912 images with gpg2 (previously only gpg1 was supported).
8913
8914 * systemd-machined, systemd-logind, systemd: most bus calls are
8915 now accessible to unprivileged processes via polkit. Also,
8916 systemd-logind will now allow users to kill their own sessions
8917 without further privileges or authorization.
8918
8919 * systemd-shutdownd has been removed. This service was
8920 previously responsible for implementing scheduled shutdowns
8921 as exposed in /usr/bin/shutdown's time parameter. This
8922 functionality has now been moved into systemd-logind and is
8923 accessible via a bus interface.
8924
8925 * "systemctl reboot" gained a new switch --firmware-setup that
8926 can be used to reboot into the EFI firmware setup, if that
8927 is available. systemd-logind now exposes an API on the bus
8928 to trigger such reboots, in case graphical desktop UIs want
8929 to cover this functionality.
8930
8931 * "systemctl enable", "systemctl disable" and "systemctl mask"
8932 now support a new "--now" switch. If specified the units
8933 that are enabled will also be started, and the ones
8934 disabled/masked also stopped.
8935
8936 * The Gummiboot EFI boot loader tool has been merged into
8937 systemd, and renamed to "systemd-boot". The bootctl tool has been
8938 updated to support systemd-boot.
8939
8940 * An EFI kernel stub has been added that may be used to create
8941 kernel EFI binaries that contain not only the actual kernel,
8942 but also an initrd, boot splash, command line and OS release
8943 information. This combined binary can then be signed as a
8944 single image, so that the firmware can verify it all in one
8945 step. systemd-boot has special support for EFI binaries created
8946 like this and can extract OS release information from them
8947 and show them in the boot menu. This functionality is useful
8948 to implement cryptographically verified boot schemes.
8949
8950 * Optional support has been added to systemd-fsck to pass
8951 fsck's progress report to an AF_UNIX socket in the file
8952 system.
8953
8954 * udev will no longer create device symlinks for all block devices by
8955 default. A deny list for excluding special block devices from this
8956 logic has been turned into an allow list that requires picking block
8957 devices explicitly that require device symlinks.
8958
8959 * A new (currently still internal) API sd-device.h has been
8960 added to libsystemd. This modernized API is supposed to
8961 replace libudev eventually. In fact, already much of libudev
8962 is now just a wrapper around sd-device.h.
8963
8964 * A new hwdb database for storing metadata about pointing
8965 stick devices has been added.
8966
8967 * systemd-tmpfiles gained support for setting file attributes
8968 similar to the "chattr" tool with new 'h' and 'H' lines.
8969
8970 * systemd-journald will no longer unconditionally set the
8971 btrfs NOCOW flag on new journal files. This is instead done
8972 with tmpfiles snippet using the new 'h' line type. This
8973 allows easy disabling of this logic, by masking the
8974 journal-nocow.conf tmpfiles file.
8975
8976 * systemd-journald will now translate audit message types to
8977 human readable identifiers when writing them to the
8978 journal. This should improve readability of audit messages.
8979
8980 * The LUKS logic gained support for the offset= and skip=
8981 options in /etc/crypttab, as previously implemented by
8982 Debian.
8983
8984 * /usr/lib/os-release gained a new optional field VARIANT= for
8985 distributions that support multiple variants (such as a
8986 desktop edition, a server edition, …)
8987
8988 Contributions from: Aaro Koskinen, Adam Goode, Alban Crequy,
8989 Alberto Fanjul Alonso, Alexander Sverdlin, Alex Puchades, Alin
8990 Rauta, Alison Chaiken, Andrew Jones, Arend van Spriel,
8991 Benedikt Morbach, Benjamin Franzke, Benjamin Tissoires, Blaž
8992 Tomažič, Chris Morgan, Chris Morin, Colin Walters, Cristian
8993 Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Daniel Drake, Daniele Medri, Daniel
8994 Mack, Daniel Mustieles, daurnimator, Davide Bettio, David
8995 Herrmann, David Strauss, Didier Roche, Dimitri John Ledkov,
8996 Eric Cook, Gavin Li, Goffredo Baroncelli, Hannes Reinecke,
8997 Hans de Goede, Hans-Peter Deifel, Harald Hoyer, Iago López
8998 Galeiras, Ivan Shapovalov, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jan
8999 Pazdziora, Jan Synacek, Jasper St. Pierre, Jay Faulkner, John
9000 Paul Adrian Glaubitz, Jonathon Gilbert, Karel Zak, Kay
9001 Sievers, Koen Kooi, Lennart Poettering, Lubomir Rintel, Lucas
9002 De Marchi, Lukas Nykryn, Lukas Rusak, Lukasz Skalski, Łukasz
9003 Stelmach, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marcel
9004 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Mathieu Chevrier, Matthew Garrett,
9005 Michael Biebl, Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michal
9006 Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Mirco Tischler, Nir Soffer, Patrik
9007 Flykt, Pavel Odvody, Peter Hutterer, Peter Lemenkov, Peter
9008 Waller, Piotr Drąg, Raul Gutierrez S, Richard Maw, Ronny
9009 Chevalier, Ross Burton, Sebastian Rasmussen, Sergey Ptashnick,
9010 Seth Jennings, Shawn Landden, Simon Farnsworth, Stefan Junker,
9011 Stephen Gallagher, Susant Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas
9012 Haller, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tobias Hunger, Tom
9013 Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Will
9014 Woods, Zachary Cook, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
9015
9016 — Berlin, 2015-05-22
9017
9018 CHANGES WITH 219:
9019
9020 * Introduce a new API "sd-hwdb.h" for querying the hardware
9021 metadata database. With this minimal interface one can query
9022 and enumerate the udev hwdb, decoupled from the old libudev
9023 library. libudev's interface for this is now only a wrapper
9024 around sd-hwdb. A new tool systemd-hwdb has been added to
9025 interface with and update the database.
9026
9027 * When any of systemd's tools copies files (for example due to
9028 tmpfiles' C lines) a btrfs reflink will attempted first,
9029 before bytewise copying is done.
9030
9031 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --ephemeral switch. When
9032 specified a btrfs snapshot is taken of the container's root
9033 directory, and immediately removed when the container
9034 terminates again. Thus, a container can be started whose
9035 changes never alter the container's root directory, and are
9036 lost on container termination. This switch can also be used
9037 for starting a container off the root file system of the
9038 host without affecting the host OS. This switch is only
9039 available on btrfs file systems.
9040
9041 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --template= switch. It takes the
9042 path to a container tree to use as template for the tree
9043 specified via --directory=, should that directory be
9044 missing. This allows instantiating containers dynamically,
9045 on first run. This switch is only available on btrfs file
9046 systems.
9047
9048 * When a .mount unit refers to a mount point on which multiple
9049 mounts are stacked, and the .mount unit is stopped all of
9050 the stacked mount points will now be unmounted until no
9051 mount point remains.
9052
9053 * systemd now has an explicit notion of supported and
9054 unsupported unit types. Jobs enqueued for unsupported unit
9055 types will now fail with an "unsupported" error code. More
9056 specifically .swap, .automount and .device units are not
9057 supported in containers, .busname units are not supported on
9058 non-kdbus systems. .swap and .automount are also not
9059 supported if their respective kernel compile time options
9060 are disabled.
9061
9062 * machinectl gained support for two new "copy-from" and
9063 "copy-to" commands for copying files from a running
9064 container to the host or vice versa.
9065
9066 * machinectl gained support for a new "bind" command to bind
9067 mount host directories into local containers. This is
9068 currently only supported for nspawn containers.
9069
9070 * networkd gained support for configuring bridge forwarding
9071 database entries (fdb) from .network files.
9072
9073 * A new tiny daemon "systemd-importd" has been added that can
9074 download container images in tar, raw, qcow2 or dkr formats,
9075 and make them available locally in /var/lib/machines, so
9076 that they can run as nspawn containers. The daemon can GPG
9077 verify the downloads (not supported for dkr, since it has no
9078 provisions for verifying downloads). It will transparently
9079 decompress bz2, xz, gzip compressed downloads if necessary,
9080 and restore sparse files on disk. The daemon uses privilege
9081 separation to ensure the actual download logic runs with
9082 fewer privileges than the daemon itself. machinectl has
9083 gained new commands "pull-tar", "pull-raw" and "pull-dkr" to
9084 make the functionality of importd available to the
9085 user. With this in place the Fedora and Ubuntu "Cloud"
9086 images can be downloaded and booted as containers unmodified
9087 (the Fedora images lack the appropriate GPG signature files
9088 currently, so they cannot be verified, but this will change
9089 soon, hopefully). Note that downloading images is currently
9090 only fully supported on btrfs.
9091
9092 * machinectl is now able to list container images found in
9093 /var/lib/machines, along with some metadata about sizes of
9094 disk and similar. If the directory is located on btrfs and
9095 quota is enabled, this includes quota display. A new command
9096 "image-status" has been added that shows additional
9097 information about images.
9098
9099 * machinectl is now able to clone container images
9100 efficiently, if the underlying file system (btrfs) supports
9101 it, with the new "machinectl clone" command. It also
9102 gained commands for renaming and removing images, as well as
9103 marking them read-only or read-write (supported also on
9104 legacy file systems).
9105
9106 * networkd gained support for collecting LLDP network
9107 announcements, from hardware that supports this. This is
9108 shown in networkctl output.
9109
9110 * systemd-run gained support for a new -t (--pty) switch for
9111 invoking a binary on a pty whose input and output is
9112 connected to the invoking terminal. This allows executing
9113 processes as system services while interactively
9114 communicating with them via the terminal. Most interestingly
9115 this is supported across container boundaries. Invoking
9116 "systemd-run -t /bin/bash" is an alternative to running a
9117 full login session, the difference being that the former
9118 will not register a session, nor go through the PAM session
9119 setup.
9120
9121 * tmpfiles gained support for a new "v" line type for creating
9122 btrfs subvolumes. If the underlying file system is a legacy
9123 file system, this automatically degrades to creating a
9124 normal directory. Among others /var/lib/machines is now
9125 created like this at boot, should it be missing.
9126
9127 * The directory /var/lib/containers/ has been deprecated and
9128 been replaced by /var/lib/machines. The term "machines" has
9129 been used in the systemd context as generic term for both
9130 VMs and containers, and hence appears more appropriate for
9131 this, as the directory can also contain raw images bootable
9132 via qemu/kvm.
9133
9134 * systemd-nspawn when invoked with -M but without --directory=
9135 or --image= is now capable of searching for the container
9136 root directory, subvolume or disk image automatically, in
9137 /var/lib/machines. systemd-nspawn@.service has been updated
9138 to make use of this, thus allowing it to be used for raw
9139 disk images, too.
9140
9141 * A new machines.target unit has been introduced that is
9142 supposed to group all containers/VMs invoked as services on
9143 the system. systemd-nspawn@.service has been updated to
9144 integrate with that.
9145
9146 * machinectl gained a new "start" command, for invoking a
9147 container as a service. "machinectl start foo" is mostly
9148 equivalent to "systemctl start systemd-nspawn@foo.service",
9149 but handles escaping in a nicer way.
9150
9151 * systemd-nspawn will now mount most of the cgroupfs tree
9152 read-only into each container, with the exception of the
9153 container's own subtree in the name=systemd hierarchy.
9154
9155 * journald now sets the special FS_NOCOW file flag for its
9156 journal files. This should improve performance on btrfs, by
9157 avoiding heavy fragmentation when journald's write-pattern
9158 is used on COW file systems. It degrades btrfs' data
9159 integrity guarantees for the files to the same levels as for
9160 ext3/ext4 however. This should be OK though as journald does
9161 its own data integrity checks and all its objects are
9162 checksummed on disk. Also, journald should handle btrfs disk
9163 full events a lot more gracefully now, by processing SIGBUS
9164 errors, and not relying on fallocate() anymore.
9165
9166 * When journald detects that journal files it is writing to
9167 have been deleted it will immediately start new journal
9168 files.
9169
9170 * systemd now provides a way to store file descriptors
9171 per-service in PID 1. This is useful for daemons to ensure
9172 that fds they require are not lost during a daemon
9173 restart. The fds are passed to the daemon on the next
9174 invocation in the same way socket activation fds are
9175 passed. This is now used by journald to ensure that the
9176 various sockets connected to all the system's stdout/stderr
9177 are not lost when journald is restarted. File descriptors
9178 may be stored in PID 1 via the sd_pid_notify_with_fds() API,
9179 an extension to sd_notify(). Note that a limit is enforced
9180 on the number of fds a service can store in PID 1, and it
9181 defaults to 0, so that no fds may be stored, unless this is
9182 explicitly turned on.
9183
9184 * The default TERM variable to use for units connected to a
9185 terminal, when no other value is explicitly is set is now
9186 vt220 rather than vt102. This should be fairly safe still,
9187 but allows PgUp/PgDn work.
9188
9189 * The /etc/crypttab option header= as known from Debian is now
9190 supported.
9191
9192 * "loginctl user-status" and "loginctl session-status" will
9193 now show the last 10 lines of log messages of the
9194 user/session following the status output. Similar,
9195 "machinectl status" will show the last 10 log lines
9196 associated with a virtual machine or container
9197 service. (Note that this is usually not the log messages
9198 done in the VM/container itself, but simply what the
9199 container manager logs. For nspawn this includes all console
9200 output however.)
9201
9202 * "loginctl session-status" without further argument will now
9203 show the status of the session of the caller. Similar,
9204 "lock-session", "unlock-session", "activate",
9205 "enable-linger", "disable-linger" may now be called without
9206 session/user parameter in which case they apply to the
9207 caller's session/user.
9208
9209 * An X11 session scriptlet is now shipped that uploads
9210 $DISPLAY and $XAUTHORITY into the environment of the systemd
9211 --user daemon if a session begins. This should improve
9212 compatibility with X11 enabled applications run as systemd
9213 user services.
9214
9215 * Generators are now subject to masking via /etc and /run, the
9216 same way as unit files.
9217
9218 * networkd .network files gained support for configuring
9219 per-link IPv4/IPv6 packet forwarding as well as IPv4
9220 masquerading. This is by default turned on for veth links to
9221 containers, as registered by systemd-nspawn. This means that
9222 nspawn containers run with --network-veth will now get
9223 automatic routed access to the host's networks without any
9224 further configuration or setup, as long as networkd runs on
9225 the host.
9226
9227 * systemd-nspawn gained the --port= (-p) switch to expose TCP
9228 or UDP posts of a container on the host. With this in place
9229 it is possible to run containers with private veth links
9230 (--network-veth), and have their functionality exposed on
9231 the host as if their services were running directly on the
9232 host.
9233
9234 * systemd-nspawn's --network-veth switch now gained a short
9235 version "-n", since with the changes above it is now truly
9236 useful out-of-the-box. The systemd-nspawn@.service has been
9237 updated to make use of it too by default.
9238
9239 * systemd-nspawn will now maintain a per-image R/W lock, to
9240 ensure that the same image is not started more than once
9241 writable. (It's OK to run an image multiple times
9242 simultaneously in read-only mode.)
9243
9244 * systemd-nspawn's --image= option is now capable of
9245 dissecting and booting MBR and GPT disk images that contain
9246 only a single active Linux partition. Previously it
9247 supported only GPT disk images with proper GPT type
9248 IDs. This allows running cloud images from major
9249 distributions directly with systemd-nspawn, without
9250 modification.
9251
9252 * In addition to collecting mouse dpi data in the udev
9253 hardware database, there's now support for collecting angle
9254 information for mouse scroll wheels. The database is
9255 supposed to guarantee similar scrolling behavior on mice
9256 that it knows about. There's also support for collecting
9257 information about Touchpad types.
9258
9259 * udev's input_id built-in will now also collect touch screen
9260 dimension data and attach it to probed devices.
9261
9262 * /etc/os-release gained support for a Distribution Privacy
9263 Policy link field.
9264
9265 * networkd gained support for creating "ipvlan", "gretap",
9266 "ip6gre", "ip6gretap" and "ip6tnl" network devices.
9267
9268 * systemd-tmpfiles gained support for "a" lines for setting
9269 ACLs on files.
9270
9271 * systemd-nspawn will now mount /tmp in the container to
9272 tmpfs, automatically.
9273
9274 * systemd now exposes the memory.usage_in_bytes cgroup
9275 attribute and shows it for each service in the "systemctl
9276 status" output, if available.
9277
9278 * When the user presses Ctrl-Alt-Del more than 7x within 2s an
9279 immediate reboot is triggered. This useful if shutdown is
9280 hung and is unable to complete, to expedite the
9281 operation. Note that this kind of reboot will still unmount
9282 all file systems, and hence should not result in fsck being
9283 run on next reboot.
9284
9285 * A .device unit for an optical block device will now be
9286 considered active only when a medium is in the drive. Also,
9287 mount units are now bound to their backing devices thus
9288 triggering automatic unmounting when devices become
9289 unavailable. With this in place systemd will now
9290 automatically unmount left-over mounts when a CD-ROM is
9291 ejected or an USB stick is yanked from the system.
9292
9293 * networkd-wait-online now has support for waiting for
9294 specific interfaces only (with globbing), and for giving up
9295 after a configurable timeout.
9296
9297 * networkd now exits when idle. It will be automatically
9298 restarted as soon as interfaces show up, are removed or
9299 change state. networkd will stay around as long as there is
9300 at least one DHCP state machine or similar around, that keep
9301 it non-idle.
9302
9303 * networkd may now configure IPv6 link-local addressing in
9304 addition to IPv4 link-local addressing.
9305
9306 * The IPv6 "token" for use in SLAAC may now be configured for
9307 each .network interface in networkd.
9308
9309 * Routes configured with networkd may now be assigned a scope
9310 in .network files.
9311
9312 * networkd's [Match] sections now support globbing and lists
9313 of multiple space-separated matches per item.
9314
9315 Contributions from: Alban Crequy, Alin Rauta, Andrey Chaser,
9316 Bastien Nocera, Bruno Bottazzini, Carlos Garnacho, Carlos
9317 Morata Castillo, Chris Atkinson, Chris J. Arges, Christian
9318 Kirbach, Christian Seiler, Christoph Brill, Colin Guthrie,
9319 Colin Walters, Cristian Rodríguez, Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack,
9320 Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Djalal Harouni, Erik Auerswald,
9321 Filipe Brandenburger, Frank Theile, Gabor Kelemen, Gabriel de
9322 Perthuis, Harald Hoyer, Hui Wang, Ivan Shapovalov, Jan
9323 Engelhardt, Jan Synacek, Jay Faulkner, Johannes Hölzl, Jonas
9324 Ådahl, Jonathan Boulle, Josef Andersson, Kay Sievers, Ken
9325 Werner, Lennart Poettering, Lucas De Marchi, Lukas Märdian,
9326 Lukas Nykryn, Lukasz Skalski, Luke Shumaker, Mantas Mikulėnas,
9327 Manuel Mendez, Marcel Holtmann, Marc Schmitzer, Marko
9328 Myllynen, Martin Pitt, Maxim Mikityanskiy, Michael Biebl,
9329 Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Mindaugas
9330 Baranauskas, Moez Bouhlel, Naveen Kumar, Patrik Flykt, Paul
9331 Martin, Peter Hutterer, Peter Mattern, Philippe De Swert,
9332 Piotr Drąg, Rafael Ferreira, Rami Rosen, Robert Milasan, Ronny
9333 Chevalier, Sangjung Woo, Sebastien Bacher, Sergey Ptashnick,
9334 Shawn Landden, Stéphane Graber, Susant Sahani, Sylvain
9335 Plantefève, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tim JP, Tom
9336 Gundersen, Topi Miettinen, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar
9337 Lindskog, Veres Lajos, Vincent Batts, WaLyong Cho, Wieland
9338 Hoffmann, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
9339
9340 — Berlin, 2015-02-16
9341
9342 CHANGES WITH 218:
9343
9344 * When querying unit file enablement status (for example via
9345 "systemctl is-enabled"), a new state "indirect" is now known
9346 which indicates that a unit might not be enabled itself, but
9347 another unit listed in its Also= setting might be.
9348
9349 * Similar to the various existing ConditionXYZ= settings for
9350 units, there are now matching AssertXYZ= settings. While
9351 failing conditions cause a unit to be skipped, but its job
9352 to succeed, failing assertions declared like this will cause
9353 a unit start operation and its job to fail.
9354
9355 * hostnamed now knows a new chassis type "embedded".
9356
9357 * systemctl gained a new "edit" command. When used on a unit
9358 file, this allows extending unit files with .d/ drop-in
9359 configuration snippets or editing the full file (after
9360 copying it from /usr/lib to /etc). This will invoke the
9361 user's editor (as configured with $EDITOR), and reload the
9362 modified configuration after editing.
9363
9364 * "systemctl status" now shows the suggested enablement state
9365 for a unit, as declared in the (usually vendor-supplied)
9366 system preset files.
9367
9368 * nss-myhostname will now resolve the single-label hostname
9369 "gateway" to the locally configured default IP routing
9370 gateways, ordered by their metrics. This assigns a stable
9371 name to the used gateways, regardless which ones are
9372 currently configured. Note that the name will only be
9373 resolved after all other name sources (if nss-myhostname is
9374 configured properly) and should hence not negatively impact
9375 systems that use the single-label hostname "gateway" in
9376 other contexts.
9377
9378 * systemd-inhibit now allows filtering by mode when listing
9379 inhibitors.
9380
9381 * Scope and service units gained a new "Delegate" boolean
9382 property, which, when set, allows processes running inside the
9383 unit to further partition resources. This is primarily
9384 useful for systemd user instances as well as container
9385 managers.
9386
9387 * journald will now pick up audit messages directly from
9388 the kernel, and log them like any other log message. The
9389 audit fields are split up and fully indexed. This means that
9390 journalctl in many ways is now a (nicer!) alternative to
9391 ausearch, the traditional audit client. Note that this
9392 implements only a minimal audit client. If you want the
9393 special audit modes like reboot-on-log-overflow, please use
9394 the traditional auditd instead, which can be used in
9395 parallel to journald.
9396
9397 * The ConditionSecurity= unit file option now understands the
9398 special string "audit" to check whether auditing is
9399 available.
9400
9401 * journalctl gained two new commands --vacuum-size= and
9402 --vacuum-time= to delete old journal files until the
9403 remaining ones take up no more than the specified size on disk,
9404 or are not older than the specified time.
9405
9406 * A new, native PPPoE library has been added to sd-network,
9407 systemd's library of light-weight networking protocols. This
9408 library will be used in a future version of networkd to
9409 enable PPPoE communication without an external pppd daemon.
9410
9411 * The busctl tool now understands a new "capture" verb that
9412 works similar to "monitor", but writes a packet capture
9413 trace to STDOUT that can be redirected to a file which is
9414 compatible with libcap's capture file format. This can then
9415 be loaded in Wireshark and similar tools to inspect bus
9416 communication.
9417
9418 * The busctl tool now understands a new "tree" verb that shows
9419 the object trees of a specific service on the bus, or of all
9420 services.
9421
9422 * The busctl tool now understands a new "introspect" verb that
9423 shows all interfaces and members of objects on the bus,
9424 including their signature and values. This is particularly
9425 useful to get more information about bus objects shown by
9426 the new "busctl tree" command.
9427
9428 * The busctl tool now understands new verbs "call",
9429 "set-property" and "get-property" for invoking bus method
9430 calls, setting and getting bus object properties in a
9431 friendly way.
9432
9433 * busctl gained a new --augment-creds= argument that controls
9434 whether the tool shall augment credential information it
9435 gets from the bus with data from /proc, in a possibly
9436 race-ful way.
9437
9438 * nspawn's --link-journal= switch gained two new values
9439 "try-guest" and "try-host" that work like "guest" and
9440 "host", but do not fail if the host has no persistent
9441 journaling enabled. -j is now equivalent to
9442 --link-journal=try-guest.
9443
9444 * macvlan network devices created by nspawn will now have
9445 stable MAC addresses.
9446
9447 * A new SmackProcessLabel= unit setting has been added, which
9448 controls the SMACK security label processes forked off by
9449 the respective unit shall use.
9450
9451 * If compiled with --enable-xkbcommon, systemd-localed will
9452 verify x11 keymap settings by compiling the given keymap. It
9453 will spew out warnings if the compilation fails. This
9454 requires libxkbcommon to be installed.
9455
9456 * When a coredump is collected, a larger number of metadata
9457 fields is now collected and included in the journal records
9458 created for it. More specifically, control group membership,
9459 environment variables, memory maps, working directory,
9460 chroot directory, /proc/$PID/status, and a list of open file
9461 descriptors is now stored in the log entry.
9462
9463 * The udev hwdb now contains DPI information for mice. For
9464 details see:
9465
9466 http://who-t.blogspot.de/2014/12/building-a-dpi-database-for-mice.html
9467
9468 * All systemd programs that read standalone configuration
9469 files in /etc now also support a corresponding series of
9470 .conf.d configuration directories in /etc/, /run/,
9471 /usr/local/lib/, /usr/lib/, and (if configured with
9472 --enable-split-usr) /lib/. In particular, the following
9473 configuration files now have corresponding configuration
9474 directories: system.conf user.conf, logind.conf,
9475 journald.conf, sleep.conf, bootchart.conf, coredump.conf,
9476 resolved.conf, timesyncd.conf, journal-remote.conf, and
9477 journal-upload.conf. Note that distributions should use the
9478 configuration directories in /usr/lib/; the directories in
9479 /etc/ are reserved for the system administrator.
9480
9481 * systemd-rfkill will no longer take the rfkill device name
9482 into account when storing rfkill state on disk, as the name
9483 might be dynamically assigned and not stable. Instead, the
9484 ID_PATH udev variable combined with the rfkill type (wlan,
9485 bluetooth, …) is used.
9486
9487 * A new service systemd-machine-id-commit.service has been
9488 added. When used on systems where /etc is read-only during
9489 boot, and /etc/machine-id is not initialized (but an empty
9490 file), this service will copy the temporary machine ID
9491 created as replacement into /etc after the system is fully
9492 booted up. This is useful for systems that are freshly
9493 installed with a non-initialized machine ID, but should get
9494 a fixed machine ID for subsequent boots.
9495
9496 * networkd's .netdev files now provide a large set of
9497 configuration parameters for VXLAN devices. Similarly, the
9498 bridge port cost parameter is now configurable in .network
9499 files. There's also new support for configuring IP source
9500 routing. networkd .link files gained support for a new
9501 OriginalName= match that is useful to match against the
9502 original interface name the kernel assigned. .network files
9503 may include MTU= and MACAddress= fields for altering the MTU
9504 and MAC address while being connected to a specific network
9505 interface.
9506
9507 * The LUKS logic gained supported for configuring
9508 UUID-specific key files. There's also new support for naming
9509 LUKS device from the kernel command line, using the new
9510 luks.name= argument.
9511
9512 * Timer units may now be transiently created via the bus API
9513 (this was previously already available for scope and service
9514 units). In addition it is now possible to create multiple
9515 transient units at the same time with a single bus call. The
9516 "systemd-run" tool has been updated to make use of this for
9517 running commands on a specified time, in at(1)-style.
9518
9519 * tmpfiles gained support for "t" lines, for assigning
9520 extended attributes to files. Among other uses this may be
9521 used to assign SMACK labels to files.
9522
9523 Contributions from: Alin Rauta, Alison Chaiken, Andrej
9524 Manduch, Bastien Nocera, Chris Atkinson, Chris Leech, Chris
9525 Mayo, Colin Guthrie, Colin Walters, Cristian Rodríguez,
9526 Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack, Dan Williams, Dan Winship, Dave
9527 Reisner, David Herrmann, Didier Roche, Felipe Sateler, Gavin
9528 Li, Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Iago López Galeiras, Ivan
9529 Shapovalov, Jakub Filak, Jan Janssen, Jan Synacek, Joe
9530 Lawrence, Josh Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
9531 Lukas Nykryn, Łukasz Stelmach, Maciej Wereski, Mantas
9532 Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Maurizio Lombardi,
9533 Michael Biebl, Michael Chapman, Michael Marineau, Michal
9534 Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Olivier Brunel, Patrik Flykt, Peter
9535 Hutterer, Przemyslaw Kedzierski, Rami Rosen, Ray Strode,
9536 Richard Schütz, Richard W.M. Jones, Ronny Chevalier, Ross
9537 Lagerwall, Sean Young, Stanisław Pitucha, Susant Sahani,
9538 Thomas Haller, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen,
9539 Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Vicente Olivert
9540 Riera, WaLyong Cho, Wesley Dawson, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
9541
9542 — Berlin, 2014-12-10
9543
9544 CHANGES WITH 217:
9545
9546 * journalctl gained the new options -t/--identifier= to match
9547 on the syslog identifier (aka "tag"), as well as --utc to
9548 show log timestamps in the UTC timezone. journalctl now also
9549 accepts -n/--lines=all to disable line capping in a pager.
9550
9551 * journalctl gained a new switch, --flush, that synchronously
9552 flushes logs from /run/log/journal to /var/log/journal if
9553 persistent storage is enabled. systemd-journal-flush.service
9554 now waits until the operation is complete.
9555
9556 * Services can notify the manager before they start a reload
9557 (by sending RELOADING=1) or shutdown (by sending
9558 STOPPING=1). This allows the manager to track and show the
9559 internal state of daemons and closes a race condition when
9560 the process is still running but has closed its D-Bus
9561 connection.
9562
9563 * Services with Type=oneshot do not have to have any ExecStart
9564 commands anymore.
9565
9566 * User units are now loaded also from
9567 $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR/systemd/user/. This is similar to the
9568 /run/systemd/user directory that was already previously
9569 supported, but is under the control of the user.
9570
9571 * Job timeouts (i.e. timeouts on the time a job that is
9572 queued stays in the run queue) can now optionally result in
9573 immediate reboot or power-off actions (JobTimeoutAction= and
9574 JobTimeoutRebootArgument=). This is useful on ".target"
9575 units, to limit the maximum time a target remains
9576 undispatched in the run queue, and to trigger an emergency
9577 operation in such a case. This is now used by default to
9578 turn off the system if boot-up (as defined by everything in
9579 basic.target) hangs and does not complete for at least
9580 15min. Also, if power-off or reboot hang for at least 30min
9581 an immediate power-off/reboot operation is triggered. This
9582 functionality is particularly useful to increase reliability
9583 on embedded devices, but also on laptops which might
9584 accidentally get powered on when carried in a backpack and
9585 whose boot stays stuck in a hard disk encryption passphrase
9586 question.
9587
9588 * systemd-logind can be configured to also handle lid switch
9589 events even when the machine is docked or multiple displays
9590 are attached (HandleLidSwitchDocked= option).
9591
9592 * A helper binary and a service have been added which can be
9593 used to resume from hibernation in the initramfs. A
9594 generator will parse the resume= option on the kernel
9595 command line to trigger resume.
9596
9597 * A user console daemon systemd-consoled has been
9598 added. Currently, it is a preview, and will so far open a
9599 single terminal on each session of the user marked as
9600 Desktop=systemd-console.
9601
9602 * Route metrics can be specified for DHCP routes added by
9603 systemd-networkd.
9604
9605 * The SELinux context of socket-activated services can be set
9606 from the information provided by the networking stack
9607 (SELinuxContextFromNet= option).
9608
9609 * Userspace firmware loading support has been removed and
9610 the minimum supported kernel version is thus bumped to 3.7.
9611
9612 * Timeout for udev workers has been increased from 1 to 3
9613 minutes, but a warning will be printed after 1 minute to
9614 help diagnose kernel modules that take a long time to load.
9615
9616 * Udev rules can now remove tags on devices with TAG-="foobar".
9617
9618 * systemd's readahead implementation has been removed. In many
9619 circumstances it didn't give expected benefits even for
9620 rotational disk drives and was becoming less relevant in the
9621 age of SSDs. As none of the developers has been using
9622 rotating media anymore, and nobody stepped up to actively
9623 maintain this component of systemd it has now been removed.
9624
9625 * Swap units can use Options= to specify discard options.
9626 Discard options specified for swaps in /etc/fstab are now
9627 respected.
9628
9629 * Docker containers are now detected as a separate type of
9630 virtualization.
9631
9632 * The Password Agent protocol gained support for queries where
9633 the user input is shown, useful e.g. for user names.
9634 systemd-ask-password gained a new --echo option to turn that
9635 on.
9636
9637 * The default sysctl.d/ snippets will now set:
9638
9639 net.core.default_qdisc = fq_codel
9640
9641 This selects Fair Queuing Controlled Delay as the default
9642 queuing discipline for network interfaces. fq_codel helps
9643 fight the network bufferbloat problem. It is believed to be
9644 a good default with no tuning required for most workloads.
9645 Downstream distributions may override this choice. On 10Gbit
9646 servers that do not do forwarding, "fq" may perform better.
9647 Systems without a good clocksource should use "pfifo_fast".
9648
9649 * If kdbus is enabled during build a new option BusPolicy= is
9650 available for service units, that allows locking all service
9651 processes into a stricter bus policy, in order to limit
9652 access to various bus services, or even hide most of them
9653 from the service's view entirely.
9654
9655 * networkctl will now show the .network and .link file
9656 networkd has applied to a specific interface.
9657
9658 * sd-login gained a new API call sd_session_get_desktop() to
9659 query which desktop environment has been selected for a
9660 session.
9661
9662 * UNIX utmp support is now compile-time optional to support
9663 legacy-free systems.
9664
9665 * systemctl gained two new commands "add-wants" and
9666 "add-requires" for pulling in units from specific targets
9667 easily.
9668
9669 * If the word "rescue" is specified on the kernel command line
9670 the system will now boot into rescue mode (aka
9671 rescue.target), which was previously available only by
9672 specifying "1" or "systemd.unit=rescue.target" on the kernel
9673 command line. This new kernel command line option nicely
9674 mirrors the already existing "emergency" kernel command line
9675 option.
9676
9677 * New kernel command line options mount.usr=, mount.usrflags=,
9678 mount.usrfstype= have been added that match root=, rootflags=,
9679 rootfstype= but allow mounting a specific file system to
9680 /usr.
9681
9682 * The $NOTIFY_SOCKET is now also passed to control processes of
9683 services, not only the main process.
9684
9685 * This version reenables support for fsck's -l switch. This
9686 means at least version v2.25 of util-linux is required for
9687 operation, otherwise dead-locks on device nodes may
9688 occur. Again: you need to update util-linux to at least
9689 v2.25 when updating systemd to v217.
9690
9691 * The "multi-seat-x" tool has been removed from systemd, as
9692 its functionality has been integrated into X servers 1.16,
9693 and the tool is hence redundant. It is recommended to update
9694 display managers invoking this tool to simply invoke X
9695 directly from now on, again.
9696
9697 * Support for the new ALLOW_INTERACTIVE_AUTHORIZATION D-Bus
9698 message flag has been added for all of systemd's polkit
9699 authenticated method calls has been added. In particular this
9700 now allows optional interactive authorization via polkit for
9701 many of PID1's privileged operations such as unit file
9702 enabling and disabling.
9703
9704 * "udevadm hwdb --update" learnt a new switch "--usr" for
9705 placing the rebuilt hardware database in /usr instead of
9706 /etc. When used only hardware database entries stored in
9707 /usr will be used, and any user database entries in /etc are
9708 ignored. This functionality is useful for vendors to ship a
9709 pre-built database on systems where local configuration is
9710 unnecessary or unlikely.
9711
9712 * Calendar time specifications in .timer units now also
9713 understand the strings "semi-annually", "quarterly" and
9714 "minutely" as shortcuts (in addition to the preexisting
9715 "annually", "hourly", …).
9716
9717 * systemd-tmpfiles will now correctly create files in /dev
9718 at boot which are marked for creation only at boot. It is
9719 recommended to always create static device nodes with 'c!'
9720 and 'b!', so that they are created only at boot and not
9721 overwritten at runtime.
9722
9723 * When the watchdog logic is used for a service (WatchdogSec=)
9724 and the watchdog timeout is hit the service will now be
9725 terminated with SIGABRT (instead of just SIGTERM), in order
9726 to make sure a proper coredump and backtrace is
9727 generated. This ensures that hanging services will result in
9728 similar coredump/backtrace behaviour as services that hit a
9729 segmentation fault.
9730
9731 Contributions from: Andreas Henriksson, Andrei Borzenkov,
9732 Angus Gibson, Ansgar Burchardt, Ben Wolsieffer, Brandon L.
9733 Black, Christian Hesse, Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch,
9734 Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack, Dan Williams, Dave Reisner, David
9735 Herrmann, David Sommerseth, David Strauss, Emil Renner
9736 Berthing, Eric Cook, Evangelos Foutras, Filipe Brandenburger,
9737 Gustavo Sverzut Barbieri, Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Hristo
9738 Venev, Hugo Grostabussiat, Ivan Shapovalov, Jan Janssen, Jan
9739 Synacek, Jonathan Liu, Juho Son, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, Klaus
9740 Purer, Koen Kooi, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Lukasz
9741 Skalski, Łukasz Stelmach, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann,
9742 Marius Tessmann, Marko Myllynen, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl,
9743 Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michael Scherer, Michal
9744 Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Miroslav Lichvar, Patrik Flykt,
9745 Philippe De Swert, Piotr Drąg, Rahul Sundaram, Richard
9746 Weinberger, Robert Milasan, Ronny Chevalier, Ruben Kerkhof,
9747 Santiago Vila, Sergey Ptashnick, Simon McVittie, Sjoerd
9748 Simons, Stefan Brüns, Steven Allen, Steven Noonan, Susant
9749 Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen,
9750 Timofey Titovets, Tobias Hunger, Tom Gundersen, Torstein
9751 Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, WaLyong Cho, Zbigniew
9752 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
9753
9754 — Berlin, 2014-10-28
9755
9756 CHANGES WITH 216:
9757
9758 * timedated no longer reads NTP implementation unit names from
9759 /usr/lib/systemd/ntp-units.d/*.list. Alternative NTP
9760 implementations should add a
9761
9762 Conflicts=systemd-timesyncd.service
9763
9764 to their unit files to take over and replace systemd's NTP
9765 default functionality.
9766
9767 * systemd-sysusers gained a new line type "r" for configuring
9768 which UID/GID ranges to allocate system users/groups
9769 from. Lines of type "u" may now add an additional column
9770 that specifies the home directory for the system user to be
9771 created. Also, systemd-sysusers may now optionally read user
9772 information from STDIN instead of a file. This is useful for
9773 invoking it from RPM preinst scriptlets that need to create
9774 users before the first RPM file is installed since these
9775 files might need to be owned by them. A new
9776 %sysusers_create_inline RPM macro has been introduced to do
9777 just that. systemd-sysusers now updates the shadow files as
9778 well as the user/group databases, which should enhance
9779 compatibility with certain tools like grpck.
9780
9781 * A number of bus APIs of PID 1 now optionally consult polkit to
9782 permit access for otherwise unprivileged clients under certain
9783 conditions. Note that this currently doesn't support
9784 interactive authentication yet, but this is expected to be
9785 added eventually, too.
9786
9787 * /etc/machine-info now has new fields for configuring the
9788 deployment environment of the machine, as well as the
9789 location of the machine. hostnamectl has been updated with
9790 new command to update these fields.
9791
9792 * systemd-timesyncd has been updated to automatically acquire
9793 NTP server information from systemd-networkd, which might
9794 have been discovered via DHCP.
9795
9796 * systemd-resolved now includes a caching DNS stub resolver
9797 and a complete LLMNR name resolution implementation. A new
9798 NSS module "nss-resolve" has been added which can be used
9799 instead of glibc's own "nss-dns" to resolve hostnames via
9800 systemd-resolved. Hostnames, addresses and arbitrary RRs may
9801 be resolved via systemd-resolved D-Bus APIs. In contrast to
9802 the glibc internal resolver systemd-resolved is aware of
9803 multi-homed system, and keeps DNS server and caches separate
9804 and per-interface. Queries are sent simultaneously on all
9805 interfaces that have DNS servers configured, in order to
9806 properly handle VPNs and local LANs which might resolve
9807 separate sets of domain names. systemd-resolved may acquire
9808 DNS server information from systemd-networkd automatically,
9809 which in turn might have discovered them via DHCP. A tool
9810 "systemd-resolve-host" has been added that may be used to
9811 query the DNS logic in resolved. systemd-resolved implements
9812 IDNA and automatically uses IDNA or UTF-8 encoding depending
9813 on whether classic DNS or LLMNR is used as transport. In the
9814 next releases we intend to add a DNSSEC and mDNS/DNS-SD
9815 implementation to systemd-resolved.
9816
9817 * A new NSS module nss-mymachines has been added, that
9818 automatically resolves the names of all local registered
9819 containers to their respective IP addresses.
9820
9821 * A new client tool "networkctl" for systemd-networkd has been
9822 added. It currently is entirely passive and will query
9823 networking configuration from udev, rtnetlink and networkd,
9824 and present it to the user in a very friendly
9825 way. Eventually, we hope to extend it to become a full
9826 control utility for networkd.
9827
9828 * .socket units gained a new DeferAcceptSec= setting that
9829 controls the kernels' TCP_DEFER_ACCEPT sockopt for
9830 TCP. Similarly, support for controlling TCP keep-alive
9831 settings has been added (KeepAliveTimeSec=,
9832 KeepAliveIntervalSec=, KeepAliveProbes=). Also, support for
9833 turning off Nagle's algorithm on TCP has been added
9834 (NoDelay=).
9835
9836 * logind learned a new session type "web", for use in projects
9837 like Cockpit which register web clients as PAM sessions.
9838
9839 * timer units with at least one OnCalendar= setting will now
9840 be started only after time-sync.target has been
9841 reached. This way they will not elapse before the system
9842 clock has been corrected by a local NTP client or
9843 similar. This is particular useful on RTC-less embedded
9844 machines, that come up with an invalid system clock.
9845
9846 * systemd-nspawn's --network-veth= switch should now result in
9847 stable MAC addresses for both the outer and the inner side
9848 of the link.
9849
9850 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --volatile= switch for running
9851 container instances with /etc or /var unpopulated.
9852
9853 * The kdbus client code has been updated to use the new Linux
9854 3.17 memfd subsystem instead of the old kdbus-specific one.
9855
9856 * systemd-networkd's DHCP client and server now support
9857 FORCERENEW. There are also new configuration options to
9858 configure the vendor client identifier and broadcast mode
9859 for DHCP.
9860
9861 * systemd will no longer inform the kernel about the current
9862 timezone, as this is necessarily incorrect and racy as the
9863 kernel has no understanding of DST and similar
9864 concepts. This hence means FAT timestamps will be always
9865 considered UTC, similar to what Android is already
9866 doing. Also, when the RTC is configured to the local time
9867 (rather than UTC) systemd will never synchronize back to it,
9868 as this might confuse Windows at a later boot.
9869
9870 * systemd-analyze gained a new command "verify" for offline
9871 validation of unit files.
9872
9873 * systemd-networkd gained support for a couple of additional
9874 settings for bonding networking setups. Also, the metric for
9875 statically configured routes may now be configured. For
9876 network interfaces where this is appropriate the peer IP
9877 address may now be configured.
9878
9879 * systemd-networkd's DHCP client will no longer request
9880 broadcasting by default, as this tripped up some networks.
9881 For hardware where broadcast is required the feature should
9882 be switched back on using RequestBroadcast=yes.
9883
9884 * systemd-networkd will now set up IPv4LL addresses (when
9885 enabled) even if DHCP is configured successfully.
9886
9887 * udev will now default to respect network device names given
9888 by the kernel when the kernel indicates that these are
9889 predictable. This behavior can be tweaked by changing
9890 NamePolicy= in the relevant .link file.
9891
9892 * A new library systemd-terminal has been added that
9893 implements full TTY stream parsing and rendering. This
9894 library is supposed to be used later on for implementing a
9895 full userspace VT subsystem, replacing the current kernel
9896 implementation.
9897
9898 * A new tool systemd-journal-upload has been added to push
9899 journal data to a remote system running
9900 systemd-journal-remote.
9901
9902 * journald will no longer forward all local data to another
9903 running syslog daemon. This change has been made because
9904 rsyslog (which appears to be the most commonly used syslog
9905 implementation these days) no longer makes use of this, and
9906 instead pulls the data out of the journal on its own. Since
9907 forwarding the messages to a non-existent syslog server is
9908 more expensive than we assumed we have now turned this
9909 off. If you run a syslog server that is not a recent rsyslog
9910 version, you have to turn this option on again
9911 (ForwardToSyslog= in journald.conf).
9912
9913 * journald now optionally supports the LZ4 compressor for
9914 larger journal fields. This compressor should perform much
9915 better than XZ which was the previous default.
9916
9917 * machinectl now shows the IP addresses of local containers,
9918 if it knows them, plus the interface name of the container.
9919
9920 * A new tool "systemd-escape" has been added that makes it
9921 easy to escape strings to build unit names and similar.
9922
9923 * sd_notify() messages may now include a new ERRNO= field
9924 which is parsed and collected by systemd and shown among the
9925 "systemctl status" output for a service.
9926
9927 * A new component "systemd-firstboot" has been added that
9928 queries the most basic systemd information (timezone,
9929 hostname, root password) interactively on first
9930 boot. Alternatively it may also be used to provision these
9931 things offline on OS images installed into directories.
9932
9933 * The default sysctl.d/ snippets will now set
9934
9935 net.ipv4.conf.default.promote_secondaries=1
9936
9937 This has the benefit of no flushing secondary IP addresses
9938 when primary addresses are removed.
9939
9940 Contributions from: Ansgar Burchardt, Bastien Nocera, Colin
9941 Walters, Dan Dedrick, Daniel Buch, Daniel Korostil, Daniel
9942 Mack, Dan Williams, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Denis
9943 Kenzior, Eelco Dolstra, Eric Cook, Hannes Reinecke, Harald
9944 Hoyer, Hong Shick Pak, Hui Wang, Jean-André Santoni, Jóhann
9945 B. Guðmundsson, Jon Severinsson, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, Kevin
9946 Wells, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas,
9947 Marc-Antoine Perennou, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael
9948 Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar,
9949 Miguel Angel Ajo, Mike Gilbert, Olivier Brunel, Robert
9950 Schiele, Ronny Chevalier, Simon McVittie, Sjoerd Simons, Stef
9951 Walter, Steven Noonan, Susant Sahani, Tanu Kaskinen, Thomas
9952 Blume, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Timofey Titovets,
9953 Tobias Geerinckx-Rice, Tomasz Torcz, Tom Gundersen, Umut
9954 Tezduyar Lindskog, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
9955
9956 — Berlin, 2014-08-19
9957
9958 CHANGES WITH 215:
9959
9960 * A new tool systemd-sysusers has been added. This tool
9961 creates system users and groups in /etc/passwd and
9962 /etc/group, based on static declarative system user/group
9963 definitions in /usr/lib/sysusers.d/. This is useful to
9964 enable factory resets and volatile systems that boot up with
9965 an empty /etc directory, and thus need system users and
9966 groups created during early boot. systemd now also ships
9967 with two default sysusers.d/ files for the most basic
9968 users and groups systemd and the core operating system
9969 require.
9970
9971 * A new tmpfiles snippet has been added that rebuilds the
9972 essential files in /etc on boot, should they be missing.
9973
9974 * A directive for ensuring automatic clean-up of
9975 /var/cache/man/ has been removed from the default
9976 configuration. This line should now be shipped by the man
9977 implementation. The necessary change has been made to the
9978 man-db implementation. Note that you need to update your man
9979 implementation to one that ships this line, otherwise no
9980 automatic clean-up of /var/cache/man will take place.
9981
9982 * A new condition ConditionNeedsUpdate= has been added that
9983 may conditionalize services to only run when /etc or /var
9984 are "older" than the vendor operating system resources in
9985 /usr. This is useful for reconstructing or updating /etc
9986 after an offline update of /usr or a factory reset, on the
9987 next reboot. Services that want to run once after such an
9988 update or reset should use this condition and order
9989 themselves before the new systemd-update-done.service, which
9990 will mark the two directories as fully updated. A number of
9991 service files have been added making use of this, to rebuild
9992 the udev hardware database, the journald message catalog and
9993 dynamic loader cache (ldconfig). The systemd-sysusers tool
9994 described above also makes use of this now. With this in
9995 place it is now possible to start up a minimal operating
9996 system with /etc empty cleanly. For more information on the
9997 concepts involved see this recent blog story:
9998
9999 http://0pointer.de/blog/projects/stateless.html
10000
10001 * A new system group "input" has been introduced, and all
10002 input device nodes get this group assigned. This is useful
10003 for system-level software to get access to input devices. It
10004 complements what is already done for "audio" and "video".
10005
10006 * systemd-networkd learnt minimal DHCPv4 server support in
10007 addition to the existing DHCPv4 client support. It also
10008 learnt DHCPv6 client and IPv6 Router Solicitation client
10009 support. The DHCPv4 client gained support for static routes
10010 passed in from the server. Note that the [DHCPv4] section
10011 known in older systemd-networkd versions has been renamed to
10012 [DHCP] and is now also used by the DHCPv6 client. Existing
10013 .network files using settings of this section should be
10014 updated, though compatibility is maintained. Optionally, the
10015 client hostname may now be sent to the DHCP server.
10016
10017 * networkd gained support for vxlan virtual networks as well
10018 as tun/tap and dummy devices.
10019
10020 * networkd gained support for automatic allocation of address
10021 ranges for interfaces from a system-wide pool of
10022 addresses. This is useful for dynamically managing a large
10023 number of interfaces with a single network configuration
10024 file. In particular this is useful to easily assign
10025 appropriate IP addresses to the veth links of a large number
10026 of nspawn instances.
10027
10028 * RPM macros for processing sysusers, sysctl and binfmt
10029 drop-in snippets at package installation time have been
10030 added.
10031
10032 * The /etc/os-release file should now be placed in
10033 /usr/lib/os-release. The old location is automatically
10034 created as symlink. /usr/lib is the more appropriate
10035 location of this file, since it shall actually describe the
10036 vendor operating system shipped in /usr, and not the
10037 configuration stored in /etc.
10038
10039 * .mount units gained a new boolean SloppyOptions= setting
10040 that maps to mount(8)'s -s option which enables permissive
10041 parsing of unknown mount options.
10042
10043 * tmpfiles learnt a new "L+" directive which creates a symlink
10044 but (unlike "L") deletes a pre-existing file first, should
10045 it already exist and not already be the correct
10046 symlink. Similarly, "b+", "c+" and "p+" directives have been
10047 added as well, which create block and character devices, as
10048 well as fifos in the filesystem, possibly removing any
10049 pre-existing files of different types.
10050
10051 * For tmpfiles' "L", "L+", "C" and "C+" directives the final
10052 'argument' field (which so far specified the source to
10053 symlink/copy the files from) is now optional. If omitted the
10054 same file os copied from /usr/share/factory/ suffixed by the
10055 full destination path. This is useful for populating /etc
10056 with essential files, by copying them from vendor defaults
10057 shipped in /usr/share/factory/etc.
10058
10059 * A new command "systemctl preset-all" has been added that
10060 applies the service preset settings to all installed unit
10061 files. A new switch --preset-mode= has been added that
10062 controls whether only enable or only disable operations
10063 shall be executed.
10064
10065 * A new command "systemctl is-system-running" has been added
10066 that allows checking the overall state of the system, for
10067 example whether it is fully up and running.
10068
10069 * When the system boots up with an empty /etc, the equivalent
10070 to "systemctl preset-all" is executed during early boot, to
10071 make sure all default services are enabled after a factory
10072 reset.
10073
10074 * systemd now contains a minimal preset file that enables the
10075 most basic services systemd ships by default.
10076
10077 * Unit files' [Install] section gained a new DefaultInstance=
10078 field for defining the default instance to create if a
10079 template unit is enabled with no instance specified.
10080
10081 * A new passive target cryptsetup-pre.target has been added
10082 that may be used by services that need to make they run and
10083 finish before the first LUKS cryptographic device is set up.
10084
10085 * The /dev/loop-control and /dev/btrfs-control device nodes
10086 are now owned by the "disk" group by default, opening up
10087 access to this group.
10088
10089 * systemd-coredump will now automatically generate a
10090 stack trace of all core dumps taking place on the system,
10091 based on elfutils' libdw library. This stack trace is logged
10092 to the journal.
10093
10094 * systemd-coredump may now optionally store coredumps directly
10095 on disk (in /var/lib/systemd/coredump, possibly compressed),
10096 instead of storing them unconditionally in the journal. This
10097 mode is the new default. A new configuration file
10098 /etc/systemd/coredump.conf has been added to configure this
10099 and other parameters of systemd-coredump.
10100
10101 * coredumpctl gained a new "info" verb to show details about a
10102 specific coredump. A new switch "-1" has also been added
10103 that makes sure to only show information about the most
10104 recent entry instead of all entries. Also, as the tool is
10105 generally useful now the "systemd-" prefix of the binary
10106 name has been removed. Distributions that want to maintain
10107 compatibility with the old name should add a symlink from
10108 the old name to the new name.
10109
10110 * journald's SplitMode= now defaults to "uid". This makes sure
10111 that unprivileged users can access their own coredumps with
10112 coredumpctl without restrictions.
10113
10114 * New kernel command line options "systemd.wants=" (for
10115 pulling an additional unit during boot), "systemd.mask="
10116 (for masking a specific unit for the boot), and
10117 "systemd.debug-shell" (for enabling the debug shell on tty9)
10118 have been added. This is implemented in the new generator
10119 "systemd-debug-generator".
10120
10121 * systemd-nspawn will now by default filter a couple of
10122 syscalls for containers, among them those required for
10123 kernel module loading, direct x86 IO port access, swap
10124 management, and kexec. Most importantly though
10125 open_by_handle_at() is now prohibited for containers,
10126 closing a hole similar to a recently discussed vulnerability
10127 in docker regarding access to files on file hierarchies the
10128 container should normally not have access to. Note that, for
10129 nspawn, we generally make no security claims anyway (and
10130 this is explicitly documented in the man page), so this is
10131 just a fix for one of the most obvious problems.
10132
10133 * A new man page file-hierarchy(7) has been added that
10134 contains a minimized, modernized version of the file system
10135 layout systemd expects, similar in style to the FHS
10136 specification or hier(5). A new tool systemd-path(1) has
10137 been added to query many of these paths for the local
10138 machine and user.
10139
10140 * Automatic time-based clean-up of $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR is no
10141 longer done. Since the directory now has a per-user size
10142 limit, and is cleaned on logout this appears unnecessary,
10143 in particular since this now brings the lifecycle of this
10144 directory closer in line with how IPC objects are handled.
10145
10146 * systemd.pc now exports a number of additional directories,
10147 including $libdir (which is useful to identify the library
10148 path for the primary architecture of the system), and a
10149 couple of drop-in directories.
10150
10151 * udev's predictable network interface names now use the dev_port
10152 sysfs attribute, introduced in linux 3.15 instead of dev_id to
10153 distinguish between ports of the same PCI function. dev_id should
10154 only be used for ports using the same HW address, hence the need
10155 for dev_port.
10156
10157 * machined has been updated to export the OS version of a
10158 container (read from /etc/os-release and
10159 /usr/lib/os-release) on the bus. This is now shown in
10160 "machinectl status" for a machine.
10161
10162 * A new service setting RestartForceExitStatus= has been
10163 added. If configured to a set of exit signals or process
10164 return values, the service will be restarted when the main
10165 daemon process exits with any of them, regardless of the
10166 Restart= setting.
10167
10168 * systemctl's -H switch for connecting to remote systemd
10169 machines has been extended so that it may be used to
10170 directly connect to a specific container on the
10171 host. "systemctl -H root@foobar:waldi" will now connect as
10172 user "root" to host "foobar", and then proceed directly to
10173 the container named "waldi". Note that currently you have to
10174 authenticate as user "root" for this to work, as entering
10175 containers is a privileged operation.
10176
10177 Contributions from: Andreas Henriksson, Benjamin Steinwender,
10178 Carl Schaefer, Christian Hesse, Colin Ian King, Cristian
10179 Rodríguez, Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Eugene
10180 Yakubovich, Filipe Brandenburger, Frederic Crozat, Hristo
10181 Venev, Jan Engelhardt, Jonathan Boulle, Kay Sievers, Lennart
10182 Poettering, Luke Shumaker, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine
10183 Perennou, Marcel Holtmann, Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich,
10184 Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Michal Sekletar, Patrik Flykt, Ronan Le
10185 Martret, Ronny Chevalier, Ruediger Oertel, Steven Noonan,
10186 Susant Sahani, Thadeu Lima de Souza Cascardo, Thomas Hindoe
10187 Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Tom Hirst, Umut Tezduyar
10188 Lindskog, Uoti Urpala, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
10189
10190 — Berlin, 2014-07-03
10191
10192 CHANGES WITH 214:
10193
10194 * As an experimental feature, udev now tries to lock the
10195 disk device node (flock(LOCK_SH|LOCK_NB)) while it
10196 executes events for the disk or any of its partitions.
10197 Applications like partitioning programs can lock the
10198 disk device node (flock(LOCK_EX)) and claim temporary
10199 device ownership that way; udev will entirely skip all event
10200 handling for this disk and its partitions. If the disk
10201 was opened for writing, the close will trigger a partition
10202 table rescan in udev's "watch" facility, and if needed
10203 synthesize "change" events for the disk and all its partitions.
10204 This is now unconditionally enabled, and if it turns out to
10205 cause major problems, we might turn it on only for specific
10206 devices, or might need to disable it entirely. Device Mapper
10207 devices are excluded from this logic.
10208
10209 * We temporarily dropped the "-l" switch for fsck invocations,
10210 since they collide with the flock() logic above. util-linux
10211 upstream has been changed already to avoid this conflict,
10212 and we will re-add "-l" as soon as util-linux with this
10213 change has been released.
10214
10215 * The dependency on libattr has been removed. Since a long
10216 time, the extended attribute calls have moved to glibc, and
10217 libattr is thus unnecessary.
10218
10219 * Virtualization detection works without privileges now. This
10220 means the systemd-detect-virt binary no longer requires
10221 CAP_SYS_PTRACE file capabilities, and our daemons can run
10222 with fewer privileges.
10223
10224 * systemd-networkd now runs under its own "systemd-network"
10225 user. It retains the CAP_NET_ADMIN, CAP_NET_BIND_SERVICE,
10226 CAP_NET_BROADCAST, CAP_NET_RAW capabilities though, but
10227 loses the ability to write to files owned by root this way.
10228
10229 * Similarly, systemd-resolved now runs under its own
10230 "systemd-resolve" user with no capabilities remaining.
10231
10232 * Similarly, systemd-bus-proxyd now runs under its own
10233 "systemd-bus-proxy" user with only CAP_IPC_OWNER remaining.
10234
10235 * systemd-networkd gained support for setting up "veth"
10236 virtual Ethernet devices for container connectivity, as well
10237 as GRE and VTI tunnels.
10238
10239 * systemd-networkd will no longer automatically attempt to
10240 manually load kernel modules necessary for certain tunnel
10241 transports. Instead, it is assumed the kernel loads them
10242 automatically when required. This only works correctly on
10243 very new kernels. On older kernels, please consider adding
10244 the kernel modules to /etc/modules-load.d/ as a work-around.
10245
10246 * The resolv.conf file systemd-resolved generates has been
10247 moved to /run/systemd/resolve/. If you have a symlink from
10248 /etc/resolv.conf, it might be necessary to correct it.
10249
10250 * Two new service settings, ProtectHome= and ProtectSystem=,
10251 have been added. When enabled, they will make the user data
10252 (such as /home) inaccessible or read-only and the system
10253 (such as /usr) read-only, for specific services. This allows
10254 very light-weight per-service sandboxing to avoid
10255 modifications of user data or system files from
10256 services. These two new switches have been enabled for all
10257 of systemd's long-running services, where appropriate.
10258
10259 * Socket units gained new SocketUser= and SocketGroup=
10260 settings to set the owner user and group of AF_UNIX sockets
10261 and FIFOs in the file system.
10262
10263 * Socket units gained a new RemoveOnStop= setting. If enabled,
10264 all FIFOS and sockets in the file system will be removed
10265 when the specific socket unit is stopped.
10266
10267 * Socket units gained a new Symlinks= setting. It takes a list
10268 of symlinks to create to file system sockets or FIFOs
10269 created by the specific Unix sockets. This is useful to
10270 manage symlinks to socket nodes with the same lifecycle as
10271 the socket itself.
10272
10273 * The /dev/log socket and /dev/initctl FIFO have been moved to
10274 /run, and have been replaced by symlinks. This allows
10275 connecting to these facilities even if PrivateDevices=yes is
10276 used for a service (which makes /dev/log itself unavailable,
10277 but /run is left). This also has the benefit of ensuring
10278 that /dev only contains device nodes, directories and
10279 symlinks, and nothing else.
10280
10281 * sd-daemon gained two new calls sd_pid_notify() and
10282 sd_pid_notifyf(). They are similar to sd_notify() and
10283 sd_notifyf(), but allow overriding of the source PID of
10284 notification messages if permissions permit this. This is
10285 useful to send notify messages on behalf of a different
10286 process (for example, the parent process). The
10287 systemd-notify tool has been updated to make use of this
10288 when sending messages (so that notification messages now
10289 originate from the shell script invoking systemd-notify and
10290 not the systemd-notify process itself. This should minimize
10291 a race where systemd fails to associate notification
10292 messages to services when the originating process already
10293 vanished.
10294
10295 * A new "on-abnormal" setting for Restart= has been added. If
10296 set, it will result in automatic restarts on all "abnormal"
10297 reasons for a process to exit, which includes unclean
10298 signals, core dumps, timeouts and watchdog timeouts, but
10299 does not include clean and unclean exit codes or clean
10300 signals. Restart=on-abnormal is an alternative for
10301 Restart=on-failure for services that shall be able to
10302 terminate and avoid restarts on certain errors, by
10303 indicating so with an unclean exit code. Restart=on-failure
10304 or Restart=on-abnormal is now the recommended setting for
10305 all long-running services.
10306
10307 * If the InaccessibleDirectories= service setting points to a
10308 mount point (or if there are any submounts contained within
10309 it), it is now attempted to completely unmount it, to make
10310 the file systems truly unavailable for the respective
10311 service.
10312
10313 * The ReadOnlyDirectories= service setting and
10314 systemd-nspawn's --read-only parameter are now recursively
10315 applied to all submounts, too.
10316
10317 * Mount units may now be created transiently via the bus APIs.
10318
10319 * The support for SysV and LSB init scripts has been removed
10320 from the systemd daemon itself. Instead, it is now
10321 implemented as a generator that creates native systemd units
10322 from these scripts when needed. This enables us to remove a
10323 substantial amount of legacy code from PID 1, following the
10324 fact that many distributions only ship a very small number
10325 of LSB/SysV init scripts nowadays.
10326
10327 * Privileged Xen (dom0) domains are not considered
10328 virtualization anymore by the virtualization detection
10329 logic. After all, they generally have unrestricted access to
10330 the hardware and usually are used to manage the unprivileged
10331 (domU) domains.
10332
10333 * systemd-tmpfiles gained a new "C" line type, for copying
10334 files or entire directories.
10335
10336 * systemd-tmpfiles "m" lines are now fully equivalent to "z"
10337 lines. So far, they have been non-globbing versions of the
10338 latter, and have thus been redundant. In future, it is
10339 recommended to only use "z". "m" has hence been removed
10340 from the documentation, even though it stays supported.
10341
10342 * A tmpfiles snippet to recreate the most basic structure in
10343 /var has been added. This is enough to create the /var/run →
10344 /run symlink and create a couple of structural
10345 directories. This allows systems to boot up with an empty or
10346 volatile /var. Of course, while with this change, the core OS
10347 now is capable with dealing with a volatile /var, not all
10348 user services are ready for it. However, we hope that sooner
10349 or later, many service daemons will be changed upstream so
10350 that they are able to automatically create their necessary
10351 directories in /var at boot, should they be missing. This is
10352 the first step to allow state-less systems that only require
10353 the vendor image for /usr to boot.
10354
10355 * systemd-nspawn has gained a new --tmpfs= switch to mount an
10356 empty tmpfs instance to a specific directory. This is
10357 particularly useful for making use of the automatic
10358 reconstruction of /var (see above), by passing --tmpfs=/var.
10359
10360 * Access modes specified in tmpfiles snippets may now be
10361 prefixed with "~", which indicates that they shall be masked
10362 by whether the existing file or directory is currently
10363 writable, readable or executable at all. Also, if specified,
10364 the sgid/suid/sticky bits will be masked for all
10365 non-directories.
10366
10367 * A new passive target unit "network-pre.target" has been
10368 added which is useful for services that shall run before any
10369 network is configured, for example firewall scripts.
10370
10371 * The "floppy" group that previously owned the /dev/fd*
10372 devices is no longer used. The "disk" group is now used
10373 instead. Distributions should probably deprecate usage of
10374 this group.
10375
10376 Contributions from: Camilo Aguilar, Christian Hesse, Colin Ian
10377 King, Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Dave Reisner, David
10378 Strauss, Denis Tikhomirov, John, Jonathan Liu, Kay Sievers,
10379 Lennart Poettering, Mantas Mikulėnas, Mark Eichin, Ronny
10380 Chevalier, Susant Sahani, Thomas Blume, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
10381 Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Zbigniew
10382 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
10383
10384 — Berlin, 2014-06-11
10385
10386 CHANGES WITH 213:
10387
10388 * A new "systemd-timesyncd" daemon has been added for
10389 synchronizing the system clock across the network. It
10390 implements an SNTP client. In contrast to NTP
10391 implementations such as chrony or the NTP reference server,
10392 this only implements a client side, and does not bother with
10393 the full NTP complexity, focusing only on querying time from
10394 one remote server and synchronizing the local clock to
10395 it. Unless you intend to serve NTP to networked clients or
10396 want to connect to local hardware clocks, this simple NTP
10397 client should be more than appropriate for most
10398 installations. The daemon runs with minimal privileges, and
10399 has been hooked up with networkd to only operate when
10400 network connectivity is available. The daemon saves the
10401 current clock to disk every time a new NTP sync has been
10402 acquired, and uses this to possibly correct the system clock
10403 early at bootup, in order to accommodate for systems that
10404 lack an RTC such as the Raspberry Pi and embedded devices,
10405 and to make sure that time monotonically progresses on these
10406 systems, even if it is not always correct. To make use of
10407 this daemon, a new system user and group "systemd-timesync"
10408 needs to be created on installation of systemd.
10409
10410 * The queue "seqnum" interface of libudev has been disabled, as
10411 it was generally incompatible with device namespacing as
10412 sequence numbers of devices go "missing" if the devices are
10413 part of a different namespace.
10414
10415 * "systemctl list-timers" and "systemctl list-sockets" gained
10416 a --recursive switch for showing units of these types also
10417 for all local containers, similar in style to the already
10418 supported --recursive switch for "systemctl list-units".
10419
10420 * A new RebootArgument= setting has been added for service
10421 units, which may be used to specify a kernel reboot argument
10422 to use when triggering reboots with StartLimitAction=.
10423
10424 * A new FailureAction= setting has been added for service
10425 units which may be used to specify an operation to trigger
10426 when a service fails. This works similarly to
10427 StartLimitAction=, but unlike it, controls what is done
10428 immediately rather than only after several attempts to
10429 restart the service in question.
10430
10431 * hostnamed got updated to also expose the kernel name,
10432 release, and version on the bus. This is useful for
10433 executing commands like hostnamectl with the -H switch.
10434 systemd-analyze makes use of this to properly display
10435 details when running non-locally.
10436
10437 * The bootchart tool can now show cgroup information in the
10438 graphs it generates.
10439
10440 * The CFS CPU quota cgroup attribute is now exposed for
10441 services. The new CPUQuota= switch has been added for this
10442 which takes a percentage value. Setting this will have the
10443 result that a service may never get more CPU time than the
10444 specified percentage, even if the machine is otherwise idle.
10445
10446 * systemd-networkd learned IPIP and SIT tunnel support.
10447
10448 * LSB init scripts exposing a dependency on $network will now
10449 get a dependency on network-online.target rather than simply
10450 network.target. This should bring LSB handling closer to
10451 what it was on SysV systems.
10452
10453 * A new fsck.repair= kernel option has been added to control
10454 how fsck shall deal with unclean file systems at boot.
10455
10456 * The (.ini) configuration file parser will now silently ignore
10457 sections whose names begin with "X-". This may be used to maintain
10458 application-specific extension sections in unit files.
10459
10460 * machined gained a new API to query the IP addresses of
10461 registered containers. "machinectl status" has been updated
10462 to show these addresses in its output.
10463
10464 * A new call sd_uid_get_display() has been added to the
10465 sd-login APIs for querying the "primary" session of a
10466 user. The "primary" session of the user is elected from the
10467 user's sessions and generally a graphical session is
10468 preferred over a text one.
10469
10470 * A minimal systemd-resolved daemon has been added. It
10471 currently simply acts as a companion to systemd-networkd and
10472 manages resolv.conf based on per-interface DNS
10473 configuration, possibly supplied via DHCP. In the long run
10474 we hope to extend this into a local DNSSEC enabled DNS and
10475 mDNS cache.
10476
10477 * The systemd-networkd-wait-online tool is now enabled by
10478 default. It will delay network-online.target until a network
10479 connection has been configured. The tool primarily integrates
10480 with networkd, but will also make a best effort to make sense
10481 of network configuration performed in some other way.
10482
10483 * Two new service options StartupCPUShares= and
10484 StartupBlockIOWeight= have been added that work similarly to
10485 CPUShares= and BlockIOWeight= however only apply during
10486 system startup. This is useful to prioritize certain services
10487 differently during bootup than during normal runtime.
10488
10489 * hostnamed has been changed to prefer the statically
10490 configured hostname in /etc/hostname (unless set to
10491 'localhost' or empty) over any dynamic one supplied by
10492 dhcp. With this change, the rules for picking the hostname
10493 match more closely the rules of other configuration settings
10494 where the local administrator's configuration in /etc always
10495 overrides any other settings.
10496
10497 Contributions from: Ali H. Caliskan, Alison Chaiken, Bas van
10498 den Berg, Brandon Philips, Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch,
10499 Dan Kilman, Dave Reisner, David Härdeman, David Herrmann,
10500 David Strauss, Dimitris Spingos, Djalal Harouni, Eelco
10501 Dolstra, Evan Nemerson, Florian Albrechtskirchinger, Greg
10502 Kroah-Hartman, Harald Hoyer, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Jan
10503 Engelhardt, Jani Nikula, Jason St. John, Jeffrey Clark,
10504 Jonathan Boulle, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas
10505 Nykryn, Lukasz Skalski, Łukasz Stelmach, Mantas Mikulėnas,
10506 Marcel Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Matthew Monaco, Michael
10507 Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert, Nis
10508 Martensen, Patrik Flykt, Philip Lorenz, poma, Ray Strode,
10509 Reyad Attiyat, Robert Milasan, Scott Thrasher, Stef Walter,
10510 Steven Siloti, Susant Sahani, Tanu Kaskinen, Thomas Bächler,
10511 Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar
10512 Lindskog, WaLyong Cho, Will Woods, Zbigniew
10513 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
10514
10515 — Beijing, 2014-05-28
10516
10517 CHANGES WITH 212:
10518
10519 * When restoring the screen brightness at boot, stay away from
10520 the darkest setting or from the lowest 5% of the available
10521 range, depending on which is the larger value of both. This
10522 should effectively protect the user from rebooting into a
10523 black screen, should the brightness have been set to minimum
10524 by accident.
10525
10526 * sd-login gained a new sd_machine_get_class() call to
10527 determine the class ("vm" or "container") of a machine
10528 registered with machined.
10529
10530 * sd-login gained new calls
10531 sd_peer_get_{session,owner_uid,unit,user_unit,slice,machine_name}(),
10532 to query the identity of the peer of a local AF_UNIX
10533 connection. They operate similarly to their sd_pid_get_xyz()
10534 counterparts.
10535
10536 * PID 1 will now maintain a system-wide system state engine
10537 with the states "starting", "running", "degraded",
10538 "maintenance", "stopping". These states are bound to system
10539 startup, normal runtime, runtime with at least one failed
10540 service, rescue/emergency mode and system shutdown. This
10541 state is shown in the "systemctl status" output when no unit
10542 name is passed. It is useful to determine system state, in
10543 particularly when doing so for many systems or containers at
10544 once.
10545
10546 * A new command "list-machines" has been added to "systemctl"
10547 that lists all local OS containers and shows their system
10548 state (see above), if systemd runs inside of them.
10549
10550 * systemctl gained a new "-r" switch to recursively enumerate
10551 units on all local containers, when used with the
10552 "list-unit" command (which is the default one that is
10553 executed when no parameters are specified).
10554
10555 * The GPT automatic partition discovery logic will now honour
10556 two GPT partition flags: one may be set on a partition to
10557 cause it to be mounted read-only, and the other may be set
10558 on a partition to ignore it during automatic discovery.
10559
10560 * Two new GPT type UUIDs have been added for automatic root
10561 partition discovery, for 32-bit and 64-bit ARM. This is not
10562 particularly useful for discovering the root directory on
10563 these architectures during bare-metal boots (since UEFI is
10564 not common there), but still very useful to allow booting of
10565 ARM disk images in nspawn with the -i option.
10566
10567 * MAC addresses of interfaces created with nspawn's
10568 --network-interface= switch will now be generated from the
10569 machine name, and thus be stable between multiple invocations
10570 of the container.
10571
10572 * logind will now automatically remove all IPC objects owned
10573 by a user if she or he fully logs out. This makes sure that
10574 users who are logged out cannot continue to consume IPC
10575 resources. This covers SysV memory, semaphores and message
10576 queues as well as POSIX shared memory and message
10577 queues. Traditionally, SysV and POSIX IPC had no lifecycle
10578 limits. With this functionality, that is corrected. This may
10579 be turned off by using the RemoveIPC= switch of logind.conf.
10580
10581 * The systemd-machine-id-setup and tmpfiles tools gained a
10582 --root= switch to operate on a specific root directory,
10583 instead of /.
10584
10585 * journald can now forward logged messages to the TTYs of all
10586 logged in users ("wall"). This is the default for all
10587 emergency messages now.
10588
10589 * A new tool systemd-journal-remote has been added to stream
10590 journal log messages across the network.
10591
10592 * /sys/fs/cgroup/ is now mounted read-only after all cgroup
10593 controller trees are mounted into it. Note that the
10594 directories mounted beneath it are not read-only. This is a
10595 security measure and is particularly useful because glibc
10596 actually includes a search logic to pick any tmpfs it can
10597 find to implement shm_open() if /dev/shm is not available
10598 (which it might very well be in namespaced setups).
10599
10600 * machinectl gained a new "poweroff" command to cleanly power
10601 down a local OS container.
10602
10603 * The PrivateDevices= unit file setting will now also drop the
10604 CAP_MKNOD capability from the capability bound set, and
10605 imply DevicePolicy=closed.
10606
10607 * PrivateDevices=, PrivateNetwork= and PrivateTmp= is now used
10608 comprehensively on all long-running systemd services where
10609 this is appropriate.
10610
10611 * systemd-udevd will now run in a disassociated mount
10612 namespace. To mount directories from udev rules, make sure to
10613 pull in mount units via SYSTEMD_WANTS properties.
10614
10615 * The kdbus support gained support for uploading policy into
10616 the kernel. sd-bus gained support for creating "monitoring"
10617 connections that can eavesdrop into all bus communication
10618 for debugging purposes.
10619
10620 * Timestamps may now be specified in seconds since the UNIX
10621 epoch Jan 1st, 1970 by specifying "@" followed by the value
10622 in seconds.
10623
10624 * Native tcpwrap support in systemd has been removed. tcpwrap
10625 is old code, not really maintained anymore and has serious
10626 shortcomings, and better options such as firewalls
10627 exist. For setups that require tcpwrap usage, please
10628 consider invoking your socket-activated service via tcpd,
10629 like on traditional inetd.
10630
10631 * A new system.conf configuration option
10632 DefaultTimerAccuracySec= has been added that controls the
10633 default AccuracySec= setting of .timer units.
10634
10635 * Timer units gained a new WakeSystem= switch. If enabled,
10636 timers configured this way will cause the system to resume
10637 from system suspend (if the system supports that, which most
10638 do these days).
10639
10640 * Timer units gained a new Persistent= switch. If enabled,
10641 timers configured this way will save to disk when they have
10642 been last triggered. This information is then used on next
10643 reboot to possible execute overdue timer events, that
10644 could not take place because the system was powered off.
10645 This enables simple anacron-like behaviour for timer units.
10646
10647 * systemctl's "list-timers" will now also list the time a
10648 timer unit was last triggered in addition to the next time
10649 it will be triggered.
10650
10651 * systemd-networkd will now assign predictable IPv4LL
10652 addresses to its local interfaces.
10653
10654 Contributions from: Brandon Philips, Daniel Buch, Daniel Mack,
10655 Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Gerd Hoffmann, Greg
10656 Kroah-Hartman, Hendrik Brueckner, Jason St. John, Josh
10657 Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Marc-Antoine
10658 Perennou, Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Miklos Vajna,
10659 Patrik Flykt, poma, Sebastian Thorarensen, Thomas Bächler,
10660 Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tomasz Torcz, Tom Gundersen,
10661 Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Wieland Hoffmann, Zbigniew
10662 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
10663
10664 — Berlin, 2014-03-25
10665
10666 CHANGES WITH 211:
10667
10668 * A new unit file setting RestrictAddressFamilies= has been
10669 added to restrict which socket address families unit
10670 processes gain access to. This takes address family names
10671 like "AF_INET" or "AF_UNIX", and is useful to minimize the
10672 attack surface of services via exotic protocol stacks. This
10673 is built on seccomp system call filters.
10674
10675 * Two new unit file settings RuntimeDirectory= and
10676 RuntimeDirectoryMode= have been added that may be used to
10677 manage a per-daemon runtime directories below /run. This is
10678 an alternative for setting up directory permissions with
10679 tmpfiles snippets, and has the advantage that the runtime
10680 directory's lifetime is bound to the daemon runtime and that
10681 the daemon starts up with an empty directory each time. This
10682 is particularly useful when writing services that drop
10683 privileges using the User= or Group= setting.
10684
10685 * The DeviceAllow= unit setting now supports globbing for
10686 matching against device group names.
10687
10688 * The systemd configuration file system.conf gained new
10689 settings DefaultCPUAccounting=, DefaultBlockIOAccounting=,
10690 DefaultMemoryAccounting= to globally turn on/off accounting
10691 for specific resources (cgroups) for all units. These
10692 settings may still be overridden individually in each unit
10693 though.
10694
10695 * systemd-gpt-auto-generator is now able to discover /srv and
10696 root partitions in addition to /home and swap partitions. It
10697 also supports LUKS-encrypted partitions now. With this in
10698 place, automatic discovery of partitions to mount following
10699 the Discoverable Partitions Specification
10700 (https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Specifications/DiscoverablePartitionsSpec)
10701 is now a lot more complete. This allows booting without
10702 /etc/fstab and without root= on the kernel command line on
10703 systems prepared appropriately.
10704
10705 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --image= switch which allows
10706 booting up disk images and Linux installations on any block
10707 device that follow the Discoverable Partitions Specification
10708 (see above). This means that installations made with
10709 appropriately updated installers may now be started and
10710 deployed using container managers, completely
10711 unmodified. (We hope that libvirt-lxc will add support for
10712 this feature soon, too.)
10713
10714 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --network-macvlan= setting to
10715 set up a private macvlan interface for the
10716 container. Similarly, systemd-networkd gained a new
10717 Kind=macvlan setting in .netdev files.
10718
10719 * systemd-networkd now supports configuring local addresses
10720 using IPv4LL.
10721
10722 * A new tool systemd-network-wait-online has been added to
10723 synchronously wait for network connectivity using
10724 systemd-networkd.
10725
10726 * The sd-bus.h bus API gained a new sd_bus_track object for
10727 tracking the lifecycle of bus peers. Note that sd-bus.h is
10728 still not a public API though (unless you specify
10729 --enable-kdbus on the configure command line, which however
10730 voids your warranty and you get no API stability guarantee).
10731
10732 * The $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR runtime directories for each user are
10733 now individual tmpfs instances, which has the benefit of
10734 introducing separate pools for each user, with individual
10735 size limits, and thus making sure that unprivileged clients
10736 can no longer negatively impact the system or other users by
10737 filling up their $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR. A new logind.conf setting
10738 RuntimeDirectorySize= has been introduced that allows
10739 controlling the default size limit for all users. It
10740 defaults to 10% of the available physical memory. This is no
10741 replacement for quotas on tmpfs though (which the kernel
10742 still does not support), as /dev/shm and /tmp are still
10743 shared resources used by both the system and unprivileged
10744 users.
10745
10746 * logind will now automatically turn off automatic suspending
10747 on laptop lid close when more than one display is
10748 connected. This was previously expected to be implemented
10749 individually in desktop environments (such as GNOME),
10750 however has been added to logind now, in order to fix a
10751 boot-time race where a desktop environment might not have
10752 been started yet and thus not been able to take an inhibitor
10753 lock at the time where logind already suspends the system
10754 due to a closed lid.
10755
10756 * logind will now wait at least 30s after each system
10757 suspend/resume cycle, and 3min after system boot before
10758 suspending the system due to a closed laptop lid. This
10759 should give USB docking stations and similar enough time to
10760 be probed and configured after system resume and boot in
10761 order to then act as suspend blocker.
10762
10763 * systemd-run gained a new --property= setting which allows
10764 initialization of resource control properties (and others)
10765 for the created scope or service unit. Example: "systemd-run
10766 --property=BlockIOWeight=10 updatedb" may be used to run
10767 updatedb at a low block IO scheduling weight.
10768
10769 * systemd-run's --uid=, --gid=, --setenv=, --setenv= switches
10770 now also work in --scope mode.
10771
10772 * When systemd is compiled with kdbus support, basic support
10773 for enforced policies is now in place. (Note that enabling
10774 kdbus still voids your warranty and no API compatibility
10775 promises are made.)
10776
10777 Contributions from: Andrey Borzenkov, Ansgar Burchardt, Armin
10778 K., Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Djalal Harouni,
10779 Harald Hoyer, Henrik Grindal Bakken, Jasper St. Pierre, Kay
10780 Sievers, Kieran Clancy, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn,
10781 Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann, Mark Oteiza, Martin Pitt,
10782 Mike Gilbert, Peter Rajnoha, poma, Samuli Suominen, Stef
10783 Walter, Susant Sahani, Tero Roponen, Thomas Andersen, Thomas
10784 Bächler, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tomasz Torcz, Tom
10785 Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Uoti Urpala, Zachary Cook,
10786 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
10787
10788 — Berlin, 2014-03-12
10789
10790 CHANGES WITH 210:
10791
10792 * systemd will now relabel /dev after loading the SMACK policy
10793 according to SMACK rules.
10794
10795 * A new unit file option AppArmorProfile= has been added to
10796 set the AppArmor profile for the processes of a unit.
10797
10798 * A new condition check ConditionArchitecture= has been added
10799 to conditionalize units based on the system architecture, as
10800 reported by uname()'s "machine" field.
10801
10802 * systemd-networkd now supports matching on the system
10803 virtualization, architecture, kernel command line, hostname
10804 and machine ID.
10805
10806 * logind is now a lot more aggressive when suspending the
10807 machine due to a closed laptop lid. Instead of acting only
10808 on the lid close action, it will continuously watch the lid
10809 status and act on it. This is useful for laptops where the
10810 power button is on the outside of the chassis so that it can
10811 be reached without opening the lid (such as the Lenovo
10812 Yoga). On those machines, logind will now immediately
10813 re-suspend the machine if the power button has been
10814 accidentally pressed while the laptop was suspended and in a
10815 backpack or similar.
10816
10817 * logind will now watch SW_DOCK switches and inhibit reaction
10818 to the lid switch if it is pressed. This means that logind
10819 will not suspend the machine anymore if the lid is closed
10820 and the system is docked, if the laptop supports SW_DOCK
10821 notifications via the input layer. Note that ACPI docking
10822 stations do not generate this currently. Also note that this
10823 logic is usually not fully sufficient and Desktop
10824 Environments should take a lid switch inhibitor lock when an
10825 external display is connected, as systemd will not watch
10826 this on its own.
10827
10828 * nspawn will now make use of the devices cgroup controller by
10829 default, and only permit creation of and access to the usual
10830 API device nodes like /dev/null or /dev/random, as well as
10831 access to (but not creation of) the pty devices.
10832
10833 * We will now ship a default .network file for
10834 systemd-networkd that automatically configures DHCP for
10835 network interfaces created by nspawn's --network-veth or
10836 --network-bridge= switches.
10837
10838 * systemd will now understand the usual M, K, G, T suffixes
10839 according to SI conventions (i.e. to the base 1000) when
10840 referring to throughput and hardware metrics. It will stay
10841 with IEC conventions (i.e. to the base 1024) for software
10842 metrics, according to what is customary according to
10843 Wikipedia. We explicitly document which base applies for
10844 each configuration option.
10845
10846 * The DeviceAllow= setting in unit files now supports a syntax to
10847 allow-list an entire group of devices node majors at once, based on
10848 the /proc/devices listing. For example, with the string "char-pts",
10849 it is now possible to allow-list all current and future pseudo-TTYs
10850 at once.
10851
10852 * sd-event learned a new "post" event source. Event sources of
10853 this type are triggered by the dispatching of any event
10854 source of a type that is not "post". This is useful for
10855 implementing clean-up and check event sources that are
10856 triggered by other work being done in the program.
10857
10858 * systemd-networkd is no longer statically enabled, but uses
10859 the usual [Install] sections so that it can be
10860 enabled/disabled using systemctl. It still is enabled by
10861 default however.
10862
10863 * When creating a veth interface pair with systemd-nspawn, the
10864 host side will now be prefixed with "vb-" if
10865 --network-bridge= is used, and with "ve-" if --network-veth
10866 is used. This way, it is easy to distinguish these cases on
10867 the host, for example to apply different configuration to
10868 them with systemd-networkd.
10869
10870 * The compatibility libraries for libsystemd-journal.so,
10871 libsystem-id128.so, libsystemd-login.so and
10872 libsystemd-daemon.so do not make use of IFUNC
10873 anymore. Instead, we now build libsystemd.so multiple times
10874 under these alternative names. This means that the footprint
10875 is drastically increased, but given that these are
10876 transitional compatibility libraries, this should not matter
10877 much. This change has been made necessary to support the ARM
10878 platform for these compatibility libraries, as the ARM
10879 toolchain is not really at the same level as the toolchain
10880 for other architectures like x86 and does not support
10881 IFUNC. Please make sure to use --enable-compat-libs only
10882 during a transitional period!
10883
10884 * The .include syntax has been deprecated and is not documented
10885 anymore. Drop-in files in .d directories should be used instead.
10886
10887 Contributions from: Andreas Fuchs, Armin K., Colin Walters,
10888 Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Djalal Harouni,
10889 Holger Schurig, Jason A. Donenfeld, Jason St. John, Jasper
10890 St. Pierre, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Łukasz Stelmach,
10891 Marcel Holtmann, Michael Scherer, Michal Sekletar, Mike
10892 Gilbert, Samuli Suominen, Thomas Bächler, Thomas Hindoe
10893 Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog,
10894 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
10895
10896 — Berlin, 2014-02-24
10897
10898 CHANGES WITH 209:
10899
10900 * A new component "systemd-networkd" has been added that can
10901 be used to configure local network interfaces statically or
10902 via DHCP. It is capable of bringing up bridges, VLANs, and
10903 bonding. Currently, no hook-ups for interactive network
10904 configuration are provided. Use this for your initrd,
10905 container, embedded, or server setup if you need a simple,
10906 yet powerful, network configuration solution. This
10907 configuration subsystem is quite nifty, as it allows wildcard
10908 hotplug matching in interfaces. For example, with a single
10909 configuration snippet, you can configure that all Ethernet
10910 interfaces showing up are automatically added to a bridge,
10911 or similar. It supports link-sensing and more.
10912
10913 * A new tool "systemd-socket-proxyd" has been added which can
10914 act as a bidirectional proxy for TCP sockets. This is
10915 useful for adding socket activation support to services that
10916 do not actually support socket activation, including virtual
10917 machines and the like.
10918
10919 * Add a new tool to save/restore rfkill state on
10920 shutdown/boot.
10921
10922 * Save/restore state of keyboard backlights in addition to
10923 display backlights on shutdown/boot.
10924
10925 * udev learned a new SECLABEL{} construct to label device
10926 nodes with a specific security label when they appear. For
10927 now, only SECLABEL{selinux} is supported, but the syntax is
10928 prepared for additional security frameworks.
10929
10930 * udev gained a new scheme to configure link-level attributes
10931 from files in /etc/systemd/network/*.link. These files can
10932 match against MAC address, device path, driver name and type,
10933 and will apply attributes like the naming policy, link speed,
10934 MTU, duplex settings, Wake-on-LAN settings, MAC address, MAC
10935 address assignment policy (randomized, …).
10936
10937 * The configuration of network interface naming rules for
10938 "permanent interface names" has changed: a new NamePolicy=
10939 setting in the [Link] section of .link files determines the
10940 priority of possible naming schemes (onboard, slot, MAC,
10941 path). The default value of this setting is determined by
10942 /usr/lib/net/links/99-default.link. Old
10943 80-net-name-slot.rules udev configuration file has been
10944 removed, so local configuration overriding this file should
10945 be adapted to override 99-default.link instead.
10946
10947 * When the User= switch is used in a unit file, also
10948 initialize $SHELL= based on the user database entry.
10949
10950 * systemd no longer depends on libdbus. All communication is
10951 now done with sd-bus, systemd's low-level bus library
10952 implementation.
10953
10954 * kdbus support has been added to PID 1 itself. When kdbus is
10955 enabled, this causes PID 1 to set up the system bus and
10956 enable support for a new ".busname" unit type that
10957 encapsulates bus name activation on kdbus. It works a little
10958 bit like ".socket" units, except for bus names. A new
10959 generator has been added that converts classic dbus1 service
10960 activation files automatically into native systemd .busname
10961 and .service units.
10962
10963 * sd-bus: add a light-weight vtable implementation that allows
10964 defining objects on the bus with a simple static const
10965 vtable array of its methods, signals and properties.
10966
10967 * systemd will not generate or install static dbus
10968 introspection data anymore to /usr/share/dbus-1/interfaces,
10969 as the precise format of these files is unclear, and
10970 nothing makes use of it.
10971
10972 * A proxy daemon is now provided to proxy clients connecting
10973 via classic D-Bus AF_UNIX sockets to kdbus, to provide full
10974 compatibility with classic D-Bus.
10975
10976 * A bus driver implementation has been added that supports the
10977 classic D-Bus bus driver calls on kdbus, also for
10978 compatibility purposes.
10979
10980 * A new API "sd-event.h" has been added that implements a
10981 minimal event loop API built around epoll. It provides a
10982 couple of features that direct epoll usage is lacking:
10983 prioritization of events, scales to large numbers of timer
10984 events, per-event timer slack (accuracy), system-wide
10985 coalescing of timer events, exit handlers, watchdog
10986 supervision support using systemd's sd_notify() API, child
10987 process handling.
10988
10989 * A new API "sd-rntl.h" has been added that provides an API
10990 around the route netlink interface of the kernel, similar in
10991 style to "sd-bus.h".
10992
10993 * A new API "sd-dhcp-client.h" has been added that provides a
10994 small DHCPv4 client-side implementation. This is used by
10995 "systemd-networkd".
10996
10997 * There is a new kernel command line option
10998 "systemd.restore_state=0|1". When set to "0", none of the
10999 systemd tools will restore saved runtime state to hardware
11000 devices. More specifically, the rfkill and backlight states
11001 are not restored.
11002
11003 * The FsckPassNo= compatibility option in mount/service units
11004 has been removed. The fstab generator will now add the
11005 necessary dependencies automatically, and does not require
11006 PID1's support for that anymore.
11007
11008 * journalctl gained a new switch, --list-boots, that lists
11009 recent boots with their times and boot IDs.
11010
11011 * The various tools like systemctl, loginctl, timedatectl,
11012 busctl, systemd-run, … have gained a new switch "-M" to
11013 connect to a specific, local OS container (as direct
11014 connection, without requiring SSH). This works on any
11015 container that is registered with machined, such as those
11016 created by libvirt-lxc or nspawn.
11017
11018 * systemd-run and systemd-analyze also gained support for "-H"
11019 to connect to remote hosts via SSH. This is particularly
11020 useful for systemd-run because it enables queuing of jobs
11021 onto remote systems.
11022
11023 * machinectl gained a new command "login" to open a getty
11024 login in any local container. This works with any container
11025 that is registered with machined (such as those created by
11026 libvirt-lxc or nspawn), and which runs systemd inside.
11027
11028 * machinectl gained a new "reboot" command that may be used to
11029 trigger a reboot on a specific container that is registered
11030 with machined. This works on any container that runs an init
11031 system of some kind.
11032
11033 * systemctl gained a new "list-timers" command to print a nice
11034 listing of installed timer units with the times they elapse
11035 next.
11036
11037 * Alternative reboot() parameters may now be specified on the
11038 "systemctl reboot" command line and are passed to the
11039 reboot() system call.
11040
11041 * systemctl gained a new --job-mode= switch to configure the
11042 mode to queue a job with. This is a more generic version of
11043 --fail, --irreversible, and --ignore-dependencies, which are
11044 still available but not advertised anymore.
11045
11046 * /etc/systemd/system.conf gained new settings to configure
11047 various default timeouts of units, as well as the default
11048 start limit interval and burst. These may still be overridden
11049 within each Unit.
11050
11051 * PID1 will now export on the bus profile data of the security
11052 policy upload process (such as the SELinux policy upload to
11053 the kernel).
11054
11055 * journald: when forwarding logs to the console, include
11056 timestamps (following the setting in
11057 /sys/module/printk/parameters/time).
11058
11059 * OnCalendar= in timer units now understands the special
11060 strings "yearly" and "annually". (Both are equivalent)
11061
11062 * The accuracy of timer units is now configurable with the new
11063 AccuracySec= setting. It defaults to 1min.
11064
11065 * A new dependency type JoinsNamespaceOf= has been added that
11066 allows running two services within the same /tmp and network
11067 namespace, if PrivateNetwork= or PrivateTmp= are used.
11068
11069 * A new command "cat" has been added to systemctl. It outputs
11070 the original unit file of a unit, and concatenates the
11071 contents of additional "drop-in" unit file snippets, so that
11072 the full configuration is shown.
11073
11074 * systemctl now supports globbing on the various "list-xyz"
11075 commands, like "list-units" or "list-sockets", as well as on
11076 those commands which take multiple unit names.
11077
11078 * journalctl's --unit= switch gained support for globbing.
11079
11080 * All systemd daemons now make use of the watchdog logic so
11081 that systemd automatically notices when they hang.
11082
11083 * If the $container_ttys environment variable is set,
11084 getty-generator will automatically spawn a getty for each
11085 listed tty. This is useful for container managers to request
11086 login gettys to be spawned on as many ttys as needed.
11087
11088 * %h, %s, %U specifier support is not available anymore when
11089 used in unit files for PID 1. This is because NSS calls are
11090 not safe from PID 1. They stay available for --user
11091 instances of systemd, and as special case for the root user.
11092
11093 * loginctl gained a new "--no-legend" switch to turn off output
11094 of the legend text.
11095
11096 * The "sd-login.h" API gained three new calls:
11097 sd_session_is_remote(), sd_session_get_remote_user(),
11098 sd_session_get_remote_host() to query information about
11099 remote sessions.
11100
11101 * The udev hardware database now also carries vendor/product
11102 information of SDIO devices.
11103
11104 * The "sd-daemon.h" API gained a new sd_watchdog_enabled() to
11105 determine whether watchdog notifications are requested by
11106 the system manager.
11107
11108 * Socket-activated per-connection services now include a
11109 short description of the connection parameters in the
11110 description.
11111
11112 * tmpfiles gained a new "--boot" option. When this is not used,
11113 only lines where the command character is not suffixed with
11114 "!" are executed. When this option is specified, those
11115 options are executed too. This partitions tmpfiles
11116 directives into those that can be safely executed at any
11117 time, and those which should be run only at boot (for
11118 example, a line that creates /run/nologin).
11119
11120 * A new API "sd-resolve.h" has been added which provides a simple
11121 asynchronous wrapper around glibc NSS hostname resolution
11122 calls, such as getaddrinfo(). In contrast to glibc's
11123 getaddrinfo_a(), it does not use signals. In contrast to most
11124 other asynchronous name resolution libraries, this one does
11125 not reimplement DNS, but reuses NSS, so that alternate
11126 hostname resolution systems continue to work, such as mDNS,
11127 LDAP, etc. This API is based on libasyncns, but it has been
11128 cleaned up for inclusion in systemd.
11129
11130 * The APIs "sd-journal.h", "sd-login.h", "sd-id128.h",
11131 "sd-daemon.h" are no longer found in individual libraries
11132 libsystemd-journal.so, libsystemd-login.so,
11133 libsystemd-id128.so, libsystemd-daemon.so. Instead, we have
11134 merged them into a single library, libsystemd.so, which
11135 provides all symbols. The reason for this is cyclic
11136 dependencies, as these libraries tend to use each other's
11137 symbols. So far, we have managed to workaround that by linking
11138 a copy of a good part of our code into each of these
11139 libraries again and again, which, however, makes certain
11140 things hard to do, like sharing static variables. Also, it
11141 substantially increases footprint. With this change, there
11142 is only one library for the basic APIs systemd
11143 provides. Also, "sd-bus.h", "sd-memfd.h", "sd-event.h",
11144 "sd-rtnl.h", "sd-resolve.h", "sd-utf8.h" are found in this
11145 library as well, however are subject to the --enable-kdbus
11146 switch (see below). Note that "sd-dhcp-client.h" is not part
11147 of this library (this is because it only consumes, never
11148 provides, services of/to other APIs). To make the transition
11149 easy from the separate libraries to the unified one, we
11150 provide the --enable-compat-libs compile-time switch which
11151 will generate stub libraries that are compatible with the
11152 old ones but redirect all calls to the new one.
11153
11154 * All of the kdbus logic and the new APIs "sd-bus.h",
11155 "sd-memfd.h", "sd-event.h", "sd-rtnl.h", "sd-resolve.h",
11156 and "sd-utf8.h" are compile-time optional via the
11157 "--enable-kdbus" switch, and they are not compiled in by
11158 default. To make use of kdbus, you have to explicitly enable
11159 the switch. Note however, that neither the kernel nor the
11160 userspace API for all of this is considered stable yet. We
11161 want to maintain the freedom to still change the APIs for
11162 now. By specifying this build-time switch, you acknowledge
11163 that you are aware of the instability of the current
11164 APIs.
11165
11166 * Also, note that while kdbus is pretty much complete,
11167 it lacks one thing: proper policy support. This means you
11168 can build a fully working system with all features; however,
11169 it will be highly insecure. Policy support will be added in
11170 one of the next releases, at the same time that we will
11171 declare the APIs stable.
11172
11173 * When the kernel command line argument "kdbus" is specified,
11174 systemd will automatically load the kdbus.ko kernel module. At
11175 this stage of development, it is only useful for testing kdbus
11176 and should not be used in production. Note: if "--enable-kdbus"
11177 is specified, and the kdbus.ko kernel module is available, and
11178 "kdbus" is added to the kernel command line, the entire system
11179 runs with kdbus instead of dbus-daemon, with the above mentioned
11180 problem of missing the system policy enforcement. Also a future
11181 version of kdbus.ko or a newer systemd will not be compatible with
11182 each other, and will unlikely be able to boot the machine if only
11183 one of them is updated.
11184
11185 * systemctl gained a new "import-environment" command which
11186 uploads the caller's environment (or parts thereof) into the
11187 service manager so that it is inherited by services started
11188 by the manager. This is useful to upload variables like
11189 $DISPLAY into the user service manager.
11190
11191 * A new PrivateDevices= switch has been added to service units
11192 which allows running a service with a namespaced /dev
11193 directory that does not contain any device nodes for
11194 physical devices. More specifically, it only includes devices
11195 such as /dev/null, /dev/urandom, and /dev/zero which are API
11196 entry points.
11197
11198 * logind has been extended to support behaviour like VT
11199 switching on seats that do not support a VT. This makes
11200 multi-session available on seats that are not the first seat
11201 (seat0), and on systems where kernel support for VTs has
11202 been disabled at compile-time.
11203
11204 * If a process holds a delay lock for system sleep or shutdown
11205 and fails to release it in time, we will now log its
11206 identity. This makes it easier to identify processes that
11207 cause slow suspends or power-offs.
11208
11209 * When parsing /etc/crypttab, support for a new key-slot=
11210 option as supported by Debian is added. It allows indicating
11211 which LUKS slot to use on disk, speeding up key loading.
11212
11213 * The sd_journal_sendv() API call has been checked and
11214 officially declared to be async-signal-safe so that it may
11215 be invoked from signal handlers for logging purposes.
11216
11217 * Boot-time status output is now enabled automatically after a
11218 short timeout if boot does not progress, in order to give
11219 the user an indication what she or he is waiting for.
11220
11221 * The boot-time output has been improved to show how much time
11222 remains until jobs expire.
11223
11224 * The KillMode= switch in service units gained a new possible
11225 value "mixed". If set, and the unit is shut down, then the
11226 initial SIGTERM signal is sent only to the main daemon
11227 process, while the following SIGKILL signal is sent to
11228 all remaining processes of the service.
11229
11230 * When a scope unit is registered, a new property "Controller"
11231 may be set. If set to a valid bus name, systemd will send a
11232 RequestStop() signal to this name when it would like to shut
11233 down the scope. This may be used to hook manager logic into
11234 the shutdown logic of scope units. Also, scope units may now
11235 be put in a special "abandoned" state, in which case the
11236 manager process which created them takes no further
11237 responsibilities for it.
11238
11239 * When reading unit files, systemd will now verify
11240 the access mode of these files, and warn about certain
11241 suspicious combinations. This has been added to make it
11242 easier to track down packaging bugs where unit files are
11243 marked executable or world-writable.
11244
11245 * systemd-nspawn gained a new "--setenv=" switch to set
11246 container-wide environment variables. The similar option in
11247 systemd-activate was renamed from "--environment=" to
11248 "--setenv=" for consistency.
11249
11250 * systemd-nspawn has been updated to create a new kdbus domain
11251 for each container that is invoked, thus allowing each
11252 container to have its own set of system and user buses,
11253 independent of the host.
11254
11255 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --drop-capability= switch to run
11256 the container with less capabilities than the default. Both
11257 --drop-capability= and --capability= now take the special
11258 string "all" for dropping or keeping all capabilities.
11259
11260 * systemd-nspawn gained new switches for executing containers
11261 with specific SELinux labels set.
11262
11263 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --quiet switch to not generate
11264 any additional output but the container's own console
11265 output.
11266
11267 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --share-system switch to run a
11268 container without PID namespacing enabled.
11269
11270 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --register= switch to control
11271 whether the container is registered with systemd-machined or
11272 not. This is useful for containers that do not run full
11273 OS images, but only specific apps.
11274
11275 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --keep-unit which may be used
11276 when invoked as the only program from a service unit, and
11277 results in registration of the unit service itself in
11278 systemd-machined, instead of a newly opened scope unit.
11279
11280 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --network-interface= switch for
11281 moving arbitrary interfaces to the container. The new
11282 --network-veth switch creates a virtual Ethernet connection
11283 between host and container. The new --network-bridge=
11284 switch then allows assigning the host side of this virtual
11285 Ethernet connection to a bridge device.
11286
11287 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --personality= switch for
11288 setting the kernel personality for the container. This is
11289 useful when running a 32-bit container on a 64-bit host. A
11290 similar option Personality= is now also available for service
11291 units to use.
11292
11293 * logind will now also track a "Desktop" identifier for each
11294 session which encodes the desktop environment of it. This is
11295 useful for desktop environments that want to identify
11296 multiple running sessions of itself easily.
11297
11298 * A new SELinuxContext= setting for service units has been
11299 added that allows setting a specific SELinux execution
11300 context for a service.
11301
11302 * Most systemd client tools will now honour $SYSTEMD_LESS for
11303 settings of the "less" pager. By default, these tools will
11304 override $LESS to allow certain operations to work, such as
11305 jump-to-the-end. With $SYSTEMD_LESS, it is possible to
11306 influence this logic.
11307
11308 * systemd's "seccomp" hook-up has been changed to make use of
11309 the libseccomp library instead of using its own
11310 implementation. This has benefits for portability among
11311 other things.
11312
11313 * For usage together with SystemCallFilter=, a new
11314 SystemCallErrorNumber= setting has been introduced that
11315 allows configuration of a system error number to be returned
11316 on filtered system calls, instead of immediately killing the
11317 process. Also, SystemCallArchitectures= has been added to
11318 limit access to system calls of a particular architecture
11319 (in order to turn off support for unused secondary
11320 architectures). There is also a global
11321 SystemCallArchitectures= setting in system.conf now to turn
11322 off support for non-native system calls system-wide.
11323
11324 * systemd requires a kernel with a working name_to_handle_at(),
11325 please see the kernel config requirements in the README file.
11326
11327 Contributions from: Adam Williamson, Alex Jia, Anatol Pomozov,
11328 Ansgar Burchardt, AppleBloom, Auke Kok, Bastien Nocera,
11329 Chengwei Yang, Christian Seiler, Colin Guthrie, Colin Walters,
11330 Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Daniele Medri, Daniel J
11331 Walsh, Daniel Mack, Dan McGee, Dave Reisner, David Coppa,
11332 David Herrmann, David Strauss, Djalal Harouni, Dmitry Pisklov,
11333 Elia Pinto, Florian Weimer, George McCollister, Goffredo
11334 Baroncelli, Greg Kroah-Hartman, Hendrik Brueckner, Igor
11335 Zhbanov, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jason A. Donenfeld,
11336 Jason St. John, Jasper St. Pierre, Jóhann B. Guðmundsson, Jose
11337 Ignacio Naranjo, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, Kristian Høgsberg,
11338 Lennart Poettering, Lubomir Rintel, Lukas Nykryn, Lukasz
11339 Skalski, Łukasz Stelmach, Luke Shumaker, Mantas Mikulėnas,
11340 Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marcel Holtmann, Marcos Felipe Rasia de
11341 Mello, Marko Myllynen, Martin Pitt, Matthew Monaco, Michael
11342 Marineau, Michael Scherer, Michał Górny, Michal Sekletar,
11343 Michele Curti, Oleksii Shevchuk, Olivier Brunel, Patrik Flykt,
11344 Pavel Holica, Raudi, Richard Marko, Ronny Chevalier, Sébastien
11345 Luttringer, Sergey Ptashnick, Shawn Landden, Simon Peeters,
11346 Stefan Beller, Susant Sahani, Sylvain Plantefeve, Sylvia Else,
11347 Tero Roponen, Thomas Bächler, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen,
11348 Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Unai Uribarri, Václav
11349 Pavlín, Vincent Batts, WaLyong Cho, William Giokas, Yang
11350 Zhiyong, Yin Kangkai, Yuxuan Shui, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
11351
11352 — Berlin, 2014-02-20
11353
11354 CHANGES WITH 208:
11355
11356 * logind has gained support for facilitating privileged input
11357 and drm device access for unprivileged clients. This work is
11358 useful to allow Wayland display servers (and similar
11359 programs, such as kmscon) to run under the user's ID and
11360 access input and drm devices which are normally
11361 protected. When this is used (and the kernel is new enough)
11362 logind will "mute" IO on the file descriptors passed to
11363 Wayland as long as it is in the background and "unmute" it
11364 if it returns into the foreground. This allows secure
11365 session switching without allowing background sessions to
11366 eavesdrop on input and display data. This also introduces
11367 session switching support if VT support is turned off in the
11368 kernel, and on seats that are not seat0.
11369
11370 * A new kernel command line option luks.options= is understood
11371 now which allows specifying LUKS options for usage for LUKS
11372 encrypted partitions specified with luks.uuid=.
11373
11374 * tmpfiles.d(5) snippets may now use specifier expansion in
11375 path names. More specifically %m, %b, %H, %v, are now
11376 replaced by the local machine id, boot id, hostname, and
11377 kernel version number.
11378
11379 * A new tmpfiles.d(5) command "m" has been introduced which
11380 may be used to change the owner/group/access mode of a file
11381 or directory if it exists, but do nothing if it does not.
11382
11383 * This release removes high-level support for the
11384 MemorySoftLimit= cgroup setting. The underlying kernel
11385 cgroup attribute memory.soft_limit= is currently badly
11386 designed and likely to be removed from the kernel API in its
11387 current form, hence we should not expose it for now.
11388
11389 * The memory.use_hierarchy cgroup attribute is now enabled for
11390 all cgroups systemd creates in the memory cgroup
11391 hierarchy. This option is likely to be come the built-in
11392 default in the kernel anyway, and the non-hierarchical mode
11393 never made much sense in the intrinsically hierarchical
11394 cgroup system.
11395
11396 * A new field _SYSTEMD_SLICE= is logged along with all journal
11397 messages containing the slice a message was generated
11398 from. This is useful to allow easy per-customer filtering of
11399 logs among other things.
11400
11401 * systemd-journald will no longer adjust the group of journal
11402 files it creates to the "systemd-journal" group. Instead we
11403 rely on the journal directory to be owned by the
11404 "systemd-journal" group, and its setgid bit set, so that the
11405 kernel file system layer will automatically enforce that
11406 journal files inherit this group assignment. The reason for
11407 this change is that we cannot allow NSS look-ups from
11408 journald which would be necessary to resolve
11409 "systemd-journal" to a numeric GID, because this might
11410 create deadlocks if NSS involves synchronous queries to
11411 other daemons (such as nscd, or sssd) which in turn are
11412 logging clients of journald and might block on it, which
11413 would then dead lock. A tmpfiles.d(5) snippet included in
11414 systemd will make sure the setgid bit and group are
11415 properly set on the journal directory if it exists on every
11416 boot. However, we recommend adjusting it manually after
11417 upgrades too (or from RPM scriptlets), so that the change is
11418 not delayed until next reboot.
11419
11420 * Backlight and random seed files in /var/lib/ have moved into
11421 the /var/lib/systemd/ directory, in order to centralize all
11422 systemd generated files in one directory.
11423
11424 * Boot time performance measurements (as displayed by
11425 "systemd-analyze" for example) will now read ACPI 5.0 FPDT
11426 performance information if that's available to determine how
11427 much time BIOS and boot loader initialization required. With
11428 a sufficiently new BIOS you hence no longer need to boot
11429 with Gummiboot to get access to such information.
11430
11431 Contributions from: Andrey Borzenkov, Chen Jie, Colin Walters,
11432 Cristian Rodríguez, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, David
11433 Mackey, David Strauss, Eelco Dolstra, Evan Callicoat, Gao
11434 feng, Harald Hoyer, Jimmie Tauriainen, Kay Sievers, Lennart
11435 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Martin Pitt,
11436 Michael Scherer, Michał Górny, Mike Gilbert, Patrick McCarty,
11437 Sebastian Ott, Tom Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
11438
11439 — Berlin, 2013-10-02
11440
11441 CHANGES WITH 207:
11442
11443 * The Restart= option for services now understands a new
11444 on-watchdog setting, which will restart the service
11445 automatically if the service stops sending out watchdog keep
11446 alive messages (as configured with WatchdogSec=).
11447
11448 * The getty generator (which is responsible for bringing up a
11449 getty on configured serial consoles) will no longer only
11450 start a getty on the primary kernel console but on all
11451 others, too. This makes the order in which console= is
11452 specified on the kernel command line less important.
11453
11454 * libsystemd-logind gained a new sd_session_get_vt() call to
11455 retrieve the VT number of a session.
11456
11457 * If the option "tries=0" is set for an entry of /etc/crypttab
11458 its passphrase is queried indefinitely instead of any
11459 maximum number of tries.
11460
11461 * If a service with a configure PID file terminates its PID
11462 file will now be removed automatically if it still exists
11463 afterwards. This should put an end to stale PID files.
11464
11465 * systemd-run will now also take relative binary path names
11466 for execution and no longer insists on absolute paths.
11467
11468 * InaccessibleDirectories= and ReadOnlyDirectories= now take
11469 paths that are optionally prefixed with "-" to indicate that
11470 it should not be considered a failure if they do not exist.
11471
11472 * journalctl -o (and similar commands) now understands a new
11473 output mode "short-precise", it is similar to "short" but
11474 shows timestamps with usec accuracy.
11475
11476 * The option "discard" (as known from Debian) is now
11477 synonymous to "allow-discards" in /etc/crypttab. In fact,
11478 "discard" is preferred now (since it is easier to remember
11479 and type).
11480
11481 * Some licensing clean-ups were made, so that more code is now
11482 LGPL-2.1 licensed than before.
11483
11484 * A minimal tool to save/restore the display backlight
11485 brightness across reboots has been added. It will store the
11486 backlight setting as late as possible at shutdown, and
11487 restore it as early as possible during reboot.
11488
11489 * A logic to automatically discover and enable home and swap
11490 partitions on GPT disks has been added. With this in place
11491 /etc/fstab becomes optional for many setups as systemd can
11492 discover certain partitions located on the root disk
11493 automatically. Home partitions are recognized under their
11494 GPT type ID 933ac7e12eb44f13b8440e14e2aef915. Swap
11495 partitions are recognized under their GPT type ID
11496 0657fd6da4ab43c484e50933c84b4f4f.
11497
11498 * systemd will no longer pass any environment from the kernel
11499 or initrd to system services. If you want to set an
11500 environment for all services, do so via the kernel command
11501 line systemd.setenv= assignment.
11502
11503 * The systemd-sysctl tool no longer natively reads the file
11504 /etc/sysctl.conf. If desired, the file should be symlinked
11505 from /etc/sysctl.d/99-sysctl.conf. Apart from providing
11506 legacy support by a symlink rather than built-in code, it
11507 also makes the otherwise hidden order of application of the
11508 different files visible. (Note that this partly reverts to a
11509 pre-198 application order of sysctl knobs!)
11510
11511 * The "systemctl set-log-level" and "systemctl dump" commands
11512 have been moved to systemd-analyze.
11513
11514 * systemd-run learned the new --remain-after-exit switch,
11515 which causes the scope unit not to be cleaned up
11516 automatically after the process terminated.
11517
11518 * tmpfiles learned a new --exclude-prefix= switch to exclude
11519 certain paths from operation.
11520
11521 * journald will now automatically flush all messages to disk
11522 as soon as a message at the log level CRIT, ALERT or EMERG
11523 is received.
11524
11525 Contributions from: Andrew Cook, Brandon Philips, Christian
11526 Hesse, Christoph Junghans, Colin Walters, Daniel Schaal,
11527 Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Gao feng, George
11528 McCollister, Giovanni Campagna, Hannes Reinecke, Harald Hoyer,
11529 Herczeg Zsolt, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Jan Engelhardt,
11530 Jesper Larsen, Kay Sievers, Khem Raj, Lennart Poettering,
11531 Lukas Nykryn, Maciej Wereski, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel
11532 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Marineau,
11533 Michael Scherer, Michael Stapelberg, Michal Sekletar, Michał
11534 Górny, Olivier Brunel, Ondrej Balaz, Ronny Chevalier, Shawn
11535 Landden, Steven Hiscocks, Thomas Bächler, Thomas Hindoe
11536 Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar, WANG Chao,
11537 William Giokas, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
11538
11539 — Berlin, 2013-09-13
11540
11541 CHANGES WITH 206:
11542
11543 * The documentation has been updated to cover the various new
11544 concepts introduced with 205.
11545
11546 * Unit files now understand the new %v specifier which
11547 resolves to the kernel version string as returned by "uname
11548 -r".
11549
11550 * systemctl now supports filtering the unit list output by
11551 load state, active state and sub state, using the new
11552 --state= parameter.
11553
11554 * "systemctl status" will now show the results of the
11555 condition checks (like ConditionPathExists= and similar) of
11556 the last start attempts of the unit. They are also logged to
11557 the journal.
11558
11559 * "journalctl -b" may now be used to look for boot output of a
11560 specific boot. Try "journalctl -b -1" for the previous boot,
11561 but the syntax is substantially more powerful.
11562
11563 * "journalctl --show-cursor" has been added which prints the
11564 cursor string the last shown log line. This may then be used
11565 with the new "journalctl --after-cursor=" switch to continue
11566 browsing logs from that point on.
11567
11568 * "journalctl --force" may now be used to force regeneration
11569 of an FSS key.
11570
11571 * Creation of "dead" device nodes has been moved from udev
11572 into kmod and tmpfiles. Previously, udev would read the kmod
11573 databases to pre-generate dead device nodes based on meta
11574 information contained in kernel modules, so that these would
11575 be auto-loaded on access rather then at boot. As this
11576 does not really have much to do with the exposing actual
11577 kernel devices to userspace this has always been slightly
11578 alien in the udev codebase. Following the new scheme kmod
11579 will now generate a runtime snippet for tmpfiles from the
11580 module meta information and it now is tmpfiles' job to the
11581 create the nodes. This also allows overriding access and
11582 other parameters for the nodes using the usual tmpfiles
11583 facilities. As side effect this allows us to remove the
11584 CAP_SYS_MKNOD capability bit from udevd entirely.
11585
11586 * logind's device ACLs may now be applied to these "dead"
11587 devices nodes too, thus finally allowing managed access to
11588 devices such as /dev/snd/sequencer without loading the
11589 backing module right-away.
11590
11591 * A new RPM macro has been added that may be used to apply
11592 tmpfiles configuration during package installation.
11593
11594 * systemd-detect-virt and ConditionVirtualization= now can
11595 detect User-Mode-Linux machines (UML).
11596
11597 * journald will now implicitly log the effective capabilities
11598 set of processes in the message metadata.
11599
11600 * systemd-cryptsetup has gained support for TrueCrypt volumes.
11601
11602 * The initrd interface has been simplified (more specifically,
11603 support for passing performance data via environment
11604 variables and fsck results via files in /run has been
11605 removed). These features were non-essential, and are
11606 nowadays available in a much nicer way by having systemd in
11607 the initrd serialize its state and have the hosts systemd
11608 deserialize it again.
11609
11610 * The udev "keymap" data files and tools to apply keyboard
11611 specific mappings of scan to key codes, and force-release
11612 scan code lists have been entirely replaced by a udev
11613 "keyboard" builtin and a hwdb data file.
11614
11615 * systemd will now honour the kernel's "quiet" command line
11616 argument also during late shutdown, resulting in a
11617 completely silent shutdown when used.
11618
11619 * There's now an option to control the SO_REUSEPORT socket
11620 option in .socket units.
11621
11622 * Instance units will now automatically get a per-template
11623 subslice of system.slice unless something else is explicitly
11624 configured. For example, instances of sshd@.service will now
11625 implicitly be placed in system-sshd.slice rather than
11626 system.slice as before.
11627
11628 * Test coverage support may now be enabled at build time.
11629
11630 Contributions from: Dave Reisner, Frederic Crozat, Harald
11631 Hoyer, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Jan Engelhardt, Jan
11632 Janssen, Jason St. John, Jesper Larsen, Kay Sievers, Lennart
11633 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Maciej Wereski, Martin Pitt, Michael
11634 Olbrich, Ramkumar Ramachandra, Ross Lagerwall, Shawn Landden,
11635 Thomas H.P. Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Tomasz Torcz, William
11636 Giokas, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
11637
11638 — Berlin, 2013-07-23
11639
11640 CHANGES WITH 205:
11641
11642 * Two new unit types have been introduced:
11643
11644 Scope units are very similar to service units, however, are
11645 created out of pre-existing processes — instead of PID 1
11646 forking off the processes. By using scope units it is
11647 possible for system services and applications to group their
11648 own child processes (worker processes) in a powerful way
11649 which then maybe used to organize them, or kill them
11650 together, or apply resource limits on them.
11651
11652 Slice units may be used to partition system resources in an
11653 hierarchical fashion and then assign other units to them. By
11654 default there are now three slices: system.slice (for all
11655 system services), user.slice (for all user sessions),
11656 machine.slice (for VMs and containers).
11657
11658 Slices and scopes have been introduced primarily in
11659 context of the work to move cgroup handling to a
11660 single-writer scheme, where only PID 1
11661 creates/removes/manages cgroups.
11662
11663 * There's a new concept of "transient" units. In contrast to
11664 normal units these units are created via an API at runtime,
11665 not from configuration from disk. More specifically this
11666 means it is now possible to run arbitrary programs as
11667 independent services, with all execution parameters passed
11668 in via bus APIs rather than read from disk. Transient units
11669 make systemd substantially more dynamic then it ever was,
11670 and useful as a general batch manager.
11671
11672 * logind has been updated to make use of scope and slice units
11673 for managing user sessions. As a user logs in he will get
11674 his own private slice unit, to which all sessions are added
11675 as scope units. We also added support for automatically
11676 adding an instance of user@.service for the user into the
11677 slice. Effectively logind will no longer create cgroup
11678 hierarchies on its own now, it will defer entirely to PID 1
11679 for this by means of scope, service and slice units. Since
11680 user sessions this way become entities managed by PID 1
11681 the output of "systemctl" is now a lot more comprehensive.
11682
11683 * A new mini-daemon "systemd-machined" has been added which
11684 may be used by virtualization managers to register local
11685 VMs/containers. nspawn has been updated accordingly, and
11686 libvirt will be updated shortly. machined will collect a bit
11687 of meta information about the VMs/containers, and assign
11688 them their own scope unit (see above). The collected
11689 meta-data is then made available via the "machinectl" tool,
11690 and exposed in "ps" and similar tools. machined/machinectl
11691 is compile-time optional.
11692
11693 * As discussed earlier, the low-level cgroup configuration
11694 options ControlGroup=, ControlGroupModify=,
11695 ControlGroupPersistent=, ControlGroupAttribute= have been
11696 removed. Please use high-level attribute settings instead as
11697 well as slice units.
11698
11699 * A new bus call SetUnitProperties() has been added to alter
11700 various runtime parameters of a unit. This is primarily
11701 useful to alter cgroup parameters dynamically in a nice way,
11702 but will be extended later on to make more properties
11703 modifiable at runtime. systemctl gained a new set-properties
11704 command that wraps this call.
11705
11706 * A new tool "systemd-run" has been added which can be used to
11707 run arbitrary command lines as transient services or scopes,
11708 while configuring a number of settings via the command
11709 line. This tool is currently very basic, however already
11710 very useful. We plan to extend this tool to even allow
11711 queuing of execution jobs with time triggers from the
11712 command line, similar in fashion to "at".
11713
11714 * nspawn will now inform the user explicitly that kernels with
11715 audit enabled break containers, and suggest the user to turn
11716 off audit.
11717
11718 * Support for detecting the IMA and AppArmor security
11719 frameworks with ConditionSecurity= has been added.
11720
11721 * journalctl gained a new "-k" switch for showing only kernel
11722 messages, mimicking dmesg output; in addition to "--user"
11723 and "--system" switches for showing only user's own logs
11724 and system logs.
11725
11726 * systemd-delta can now show information about drop-in
11727 snippets extending unit files.
11728
11729 * libsystemd-bus has been substantially updated but is still
11730 not available as public API.
11731
11732 * systemd will now look for the "debug" argument on the kernel
11733 command line and enable debug logging, similar to what
11734 "systemd.log_level=debug" already did before.
11735
11736 * "systemctl set-default", "systemctl get-default" has been
11737 added to configure the default.target symlink, which
11738 controls what to boot into by default.
11739
11740 * "systemctl set-log-level" has been added as a convenient
11741 way to raise and lower systemd logging threshold.
11742
11743 * "systemd-analyze plot" will now show the time the various
11744 generators needed for execution, as well as information
11745 about the unit file loading.
11746
11747 * libsystemd-journal gained a new sd_journal_open_files() call
11748 for opening specific journal files. journactl also gained a
11749 new switch to expose this new functionality. Previously we
11750 only supported opening all files from a directory, or all
11751 files from the system, as opening individual files only is
11752 racy due to journal file rotation.
11753
11754 * systemd gained the new DefaultEnvironment= setting in
11755 /etc/systemd/system.conf to set environment variables for
11756 all services.
11757
11758 * If a privileged process logs a journal message with the
11759 OBJECT_PID= field set, then journald will automatically
11760 augment this with additional OBJECT_UID=, OBJECT_GID=,
11761 OBJECT_COMM=, OBJECT_EXE=, … fields. This is useful if
11762 system services want to log events about specific client
11763 processes. journactl/systemctl has been updated to make use
11764 of this information if all log messages regarding a specific
11765 unit is requested.
11766
11767 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Chengwei Yang, Colin Walters,
11768 Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Albers, Daniel Wallace, Dave
11769 Reisner, David Coppa, David King, David Strauss, Eelco
11770 Dolstra, Gabriel de Perthuis, Harald Hoyer, Jan Alexander
11771 Steffens, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jason St. John, Johan
11772 Heikkilä, Karel Zak, Karol Lewandowski, Kay Sievers, Lennart
11773 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marius Vollmer,
11774 Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michael Tremer,
11775 Michal Schmidt, Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Nirbheek Chauhan,
11776 Pierre Neidhardt, Ross Burton, Ross Lagerwall, Sean McGovern,
11777 Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar,
11778 Václav Pavlín, Zachary Cook, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek,
11779 Łukasz Stelmach, 장동준
11780
11781 CHANGES WITH 204:
11782
11783 * The Python bindings gained some minimal support for the APIs
11784 exposed by libsystemd-logind.
11785
11786 * ConditionSecurity= gained support for detecting SMACK. Since
11787 this condition already supports SELinux and AppArmor we only
11788 miss IMA for this. Patches welcome!
11789
11790 Contributions from: Karol Lewandowski, Lennart Poettering,
11791 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
11792
11793 CHANGES WITH 203:
11794
11795 * systemd-nspawn will now create /etc/resolv.conf if
11796 necessary, before bind-mounting the host's file onto it.
11797
11798 * systemd-nspawn will now store meta information about a
11799 container on the container's cgroup as extended attribute
11800 fields, including the root directory.
11801
11802 * The cgroup hierarchy has been reworked in many ways. All
11803 objects any of the components systemd creates in the cgroup
11804 tree are now suffixed. More specifically, user sessions are
11805 now placed in cgroups suffixed with ".session", users in
11806 cgroups suffixed with ".user", and nspawn containers in
11807 cgroups suffixed with ".nspawn". Furthermore, all cgroup
11808 names are now escaped in a simple scheme to avoid collision
11809 of userspace object names with kernel filenames. This work
11810 is preparation for making these objects relocatable in the
11811 cgroup tree, in order to allow easy resource partitioning of
11812 these objects without causing naming conflicts.
11813
11814 * systemctl list-dependencies gained the new switches
11815 --plain, --reverse, --after and --before.
11816
11817 * systemd-inhibit now shows the process name of processes that
11818 have taken an inhibitor lock.
11819
11820 * nss-myhostname will now also resolve "localhost"
11821 implicitly. This makes /etc/hosts an optional file and
11822 nicely handles that on IPv6 ::1 maps to both "localhost" and
11823 the local hostname.
11824
11825 * libsystemd-logind.so gained a new call
11826 sd_get_machine_names() to enumerate running containers and
11827 VMs (currently only supported by very new libvirt and
11828 nspawn). sd_login_monitor can now be used to watch
11829 VMs/containers coming and going.
11830
11831 * .include is not allowed recursively anymore, and only in
11832 unit files. Usually it is better to use drop-in snippets in
11833 .d/*.conf anyway, as introduced with systemd 198.
11834
11835 * systemd-analyze gained a new "critical-chain" command that
11836 determines the slowest chain of units run during system
11837 boot-up. It is very useful for tracking down where
11838 optimizing boot time is the most beneficial.
11839
11840 * systemd will no longer allow manipulating service paths in
11841 the name=systemd:/system cgroup tree using ControlGroup= in
11842 units. (But is still fine with it in all other dirs.)
11843
11844 * There's a new systemd-nspawn@.service service file that may
11845 be used to easily run nspawn containers as system
11846 services. With the container's root directory in
11847 /var/lib/container/foobar it is now sufficient to run
11848 "systemctl start systemd-nspawn@foobar.service" to boot it.
11849
11850 * systemd-cgls gained a new parameter "--machine" to list only
11851 the processes within a certain container.
11852
11853 * ConditionSecurity= now can check for "apparmor". We still
11854 are lacking checks for SMACK and IMA for this condition
11855 check though. Patches welcome!
11856
11857 * A new configuration file /etc/systemd/sleep.conf has been
11858 added that may be used to configure which kernel operation
11859 systemd is supposed to execute when "suspend", "hibernate"
11860 or "hybrid-sleep" is requested. This makes the new kernel
11861 "freeze" state accessible to the user.
11862
11863 * ENV{SYSTEMD_WANTS} in udev rules will now implicitly escape
11864 the passed argument if applicable.
11865
11866 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Colin Guthrie, Colin Walters,
11867 Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner,
11868 Evangelos Foutras, Greg Kroah-Hartman, Harald Hoyer, Josh
11869 Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn,
11870 MUNEDA Takahiro, Mantas Mikulėnas, Mirco Tischler, Nathaniel
11871 Chen, Nirbheek Chauhan, Ronny Chevalier, Ross Lagerwall, Tom
11872 Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar, Ville Skyttä, Zbigniew
11873 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
11874
11875 CHANGES WITH 202:
11876
11877 * The output of 'systemctl list-jobs' got some polishing. The
11878 '--type=' argument may now be passed more than once. A new
11879 command 'systemctl list-sockets' has been added which shows
11880 a list of kernel sockets systemd is listening on with the
11881 socket units they belong to, plus the units these socket
11882 units activate.
11883
11884 * The experimental libsystemd-bus library got substantial
11885 updates to work in conjunction with the (also experimental)
11886 kdbus kernel project. It works well enough to exchange
11887 messages with some sophistication. Note that kdbus is not
11888 ready yet, and the library is mostly an elaborate test case
11889 for now, and not installable.
11890
11891 * systemd gained a new unit 'systemd-static-nodes.service'
11892 that generates static device nodes earlier during boot, and
11893 can run in conjunction with udev.
11894
11895 * libsystemd-login gained a new call sd_pid_get_user_unit()
11896 to retrieve the user systemd unit a process is running
11897 in. This is useful for systems where systemd is used as
11898 session manager.
11899
11900 * systemd-nspawn now places all containers in the new /machine
11901 top-level cgroup directory in the name=systemd
11902 hierarchy. libvirt will soon do the same, so that we get a
11903 uniform separation of /system, /user and /machine for system
11904 services, user processes and containers/virtual
11905 machines. This new cgroup hierarchy is also useful to stick
11906 stable names to specific container instances, which can be
11907 recognized later this way (this name may be controlled
11908 via systemd-nspawn's new -M switch). libsystemd-login also
11909 gained a new call sd_pid_get_machine_name() to retrieve the
11910 name of the container/VM a specific process belongs to.
11911
11912 * bootchart can now store its data in the journal.
11913
11914 * libsystemd-journal gained a new call
11915 sd_journal_add_conjunction() for AND expressions to the
11916 matching logic. This can be used to express more complex
11917 logical expressions.
11918
11919 * journactl can now take multiple --unit= and --user-unit=
11920 switches.
11921
11922 * The cryptsetup logic now understands the "luks.key=" kernel
11923 command line switch for specifying a file to read the
11924 decryption key from. Also, if a configured key file is not
11925 found the tool will now automatically fall back to prompting
11926 the user.
11927
11928 * Python systemd.journal module was updated to wrap recently
11929 added functions from libsystemd-journal. The interface was
11930 changed to bring the low level interface in s.j._Reader
11931 closer to the C API, and the high level interface in
11932 s.j.Reader was updated to wrap and convert all data about
11933 an entry.
11934
11935 Contributions from: Anatol Pomozov, Auke Kok, Harald Hoyer,
11936 Henrik Grindal Bakken, Josh Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart
11937 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas Marius Vollmer,
11938 Martin Jansa, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michal Schmidt,
11939 Mirco Tischler, Pali Rohar, Simon Peeters, Steven Hiscocks,
11940 Tom Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
11941
11942 CHANGES WITH 201:
11943
11944 * journalctl --update-catalog now understands a new --root=
11945 option to operate on catalogs found in a different root
11946 directory.
11947
11948 * During shutdown after systemd has terminated all running
11949 services a final killing loop kills all remaining left-over
11950 processes. We will now print the name of these processes
11951 when we send SIGKILL to them, since this usually indicates a
11952 problem.
11953
11954 * If /etc/crypttab refers to password files stored on
11955 configured mount points automatic dependencies will now be
11956 generated to ensure the specific mount is established first
11957 before the key file is attempted to be read.
11958
11959 * 'systemctl status' will now show information about the
11960 network sockets a socket unit is listening on.
11961
11962 * 'systemctl status' will also shown information about any
11963 drop-in configuration file for units. (Drop-In configuration
11964 files in this context are files such as
11965 /etc/systemd/system/foobar.service.d/*.conf)
11966
11967 * systemd-cgtop now optionally shows summed up CPU times of
11968 cgroups. Press '%' while running cgtop to switch between
11969 percentage and absolute mode. This is useful to determine
11970 which cgroups use up the most CPU time over the entire
11971 runtime of the system. systemd-cgtop has also been updated
11972 to be 'pipeable' for processing with further shell tools.
11973
11974 * 'hostnamectl set-hostname' will now allow setting of FQDN
11975 hostnames.
11976
11977 * The formatting and parsing of time span values has been
11978 changed. The parser now understands fractional expressions
11979 such as "5.5h". The formatter will now output fractional
11980 expressions for all time spans under 1min, i.e. "5.123456s"
11981 rather than "5s 123ms 456us". For time spans under 1s
11982 millisecond values are shown, for those under 1ms
11983 microsecond values are shown. This should greatly improve
11984 all time-related output of systemd.
11985
11986 * libsystemd-login and libsystemd-journal gained new
11987 functions for querying the poll() events mask and poll()
11988 timeout value for integration into arbitrary event
11989 loops.
11990
11991 * localectl gained the ability to list available X11 keymaps
11992 (models, layouts, variants, options).
11993
11994 * 'systemd-analyze dot' gained the ability to filter for
11995 specific units via shell-style globs, to create smaller,
11996 more useful graphs. I.e. it is now possible to create simple
11997 graphs of all the dependencies between only target units, or
11998 of all units that Avahi has dependencies with.
11999
12000 Contributions from: Cristian Rodríguez, Dr. Tilmann Bubeck,
12001 Harald Hoyer, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Kay Sievers, Kelly
12002 Anderson, Koen Kooi, Lennart Poettering, Maksim Melnikau,
12003 Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marius Vollmer, Martin Pitt, Michal
12004 Schmidt, Oleksii Shevchuk, Ronny Chevalier, Simon McVittie,
12005 Steven Hiscocks, Thomas Weißschuh, Umut Tezduyar, Václav
12006 Pavlín, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Łukasz Stelmach
12007
12008 CHANGES WITH 200:
12009
12010 * The boot-time readahead implementation for rotating media
12011 will now read the read-ahead data in multiple passes which
12012 consist of all read requests made in equidistant time
12013 intervals. This means instead of strictly reading read-ahead
12014 data in its physical order on disk we now try to find a
12015 middle ground between physical and access time order.
12016
12017 * /etc/os-release files gained a new BUILD_ID= field for usage
12018 on operating systems that provide continuous builds of OS
12019 images.
12020
12021 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Eelco Dolstra, Kay Sievers,
12022 Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Martin Pitt, Václav Pavlín
12023 William Douglas, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
12024
12025 CHANGES WITH 199:
12026
12027 * systemd-python gained an API exposing libsystemd-daemon.
12028
12029 * The SMACK setup logic gained support for uploading CIPSO
12030 security policy.
12031
12032 * Behaviour of PrivateTmp=, ReadWriteDirectories=,
12033 ReadOnlyDirectories= and InaccessibleDirectories= has
12034 changed. The private /tmp and /var/tmp directories are now
12035 shared by all processes of a service (which means
12036 ExecStartPre= may now leave data in /tmp that ExecStart= of
12037 the same service can still access). When a service is
12038 stopped its temporary directories are immediately deleted
12039 (normal clean-up with tmpfiles is still done in addition to
12040 this though).
12041
12042 * By default, systemd will now set a couple of sysctl
12043 variables in the kernel: the safe sysrq options are turned
12044 on, IP route verification is turned on, and source routing
12045 disabled. The recently added hardlink and softlink
12046 protection of the kernel is turned on. These settings should
12047 be reasonably safe, and good defaults for all new systems.
12048
12049 * The predictable network naming logic may now be turned off
12050 with a new kernel command line switch: net.ifnames=0.
12051
12052 * A new libsystemd-bus module has been added that implements a
12053 pretty complete D-Bus client library. For details see:
12054
12055 https://lists.freedesktop.org/archives/systemd-devel/2013-March/009797.html
12056
12057 * journald will now explicitly flush the journal files to disk
12058 at the latest 5min after each write. The file will then also
12059 be marked offline until the next write. This should increase
12060 reliability in case of a crash. The synchronization delay
12061 can be configured via SyncIntervalSec= in journald.conf.
12062
12063 * There's a new remote-fs-setup.target unit that can be used
12064 to pull in specific services when at least one remote file
12065 system is to be mounted.
12066
12067 * There are new targets timers.target and paths.target as
12068 canonical targets to pull user timer and path units in
12069 from. This complements sockets.target with a similar
12070 purpose for socket units.
12071
12072 * libudev gained a new call udev_device_set_attribute_value()
12073 to set sysfs attributes of a device.
12074
12075 * The udev daemon now sets the default number of worker
12076 processes executed in parallel based on the number of available
12077 CPUs instead of the amount of available RAM. This is supposed
12078 to provide a more reliable default and limit a too aggressive
12079 parallelism for setups with 1000s of devices connected.
12080
12081 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Colin Walters, Cristian
12082 Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Dave Reisner, Frederic Crozat, Hannes
12083 Reinecke, Harald Hoyer, Jan Alexander Steffens, Jan
12084 Engelhardt, Josh Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
12085 Mantas Mikulėnas, Martin Pitt, Mathieu Bridon, Michael Biebl,
12086 Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Miklos Vajna, Nathaniel Chen,
12087 Oleksii Shevchuk, Ozan Çağlayan, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
12088 Andersen, Tollef Fog Heen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar,
12089 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
12090
12091 CHANGES WITH 198:
12092
12093 * Configuration of unit files may now be extended via drop-in
12094 files without having to edit/override the unit files
12095 themselves. More specifically, if the administrator wants to
12096 change one value for a service file foobar.service he can
12097 now do so by dropping in a configuration snippet into
12098 /etc/systemd/system/foobar.service.d/*.conf. The unit logic
12099 will load all these snippets and apply them on top of the
12100 main unit configuration file, possibly extending or
12101 overriding its settings. Using these drop-in snippets is
12102 generally nicer than the two earlier options for changing
12103 unit files locally: copying the files from
12104 /usr/lib/systemd/system/ to /etc/systemd/system/ and editing
12105 them there; or creating a new file in /etc/systemd/system/
12106 that incorporates the original one via ".include". Drop-in
12107 snippets into these .d/ directories can be placed in any
12108 directory systemd looks for units in, and the usual
12109 overriding semantics between /usr/lib, /etc and /run apply
12110 for them too.
12111
12112 * Most unit file settings which take lists of items can now be
12113 reset by assigning the empty string to them. For example,
12114 normally, settings such as Environment=FOO=BAR append a new
12115 environment variable assignment to the environment block,
12116 each time they are used. By assigning Environment= the empty
12117 string the environment block can be reset to empty. This is
12118 particularly useful with the .d/*.conf drop-in snippets
12119 mentioned above, since this adds the ability to reset list
12120 settings from vendor unit files via these drop-ins.
12121
12122 * systemctl gained a new "list-dependencies" command for
12123 listing the dependencies of a unit recursively.
12124
12125 * Inhibitors are now honored and listed by "systemctl
12126 suspend", "systemctl poweroff" (and similar) too, not only
12127 GNOME. These commands will also list active sessions by
12128 other users.
12129
12130 * Resource limits (as exposed by the various control group
12131 controllers) can now be controlled dynamically at runtime
12132 for all units. More specifically, you can now use a command
12133 like "systemctl set-cgroup-attr foobar.service cpu.shares
12134 2000" to alter the CPU shares a specific service gets. These
12135 settings are stored persistently on disk, and thus allow the
12136 administrator to easily adjust the resource usage of
12137 services with a few simple commands. This dynamic resource
12138 management logic is also available to other programs via the
12139 bus. Almost any kernel cgroup attribute and controller is
12140 supported.
12141
12142 * systemd-vconsole-setup will now copy all font settings to
12143 all allocated VTs, where it previously applied them only to
12144 the foreground VT.
12145
12146 * libsystemd-login gained the new sd_session_get_tty() API
12147 call.
12148
12149 * This release drops support for a few legacy or
12150 distribution-specific LSB facility names when parsing init
12151 scripts: $x-display-manager, $mail-transfer-agent,
12152 $mail-transport-agent, $mail-transfer-agent, $smtp,
12153 $null. Also, the mail-transfer-agent.target unit backing
12154 this has been removed. Distributions which want to retain
12155 compatibility with this should carry the burden for
12156 supporting this themselves and patch support for these back
12157 in, if they really need to. Also, the facilities $syslog and
12158 $local_fs are now ignored, since systemd does not support
12159 early-boot LSB init scripts anymore, and these facilities
12160 are implied anyway for normal services. syslog.target has
12161 also been removed.
12162
12163 * There are new bus calls on PID1's Manager object for
12164 cancelling jobs, and removing snapshot units. Previously,
12165 both calls were only available on the Job and Snapshot
12166 objects themselves.
12167
12168 * systemd-journal-gatewayd gained SSL support.
12169
12170 * The various "environment" files, such as /etc/locale.conf
12171 now support continuation lines with a backslash ("\") as
12172 last character in the line, similarly in style (but different)
12173 to how this is supported in shells.
12174
12175 * For normal user processes the _SYSTEMD_USER_UNIT= field is
12176 now implicitly appended to every log entry logged. systemctl
12177 has been updated to filter by this field when operating on a
12178 user systemd instance.
12179
12180 * nspawn will now implicitly add the CAP_AUDIT_WRITE and
12181 CAP_AUDIT_CONTROL capabilities to the capabilities set for
12182 the container. This makes it easier to boot unmodified
12183 Fedora systems in a container, which however still requires
12184 audit=0 to be passed on the kernel command line. Auditing in
12185 kernel and userspace is unfortunately still too broken in
12186 context of containers, hence we recommend compiling it out
12187 of the kernel or using audit=0. Hopefully this will be fixed
12188 one day for good in the kernel.
12189
12190 * nspawn gained the new --bind= and --bind-ro= parameters to
12191 bind mount specific directories from the host into the
12192 container.
12193
12194 * nspawn will now mount its own devpts file system instance
12195 into the container, in order not to leak pty devices from
12196 the host into the container.
12197
12198 * systemd will now read the firmware boot time performance
12199 information from the EFI variables, if the used boot loader
12200 supports this, and takes it into account for boot performance
12201 analysis via "systemd-analyze". This is currently supported
12202 only in conjunction with Gummiboot, but could be supported
12203 by other boot loaders too. For details see:
12204
12205 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/BootLoaderInterface
12206
12207 * A new generator has been added that automatically mounts the
12208 EFI System Partition (ESP) to /boot, if that directory
12209 exists, is empty, and no other file system has been
12210 configured to be mounted there.
12211
12212 * logind will now send out PrepareForSleep(false) out
12213 unconditionally, after coming back from suspend. This may be
12214 used by applications as asynchronous notification for
12215 system resume events.
12216
12217 * "systemctl unlock-sessions" has been added, that allows
12218 unlocking the screens of all user sessions at once, similar
12219 to how "systemctl lock-sessions" already locked all users
12220 sessions. This is backed by a new D-Bus call UnlockSessions().
12221
12222 * "loginctl seat-status" will now show the master device of a
12223 seat. (i.e. the device of a seat that needs to be around for
12224 the seat to be considered available, usually the graphics
12225 card).
12226
12227 * tmpfiles gained a new "X" line type, that allows
12228 configuration of files and directories (with wildcards) that
12229 shall be excluded from automatic cleanup ("aging").
12230
12231 * udev default rules set the device node permissions now only
12232 at "add" events, and do not change them any longer with a
12233 later "change" event.
12234
12235 * The log messages for lid events and power/sleep keypresses
12236 now carry a message ID.
12237
12238 * We now have a substantially larger unit test suite, but this
12239 continues to be work in progress.
12240
12241 * udevadm hwdb gained a new --root= parameter to change the
12242 root directory to operate relative to.
12243
12244 * logind will now issue a background sync() request to the kernel
12245 early at shutdown, so that dirty buffers are flushed to disk early
12246 instead of at the last moment, in order to optimize shutdown
12247 times a little.
12248
12249 * A new bootctl tool has been added that is an interface for
12250 certain boot loader operations. This is currently a preview
12251 and is likely to be extended into a small mechanism daemon
12252 like timedated, localed, hostnamed, and can be used by
12253 graphical UIs to enumerate available boot options, and
12254 request boot into firmware operations.
12255
12256 * systemd-bootchart has been relicensed to LGPLv2.1+ to match
12257 the rest of the package. It also has been updated to work
12258 correctly in initrds.
12259
12260 * polkit previously has been runtime optional, and is now also
12261 compile time optional via a configure switch.
12262
12263 * systemd-analyze has been reimplemented in C. Also "systemctl
12264 dot" has moved into systemd-analyze.
12265
12266 * "systemctl status" with no further parameters will now print
12267 the status of all active or failed units.
12268
12269 * Operations such as "systemctl start" can now be executed
12270 with a new mode "--irreversible" which may be used to queue
12271 operations that cannot accidentally be reversed by a later
12272 job queuing. This is by default used to make shutdown
12273 requests more robust.
12274
12275 * The Python API of systemd now gained a new module for
12276 reading journal files.
12277
12278 * A new tool kernel-install has been added that can install
12279 kernel images according to the Boot Loader Specification:
12280
12281 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Specifications/BootLoaderSpec
12282
12283 * Boot time console output has been improved to provide
12284 animated boot time output for hanging jobs.
12285
12286 * A new tool systemd-activate has been added which can be used
12287 to test socket activation with, directly from the command
12288 line. This should make it much easier to test and debug
12289 socket activation in daemons.
12290
12291 * journalctl gained a new "--reverse" (or -r) option to show
12292 journal output in reverse order (i.e. newest line first).
12293
12294 * journalctl gained a new "--pager-end" (or -e) option to jump
12295 to immediately jump to the end of the journal in the
12296 pager. This is only supported in conjunction with "less".
12297
12298 * journalctl gained a new "--user-unit=" option, that works
12299 similarly to "--unit=" but filters for user units rather than
12300 system units.
12301
12302 * A number of unit files to ease adoption of systemd in
12303 initrds has been added. This moves some minimal logic from
12304 the various initrd implementations into systemd proper.
12305
12306 * The journal files are now owned by a new group
12307 "systemd-journal", which exists specifically to allow access
12308 to the journal, and nothing else. Previously, we used the
12309 "adm" group for that, which however possibly covers more
12310 than just journal/log file access. This new group is now
12311 already used by systemd-journal-gatewayd to ensure this
12312 daemon gets access to the journal files and as little else
12313 as possible. Note that "make install" will also set FS ACLs
12314 up for /var/log/journal to give "adm" and "wheel" read
12315 access to it, in addition to "systemd-journal" which owns
12316 the journal files. We recommend that packaging scripts also
12317 add read access to "adm" + "wheel" to /var/log/journal, and
12318 all existing/future journal files. To normal users and
12319 administrators little changes, however packagers need to
12320 ensure to create the "systemd-journal" system group at
12321 package installation time.
12322
12323 * The systemd-journal-gatewayd now runs as unprivileged user
12324 systemd-journal-gateway:systemd-journal-gateway. Packaging
12325 scripts need to create these system user/group at
12326 installation time.
12327
12328 * timedated now exposes a new boolean property CanNTP that
12329 indicates whether a local NTP service is available or not.
12330
12331 * systemd-detect-virt will now also detect xen PVs
12332
12333 * The pstore file system is now mounted by default, if it is
12334 available.
12335
12336 * In addition to the SELinux and IMA policies we will now also
12337 load SMACK policies at early boot.
12338
12339 Contributions from: Adel Gadllah, Aleksander Morgado, Auke
12340 Kok, Ayan George, Bastien Nocera, Colin Walters, Daniel Buch,
12341 Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, David Strauss,
12342 Eelco Dolstra, Enrico Scholz, Frederic Crozat, Harald Hoyer,
12343 Jan Janssen, Jonathan Callen, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
12344 Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine Perennou, Martin
12345 Pitt, Mauro Dreissig, Max F. Albrecht, Michael Biebl, Michael
12346 Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Michal Vyskocil,
12347 Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Mirco Tischler, Nathaniel Chen, Nestor
12348 Ovroy, Oleksii Shevchuk, Paul W. Frields, Piotr Drąg, Rob
12349 Clark, Ryan Lortie, Simon McVittie, Simon Peeters, Steven
12350 Hiscocks, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tollef Fog Heen, Tom
12351 Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar, William Giokas, Zbigniew
12352 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zeeshan Ali (Khattak)
12353
12354 CHANGES WITH 197:
12355
12356 * Timer units now support calendar time events in addition to
12357 monotonic time events. That means you can now trigger a unit
12358 based on a calendar time specification such as "Thu,Fri
12359 2013-*-1,5 11:12:13" which refers to 11:12:13 of the first
12360 or fifth day of any month of the year 2013, given that it is
12361 a thursday or friday. This brings timer event support
12362 considerably closer to cron's capabilities. For details on
12363 the supported calendar time specification language see
12364 systemd.time(7).
12365
12366 * udev now supports a number of different naming policies for
12367 network interfaces for predictable names, and a combination
12368 of these policies is now the default. Please see this wiki
12369 document for details:
12370
12371 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/PredictableNetworkInterfaceNames
12372
12373 * Auke Kok's bootchart implementation has been added to the
12374 systemd tree. It is an optional component that can graph the
12375 boot in quite some detail. It is one of the best bootchart
12376 implementations around and minimal in its code and
12377 dependencies.
12378
12379 * nss-myhostname has been integrated into the systemd source
12380 tree. nss-myhostname guarantees that the local hostname
12381 always stays resolvable via NSS. It has been a weak
12382 requirement of systemd-hostnamed since a long time, and
12383 since its code is actually trivial we decided to just
12384 include it in systemd's source tree. It can be turned off
12385 with a configure switch.
12386
12387 * The read-ahead logic is now capable of properly detecting
12388 whether a btrfs file system is on SSD or rotating media, in
12389 order to optimize the read-ahead scheme. Previously, it was
12390 only capable of detecting this on traditional file systems
12391 such as ext4.
12392
12393 * In udev, additional device properties are now read from the
12394 IAB in addition to the OUI database. Also, Bluetooth company
12395 identities are attached to the devices as well.
12396
12397 * In service files %U may be used as specifier that is
12398 replaced by the configured user name of the service.
12399
12400 * nspawn may now be invoked without a controlling TTY. This
12401 makes it suitable for invocation as its own service. This
12402 may be used to set up a simple containerized server system
12403 using only core OS tools.
12404
12405 * systemd and nspawn can now accept socket file descriptors
12406 when they are started for socket activation. This enables
12407 implementation of socket activated nspawn
12408 containers. i.e. think about autospawning an entire OS image
12409 when the first SSH or HTTP connection is received. We expect
12410 that similar functionality will also be added to libvirt-lxc
12411 eventually.
12412
12413 * journalctl will now suppress ANSI color codes when
12414 presenting log data.
12415
12416 * systemctl will no longer show control group information for
12417 a unit if the control group is empty anyway.
12418
12419 * logind can now automatically suspend/hibernate/shutdown the
12420 system on idle.
12421
12422 * /etc/machine-info and hostnamed now also expose the chassis
12423 type of the system. This can be used to determine whether
12424 the local system is a laptop, desktop, handset or
12425 tablet. This information may either be configured by the
12426 user/vendor or is automatically determined from ACPI and DMI
12427 information if possible.
12428
12429 * A number of polkit actions are now bound together with "imply"
12430 rules. This should simplify creating UIs because many actions
12431 will now authenticate similar ones as well.
12432
12433 * Unit files learnt a new condition ConditionACPower= which
12434 may be used to conditionalize a unit depending on whether an
12435 AC power source is connected or not, of whether the system
12436 is running on battery power.
12437
12438 * systemctl gained a new "is-failed" verb that may be used in
12439 shell scripts and suchlike to check whether a specific unit
12440 is in the "failed" state.
12441
12442 * The EnvironmentFile= setting in unit files now supports file
12443 globbing, and can hence be used to easily read a number of
12444 environment files at once.
12445
12446 * systemd will no longer detect and recognize specific
12447 distributions. All distribution-specific #ifdeffery has been
12448 removed, systemd is now fully generic and
12449 distribution-agnostic. Effectively, not too much is lost as
12450 a lot of the code is still accessible via explicit configure
12451 switches. However, support for some distribution specific
12452 legacy configuration file formats has been dropped. We
12453 recommend distributions to simply adopt the configuration
12454 files everybody else uses now and convert the old
12455 configuration from packaging scripts. Most distributions
12456 already did that. If that's not possible or desirable,
12457 distributions are welcome to forward port the specific
12458 pieces of code locally from the git history.
12459
12460 * When logging a message about a unit systemd will now always
12461 log the unit name in the message meta data.
12462
12463 * localectl will now also discover system locale data that is
12464 not stored in locale archives, but directly unpacked.
12465
12466 * logind will no longer unconditionally use framebuffer
12467 devices as seat masters, i.e. as devices that are required
12468 to be existing before a seat is considered preset. Instead,
12469 it will now look for all devices that are tagged as
12470 "seat-master" in udev. By default, framebuffer devices will
12471 be marked as such, but depending on local systems, other
12472 devices might be marked as well. This may be used to
12473 integrate graphics cards using closed source drivers (such
12474 as NVidia ones) more nicely into logind. Note however, that
12475 we recommend using the open source NVidia drivers instead,
12476 and no udev rules for the closed-source drivers will be
12477 shipped from us upstream.
12478
12479 Contributions from: Adam Williamson, Alessandro Crismani, Auke
12480 Kok, Colin Walters, Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner, David
12481 Herrmann, David Strauss, Dimitrios Apostolou, Eelco Dolstra,
12482 Eric Benoit, Giovanni Campagna, Hannes Reinecke, Henrik
12483 Grindal Bakken, Hermann Gausterer, Kay Sievers, Lennart
12484 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann,
12485 Martin Pitt, Matthew Monaco, Michael Biebl, Michael Terry,
12486 Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Oleg
12487 Samarin, Pekka Lundstrom, Philip Nilsson, Ramkumar
12488 Ramachandra, Richard Yao, Robert Millan, Sami Kerola, Shawn
12489 Landden, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Thomas Jarosch,
12490 Tollef Fog Heen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar, Zbigniew
12491 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
12492
12493 CHANGES WITH 196:
12494
12495 * udev gained support for loading additional device properties
12496 from an indexed database that is keyed by vendor/product IDs
12497 and similar device identifiers. For the beginning this
12498 "hwdb" is populated with data from the well-known PCI and
12499 USB database, but also includes PNP, ACPI and OID data. In
12500 the longer run this indexed database shall grow into
12501 becoming the one central database for non-essential
12502 userspace device metadata. Previously, data from the PCI/USB
12503 database was only attached to select devices, since the
12504 lookup was a relatively expensive operation due to O(n) time
12505 complexity (with n being the number of entries in the
12506 database). Since this is now O(1), we decided to add in this
12507 data for all devices where this is available, by
12508 default. Note that the indexed database needs to be rebuilt
12509 when new data files are installed. To achieve this you need
12510 to update your packaging scripts to invoke "udevadm hwdb
12511 --update" after installation of hwdb data files. For
12512 RPM-based distributions we introduced the new
12513 %udev_hwdb_update macro for this purpose.
12514
12515 * The Journal gained support for the "Message Catalog", an
12516 indexed database to link up additional information with
12517 journal entries. For further details please check:
12518
12519 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/catalog
12520
12521 The indexed message catalog database also needs to be
12522 rebuilt after installation of message catalog files. Use
12523 "journalctl --update-catalog" for this. For RPM-based
12524 distributions we introduced the %journal_catalog_update
12525 macro for this purpose.
12526
12527 * The Python Journal bindings gained support for the standard
12528 Python logging framework.
12529
12530 * The Journal API gained new functions for checking whether
12531 the underlying file system of a journal file is capable of
12532 properly reporting file change notifications, or whether
12533 applications that want to reflect journal changes "live"
12534 need to recheck journal files continuously in appropriate
12535 time intervals.
12536
12537 * It is now possible to set the "age" field for tmpfiles
12538 entries to 0, indicating that files matching this entry
12539 shall always be removed when the directories are cleaned up.
12540
12541 * coredumpctl gained a new "gdb" verb which invokes gdb
12542 right-away on the selected coredump.
12543
12544 * There's now support for "hybrid sleep" on kernels that
12545 support this, in addition to "suspend" and "hibernate". Use
12546 "systemctl hybrid-sleep" to make use of this.
12547
12548 * logind's HandleSuspendKey= setting (and related settings)
12549 now gained support for a new "lock" setting to simply
12550 request the screen lock on all local sessions, instead of
12551 actually executing a suspend or hibernation.
12552
12553 * systemd will now mount the EFI variables file system by
12554 default.
12555
12556 * Socket units now gained support for configuration of the
12557 SMACK security label.
12558
12559 * timedatectl will now output the time of the last and next
12560 daylight saving change.
12561
12562 * We dropped support for various legacy and distro-specific
12563 concepts, such as insserv, early-boot SysV services
12564 (i.e. those for non-standard runlevels such as 'b' or 'S')
12565 or ArchLinux /etc/rc.conf support. We recommend the
12566 distributions who still need support this to either continue
12567 to maintain the necessary patches downstream, or find a
12568 different solution. (Talk to us if you have questions!)
12569
12570 * Various systemd components will now bypass polkit checks for
12571 root and otherwise handle properly if polkit is not found to
12572 be around. This should fix most issues for polkit-less
12573 systems. Quite frankly this should have been this way since
12574 day one. It is absolutely our intention to make systemd work
12575 fine on polkit-less systems, and we consider it a bug if
12576 something does not work as it should if polkit is not around.
12577
12578 * For embedded systems it is now possible to build udev and
12579 systemd without blkid and/or kmod support.
12580
12581 * "systemctl switch-root" is now capable of switching root
12582 more than once. I.e. in addition to transitions from the
12583 initrd to the host OS it is now possible to transition to
12584 further OS images from the host. This is useful to implement
12585 offline updating tools.
12586
12587 * Various other additions have been made to the RPM macros
12588 shipped with systemd. Use %udev_rules_update() after
12589 installing new udev rules files. %_udevhwdbdir,
12590 %_udevrulesdir, %_journalcatalogdir, %_tmpfilesdir,
12591 %_sysctldir are now available which resolve to the right
12592 directories for packages to place various data files in.
12593
12594 * journalctl gained the new --full switch (in addition to
12595 --all, to disable ellipsation for long messages.
12596
12597 Contributions from: Anders Olofsson, Auke Kok, Ben Boeckel,
12598 Colin Walters, Cosimo Cecchi, Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner,
12599 Eelco Dolstra, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Kay Sievers,
12600 Chun-Yi Lee, Lekensteyn, Lennart Poettering, Mantas Mikulėnas,
12601 Marti Raudsepp, Martin Pitt, Mauro Dreissig, Michael Biebl,
12602 Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Miklos Vajna, Nis Martensen,
12603 Oleksii Shevchuk, Olivier Brunel, Ramkumar Ramachandra, Thomas
12604 Bächler, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Tony
12605 Camuso, Umut Tezduyar, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
12606
12607 CHANGES WITH 195:
12608
12609 * journalctl gained new --since= and --until= switches to
12610 filter by time. It also now supports nice filtering for
12611 units via --unit=/-u.
12612
12613 * Type=oneshot services may use ExecReload= and do the
12614 right thing.
12615
12616 * The journal daemon now supports time-based rotation and
12617 vacuuming, in addition to the usual disk-space based
12618 rotation.
12619
12620 * The journal will now index the available field values for
12621 each field name. This enables clients to show pretty drop
12622 downs of available match values when filtering. The bash
12623 completion of journalctl has been updated
12624 accordingly. journalctl gained a new switch -F to list all
12625 values a certain field takes in the journal database.
12626
12627 * More service events are now written as structured messages
12628 to the journal, and made recognizable via message IDs.
12629
12630 * The timedated, localed and hostnamed mini-services which
12631 previously only provided support for changing time, locale
12632 and hostname settings from graphical DEs such as GNOME now
12633 also have a minimal (but very useful) text-based client
12634 utility each. This is probably the nicest way to changing
12635 these settings from the command line now, especially since
12636 it lists available options and is fully integrated with bash
12637 completion.
12638
12639 * There's now a new tool "systemd-coredumpctl" to list and
12640 extract coredumps from the journal.
12641
12642 * We now install a README each in /var/log/ and
12643 /etc/rc.d/init.d explaining where the system logs and init
12644 scripts went. This hopefully should help folks who go to
12645 that dirs and look into the otherwise now empty void and
12646 scratch their heads.
12647
12648 * When user-services are invoked (by systemd --user) the
12649 $MANAGERPID env var is set to the PID of systemd.
12650
12651 * SIGRTMIN+24 when sent to a --user instance will now result
12652 in immediate termination of systemd.
12653
12654 * gatewayd received numerous feature additions such as a
12655 "follow" mode, for live syncing and filtering.
12656
12657 * browse.html now allows filtering and showing detailed
12658 information on specific entries. Keyboard navigation and
12659 mouse screen support has been added.
12660
12661 * gatewayd/journalctl now supports HTML5/JSON
12662 Server-Sent-Events as output.
12663
12664 * The SysV init script compatibility logic will now
12665 heuristically determine whether a script supports the
12666 "reload" verb, and only then make this available as
12667 "systemctl reload".
12668
12669 * "systemctl status --follow" has been removed, use "journalctl
12670 -u" instead.
12671
12672 * journald.conf's RuntimeMinSize=, PersistentMinSize= settings
12673 have been removed since they are hardly useful to be
12674 configured.
12675
12676 * And I'd like to take the opportunity to specifically mention
12677 Zbigniew for his great contributions. Zbigniew, you rock!
12678
12679 Contributions from: Andrew Eikum, Christian Hesse, Colin
12680 Guthrie, Daniel J Walsh, Dave Reisner, Eelco Dolstra, Ferenc
12681 Wágner, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas
12682 Mikulėnas, Martin Mikkelsen, Martin Pitt, Michael Olbrich,
12683 Michael Stapelberg, Michal Schmidt, Sebastian Ott, Thomas
12684 Bächler, Umut Tezduyar, Will Woods, Wulf C. Krueger, Zbigniew
12685 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Сковорода Никита Андреевич
12686
12687 CHANGES WITH 194:
12688
12689 * If /etc/vconsole.conf is non-existent or empty we will no
12690 longer load any console font or key map at boot by
12691 default. Instead the kernel defaults will be left
12692 intact. This is definitely the right thing to do, as no
12693 configuration should mean no configuration, and hard-coding
12694 font names that are different on all archs is probably a bad
12695 idea. Also, the kernel default key map and font should be
12696 good enough for most cases anyway, and mostly identical to
12697 the userspace fonts/key maps we previously overloaded them
12698 with. If distributions want to continue to default to a
12699 non-kernel font or key map they should ship a default
12700 /etc/vconsole.conf with the appropriate contents.
12701
12702 Contributions from: Colin Walters, Daniel J Walsh, Dave
12703 Reisner, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Tollef
12704 Fog Heen, Tom Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
12705
12706 CHANGES WITH 193:
12707
12708 * journalctl gained a new --cursor= switch to show entries
12709 starting from the specified location in the journal.
12710
12711 * We now enforce a size limit on journal entry fields exported
12712 with "-o json" in journalctl. Fields larger than 4K will be
12713 assigned null. This can be turned off with --all.
12714
12715 * An (optional) journal gateway daemon is now available as
12716 "systemd-journal-gatewayd.service". This service provides
12717 access to the journal via HTTP and JSON. This functionality
12718 will be used to implement live log synchronization in both
12719 pull and push modes, but has various other users too, such
12720 as easy log access for debugging of embedded devices. Right
12721 now it is already useful to retrieve the journal via HTTP:
12722
12723 # systemctl start systemd-journal-gatewayd.service
12724 # wget http://localhost:19531/entries
12725
12726 This will download the journal contents in a
12727 /var/log/messages compatible format. The same as JSON:
12728
12729 # curl -H"Accept: application/json" http://localhost:19531/entries
12730
12731 This service is also accessible via a web browser where a
12732 single static HTML5 app is served that uses the JSON logic
12733 to enable the user to do some basic browsing of the
12734 journal. This will be extended later on. Here's an example
12735 screenshot of this app in its current state:
12736
12737 http://0pointer.de/public/journal-gatewayd
12738
12739 Contributions from: Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Robert
12740 Milasan, Tom Gundersen
12741
12742 CHANGES WITH 192:
12743
12744 * The bash completion logic is now available for journalctl
12745 too.
12746
12747 * We do not mount the "cpuset" controller anymore together with
12748 "cpu" and "cpuacct", as "cpuset" groups generally cannot be
12749 started if no parameters are assigned to it. "cpuset" hence
12750 broke code that assumed it could create "cpu" groups and
12751 just start them.
12752
12753 * journalctl -f will now subscribe to terminal size changes,
12754 and line break accordingly.
12755
12756 Contributions from: Dave Reisner, Kay Sievers, Lennart
12757 Poettering, Lukas Nykrynm, Mirco Tischler, Václav Pavlín
12758
12759 CHANGES WITH 191:
12760
12761 * nspawn will now create a symlink /etc/localtime in the
12762 container environment, copying the host's timezone
12763 setting. Previously this has been done via a bind mount, but
12764 since symlinks cannot be bind mounted this has now been
12765 changed to create/update the appropriate symlink.
12766
12767 * journalctl -n's line number argument is now optional, and
12768 will default to 10 if omitted.
12769
12770 * journald will now log the maximum size the journal files may
12771 take up on disk. This is particularly useful if the default
12772 built-in logic of determining this parameter from the file
12773 system size is used. Use "systemctl status
12774 systemd-journald.service" to see this information.
12775
12776 * The multi-seat X wrapper tool has been stripped down. As X
12777 is now capable of enumerating graphics devices via udev in a
12778 seat-aware way the wrapper is not strictly necessary
12779 anymore. A stripped down temporary stop-gap is still shipped
12780 until the upstream display managers have been updated to
12781 fully support the new X logic. Expect this wrapper to be
12782 removed entirely in one of the next releases.
12783
12784 * HandleSleepKey= in logind.conf has been split up into
12785 HandleSuspendKey= and HandleHibernateKey=. The old setting
12786 is not available anymore. X11 and the kernel are
12787 distinguishing between these keys and we should too. This
12788 also means the inhibition lock for these keys has been split
12789 into two.
12790
12791 Contributions from: Dave Airlie, Eelco Dolstra, Lennart
12792 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Václav Pavlín
12793
12794 CHANGES WITH 190:
12795
12796 * Whenever a unit changes state we will now log this to the
12797 journal and show along the unit's own log output in
12798 "systemctl status".
12799
12800 * ConditionPathIsMountPoint= can now properly detect bind
12801 mount points too. (Previously, a bind mount of one file
12802 system to another place in the same file system could not be
12803 detected as mount, since they shared struct stat's st_dev
12804 field.)
12805
12806 * We will now mount the cgroup controllers cpu, cpuacct,
12807 cpuset and the controllers net_cls, net_prio together by
12808 default.
12809
12810 * nspawn containers will now have a virtualized boot
12811 ID. (i.e. /proc/sys/kernel/random/boot_id is now mounted
12812 over with a randomized ID at container initialization). This
12813 has the effect of making "journalctl -b" do the right thing
12814 in a container.
12815
12816 * The JSON output journal serialization has been updated not
12817 to generate "endless" list objects anymore, but rather one
12818 JSON object per line. This is more in line how most JSON
12819 parsers expect JSON objects. The new output mode
12820 "json-pretty" has been added to provide similar output, but
12821 neatly aligned for readability by humans.
12822
12823 * We dropped all explicit sync() invocations in the shutdown
12824 code. The kernel does this implicitly anyway in the kernel
12825 reboot() syscall. halt(8)'s -n option is now a compatibility
12826 no-op.
12827
12828 * We now support virtualized reboot() in containers, as
12829 supported by newer kernels. We will fall back to exit() if
12830 CAP_SYS_REBOOT is not available to the container. Also,
12831 nspawn makes use of this now and will actually reboot the
12832 container if the containerized OS asks for that.
12833
12834 * journalctl will only show local log output by default
12835 now. Use --merge (-m) to show remote log output, too.
12836
12837 * libsystemd-journal gained the new sd_journal_get_usage()
12838 call to determine the current disk usage of all journal
12839 files. This is exposed in the new "journalctl --disk-usage"
12840 command.
12841
12842 * journald gained a new configuration setting SplitMode= in
12843 journald.conf which may be used to control how user journals
12844 are split off. See journald.conf(5) for details.
12845
12846 * A new condition type ConditionFileNotEmpty= has been added.
12847
12848 * tmpfiles' "w" lines now support file globbing, to write
12849 multiple files at once.
12850
12851 * We added Python bindings for the journal submission
12852 APIs. More Python APIs for a number of selected APIs will
12853 likely follow. Note that we intend to add native bindings
12854 only for the Python language, as we consider it common
12855 enough to deserve bindings shipped within systemd. There are
12856 various projects outside of systemd that provide bindings
12857 for languages such as PHP or Lua.
12858
12859 * Many conditions will now resolve specifiers such as %i. In
12860 addition, PathChanged= and related directives of .path units
12861 now support specifiers as well.
12862
12863 * There's now a new RPM macro definition for the system preset
12864 dir: %_presetdir.
12865
12866 * journald will now warn if it ca not forward a message to the
12867 syslog daemon because its socket is full.
12868
12869 * timedated will no longer write or process /etc/timezone,
12870 except on Debian. As we do not support late mounted /usr
12871 anymore /etc/localtime always being a symlink is now safe,
12872 and hence the information in /etc/timezone is not necessary
12873 anymore.
12874
12875 * logind will now always reserve one VT for a text getty (VT6
12876 by default). Previously if more than 6 X sessions where
12877 started they took up all the VTs with auto-spawned gettys,
12878 so that no text gettys were available anymore.
12879
12880 * udev will now automatically inform the btrfs kernel logic
12881 about btrfs RAID components showing up. This should make
12882 simple hotplug based btrfs RAID assembly work.
12883
12884 * PID 1 will now increase its RLIMIT_NOFILE to 64K by default
12885 (but not for its children which will stay at the kernel
12886 default). This should allow setups with a lot more listening
12887 sockets.
12888
12889 * systemd will now always pass the configured timezone to the
12890 kernel at boot. timedated will do the same when the timezone
12891 is changed.
12892
12893 * logind's inhibition logic has been updated. By default,
12894 logind will now handle the lid switch, the power and sleep
12895 keys all the time, even in graphical sessions. If DEs want
12896 to handle these events on their own they should take the new
12897 handle-power-key, handle-sleep-key and handle-lid-switch
12898 inhibitors during their runtime. A simple way to achieve
12899 that is to invoke the DE wrapped in an invocation of:
12900
12901 systemd-inhibit --what=handle-power-key:handle-sleep-key:handle-lid-switch …
12902
12903 * Access to unit operations is now checked via SELinux taking
12904 the unit file label and client process label into account.
12905
12906 * systemd will now notify the administrator in the journal
12907 when he over-mounts a non-empty directory.
12908
12909 * There are new specifiers that are resolved in unit files,
12910 for the hostname (%H), the machine ID (%m) and the boot ID
12911 (%b).
12912
12913 Contributions from: Allin Cottrell, Auke Kok, Brandon Philips,
12914 Colin Guthrie, Colin Walters, Daniel J Walsh, Dave Reisner,
12915 Eelco Dolstra, Jan Engelhardt, Kay Sievers, Lennart
12916 Poettering, Lucas De Marchi, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas,
12917 Martin Pitt, Matthias Clasen, Michael Olbrich, Pierre Schmitz,
12918 Shawn Landden, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen,
12919 Václav Pavlín, Yin Kangkai, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
12920
12921 CHANGES WITH 189:
12922
12923 * Support for reading structured kernel messages from
12924 /dev/kmsg has now been added and is enabled by default.
12925
12926 * Support for reading kernel messages from /proc/kmsg has now
12927 been removed. If you want kernel messages in the journal
12928 make sure to run a recent kernel (>= 3.5) that supports
12929 reading structured messages from /dev/kmsg (see
12930 above). /proc/kmsg is now exclusive property of classic
12931 syslog daemons again.
12932
12933 * The libudev API gained the new
12934 udev_device_new_from_device_id() call.
12935
12936 * The logic for file system namespace (ReadOnlyDirectory=,
12937 ReadWriteDirectoy=, PrivateTmp=) has been reworked not to
12938 require pivot_root() anymore. This means fewer temporary
12939 directories are created below /tmp for this feature.
12940
12941 * nspawn containers will now see and receive all submounts
12942 made on the host OS below the root file system of the
12943 container.
12944
12945 * Forward Secure Sealing is now supported for Journal files,
12946 which provide cryptographical sealing of journal files so
12947 that attackers cannot alter log history anymore without this
12948 being detectable. Lennart will soon post a blog story about
12949 this explaining it in more detail.
12950
12951 * There are two new service settings RestartPreventExitStatus=
12952 and SuccessExitStatus= which allow configuration of exit
12953 status (exit code or signal) which will be excepted from the
12954 restart logic, resp. consider successful.
12955
12956 * journalctl gained the new --verify switch that can be used
12957 to check the integrity of the structure of journal files and
12958 (if Forward Secure Sealing is enabled) the contents of
12959 journal files.
12960
12961 * nspawn containers will now be run with /dev/stdin, /dev/fd/
12962 and similar symlinks pre-created. This makes running shells
12963 as container init process a lot more fun.
12964
12965 * The fstab support can now handle PARTUUID= and PARTLABEL=
12966 entries.
12967
12968 * A new ConditionHost= condition has been added to match
12969 against the hostname (with globs) and machine ID. This is
12970 useful for clusters where a single OS image is used to
12971 provision a large number of hosts which shall run slightly
12972 different sets of services.
12973
12974 * Services which hit the restart limit will now be placed in a
12975 failure state.
12976
12977 Contributions from: Bertram Poettering, Dave Reisner, Huang
12978 Hang, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Martin
12979 Pitt, Simon Peeters, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
12980
12981 CHANGES WITH 188:
12982
12983 * When running in --user mode systemd will now become a
12984 subreaper (PR_SET_CHILD_SUBREAPER). This should make the ps
12985 tree a lot more organized.
12986
12987 * A new PartOf= unit dependency type has been introduced that
12988 may be used to group services in a natural way.
12989
12990 * "systemctl enable" may now be used to enable instances of
12991 services.
12992
12993 * journalctl now prints error log levels in red, and
12994 warning/notice log levels in bright white. It also supports
12995 filtering by log level now.
12996
12997 * cgtop gained a new -n switch (similar to top), to configure
12998 the maximum number of iterations to run for. It also gained
12999 -b, to run in batch mode (accepting no input).
13000
13001 * The suffix ".service" may now be omitted on most systemctl
13002 command lines involving service unit names.
13003
13004 * There's a new bus call in logind to lock all sessions, as
13005 well as a loginctl verb for it "lock-sessions".
13006
13007 * libsystemd-logind.so gained a new call sd_journal_perror()
13008 that works similar to libc perror() but logs to the journal
13009 and encodes structured information about the error number.
13010
13011 * /etc/crypttab entries now understand the new keyfile-size=
13012 option.
13013
13014 * shutdown(8) now can send a (configurable) wall message when
13015 a shutdown is cancelled.
13016
13017 * The mount propagation mode for the root file system will now
13018 default to "shared", which is useful to make containers work
13019 nicely out-of-the-box so that they receive new mounts from
13020 the host. This can be undone locally by running "mount
13021 --make-rprivate /" if needed.
13022
13023 * The prefdm.service file has been removed. Distributions
13024 should maintain this unit downstream if they intend to keep
13025 it around. However, we recommend writing normal unit files
13026 for display managers instead.
13027
13028 * Since systemd is a crucial part of the OS we will now
13029 default to a number of compiler switches that improve
13030 security (hardening) such as read-only relocations, stack
13031 protection, and suchlike.
13032
13033 * The TimeoutSec= setting for services is now split into
13034 TimeoutStartSec= and TimeoutStopSec= to allow configuration
13035 of individual time outs for the start and the stop phase of
13036 the service.
13037
13038 Contributions from: Artur Zaprzala, Arvydas Sidorenko, Auke
13039 Kok, Bryan Kadzban, Dave Reisner, David Strauss, Harald Hoyer,
13040 Jim Meyering, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Mantas
13041 Mikulėnas, Martin Pitt, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Peter
13042 Alfredsen, Shawn Landden, Simon Peeters, Terence Honles, Tom
13043 Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
13044
13045 CHANGES WITH 187:
13046
13047 * The journal and id128 C APIs are now fully documented as man
13048 pages.
13049
13050 * Extra safety checks have been added when transitioning from
13051 the initial RAM disk to the main system to avoid accidental
13052 data loss.
13053
13054 * /etc/crypttab entries now understand the new keyfile-offset=
13055 option.
13056
13057 * systemctl -t can now be used to filter by unit load state.
13058
13059 * The journal C API gained the new sd_journal_wait() call to
13060 make writing synchronous journal clients easier.
13061
13062 * journalctl gained the new -D switch to show journals from a
13063 specific directory.
13064
13065 * journalctl now displays a special marker between log
13066 messages of two different boots.
13067
13068 * The journal is now explicitly flushed to /var via a service
13069 systemd-journal-flush.service, rather than implicitly simply
13070 by seeing /var/log/journal to be writable.
13071
13072 * journalctl (and the journal C APIs) can now match for much
13073 more complex expressions, with alternatives and
13074 disjunctions.
13075
13076 * When transitioning from the initial RAM disk to the main
13077 system we will now kill all processes in a killing spree to
13078 ensure no processes stay around by accident.
13079
13080 * Three new specifiers may be used in unit files: %u, %h, %s
13081 resolve to the user name, user home directory resp. user
13082 shell. This is useful for running systemd user instances.
13083
13084 * We now automatically rotate journal files if their data
13085 object hash table gets a fill level > 75%. We also size the
13086 hash table based on the configured maximum file size. This
13087 together should lower hash collisions drastically and thus
13088 speed things up a bit.
13089
13090 * journalctl gained the new "--header" switch to introspect
13091 header data of journal files.
13092
13093 * A new setting SystemCallFilters= has been added to services which may
13094 be used to apply deny lists or allow lists to system calls. This is
13095 based on SECCOMP Mode 2 of Linux 3.5.
13096
13097 * nspawn gained a new --link-journal= switch (and quicker: -j)
13098 to link the container journal with the host. This makes it
13099 very easy to centralize log viewing on the host for all
13100 guests while still keeping the journal files separated.
13101
13102 * Many bugfixes and optimizations
13103
13104 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Eelco Dolstra, Harald Hoyer, Kay
13105 Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Malte Starostik, Paul Menzel, Rex
13106 Tsai, Shawn Landden, Tom Gundersen, Ville Skyttä, Zbigniew
13107 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
13108
13109 CHANGES WITH 186:
13110
13111 * Several tools now understand kernel command line arguments,
13112 which are only read when run in an initial RAM disk. They
13113 usually follow closely their normal counterparts, but are
13114 prefixed with rd.
13115
13116 * There's a new tool to analyze the readahead files that are
13117 automatically generated at boot. Use:
13118
13119 /usr/lib/systemd/systemd-readahead analyze /.readahead
13120
13121 * We now provide an early debug shell on tty9 if this enabled. Use:
13122
13123 systemctl enable debug-shell.service
13124
13125 * All plymouth related units have been moved into the Plymouth
13126 package. Please make sure to upgrade your Plymouth version
13127 as well.
13128
13129 * systemd-tmpfiles now supports getting passed the basename of
13130 a configuration file only, in which case it will look for it
13131 in all appropriate directories automatically.
13132
13133 * udevadm info now takes a /dev or /sys path as argument, and
13134 does the right thing. Example:
13135
13136 udevadm info /dev/sda
13137 udevadm info /sys/class/block/sda
13138
13139 * systemctl now prints a warning if a unit is stopped but a
13140 unit that might trigger it continues to run. Example: a
13141 service is stopped but the socket that activates it is left
13142 running.
13143
13144 * "systemctl status" will now mention if the log output was
13145 shortened due to rotation since a service has been started.
13146
13147 * The journal API now exposes functions to determine the
13148 "cutoff" times due to rotation.
13149
13150 * journald now understands SIGUSR1 and SIGUSR2 for triggering
13151 immediately flushing of runtime logs to /var if possible,
13152 resp. for triggering immediate rotation of the journal
13153 files.
13154
13155 * It is now considered an error if a service is attempted to
13156 be stopped that is not loaded.
13157
13158 * XDG_RUNTIME_DIR now uses numeric UIDs instead of usernames.
13159
13160 * systemd-analyze now supports Python 3
13161
13162 * tmpfiles now supports cleaning up directories via aging
13163 where the first level dirs are always kept around but
13164 directories beneath it automatically aged. This is enabled
13165 by prefixing the age field with '~'.
13166
13167 * Seat objects now expose CanGraphical, CanTTY properties
13168 which is required to deal with very fast bootups where the
13169 display manager might be running before the graphics drivers
13170 completed initialization.
13171
13172 * Seat objects now expose a State property.
13173
13174 * We now include RPM macros for service enabling/disabling
13175 based on the preset logic. We recommend RPM based
13176 distributions to make use of these macros if possible. This
13177 makes it simpler to reuse RPM spec files across
13178 distributions.
13179
13180 * We now make sure that the collected systemd unit name is
13181 always valid when services log to the journal via
13182 STDOUT/STDERR.
13183
13184 * There's a new man page kernel-command-line(7) detailing all
13185 command line options we understand.
13186
13187 * The fstab generator may now be disabled at boot by passing
13188 fstab=0 on the kernel command line.
13189
13190 * A new kernel command line option modules-load= is now understood
13191 to load a specific kernel module statically, early at boot.
13192
13193 * Unit names specified on the systemctl command line are now
13194 automatically escaped as needed. Also, if file system or
13195 device paths are specified they are automatically turned
13196 into the appropriate mount or device unit names. Example:
13197
13198 systemctl status /home
13199 systemctl status /dev/sda
13200
13201 * The SysVConsole= configuration option has been removed from
13202 system.conf parsing.
13203
13204 * The SysV search path is no longer exported on the D-Bus
13205 Manager object.
13206
13207 * The Names= option has been removed from unit file parsing.
13208
13209 * There's a new man page bootup(7) detailing the boot process.
13210
13211 * Every unit and every generator we ship with systemd now
13212 comes with full documentation. The self-explanatory boot is
13213 complete.
13214
13215 * A couple of services gained "systemd-" prefixes in their
13216 name if they wrap systemd code, rather than only external
13217 code. Among them fsck@.service which is now
13218 systemd-fsck@.service.
13219
13220 * The HaveWatchdog property has been removed from the D-Bus
13221 Manager object.
13222
13223 * systemd.confirm_spawn= on the kernel command line should now
13224 work sensibly.
13225
13226 * There's a new man page crypttab(5) which details all options
13227 we actually understand.
13228
13229 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --capability= switch to pass
13230 additional capabilities to the container.
13231
13232 * timedated will now read known NTP implementation unit names
13233 from /usr/lib/systemd/ntp-units.d/*.list,
13234 systemd-timedated-ntp.target has been removed.
13235
13236 * journalctl gained a new switch "-b" that lists log data of
13237 the current boot only.
13238
13239 * The notify socket is in the abstract namespace again, in
13240 order to support daemons which chroot() at start-up.
13241
13242 * There is a new Storage= configuration option for journald
13243 which allows configuration of where log data should go. This
13244 also provides a way to disable journal logging entirely, so
13245 that data collected is only forwarded to the console, the
13246 kernel log buffer or another syslog implementation.
13247
13248 * Many bugfixes and optimizations
13249
13250 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Colin Guthrie, Dave Reisner,
13251 David Strauss, Eelco Dolstra, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
13252 Lukas Nykryn, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Paul Menzel,
13253 Shawn Landden, Tom Gundersen
13254
13255 CHANGES WITH 185:
13256
13257 * "systemctl help <unit>" now shows the man page if one is
13258 available.
13259
13260 * Several new man pages have been added.
13261
13262 * MaxLevelStore=, MaxLevelSyslog=, MaxLevelKMsg=,
13263 MaxLevelConsole= can now be specified in
13264 journald.conf. These options allow reducing the amount of
13265 data stored on disk or forwarded by the log level.
13266
13267 * TimerSlackNSec= can now be specified in system.conf for
13268 PID1. This allows system-wide power savings.
13269
13270 Contributions from: Dave Reisner, Kay Sievers, Lauri Kasanen,
13271 Lennart Poettering, Malte Starostik, Marc-Antoine Perennou,
13272 Matthias Clasen
13273
13274 CHANGES WITH 184:
13275
13276 * logind is now capable of (optionally) handling power and
13277 sleep keys as well as the lid switch.
13278
13279 * journalctl now understands the syntax "journalctl
13280 /usr/bin/avahi-daemon" to get all log output of a specific
13281 daemon.
13282
13283 * CapabilityBoundingSet= in system.conf now also influences
13284 the capability bound set of usermode helpers of the kernel.
13285
13286 Contributions from: Daniel Drake, Daniel J. Walsh, Gert
13287 Michael Kulyk, Harald Hoyer, Jean Delvare, Kay Sievers,
13288 Lennart Poettering, Matthew Garrett, Matthias Clasen, Paul
13289 Menzel, Shawn Landden, Tero Roponen, Tom Gundersen
13290
13291 CHANGES WITH 183:
13292
13293 * Note that we skipped 139 releases here in order to set the
13294 new version to something that is greater than both udev's
13295 and systemd's most recent version number.
13296
13297 * udev: all udev sources are merged into the systemd source tree now.
13298 All future udev development will happen in the systemd tree. It
13299 is still fully supported to use the udev daemon and tools without
13300 systemd running, like in initramfs or other init systems. Building
13301 udev though, will require the *build* of the systemd tree, but
13302 udev can be properly *run* without systemd.
13303
13304 * udev: /lib/udev/devices/ are not read anymore; systemd-tmpfiles
13305 should be used to create dead device nodes as workarounds for broken
13306 subsystems.
13307
13308 * udev: RUN+="socket:…" and udev_monitor_new_from_socket() is
13309 no longer supported. udev_monitor_new_from_netlink() needs to be
13310 used to subscribe to events.
13311
13312 * udev: when udevd is started by systemd, processes which are left
13313 behind by forking them off of udev rules, are unconditionally cleaned
13314 up and killed now after the event handling has finished. Services or
13315 daemons must be started as systemd services. Services can be
13316 pulled-in by udev to get started, but they can no longer be directly
13317 forked by udev rules.
13318
13319 * udev: the daemon binary is called systemd-udevd now and installed
13320 in /usr/lib/systemd/. Standalone builds or non-systemd systems need
13321 to adapt to that, create symlink, or rename the binary after building
13322 it.
13323
13324 * libudev no longer provides these symbols:
13325 udev_monitor_from_socket()
13326 udev_queue_get_failed_list_entry()
13327 udev_get_{dev,sys,run}_path()
13328 The versions number was bumped and symbol versioning introduced.
13329
13330 * systemd-loginctl and systemd-journalctl have been renamed
13331 to loginctl and journalctl to match systemctl.
13332
13333 * The config files: /etc/systemd/systemd-logind.conf and
13334 /etc/systemd/systemd-journald.conf have been renamed to
13335 logind.conf and journald.conf. Package updates should rename
13336 the files to the new names on upgrade.
13337
13338 * For almost all files the license is now LGPL2.1+, changed
13339 from the previous GPL2.0+. Exceptions are some minor stuff
13340 of udev (which will be changed to LGPL2.1 eventually, too),
13341 and the MIT licensed sd-daemon.[ch] library that is suitable
13342 to be used as drop-in files.
13343
13344 * systemd and logind now handle system sleep states, in
13345 particular suspending and hibernating.
13346
13347 * logind now implements a sleep/shutdown/idle inhibiting logic
13348 suitable for a variety of uses. Soonishly Lennart will blog
13349 about this in more detail.
13350
13351 * var-run.mount and var-lock.mount are no longer provided
13352 (which previously bind mounted these directories to their new
13353 places). Distributions which have not converted these
13354 directories to symlinks should consider stealing these files
13355 from git history and add them downstream.
13356
13357 * We introduced the Documentation= field for units and added
13358 this to all our shipped units. This is useful to make it
13359 easier to explore the boot and the purpose of the various
13360 units.
13361
13362 * All smaller setup units (such as
13363 systemd-vconsole-setup.service) now detect properly if they
13364 are run in a container and are skipped when
13365 appropriate. This guarantees an entirely noise-free boot in
13366 Linux container environments such as systemd-nspawn.
13367
13368 * A framework for implementing offline system updates is now
13369 integrated, for details see:
13370 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/SystemUpdates
13371
13372 * A new service type Type=idle is available now which helps us
13373 avoiding ugly interleaving of getty output and boot status
13374 messages.
13375
13376 * There's now a system-wide CapabilityBoundingSet= option to
13377 globally reduce the set of capabilities for the
13378 system. This is useful to drop CAP_SYS_MKNOD, CAP_SYS_RAWIO,
13379 CAP_NET_RAW, CAP_SYS_MODULE, CAP_SYS_TIME, CAP_SYS_PTRACE or
13380 even CAP_NET_ADMIN system-wide for secure systems.
13381
13382 * There are now system-wide DefaultLimitXXX= options to
13383 globally change the defaults of the various resource limits
13384 for all units started by PID 1.
13385
13386 * Harald Hoyer's systemd test suite has been integrated into
13387 systemd which allows easy testing of systemd builds in qemu
13388 and nspawn. (This is really awesome! Ask us for details!)
13389
13390 * The fstab parser is now implemented as generator, not inside
13391 of PID 1 anymore.
13392
13393 * systemctl will now warn you if .mount units generated from
13394 /etc/fstab are out of date due to changes in fstab that
13395 have not been read by systemd yet.
13396
13397 * systemd is now suitable for usage in initrds. Dracut has
13398 already been updated to make use of this. With this in place
13399 initrds get a slight bit faster but primarily are much
13400 easier to introspect and debug since "systemctl status" in
13401 the host system can be used to introspect initrd services,
13402 and the journal from the initrd is kept around too.
13403
13404 * systemd-delta has been added, a tool to explore differences
13405 between user/admin configuration and vendor defaults.
13406
13407 * PrivateTmp= now affects both /tmp and /var/tmp.
13408
13409 * Boot time status messages are now much prettier and feature
13410 proper english language. Booting up systemd has never been
13411 so sexy.
13412
13413 * Read-ahead pack files now include the inode number of all
13414 files to pre-cache. When the inode changes the pre-caching
13415 is not attempted. This should be nicer to deal with updated
13416 packages which might result in changes of read-ahead
13417 patterns.
13418
13419 * We now temporaritly lower the kernel's read_ahead_kb variable
13420 when collecting read-ahead data to ensure the kernel's
13421 built-in read-ahead does not add noise to our measurements
13422 of necessary blocks to pre-cache.
13423
13424 * There's now RequiresMountsFor= to add automatic dependencies
13425 for all mounts necessary for a specific file system path.
13426
13427 * MountAuto= and SwapAuto= have been removed from
13428 system.conf. Mounting file systems at boot has to take place
13429 in systemd now.
13430
13431 * nspawn now learned a new switch --uuid= to set the machine
13432 ID on the command line.
13433
13434 * nspawn now learned the -b switch to automatically search
13435 for an init system.
13436
13437 * vt102 is now the default TERM for serial TTYs, upgraded from
13438 vt100.
13439
13440 * systemd-logind now works on VT-less systems.
13441
13442 * The build tree has been reorganized. The individual
13443 components now have directories of their own.
13444
13445 * A new condition type ConditionPathIsReadWrite= is now available.
13446
13447 * nspawn learned the new -C switch to create cgroups for the
13448 container in other hierarchies.
13449
13450 * We now have support for hardware watchdogs, configurable in
13451 system.conf.
13452
13453 * The scheduled shutdown logic now has a public API.
13454
13455 * We now mount /tmp as tmpfs by default, but this can be
13456 masked and /etc/fstab can override it.
13457
13458 * Since udisks does not make use of /media anymore we are not
13459 mounting a tmpfs on it anymore.
13460
13461 * journalctl gained a new --local switch to only interleave
13462 locally generated journal files.
13463
13464 * We can now load the IMA policy at boot automatically.
13465
13466 * The GTK tools have been split off into a systemd-ui.
13467
13468 Contributions from: Andreas Schwab, Auke Kok, Ayan George,
13469 Colin Guthrie, Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David Ward, Elan
13470 Ruusamäe, Frederic Crozat, Gergely Nagy, Guillermo Vidal,
13471 Hannes Reinecke, Harald Hoyer, Javier Jardón, Kay Sievers,
13472 Lennart Poettering, Lucas De Marchi, Léo Gillot-Lamure,
13473 Marc-Antoine Perennou, Martin Pitt, Matthew Monaco, Maxim
13474 A. Mikityanskiy, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michal
13475 Schmidt, Nis Martensen, Patrick McCarty, Roberto Sassu, Shawn
13476 Landden, Sjoerd Simons, Sven Anders, Tollef Fog Heen, Tom
13477 Gundersen
13478
13479 CHANGES WITH 44:
13480
13481 * This is mostly a bugfix release
13482
13483 * Support optional initialization of the machine ID from the
13484 KVM or container configured UUID.
13485
13486 * Support immediate reboots with "systemctl reboot -ff"
13487
13488 * Show /etc/os-release data in systemd-analyze output
13489
13490 * Many bugfixes for the journal, including endianness fixes and
13491 ensuring that disk space enforcement works
13492
13493 * sd-login.h is C++ compatible again
13494
13495 * Extend the /etc/os-release format on request of the Debian
13496 folks
13497
13498 * We now refuse non-UTF8 strings used in various configuration
13499 and unit files. This is done to ensure we do not pass invalid
13500 data over D-Bus or expose it elsewhere.
13501
13502 * Register Mimo USB Screens as suitable for automatic seat
13503 configuration
13504
13505 * Read SELinux client context from journal clients in a race
13506 free fashion
13507
13508 * Reorder configuration file lookup order. /etc now always
13509 overrides /run in order to allow the administrator to always
13510 and unconditionally override vendor-supplied or
13511 automatically generated data.
13512
13513 * The various user visible bits of the journal now have man
13514 pages. We still lack man pages for the journal API calls
13515 however.
13516
13517 * We now ship all man pages in HTML format again in the
13518 tarball.
13519
13520 Contributions from: Dave Reisner, Dirk Eibach, Frederic
13521 Crozat, Harald Hoyer, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Marti
13522 Raudsepp, Michal Schmidt, Shawn Landden, Tero Roponen, Thierry
13523 Reding
13524
13525 CHANGES WITH 43:
13526
13527 * This is mostly a bugfix release
13528
13529 * systems lacking /etc/os-release are no longer supported.
13530
13531 * Various functionality updates to libsystemd-login.so
13532
13533 * Track class of PAM logins to distinguish greeters from
13534 normal user logins.
13535
13536 Contributions from: Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Michael
13537 Biebl
13538
13539 CHANGES WITH 42:
13540
13541 * This is an important bugfix release for v41.
13542
13543 * Building man pages is now optional which should be useful
13544 for those building systemd from git but unwilling to install
13545 xsltproc.
13546
13547 * Watchdog support for supervising services is now usable. In
13548 a future release support for hardware watchdogs
13549 (i.e. /dev/watchdog) will be added building on this.
13550
13551 * Service start rate limiting is now configurable and can be
13552 turned off per service. When a start rate limit is hit a
13553 reboot can automatically be triggered.
13554
13555 * New CanReboot(), CanPowerOff() bus calls in systemd-logind.
13556
13557 Contributions from: Benjamin Franzke, Bill Nottingham,
13558 Frederic Crozat, Lennart Poettering, Michael Olbrich, Michal
13559 Schmidt, Michał Górny, Piotr Drąg
13560
13561 CHANGES WITH 41:
13562
13563 * The systemd binary is installed /usr/lib/systemd/systemd now;
13564 An existing /sbin/init symlink needs to be adapted with the
13565 package update.
13566
13567 * The code that loads kernel modules has been ported to invoke
13568 libkmod directly, instead of modprobe. This means we do not
13569 support systems with module-init-tools anymore.
13570
13571 * Watchdog support is now already useful, but still not
13572 complete.
13573
13574 * A new kernel command line option systemd.setenv= is
13575 understood to set system wide environment variables
13576 dynamically at boot.
13577
13578 * We now limit the set of capabilities of systemd-journald.
13579
13580 * We now set SIGPIPE to ignore by default, since it only is
13581 useful in shell pipelines, and has little use in general
13582 code. This can be disabled with IgnoreSIPIPE=no in unit
13583 files.
13584
13585 Contributions from: Benjamin Franzke, Kay Sievers, Lennart
13586 Poettering, Michael Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Tom Gundersen,
13587 William Douglas
13588
13589 CHANGES WITH 40:
13590
13591 * This is mostly a bugfix release
13592
13593 * We now expose the reason why a service failed in the
13594 "Result" D-Bus property.
13595
13596 * Rudimentary service watchdog support (will be completed over
13597 the next few releases.)
13598
13599 * When systemd forks off in order execute some service we will
13600 now immediately changes its argv[0] to reflect which process
13601 it will execute. This is useful to minimize the time window
13602 with a generic argv[0], which makes bootcharts more useful
13603
13604 Contributions from: Alvaro Soliverez, Chris Paulson-Ellis, Kay
13605 Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Michael Olbrich, Michal Schmidt,
13606 Mike Kazantsev, Ray Strode
13607
13608 CHANGES WITH 39:
13609
13610 * This is mostly a test release, but incorporates many
13611 bugfixes.
13612
13613 * New systemd-cgtop tool to show control groups by their
13614 resource usage.
13615
13616 * Linking against libacl for ACLs is optional again. If
13617 disabled, support tracking device access for active logins
13618 goes becomes unavailable, and so does access to the user
13619 journals by the respective users.
13620
13621 * If a group "adm" exists, journal files are automatically
13622 owned by them, thus allow members of this group full access
13623 to the system journal as well as all user journals.
13624
13625 * The journal now stores the SELinux context of the logging
13626 client for all entries.
13627
13628 * Add C++ inclusion guards to all public headers
13629
13630 * New output mode "cat" in the journal to print only text
13631 messages, without any meta data like date or time.
13632
13633 * Include tiny X server wrapper as a temporary stop-gap to
13634 teach XOrg udev display enumeration. This is used by display
13635 managers such as gdm, and will go away as soon as XOrg
13636 learned native udev hotplugging for display devices.
13637
13638 * Add new systemd-cat tool for executing arbitrary programs
13639 with STDERR/STDOUT connected to the journal. Can also act as
13640 BSD logger replacement, and does so by default.
13641
13642 * Optionally store all locally generated coredumps in the
13643 journal along with meta data.
13644
13645 * systemd-tmpfiles learnt four new commands: n, L, c, b, for
13646 writing short strings to files (for usage for /sys), and for
13647 creating symlinks, character and block device nodes.
13648
13649 * New unit file option ControlGroupPersistent= to make cgroups
13650 persistent, following the mechanisms outlined in
13651 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/PaxControlGroups
13652
13653 * Support multiple local RTCs in a sane way
13654
13655 * No longer monopolize IO when replaying readahead data on
13656 rotating disks, since we might starve non-file-system IO to
13657 death, since fanotify() will not see accesses done by blkid,
13658 or fsck.
13659
13660 * Do not show kernel threads in systemd-cgls anymore, unless
13661 requested with new -k switch.
13662
13663 Contributions from: Dan Horák, Kay Sievers, Lennart
13664 Poettering, Michal Schmidt
13665
13666 CHANGES WITH 38:
13667
13668 * This is mostly a test release, but incorporates many
13669 bugfixes.
13670
13671 * The git repository moved to:
13672 git://anongit.freedesktop.org/systemd/systemd
13673 ssh://git.freedesktop.org/git/systemd/systemd
13674
13675 * First release with the journal
13676 http://0pointer.de/blog/projects/the-journal.html
13677
13678 * The journal replaces both systemd-kmsg-syslogd and
13679 systemd-stdout-bridge.
13680
13681 * New sd_pid_get_unit() API call in libsystemd-logind
13682
13683 * Many systemadm clean-ups
13684
13685 * Introduce remote-fs-pre.target which is ordered before all
13686 remote mounts and may be used to start services before all
13687 remote mounts.
13688
13689 * Added Mageia support
13690
13691 * Add bash completion for systemd-loginctl
13692
13693 * Actively monitor PID file creation for daemons which exit in
13694 the parent process before having finished writing the PID
13695 file in the daemon process. Daemons which do this need to be
13696 fixed (i.e. PID file creation must have finished before the
13697 parent exits), but we now react a bit more gracefully to them.
13698
13699 * Add colourful boot output, mimicking the well-known output
13700 of existing distributions.
13701
13702 * New option PassCredentials= for socket units, for
13703 compatibility with a recent kernel ABI breakage.
13704
13705 * /etc/rc.local is now hooked in via a generator binary, and
13706 thus will no longer act as synchronization point during
13707 boot.
13708
13709 * systemctl list-unit-files now supports --root=.
13710
13711 * systemd-tmpfiles now understands two new commands: z, Z for
13712 relabelling files according to the SELinux database. This is
13713 useful to apply SELinux labels to specific files in /sys,
13714 among other things.
13715
13716 * Output of SysV services is now forwarded to both the console
13717 and the journal by default, not only just the console.
13718
13719 * New man pages for all APIs from libsystemd-login.
13720
13721 * The build tree got reorganized and the build system is a
13722 lot more modular allowing embedded setups to specifically
13723 select the components of systemd they are interested in.
13724
13725 * Support for Linux systems lacking the kernel VT subsystem is
13726 restored.
13727
13728 * configure's --with-rootdir= got renamed to
13729 --with-rootprefix= to follow the naming used by udev and
13730 kmod
13731
13732 * Unless specified otherwise we will now install to /usr instead
13733 of /usr/local by default.
13734
13735 * Processes with '@' in argv[0][0] are now excluded from the
13736 final shut-down killing spree, following the logic explained
13737 in:
13738 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/RootStorageDaemons
13739
13740 * All processes remaining in a service cgroup when we enter
13741 the START or START_PRE states are now killed with
13742 SIGKILL. That means it is no longer possible to spawn
13743 background processes from ExecStart= lines (which was never
13744 supported anyway, and bad style).
13745
13746 * New PropagateReloadTo=/PropagateReloadFrom= options to bind
13747 reloading of units together.
13748
13749 Contributions from: Bill Nottingham, Daniel J. Walsh, Dave
13750 Reisner, Dexter Morgan, Gregs Gregs, Jonathan Nieder, Kay
13751 Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Michael Biebl, Michal Schmidt,
13752 Michał Górny, Ran Benita, Thomas Jarosch, Tim Waugh, Tollef
13753 Fog Heen, Tom Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek